Skip to main content

Full text of "Rhodora"

See other formats 


ah 


Hovova 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee, 


VOLUME 23 


1921 


Boston, Mass. Providence, R. 3f. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER : Associate Editors, 


WILLIAM PENN RICH 5 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. January, 1921 No. 265. 
CONTENTS: 


* Veronica" in North and South America. F. W. Pennell . . 1 
American Representatives of Scirpus cespitosus. M. L.Fernald . 22 
LE Bue Clover. HareldSt.John -e os sss 25 
Additions to the Flora of Isle au Haut. N. T. Kidder . . . . 26 
Three Plants New to Rhode Island. J. F. Collins . . . . + 27 
Incorporation of the New England Botanical Club. . . . . . 27 


Boston, Mass. Providence, R. I. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 

Address manuscripts and proofs to 

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 
Single copies may be had from 

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club, 
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass. 

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an 
Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
cards. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 

Vol. i. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


TRbooora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. January, 1921. No. 265. 


* VERONICA" IN NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. 
FRANCIS W. PENNELL 


Tuis study is the outgrowth of several attempts to revise our 
knowledge of the species of “ Veronica" growing in different portions 
of the Western Hemisphere. Whether in our own “Local Flora," 
in the Rocky Mountain or the Southeastern States, or in Colombia 
and Ecuador, certain wide-ranging species were encountered, and the 
effort to verify the nomenclature in many instances took the reviewer 
into problems of the identity of Old World allies. On these accounts 
it has seemed best to consider in one study the plants of this group 
in both North and South America, and also to include known natural- 
ized species. 

Of all the tribes of the Scrophulariaceae mentioned by von Wett- 
stein in his great revision of the family in * Die Natürlichen Pflanzen- 
familien," that of the Digitaleae, to which Veronica is assigned, prob- 
ably has least coherence. The plants at least should agree in having 
the antero-lateral lobes of the corolla external in aestivation and in 
not being parasites. I know of no offenders against the latter crite- 
rion. But, because they possess not only posterior corolla-lobes 
external but also form characteristic glands on the fruit or in the 
leaves, I have recently transferred the two lowland Tropical genera 
Capraria and Scoparia to the essentially Tropical tribe Gratioleae. 
This restricts the Digitaleae to a more likely distribution through 
the Temperate or Arctic zones and the cooler zones of Tropical 
mountains. I can not further analyze the tribe here, except to say 
that Digitalis itself, through possessing styles distinct at apex and a 


2 Rhodcra [JANUARY 


septicidally dehiscent capsule, has seemed so remote from the plants 
which we are now considering that I have preferred to call these 
Veroniceae. 

By a close comparison of species and genera, laying emphasis 
upon those characteristics which occur in correlation, the taxonomist 
can go far toward giving us a dynamic view of the races of life on the 
earth today. In this paper I shall try to group the species in accord 
with what I believe has been a real evolutionary advance, but it 
must be realized that few groups hold only old features unmodified, 
while few contain wholly new ones, although fortunately new char- 
acters do tend to appear in correlation. A growing knowledge of 
what are generalized structures in the Scrophulariaceae makes me 
believe this reconstruction safe. Fuller discussion of the phylogeny 
of this family is reserved for a later paper. 

Within the small limits of * Veronica," as may be seen from the 
keys below, we have certain more or less fundamental changes. A 
septicidal dehiscence of the capsule, splitting along the line of car- 
pel-union, is certainly primitive for the family. As might be expected 
in a group so highly modified as “ Veronica" (its complexity is shown 
by the union of the posterior corolla-lobes, reduction of stamens to 
two, the united stigmas, etc.), we fail to find this method of capsule- 
dehiscence, but we do find two types which seem to have been de- 
rived independently from it. In the New Zealand and Patagonian 
plants which were originally described as Hebe, the carpels part, thus 
splitting sagittally the septum, after which a distal median suture 
through the septal wall of each carpel permits the seeds to escape. 
These plants are shrubs or even trees, and bear their flowers in 
specialized axillary racemes, a feature the significance of which will 
soon be discussed. Moreover Hebe has an exceedingly baffling 
tendency to form local races, a habit at contrast with that of the 
other “Veronicas.” The austral distribution, with its suggestion 
of genetic remoteness, emphasizes Hebe’s claim to recognition as a 
genus. 

In the other genera septicidal dehiscence has been lost, or persists 
but as a tardy secondary rupture of the outer capsule-wall and one 
which never parts the septum. It is most pronounced in the rela- 
tively primitive genus Veronicastrum, called until recently Leptandra. 
Here, as is normal in Scrophulariaceae and is the case in Hebe, the 
capsule is longer than wide, and is turgid. "The original seed of the 


19231]  Pennell,—* Veronica" in North and South America 3 


family (as seen in most Gratioleae and Buchnereae) was certainly 
covered with a simple reticulate testa, but among the“ Veronicas” 
this stage survives only in Veronicastrum and the European Paederota, 
while Hebe has a flattened smooth " Veronica"-like seed. Veroni- 
castrum is most readily distinguished by its well-developed corolla- 
tube—a feature which comparison with the evolution of other 
genera (such as Afzelia in the Buchnereae) makes me hold as primi- 
tive. Ibelieve that here, as in that genus, the open corolla is a phylo- 
genetically recent development. The distribution of Veronicastrum 
in eastern Asia and eastern North America, accords with that of many 
another ancient race. Yet that it is not directly ancestral to the 
other living groups is shown by its surprising peculiarity of bearing 
its leaves in whorls. 

After thus excluding Hebe and Veronicastrum, our restricted group 
of species has much more coherence. To it I apply the genus-name 
Veronica. Very pronounced is the tendency to a drawing-out of 
each carpel so as to produce a capsule flattened contrary to the sep- 
tum, while loculicidal dehiscence has become universal. The cap- 
sule tends to become short and bi-lobed. "The seeds are flattened 
and show no trace of reticulation. "The corolla-lobes mostly equal 
or exceed the tube. Progress has reached different apices of evolu- 
tion in the subgenera to be called Veronicella and Ewveronica. 

In Veronicella the stem as well as the branches terminates in an 
indefinite racemose inflorescence, and in this it accords with nearly 
all of its tribe and with all primitive types of Scrophulariaceae. The 
flowers may be crowded together, even simulating the close inflor- 
escence of Veronicastrum, or may be remote and so what we call 
“axillary.” Along with this generalized inflorescence we find much 
diversity of other features. 'The capsule shows a series of stages 
from relatively turgid and unnotched to strongly flattened or deeply 
notched. Associated with the former state, the posterior sepal may 
be present as smaller or rudimentary, while with the latter it is wholly 
lost. The leaves, primitively opposite throughout Scrophulariaceae, 
are always alternate through the inflorescence in Veronicella and 
there is an increasing tendency for nearly all of them to be alternate. 
From a comparison of various widely scattered genera, it seems 
probable that in this family annuals have always been developed 
from perennial ancestry. It is quite in accord with this to find in 
Veronicella that the fifth sepal, unnotched capsule and opposite 


4 Rhodora [JANUARY 


leaves occur in the perennial species, while the extreme stages of 
capsule-lobing and flattening, of few and large seeds, and of alter- 
nate leaves are in the relatively few annual sorts. Also, as is the 
general habit in allied genera, the original Veronicellas were surely 
erect herbs. 

In Euveronica the stem continues indefinitely as a vegetative axis, 
its leaves opposite throughout, while the inflorescence is localized 
in specialized axillary racemes. This is the inflorescence of Hebe, 
but the diversity of capsule-structure tells us that such localization 
must have originated independently in these two groups. Else- 
where in this tribe I know it only in the Chinese Botryopleuron Hems- 
ley, which seems to be separated by little else from Calorhabdos 
Bentham. The flowers in the racemes of Euveronica are alternate 
as they are in all inflorescences of Veronicella. This accords with 
the view that these racemes are reduced branches, and not formed by 
the forking of originally simple pedicels. No stages suggesting the 
latter alternative are known to exist, and the fact that remote axil- 
lary flowers occur in Veronicella only in some profoundly modified 
annual species makes such a derivation very improbable. The 
species of Euveronica are all perennial, and such an erect-growing 
species as V. latifolia, which has a scarcely notched capsule, shows a 
close approximation in habit to the most primitive group of Veroni- 
cella, including species such as V. maritima and V. mexicana. 

A few words need be said concerning age and distribution of vari- 
ous species. Contrary to expectation and certain widely advanced 
theories, it is not those species whose structures proclaim them as 
most ancient which are necessarily most widely dispersed. Struc- 
turally none of our species can make better claim to antiquity than 
Veronica mexicana, yet this species occurs only in a limited area in 
the mountains of northern Mexico. Obviously it has no close kindred 
in our flora, and so must, I believe, be considered a relict. Again, 
V. Copelandii, our only other species definitely retaining the pos- 
terior sepal, is known from but a few mountains in California. On 
the other hand, the group of Veronica alpina and V. Wormskjoldii 
has a wide range through Temperate North America and Eurasia, 
although it has become divided geographically into several well- 
marked species. But it is the obviously non-primitive species which 
have prospered most and have become or are becoming very wide- 
spread. These possess peculiar skill in taking advantage of natural, 


1921]  Pennell,—" Veronica" in North and South America 5 


or recently of man-made, methods of dispersal. Of species natu- 
rally distributed, Veronica serpyllifolia humifusa and V. Anagallis- 
aquatica have become nearly cosmopolitan within their respective 
climates and environments, while carried by human agency and to- 
day aggressive weeds in our land are Veronica serpyllifolia, V. pere- 
grina and its variety xalapensis, V. arvensis, V. persica, and V. offici- 
nalis. To this list, otherwise of Palaearctic origin, America has 
contributed Veronica peregrina, thus showing that the New World 
may develop sufficiently aggressive plants. 

I must thank the curators of the United States National Museum, 
New York Botanical Garden and Philadelphia Academy of Natural 
Sciences who have placed their rich collections at my disposal. Also 
I have seen specimens of certain species from the Gray Herbarium. 
Probably nearly 4000 sheets have been examined in the present study. 
It has been with hesitation but I trust to the clearing of the problems 
involved, that I have ventured so freely into Eurasian botany. 


KEY To GENERA AND SUBGENERA. 


Capsule dehiscing loculicidally, its walls and septum 
thin. Herbs, the stem dying with the leaves. 
Corolla white or pinkish, its lobes much shorter 
than the tube. Capsule acute, longer than 
wide, not flattened, dehiscing by short apical 
slits. Seeds slightly reticulate. Plant 10-20 
din. tall, with leaves in whorls of four or five. 
Main stem terminating in an inflorescence... I. VERONICASTRUM 
Corolla blue or white, its lobes nearly as long as or 
usually longer than the tube. Capsule acu- 
tish to deeply notched, as broad as or broader 
than long, more or less flattened contrary to 
the septum, dehiscing by longer slits which 
extend at times even to the base. Seeds not 
reticulate. Plants lower, with leaves, at least 
the lowermost, opposite, or very rarely in 
whorls of three or four..................... II. VERONICA 
Main stem terminating in an inflorescence, its 
flowers remoté and axillary or densely 
crowded, in all cases the upper bract-leaves 
slisrndlg oA rcr sev nui Subgenus 1. Veronicella. 
Main stem never terminating in an inflorescence, 
the leaves opposite throughout and the 
flowers all in axillary racemes............ Subgenus 2. Euveronica 
Capsule dehiscing septicidally, the thick septum i 
splitting and each carpel opening distally by a 
median slit through the septal wall. Leaves 
opposite throughout, and flowers all in axillary 
racemes. Shrubs or small trees, the coriaceous 
leaves in falling leaving conspicuous scars... ... III. HEBE 


6 Rhodora [JANUARY 


I. VERONICASTRUM [Heister] Fabr. 


Veronicastrum [Heister] Fabr., Enum. Meth. Pl. Hort. Helmstad. 
111. 1759. (Checked only in second edition, 205. 1763.) Type 
species, Veronica virginica L. 

1. Veronicastrum virginicum (L.) Farwell. 

Veronica virginica L., Sp. Pl. 9. 1753. “Habitat in Virginia." 
Plant grown in the Clifford Garden in Holland, and carefully de- 
scribed by Linné, Hort. Cliff. 7. 1737. No pubescence on leaf 
mentioned. 

Veronicastrum album Moench, Meth. PI. Hort. Marburg. 437. 
E es . . Veronica virginica Linn." Grown in the 
Marburg Garden, Germany. 

Calistachya alba Rat. in Med. Repos. New York. II. 5:352. 1808. 
Based on Veronica virginica L. Type species of Calistachya Raf., 
not Callistachys Vent., 1804. 

Veronica quinquefolia Stokes, Bot. Mat. Med. 1: 28. 1812. "In 
a garden . . uu F. , virginica L." Evidently name chosen 
as more appropriate than "virginica." Two varieties, or actually 
forms, alba and incarnata, are listed. 

Leptandra virginica (L.) Nutt., Gen. N. Am. Pl. 1: 7. 1818. 
Type species of Leptandra Nutt. 

Eustachya alba Raf., Cat. Ky. 14. 1824. Based upon Veronica 
virginica L. Eustachya Raf. in Am. Mo. Mag. 4: 190. 1819, was a 
new name for Calistachya Raf. Name antedated by Eustachys Desv., 
1810. 

Leptandra virginica purpurea Eaton, Man. Bot. ed. V. 275. 1829. 
* —————" Described as with "flowers purple." Credited to 
Pursh, who however assigned his color variety no name. According 
to Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 10. 1814: “On the mountains of Virginia 
I observed B. . . variety with purple flowers.” 

Leptandra purpurea Raf., Med. Fl. 2: 20. 1830. “Confined to 
the savannas of the South and the West [of the United States]. " 
Carefully described; a purplish-flowered, single-spiked plant with 
sessile leaves in whorls of three. Three varieties, or actually forms, 
named. 

Leptandra alba Raf., l. c. 21. 1830. “The most common species, 
being found all over the United States."  Described with white 
flowers and semi-petiolate leaves in whorls of usually five. Several 
varieties, or actually forms, named. 

Leptandra villosa Raf., l.c. 21. 1830. “Mr. Schriveinitz [Schwei- 
nitz] has found it in North Carolina." Careful description of the 
form with leaf-blades pubescent beneath. This may be considered 
a forma villosa (Raf.) Pennell, comb. nov. 

Eustachya oppositifolia Raf., New Fl. Am. 2: 21. 1837. “Mts. 
Apalaches of Virginia." Apparently an opposite-leaved virginica, 
a form which I have never seen. 


1921]  Pennell,—* Veronica" in North and South America Y 


Calistachya virginica lanceolata Farwell in Mich. Acad. Sci. Rep. 
17: 176. 1915. “Farwell No. 1165, July 18, 1891, from Ypsilanti 
[Michigan]." A narrow-leaved form. 

Veronicastrum virginicum (L.) Farwell, Drugg. Circ. 61:231. 1917. 


Meadows and open woods, from Vermont, southern Ontario and 
Minnesota to Georgia and eastern Texas. Southward forma villosa 
is more prevalent. . 

Variable, but certainly one species. Varying in number of leaves 
in whorl (five, four, rarely three, or in oppositifolia even two), in leaf- 
form from lanceolate to nearly ovate, pubescent or nearly or quite 
glabrous below (forma villosa with whole under surface velvety), in 
inflorescence being of one or several racemes, and in color of corolla 
and filaments, varying from white through pinkish to lighter shades 
of violet-purple. 


II. VERONICA L., Subgenus 1. VERONICELLA (Fabr.) 


Veronicella [Heister] Fabr., Enum. Meth. Pl. Hort. Helmstad. ed. 
II. 205. 1765. "Type species, Veronica hederaefolia L., of Europe. 


A. Perennials, from subterranean stems  (rootstocks). 
Only the upper leaf-axils flower-bearing, so that 
inflorescence is formed of definite racemes. 
B. Capsules only slightly flattened, even the lowermost 
on pedicels shorter than the capsule-length: 
inflorescence appearing a spike. Style two or 
three times the length of the capsule. Leaf- 
blades lanceolate. Plants 4—10 dm. tall. 
Petals broadly oblong. Leaves opposite or in 
threes, rarely in fours, 3-15 cm. long, the 
blades acute to acuminate, dentate-serrate 
to sharply and somewhat doubly serrate. 
Plant 4-10 dm. tall...................... 1. V. maritima. 
Petals oblong-lanceolate. Leaves always oppo- 
site, 3-6 cm. long, tbe bladesacutish, crenate or 
crenately serrate. Plant 2-4 dm. tall......... 2. V. spicata. 
B'. Capsules strongly flattened, the lowermost on pedi- 
cels nearly or quite as long as the capsule-length; 
inflorescence obviously a raceme. Style slightly, 
if at all, longer than the capsule. 
C. Capsule as long as or longer than wide, less deeply 
or not notched. Corolla violet-blue, rarely 
nearly white, glabrous within. Leaf-blades 
obtuse, acutish to acuminate. Stems erect, 
nearly or quite from the base. 
Calyx 5-parted, the posterior lobe over half the 
length of the others. Leaf-blades lanceo- 
late, acuminate, irregularly dentate. 
Plante 6-6 dm. t]]...........:.. 525 ..9. V. mexicana. 


obtuse to acutish, entire to serrate. Plants 
less than 3 dm. tall. 


Rhodora 


Style longer than the capsule. Filaments 
equalng or exceeding the corolla. 
Calyx-lobes unequal, the anterior longer. 
Leaf-blades entire. 

Leaf-blades oblong-elliptie, hirsute-pubes- 
cent, acute. Sepals five, the pos- 
terior much the smallest, the others 
slightly unequal. Capsule scarcely 


notched. Corolla 5 mm. long...... 


Leaf-blades elliptie-oval, glabrous or gla- 
brate, obtuse to acutish. Sepals four, 
decidedly unequal. Capsule strongly 
notched. Corolla 5-7 mm. long..... 

Style shorter than or nearly as long as the 
capsule. Filaments shorter than the cor- 
olla. Calyx-obes of uniform length. 

Leaf-blades, at least the lower, crenate 

to serrate. 

Capsule rounded or acutish, not notched. 
Style nearly as long as the capsule. 
Sepals canescent, not ciliate, nearly 
equaling the capsule. Corolla twice 
as long as the sepals. Stem-leaves 
elliptic-oblanceolate. Plant 1 dm. 
tall or less, the inflorescence minutely 
DUbGISEEE........ leek ere, ase 

Capsule slightly notched. Style less than 
half the length of the capsule. Sepals 
cons lesauety ciliate, one-half to two- 
thirds the length of the capsule. Cor- 
olla less than twice as long as the se- 
pals. Stem-leaves elliptic to ovate. 
Plants mostly 1-3 dm. tall, the inflor- 
escence hirsute-pubescent. 

Capsule glabrous. Sepals glabrous on 
back, ciliate on margins with non- 
glandular hairs. Plant usually 1-2 
eee ee es REREED 

Capsule pubescent. Sepals usually pi- 
lose on back as well as margins. 

Leaf-blades serrate, the largest nearly 
cordate at base. Capsule and 
sepals with hairs which have at- 
tenuate non-glandular tips, the 
sepals less pilose or glabrous on 
back. Plant usually 1-1.5 dm. 
tall, with pedicels becoming 8-11 
Iud. log... 434 roo ere 

Leaf-blades crenate-serrate to nearly 
entire, rounded at base. Capsule 
and sepals with hairs which have 
rounded glandular tips, the sepals 
densely pilose on back. Plant 
usually 1.5-3 dm. tall, with pedi- 
cels 2-5(-10) mm. long. 

Corolla mostly 6-7 mm. long. Ped- 
icels mostly 5-10 mm. long. 
Leaf-blades mostly ovate, fre- 


[JANUARY 


4. V. Copelandit. 


...0. V. Cusickii. 


...6. V. fruticans. 


.... 7. V. alpina. 


...8. V. Stelleri. 


quently serrate....9a. V. Wormskjoldii nutans. 


1921] Pennell, —“ Veronica” in North and South America 


Corolla mostly 4-6 mm. long. Ped- 

icels mostly 2-5 mm. long. 

Leaf-blades mostly oblong-ov- 

ate, rarely evidently serrate. .9. 

C'. Capsule obviously wider than long, notched one- 

fourth length. Corolla white or bluish, with 

deep-blue lines on the posterior side, the tube 

pubescent within. Style nearly as long as the 

capsule. Leaf-blades ovate-oblong or oval, 

obtuse, obscurely crenate. Stems extensively 
repent, ascending at apex. 

Stem throughout and pedicels minutely pubes- 

cent with upcurved hairs. Corolla about 

2 mm. long, white or whitish, with blue 

lines on posterior side. Capsule mostly 


o4. mm. wIdeizus nes c4 ot Na 10. 


Stem distally and pedicels finely pubescent with 
longer mostly spreading hairs. Larger 
throughout, the corolla mostly about 3 mm. 
long, pale-bluish with deeper blue lines on 
posterior side. Capsule mostly 4-5 mm. 


V. Wormskjoldü. 


V. serpyllifolia. 


MMM coe ris te cae 10a. V. serpyllifolia humifusa. 


A'. Annuals, fibrous-rooted, but without subterranean 
stems. Most leaf-axils flower-bearing, so that 
inflorescence appears to be of "axillary " flowers. 

B. Pedicels shorter than the lanceolate to linear sepals. 
Capsule strongly flattened. Seeds many, less 
than 1 mm. long, flat, smooth or nearly so. 

* Plants erect. 

Leaf-blades, excepting the lowermost, sessile, 
those of the lower stem-leaves oblanceolate, 
nearly entire to dentate. Corolla whitish 
throughout. Capsule greenish, notched, the 
minute style hidden between the capsule- 
lobes. Plant glabrous or with minute usu- 
ally gland-tipped hairs. 

Hlant dIADPOUM cc eyes goa a se fe nass 
Plant pubescent with short gland-tipped hairs, 
which are usually present even on the cap- 


11. V. peregrina. 


ule ere MEM ue lla. V. peregrina xalapensis. 


S 
Leaf-blades petioled, or the upper nearly sessile, 
those of the lower stem-leaves ovate, crenate- 
serrate. Corolla deep violet-blue. Capsule 
yellowish-brown, pubescent with slightly 
gland-tipped hairs, strongly flattened, notched 
nearly or about one-third length, the longer 
style reaching about to the capsule-lobes. 
Plant pubescent with white glandless or ob- 
scurely gland-tipped hairs................. 
B’. Pedicels longer than the ovate sepals. Capsule rela- 
tively turgid. Seeds few, 1.3-3 mm. long, con- 
vex-arched, roughened. Plants repent. 
Leaf-blades ovate, serrate to dentate. Sepals 
shortly ciliate. Capsule slightly flattened, 
deeply notched, pubescent. Seeds 1.3-1.5 
mm. Jot: brown. i 
Capsule-lobes united at least two-thirds their 
length. Leaf-blades dentate, truncate or 
cordate at base. Stem finely pubescent 
with glandless hairs. 


.12. V. arvensis. 


10 Rhedora [JANUARY 


Petals not exceeding the ovate sepals. Cap- 
sule-lobes rounded, the most distal point 
of each about midway between the style 
and the lateral margin. Style shorter 
than the capsule. 
Leaf-blades oblong-ovate, crenate-serrate. 
Capsule 4-5 mm. wide, with a narrow 
notch about one-third depth of cap- 
sule; the stout style (less than 1 mm. 
long) about equaling the  capsule- 
o — 6 2. 6505s A y s Ord T Qaa fan 13. V. agrestis. 
Leaf-blades ovate, dentate with rounded 
teeth. Capsule 4 mm. wide, less 
deeply and narrowly notched; the 
slender style (1-1.5 mm. long) surpass- 
ing the capsule-lobes................... 14. V. polita. 
Petals much exceeding the narrowly ovate 
sepals. Capsule-lobes acutish in pro- 
file, the most distal point of each near 
the lateral margin. Style as long as the 
|... o ERRARE EUG UPS FCTUIgp o ge Lug 15. V. persica. 
Capsule-lobes united only at base. Leaf-blades 
serrate, narrowed at base. Stem pubes- 
cent with gland-tipped hairs............... 16. V. biloba. 
Leaf-blades broadly and shallowly cordate, 3-5- 
lobed, the lobes rounded and entire. Sepals 
broadly ovate, conspicuously ciliate. Cap- 
sule turgid, scarcely notched at apex, gla- 
brous. Seeds 2.5-3 mm. long, blackish. .17. V. hederaefolia. 


1. VERONICA MARITIMA L. 


Veronica maritima L., Sp. Pl. 10. 1753. “Habitat in maritimis 
Europae macris apricis." According to Linné, Fl. Lapp. 5. 1737: 
" Ad fines Alpium Lapponicarum iuxta mare septentrionale saepius 
conspicitur, in toto itinere nullibi coposior visa est, quam in maritimis 
Tornoensibus.” Type carefully described by Sir. J. E. Smith, and 
specimen from Tornea, collected by C. P. Laestadius, seen in Herb. 
New York Botanical Garden. "This is a form with long-acuminate, 
sharply serrate leaves. 

Veronica longifolia L., l. c. 10. 1753. “Habitat in Tataria, 
Austria, Svecia." Diagnosis quoted from Linné, Hort. Ups. 7. 
1748, where this plant is more fully described and is cited: “ Habitat 
in Tataria." Sir J. E. Smith, in Rees Cyclop. 37: Art. Veronica, 
no. 10, 1819, discussing the specimens in the Linnean Herbarium, 
carefully contrasts these two Linnean species. V. longifolia he dis- 
tinguishes by its leaves less deeply and doubly serrate, on shorter 
petioles, and calyx shorter (not longer) than the tube of the corolla, 
its lobes broad, ovate and nearly equal (not unequal and narrow). 
All which contrasts certain plants; however each character varies, 
and it seems difficult or impossible to distinguish these as species. 


Roadsides and waste land, from the Magdalen Islands and Prince 
Edward Island to Quebec, Connecticut and central New York. 
Introduced from northern Eurasia. 


1921]  Pennell,—* Veronica" in North and South America 11 


What is here termed Veronica maritima presents remarkable vari- 
ability, and whether it constitutes one polymorphic species, one 
species with varieties, or a group of closely related species, must be 
decided by field-study in the lands in which it is native. Until 
Old World students arrive at a much more definite consensus of 
opinion, there seems to be slight profit in our attempting further 
analysis and identification of the large number of named variants of 
this group. But to show the range of variation seen in American 
material I present this doubtless artificial outline of forms: 


Corolla (of at least largest flowers) 5.5-7 mm. long. Filaments 
much exceeding the corolla. Leaves opposite or in threes, 6-15 
em. long, long-acuminate, sharply serrate. 
Leaf-blades beneath pubescent over most of surface. The most 
prevalent form northward, Magdalen Islands and Nova 
Scotia to Massachusetts and northern New York.......... Forma A 
Leaf-blades beneatb glabrous or slightly pubescent on veins. In 
Nova Scotia and Massachusetts. Evidently a mere variant 
Of Forma À.:........ceoo ead cae + ok 40 client EE. OE Forma B 
Corolla 4-5.5 mm. long. 
Leaf-blades beneath pubescent over entire surface and usually also 
above. Filaments nearly twice as long as the corolla. 
Leaves in threes or fours, 8-10 cm. long, the blades linear- 
lanceolate, long-acuminate, sharply serrate. Buckfield 
and Cliff Island, Maine. Probably the typical V. mari- 
tima L. As in Forma A, but smaller-flowered........... Forma C 
Leaves opposite, 3-5 cm. long, the blades oblong-lanceolate, 
acute, dentate-serrate. In Quebec, Massachusetts, and 
central New Yeeeah ccc eke waesn ene Forma D 
Leaf-blades beneath glabrous, or slightly pubescent on the veins, 
lanceolate, or oblong-lanceolate. 
Leaves opposite, or very rarely in threes, 3-10 cm. long, the 
blades acuminate or acute, dentate-serrate or somewhat 
sharply serrate. Filaments usually only slightly longer 
than the corolla. The most prevalent form southward, 
and possibly a distinct species. On Prince Edward Is- 
land; from Maine to Vermont and Connecticut; in 
MT S LoT as soa 1 TT eee enee ea Forma E 
Leaves opposite, 5-8 em. long, the blades obtuse or acutish, 
crenate-serrate. Filaments much exceeding the corolla. 
An anomalous form, perhaps a hybrid containing some 
Veronica spicata ancestry. Elmira, New York.......... Forma F 


Perhaps even the little-understood Veronica spuria L. is to be in- 
cluded in this aggregate species. If so, as this name has precedence 
of position, according to the American Code! it must be adopted. 
Veronica spuria L., Sp. Pl. 10. 1753 (“ Habitat in Europa australiore, 


1 Priority of position within a work, or as in this case on a single page, affords an 
unfortunate rule to follow, because it does not indicate any time-precedence in the 
author's mind. Perhaps a better principle would be to select, among ‘species’ actually 
seen by the author, that earliest known by him. In the case above, Linné knew 
Veronica spuria and longifo'ia from 1748, but V. mari:ima from 1737. 


12 Rhodora [JANUARY 


Sibiria’’), is really adopted from Linné’s Hortus Upsalensis, where 
the plant is more fully described, contrasted with V. maritima, and 
stated to be from Sibiria. A plant with stems and under surface of 
leaves glabrous, the latter with acute (not acuminate) serratures, 
from Siberia, would appear to be the same as certain specimens seen 
in Herb. New York Botanical Garden from Altai and Manchuria. 
These all have very short petioles, a feature especially stressed by 
Sir J. E. Smith in his re-description of the Linnean plant, and so 
appear to be in contrast with any form seen of V. maritima L. It 
will be noticed that this interpretation of Veronica spuria L., is not 
that of Ledebour, Fl. Ross. 3: 231. 1846, and others, who hold 
the name for a plant with leaves narrowed at base. 


2. VERONICA SPICATA L. 


Veronica spicata L., Sp. Pl. 10. 1753. “Habitat in Europae 
borealis campis." A specimen was in the Linnean Herbarium in 
1753, and the plant is included in Flora Suecica from Sweden. Sev- 
eral specimens from Sweden seen in Herb. New York Botanical 


Garden. 
Roadside, Stockholm, northern New York. Introduced from 
northern Eurasia. 


3. Veronica mexicana S. Wats. 

Veronica mexicana S. Wats. in Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 281. 1888. 
“On cool damp bluffs of streams in the Sierra Madre, Chihuahua, 
C. G. Pringle (n. 1349), Sept., 1887." Isotype? seen in Herb. Col- 
umbia University at New York Botanical Garden. 

Mountain slopes, at altitudes of 1950 to 2400 meters; Sierra Madre 
of southern Chihuahua and Durango. 


4. Veronica Copelandii Eastw. 

Veronica Copelandii Eastw. in Bot. Gaz. 41: 288. f. 2. 1906. “ Col- 
lected on Mount Eddy [California] at an elevation of 2500" by 
Dr. Edwin Bingham Copeland, August 18, 1903, distribution of C. 
E. Baker, 1903, no. 3931." Isotype, collected on Mount Eddy, 
Siskiyou County, and distributed by C. F. Baker, seen in Herb. 
New York Botanical Garden. 

Alpine slopes, known only from the mountains of Siskiyou, and 
perhaps adjoining counties in northern California. 


. 5. Veronica Cusickii A. Gray 


Veronica Cusickii A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 21: 288. 1878. ^ Al- 
pine region of the Blue Mountains, W. Oregon. W. C. Cusick.” 


? The word "Isotype" is used to designate a specimen of the original collection, 
other than the type itself. See Torreya 19: 13. 1919. 


1921]  Pennell,—* Veronica" in North and South America 13 


Veronica Allenii Greenm. in Bot. Gaz. 25: 263. 1898. “ Col- 
lected by O. D. Allen along Paradise river on Mt. Rainier [Washing- 
ton], altitude 1700™, August 20, 1897, no. 95a." Isotype seen in 
Herb. New York Botanical Garden. Differs, as stated by Green- 
man, “in its smaller flowers, the white corolla, and less exserted sta- 
mens and style." As stated by Macbride and Payson, "typical 
V. Cusickii is common on Mt. Rainier," so that it seems probable 
that Allenii is better considered as an albino form, forma Allenii 
(Greenm.) Pennell, comb. nov. However the single collection 
known differs from V. Cusickit by the following contrast: corolla 
3-4 mm. long, white (not 5-6 mm. long, blue), and sepals less unequal. 
The plant should be re-colleeted and studied. 

Veronica Cusickii Allenii (Greenm.) Macbr. & Pays. in Contrib. 
Gray Herb. II. 49: 67. 1917. I should not consider an albino state, 
occurring with its species, as of rank higher than forma. 


Mountain slopes, Cascade and Olympic mountains of Washington. 
eastward to Coeur d'Alene Mountains of northern Idaho and Blue 
Mountains of northeastern Oregon. 


6. Veronica fruticans Jacq. 

Veronica fruticans Jacq., Enum. Stirp. Vind. 2,200. 1762. * Cres- 
cit copiose in herbidis saxosisque montium Schneeberg, Schneealbl, 
Gans. &c. [Austria]." Description of calyx as covered with a very 
light pubescence, of the corolla as larger than V. alpina (by which 
name V. pumila Allioni is intended) and more blue, indicate that 
this name belongs to the plant now discussed rather than to V. fruti- 
culosa L. The Greenland plant has been known by the later 
name Veronica saxatilis Scop. 

East Greenland (Lange), and on Disco Island, West Greenland. 
Through the mountains of western Eurasia, Scandinavia, Scottish 
Highlands and Alps. 

VERONICA FRUTICULOSA. L., Sp. Pl. ed. II. 15. 1762. (“Habitat 
in Alpibus Austriae, Helvetiae, Pyrenaeis".) From Linné's brief 
description, the description and plate of Haller cited (Stirp. Helv. 
1: 532. pl. 9. 1742), the south European range assigned, and the 
identification by Sir. J. E. Smith (in Rees Cyclop. 37: Art. Veronica, 
no. 20) who had Linné's specimen before him, this name must be held 
for the pink-flowered, larger, slightly glandular-pubescent, longer- and 
at times dentate-leaved plant of the Alps and Pyrenees. Linné's 
description of the calyx as glabrous is apparently inaccurate, as this 
is somewhat glandular-pubescent. Scopoli, in his Flora Carniolae, 
ed. II. 1: 11 and 19. 1772, well contrasts Veronica fruticulosa and 
V. fruticans, although describing both as new species from Carniola. 


14 Rhodora [JANUARY 


The former, his V. frutescens, is a plant of lower and subalpine sta- 
tions, while the latter, his V. saxatilis, is truly alpine. For contrast- 
ing illustrations see Reichenbach, Ic. Fl. Germ. et Helv. 20: pl. 
1717. 18062. 


7. Veronica alpina L. | 

Veronica alpina L., Sp. Pl. 11. 1753. "Habitat in alpibus Eur- 
opae." Based primarily upon the plant described in Linné, FI. 
Suec. 5. no. 13. 1745, where the locality is stated: “Habitat in 
Alpibus Lapponicis monte Wallewari." This in turn is based upon 
Linné, Fl. Lapp. 7. no. 7. pl. 9. f. 4. 1737, where Linné’s own Lap- 
land plant is well described and illustrated. Obviously the name 
must be given to the species of northern Europe now considered, 
Linné using the term “alps” as applicable to any high mountain. 

Veronica alpina corymbosa Hornem., Fl. Dan. fasc. 33: 3. pl. 1921. 
1829. “Auf der Insel Disco in Groenland. Gefunden von Capi- 
tain-Lieutenant Holbdll.” Figured as with an abbreviated, but 
obviously young raceme. Specimen from Disco Island seen in Herb. 
New York Botanical Garden. 


Open slopes, East Greenland. Also in Scandinavia, and the 
Highlands of Scotland. 
Under this name have long been included two species which may 


be distinguished as follows: 


Capsule glabrous. Sepals glabrous on back, ciliate on margins, 
apparently but little shorter than the corolla. Plant usually 
1-2 dm. tall, usually little branched at base............... V. alpina 
Capsule pubescent with glandless hairs. Sepals pilose on back 
as well as margins, much shorter than the corolla. Plant 
usually .5-1 dm. tall, usually much branched at base....... V. pumila 


VERONICA PUMILA Allioni, Fl. Pedem. 1: 75. pl. 22. f. 5. 1785 
(“In saxosis summae alpis Albergian dictae"), is stated by Allioni 
to differ from “Veronica alpina" of the Italian Alps, in its leaves 
'not crenate, but dentate, rugose and more acute. Individual 
variants of the South European “alpina” answer this characteri- 
zation, and Bertolini, in his Flora Italica 1: 89. 1833, assures us 
that he has obtained specimens proving this to be but a state. Fre- 
quently the leaves of variants are dentate and more acute. 

This is the species known as “Veronica alpina" through southern 
Europe, the Pyrenees, Cevennes, and Alps, and as var. lasiocarpa 
in northern Europe, Scandinavia, and the Highlands of Scotland. 
Wahlenberg, in his Fl. Carpat. Princip. 5. 1814, called this Veronica 
alpina australis, and the true “alpina” V. alpina lapponica. 


8. Veronica Stelleri Willd. 


Veronica Stelleri Willd.; Link, Jahrb. 1:: 40. 1820. “In Herbar. 
[Willdenow bei Berlin] aus Kamtschatka von Pallas gesandt.” Accord- 


1921]  Pennell,—* Veronica" in North and South America 15 


ing to Chamisso and Schlechtendahl, in Linnaea 2: 557. 1827: 
“Veronica Stelleri Pallas in Herb. Willd. n. 192. . . . . quam 
e Camtschatca et e Curilis Pallas habuit, in Unalaschka insula Aleu- 
torum legimus frequentem." By them very fully described, and 
contrasted with their V. alpina unalaschkensis. Specimen from 
` “Mts. of Unalaska, 2000 ft.," collected by A. Kellogg no. 295, seen 
in United States National Herbarium. 


On the Aleutian and Pribiloff Islands, Alaska. 


9. Veronica Wormskjoldii Roem. & Schult. 

Veronica Wormskjoldii R. & S., Syst. 1: 101. 1817. "V. villosa 
Wormskjold . . . . In Grónlandia." Evidently the species 
now considered. 

Veronica alpina unalaschkensis C. & S. in Linnaea 2: 556. 1827. 
“Legimus [Chamisso et Eschscholtz] in montosis insulae Unalaschka 
Aleutorum." Collections from Unalaska made by C. F. Baker 
4088, W. L. Jepson 86, 135, C. H. Merriam in 1891, and C. V. Piper 
4527, seen. 

Veronica alpina Wormskjoldit (R. & S.) Hook. in Bot. Mag. 57: 
pl. 2975. 1830. 

Veronica mollis Raf., New Fl. Am. 4: 38. 1838. “From Origon, 
seen alive in gardens." Apparently this species is intended, but the 
flowers are described as “pale blue" and “large.” 

Veronica alpina villosa (Wormskj.) Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. 261. 
1887. "(V. villosa Wormskj. mscr.) . = W Gr West 
Greenland]: Avangnardlek 62? 25' (Holst.). ^ 

Moist, grassy ledges and meadows, West Greenland, northern 
Labrador, Gaspé County, Quebec, Hudson Bay, and Alaska, south- 
ward, in the east on Mt. Katahdin, Maine,? and the White Mountains, 
New Hampshire, in the west through the Rocky Mountains to north- 
ern New Mexico, the San Francisco Mountains of Arizona and the 
Ruby Mountains of Nevada, and through the Cascade Mountains 
and Sierra Nevada to California. 

There appears to be a tendency for plants of the Pacific ranges 
from Alaska to California to have styles slightly longer, usually 14 
to L4 the length of the capsule, rather than L4 to l4. Northward is 
the following more pronounced variant. 


9a. Veronica Wormskjoldii nutans (Bong.) Pennell, comb. nov. 

Veronica nutans Bong. in Mém. Acad. Petersb. 2: 157. 1833. 
“Dr. Mertens a . . . cueillies a l'ile de Sitcha.” An old speci- 
men in Herb. Columbia University labeled simply * Veronica nutans 
Bong. Sitcha," may be an isotype. 


3 Reported by Fernald, in Ruopora 3:176. 1901 (as V. alpina L.). 


16 Rhodora [JANUARY 


Along the Alaskan coast from Sitka to Kodiak Island, while north- 
ward and on the mountains inland typical Wormskjoldii occurs. 


10. VERONICA SERPYLLIFOLIA L. 


Veronica serpyllifolia L., Sp. Pl. 12. 1753. "Habitat in Europa 
& America septentrionali ad vias, agros." Specimen. in the Linnean 
Herbarium, and plant cited in the Flora Suecica as occurring "in 
pascuis sterilioribus riguis frequens,” are evidently of the species now 
considered. 


Meadows, barrens and open woodland, from Newfoundland and 
Ontario to Minnesota, South Carolina and Missouri, mostly com- 
mon; British Columbia; Costa Rica; Jamaica; Venezuela. Intro- 
duced from western Eurasia, or perhaps also native, in which case 
our plant, which is not montane, would appear to have been indepen- 
dently derived from the wide-spread mountain variety, humifusa. 


10a. Veronica serpyllifolia humifusa (Dickson) Vahl. 


Veronica humifusa Dickson in Trans. Linn. Soc. 2: 288. 1794. 

“I found [it] upon very high mountains, and under wet shady rocks 
[Scotland. James Dickson in 1789]." Description not intended to 
apply to the variety now considered, but to a depressed form of it. 
Also is inaccurate (as stated by me in Torreya 19: 166. 1919) in 
calling for a plant with leaves often in threes and fours, a condition 
which I have not observed within this species. However this must 
be a form of serpyllifolia, and this name has long been current in 
British floras for denoting an alpine more pubescent depressed variety 
of that species. Surely the depressed habit must prove ecologic, 
but, as understood long ago by Sir J. E. Smith (Fl. Brit. 1: 19. 
1800), there is a hirtous V. serpyllifolia in the upland, “in montosis. ” 
Four specimens in Herb. Columbia University, collected along streams 
in the Clava Mountains, Forfarshire, Scotland, show well this variety. 
The stems are but 5 cm. long, ascending or even erect at apex, and 
above are pubescent with spreading hairs. "That the plants are but 
dwarves of this wide-spread variety is confirmed by their obviously 
large corollas. The plants are so dwarfed that, due to the crowding 
of the pairs, the leaves might seem whorled.: American plants 
from high altitudes become likewise dwarf and spreading. 

Veronica neglecta F. W. Schmidt, Fl. Boem. 1: 12. 1794. De- 
scription not seen, but in Roemer & Schultes, Syst. Veg. 1: 102. 
1817, we are informed that neglecta is "hirsuta, pilis brevibus con- 
fertis," while Koch, Syn. Fl. Germ. et Helv. 529. 1837, terms it a 
“forma maior, fol. ovatis." This combined description surely 
indicates our plant. 


4 Prof. Fernald has suggested that Dickson intended to describe his plant as bear- 
ing three or four pairs of leaves. 


19231]  Pennel!,—* Veronica” in North and South America 17 


Veronica. serpyllifolia humifusa (Dickson) Vahl, Enum. Pl. 1: 65. 
1805. 

Veronica ruderalis Vahl, |. c. 66. 1805. “Habitat in ruderatis 
versuris et humidis locis frigidis Peruviae."  Re-naming, with a re- 
arranged description, of the plant called by Ruiz and Pavon (Fl. 
Peruv. et Chil. 1: 6. 1798) “Veronica serpillifolia" and obtained 
by them “in ruderatis, versuris et humidis locis frigidis Pillao [Peru]. ” 
Description distinctive of the variety now considered. 

Veronica serpyllifolia neomexicana Cockerell in Am. Nat. 40: 872. 
1906. *"Ifound it at the top of the Las Vegas Range in New Mexico, 
at 11,000 feet, June 28, 1902." Isotype seen in Herb. New York 
Botanical Garden. 

Veronica funesta Macbr. & Pays. in Contrib. Gray Herb. II. 49: 
68. 1917. "Oregon: Swan Lake Valley, June 21, 1896, Elmer I. 
Applegate, no. 424 (Type, Gray Herb.)." "Type, collected "along 
mountain streams," seen in Gray Herbarium. The filaments are 
obviously shorter than in V. Cusickii A. Gray, and the (immature) 
capsule is wider than long. 

Alpine meadows, reaching sea-level northward, from Labrador to 
Alaska, south, eastward to northern Maine and Vermont, westward 
through all high ranges of Canada and the United States, at scattered 
stations in Mexico? (Popocatepetl and Ixtaccihuatl), and through the 
Andes from Colombia to Bolivia. Through the mountains of Eur- 
asia, from Scandinavia, Scotland and the Pyrenees to the Himalayas. 
Very wide-ranging, and certainly the parent of the species, V. serpyl- 
lifolia. 

In Eurasian botany this pubescent larger-flowered plant of moun- 
tains has repeatedly been distinguished from Veronica serpyllifolia, 
specifically, varietally, or as but a mountain-form of that species. 
Among names proposed for it are: Veronica serpyllifolia pubescens 
Spenner, Fl. Frib. 351. 1826, from Germany; V. serpyllifolia bo- 
realis Laestad. in Nov. Act. Soc. Ups. 11: 211. 1839, from Sweden; 
V. serpyllifolia major Baumg., Enum. Stirp. Transsilv. 1: 20. 1816, 
from Transsilvania; V. serpyllifolia major Schur., Enum. Pl. Trans- 
silv. 500. 1866, also from Transsilvania (name apparently inde- 
pendently chosen; plant well-described); and V. serpyllifolia al- 
pina Hook., Brit. Fl. 4. 1830, from Scotland. Veronica fontana 
Willd.; Link, Jahrb. 1:: 41. 1820, is a name which has been used in 
Alaskan botany. 


5 To be expected on all high cordilleras of Mexico and Central America. 


18 Rhodora [JANUARY 


11. Veronica peregrina L. 

Veronica peregrina L., Sp. Pl. 14. 1753. "Habitat in Europae 
hortis, arvisque." Diagnosis quoted from Linné, Fl. Suec. 6. no. 
15. 1745, where we are told that the plant “habitat in cultis & 
terra nuda Upsaliae, rarissima apud nos hodie plana, olim forte 
copiosior evasura." A plant of ‘cultivated fields and bare earth,’ 
known from a single locality in Sweden, and there ‘formerly abundant 
but now very rare,’ would seem to have been an adventive. That 
this was Linné's opinion is shown by the specific name chosen, mean- 
ing " foreign." 

Veronica caroliniana Walt., Fl. Carol. 61. 1788. "Type doubtless 
from lower South Carolina. The radical leaves are described as 
subincised, cauline subserrate. Evidently this is a pronounced phase 
of the ‘romana’ type, discussed below, and it is well-interpreted by 
such a specimen as House 3179 from Clemson College, South Carol- 
ina. 

Veronica carnulosa Lam., Ency. Meth., Illust. 1:47. 1791. “Ex 
Europa & America septentr. in arvis." 

Moist soil, river-banks, gardens and cultivated fields, usually 
appearing as a weed; wide-spread through eastern North America 
from New Brunswick to Iowa, Florida and Texas; also seen from 
British Columbia, Alaska, New Mexico, Oregon, Bermuda and Ja- 
maica. Westward passes into the yet more widely ranging variety 
xalapensis. 

In the Species Plantarum, 1753, Linné twice described this species, 
once from plants known living to him, as Veronica peregrina, and 
once from a specimen from southern Europe in his herbarium as 
V. romana. V. peregrina was supposed to possess leaves lanceolate- 
linear and very entire, while V. romana had these oblong and sub- 
dentate. The leaves of this species vary from one state to the other, 
and on each individual the larger leaves tend to the “romana” type. 
As romana has priority of position on page 14 of the Species Plant- 
arum, and its diagnosis is descriptive of a specimen in the Linnean 
Herbarium, a claim might be made that this name should be used 
for our plant. However the citations in the synonomy of V. romana 
all pertain to another species, later separated by Linné as Veronica 
acinifolia (Sp. Pl. ed. II. 19. 1762), and the specific name “romana” 
was adopted from “ Veronica minima, clinopodii minoris, folio glabro, 
romana. Bocce. mus. 2. p. 29. t. 102." As the Linnean diagnosis 
would also include Boccone’s plant, which was clearly illustrated 
in the latter's Museo di Piante Rare della . . . Italia 
19. pl. 102. 1697, I think we should hold romana for this species, 
placing acinifolia in its synonomy. 


1921]  Pennell,—* Veronica” in North and South America 19 


lla. Veronica peregrina xalapensis (H.B.K.) Pennell 

Veronica xalapensis H.B.K., Nov.: Gen. et Sp. 2: 389. 1818. 
* Crescit in Regno Mexicano prope Xalapa (alt. 630 hex.) i in nemor- 
ibus Liquidambaris Styracifluae [Humboldt & Bonpland]." 

Veronica chillensis H. B. K., |. c. 390. 1818. “Crescit in cultis 
Regni Quitensis prope Chillo, alt. 1340 hex. [Humboldt & Bonpland]. "' 
Described as differing from V. xalapensis in having stem repent, 
leaves wider (oblong-spatulate instead of oblong), and calyx-lobes 
narrower (lanceolate instead of oblong), at length reflexed. Al 
these are points of normal variation in this variety, excepting that 
the plant is never truly repent. In the full description the word 
" repentes"' is followed by the truer statement " adscendentes. ” 

Veronica peregrina xalapensis (H.B.K.) Pennell in Torreya 19: 
167. 1919. 


Environment as in Veronica peregrina, with which over an exten- 
sive area transitional forms occur; wide-spread and usually common 
through western North and South America from Alaska and Yukon 
to Chile and Argentina, in the Tropical portions of its range found 
only on the upper Cordilleras; eastward, in the United States fre- 
quent nearly to the Mississippi River, and sporadically eastward, 
probably as an introduction, to New England; also, probably also 
introduced, in Brazil. 


12. VERONICA ARVENSIS L. 

Veronica arvensis L., Sp. Pl. 13. 1753. “Habitat in Evropae 
arvis, cultis." Diagnosis quoted from Linné, Fl. Suec. 6. no. 16. 
1745, where we are told that the plant occurs in Sweden * in agris 
ruderatis cultis frequens." Our American introduced plant agrees 
well with the description of this. 


Gardens and fields, or in dry woods, on cliffs and talus slopes, 
mostly common from Newfoundland to Iowa, Georgia and Okla- 
homa; southern Alaska to Oregon; Bermuda; Jamaica; Argentina. 
Introduced from Eurasia.* 


13. VERONICA AGRESTIS L. 


Veronica agrestis L., Sp. Pl. 13. 1753. "Habitat in Europae 
cultis, arvis." Diagnosis quoted from Linné, Fl. Suec. 6. no. 17. 
1745, where the plant is said to occur in Sweden “in agris, areis, 


6 This species frequently grows in such ‘‘native’’ environments that the question 
of its being indigenots to the Northeast has been raised. But its weed-like character, 
ensuring its early introduction, and the fact that its American range is not so great 
as would be expected of such a species if native, leads me to think it introduced. 
See also Fernald in Ruopora 2: 137.1900. In the case of this and Veronica officinalis 
L., below, the burden of proof is on those who would claim them indigenous to both 
hemispheres. 


20 Rhodora [JANUARY 


cultis." According to the statement of Fries, Novit. Fl. Suec. 65. 
1819, the Linnean agrestis is identical with his own V. versicolor, 
being the only one of Fries’ segregates common or previously known 
in Sweden. ‘Two specimens from Sweden seen in Herb. New York 
Botanical Garden, one collected at Scania by N. H. Nilsson in 1881. 


Roadsides and rocky places, Newfoundland to Quebec and New 
Brunswick; on ballast at New York City and Philadelphia; Ber- 
muda. Introduced from central and northern Europe. 


14. VERONICA POLITA Fries 

Veronica polita Fries, Novit. Fl. Suec. 63. 1819. “Ubique in 
arvis Scaniae [Sweden]." In the second edition of the Novitiae we 
are told that this is the only known station in Sweden. Well de- 
scribed, and in the second edition contrasted with the V. agrestis 
L. (V. versicolor Fries), both of which species of Fries were soon after 
illustrated in Reichenbach's Kupfersammlung kritischer Gewüchse, 
plates 246 and 277 respectively. I am unable to maintain Fries' 
contrast as to pubescence and the veining of the sepals. For further 
discussion of this name and of the uncertain identity of the older 
Veronica didyma Tenore, Prod. Fl. Nap. 6. 1811, of Italy, see 
Ernst Lehmann in Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 8: 237-244. 1908. Ten- 
ore's mention of leaves profoundly crenate suggests polita, which is 
the species of this group commonest in southern Italy. 

Veronica crenulata Sesse & Mocifio, Fl. Mex. 5. 1892. “ Habitat 
in montibus Sancti Eremi PP. Carmelitarum [Mexico. Mocifio & 
Sesse]." Description appears to be of the species now considered, 
which is well-established in Mexico. Not V. crenulata Hoffm., 
1803. 


Ballast, roadsides and gardens, occasional from New York to Ohio, 
Florida and Texas; central Mexico; Argentina. Introduced from 
central and southern Eurasia. 


15. VERONICA PERSICA Poir. 


Veronica persica Poir., Encyc. Meth., Bot. 8: 542. 1808. “Croit 
dans la Perse. On la cultive au Jardin des Plantes de Paris (V. v.)." 
Apparently this is our species, but description differs from prevalent 
forms in stating the leaves to be very obtuse and ordinarily slightly 
longer than the pedicels and the corolla to be shorter than calyx. 
However these states are easily reconcilable to certain stages or 
forms, and our species is a plant well-known from Persia. Lehmann 
doubtfully identifies persica as this species, but Lacaita (in Jour. Bot. 
56: 55. 1918), after examination of Poiret's type, declares these 
identical. 

Veronica precoz Raf., Atl. Jour. 79. 1832. `“ Grown in the [Bar- 
tram's Botanic] Garden [near Philadelphia] from seeds received 
from a place unknown." Not V. praecox All., 1789. 


1921] Pennell, —“ Veronica" in North and South America 21 


Veronica diffusa Raf., New Fl. Am. 4: 38. 1838. “Native of 
, naturalized on the Schuylkill near Philadelphia.” 
Re-naming of V. precox Raf. 

Veronica rotundifolia Sesse & Mociño, Fl. Mex. 5. 1892. “ Habi- 
tat in Eremo P. P. Carmelitarum [Mexico, Mociño & Sesse]." De- 
scription apparently of the species now considered, although it may be 
that I have transposed the application of this name and V. crenulata 
S.& M. Not V. rotundifolia Ruiz & Pavon, 1798. 

Fields and roadsides, occasional, or westward locally common, 
through Temperate North America, from Newfoundland and southern 
Alaska, south to Georgia, Texas and California; Mexico; Jamaica; 
Colombia; Chile. Introduced from southern Eurasia. 

Our plant has also been known as Veronica Tournefortii C. C. 
Gmel., V. Buxbaumii Tenore, and V. byzantina (Smith) B.S.P. 
The two last are subsequent names, dating as species from 1811 and 
1888 respectively. The original description of V. Tourneforti C. 
C. Gmel., Fl. Bad. 1: 39. 1805, was composite, based upon a plant 
escaped from the botanic garden to fields near Carlsruhe, Baden, 
and upon a specimen brought by Tournefort from the Levant, which 
had recently been described as V. filiformis Smith (in Trans. Linn. Soc. 
1:195. 1791.). The former element was probably our species, but 
the name Tournefortii should be applied to Tournefort’s plant, and 
this is the basis of V. filiformis, a distinct though related species. 
Moreover the name was antedated by Veronica Tournefortii F. W. 
Schmidt, Fl. Boem. 7. 1793. (Description not seen, but the publica- 
tion of this name verified by Lacaita in his discussion of this whole 
problem in Jour. Bot. 55: 271-276. 1917.) 


16. VERONICA BILOBA L. 

Veronica biloba L., Mant. 172. 1771. “Habitat inter Cappado- 
ciae segetes. D. Schreber.” 

Collected at Yonkers, New York, by E. P. Bicknell; also at 
Logan, Utah, by C. P. Smith, 1604 and 2167, and by him com- 
mented upon (under the name of V. campylopoda Boiss.) and illu- 
strated in comparison with V. persica Poir., in Muhlenbergia 6: 61. 
1910. 

Veronica campylopoda Boiss. Diagn. Pl. Nov. 4: 80. 1844, dis- 
tinguished from V. biloba as having its leaves and sepals narrower, 
the former hardly denticulate to entire above, its pedicels recurved, 
its seeds strongly rugulose and its style longer, half the length of the 
capsule, seems not to be definitely separable by any of these charac- 


22 Rhodora [JANUARY 


ters. Sir J. D. Hooker, Fl. Brit. India 4: 295. 1884, assures us that 
the plant lacks distinctness—“I cannot distinguish it as a variety 
even"— and in confirmation of his statement that “the seeds vary 
much in depth of pitting," it may be mentioned that Reichenbach's 
plate cited by Boissier as illustrative of true biloba shows seeds deeply 
rugulose. Our plants seem quite intermediate, with the leaf-breadth 
and leaf-serration of biloba, but with the pedicels tending slightly 
to recurve and with the seeds and style as described for campylopoda. 
They match well a specimen of Boissier's collected at Roscheya, 
Syria, May, 1846, and named by him Veronica campylopoda. 


17. VERONICA HEDERAEFOLIA L. 


Veronica hederaefolia L., Sp. Pl. 13. 1753. “Habitat in Europae 
ruderatis." Diagnosis quoted from Linné, Fl. Suec. 7. no. 18. 
1745, where the plant is said to occur “in Scania [Sweden] campestri 
in ruderatis ad urbes & pagos." Specimen from Sweden, from her- 
barium of Per Larson, seen in Herb. Columbia University. 

(?) Veronica reniformis Raf. in Med. Repos. New York 5: 360. 
1808. “In New Jersey [C. S. Rafinesque in 1803-4].” I am unable 
to be certain of the identity of this from the short description: "stem 
procumbent, branched [‘branded’], leaves sessile, reniform, hairy, 
entire, flowers axillar, solitary." It is possibly V. hederaefolia L., 
in which case the petioles must have been so short as to be unnoticed, 
or V. arvensis L., with unusually obscure serration of leaf, or else 
some introduced species not since reported from America. 


Orchards and roadsides, occasional from New York to North 
Carolina. Introduced from Europe. 
(To be continued.) 


THE NORTH AMERICAN REPRESENTATIVES OF SCIRPUS 
CESPITOSUS. 


M. L. FERNALD 


THE common sedge, Scirpus cespitosus L.! which forms conspicuous 
wiry tussocks and often the dominant turf in the acid tundra and 
barren regions of the North and in America extends southward to the 
eastern coast and the mountains of New England, the Adirondacks, 


1 The name was originally published by Linnaeus as cespitosus and there is, there- 
fore, no need to alter it, as is often done, to caespitosus. 


1921] Fernald,—American Representatives of Scirpus cespitosus 23 


the highest of the southern Alleghenies, bogs of the Great Lake 
States, and the mountains of Alberta and Washington, is essentially 
uniform throughout its broad range in North America and agrees 
with the plant of northern Asia and of northernmost and alpine 
Europe. In Europe, however, there is another plant which differs 
in some striking characters from the circumpolar form and which 
in Great Britain and the lower regions of Scandinavia, Denmark, 
France and Germany is known as S. cespitosus. In tbe latter plant 
the orifice of the upper sheath (at the base of the culm) is obliquely 
elongate, commonly more than 3 mm. long, and scarious-margined; 
the castaneous or purple spikelets are 6-8 mm. long and 5-8-flowered ; 
and the perianth-bristles are usually upwardly barbellate. "This is 
the plant designated by Palla as Trichophorum germanicum,: and 
taken up by Ascherson & Graebner as S. cespitosus, B. germanicus 
(Palla) Aschers. & Graebn., an entirely unnecessary combination 
since as early as 1789 it had been designated as S. cespitosus, B. 
nemorosus Roth.* It is well shown in the English Botany, t. 1029, 
or in Syme's edition, x. t. 1590, in Flora Danica, xi. t. 1861 and in 
Reichenbach's Icones Florae Germanicae, viii. t. 300, figure at left. 

The wide-ranging circumpolar and alpine plant, on the other 
hand, has the orifice of the sheath about 1 mm. long and with a firm 
border; the stramineous or merely somewhat pale-brown spikelets 
2-6 mm. long and 2-4-flowered and the perianth-bristles smooth or 
barely roughened. This is the plant designated by Palla as Trico- 
phorum austriacum! and taken up by several European botanists as 
Scirpus cespitosus, B. austriacus (Palla) Aschers. & Graebn.5 

Linnaeus included both plants in the Species Plantarum, but the 
“Habitat in Europae paludibus cespitosis sylvaticis" indicates that 
he had primarily in mind the plant of the lower altitudes, i. e., S. 
cespitosus, var. nemorosus Roth or Tricophorum germanicum Palla 
= S. cespitosus, B. germanicus (Palla) Ascbers. & Graebn. 

The cireumpolar plant in some characters appears at first glance 
to be specifically distinct but it shows no constant difference in the 
fruit and some European plants, which in other characters are typical 
S. cespitosus, lack the barbs on the perianth-bristles. It is, therefore, 

1 Palla, Berichte Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. xv. 468 (1897). 

* Aschers. & Graebn. Fl. Nordostd. Flachl. 135 (1898). 

* Roth. Tent. Fl. Germ. ii. 53 (1789). 


‘Palla, 1. c. (1897). 
5 Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleurop. Fl. ii. Ab. 2, 300 (1904). 


24 Rhodora [JANUARY 


safest to treat the two plants, as most European students are doing, 
as two well marked geographic varieties. But, fortunately, the 
circumpolar variety, the plant now so generally called in Europe 
S. cespitosus, var. austriacus, cannot retain that name, so inappro- 
priate for a circumpolar plant. Long before Palla had pointed out 
the differences between the extremes, Jacob Bigelow, finding the cir- 
cumpolar plant on the White Mountains of New Hampshire and 
thinking, obviously from collections in different states of develop- 
ment, that he had two new species, described them as 


“Scirpus obtusus—Culmo tereti, nudo, monostachyo; spica lanceo- 
lata, squamis apice carnosis, obtusis" 


and as 

“Scirpus bracteatus—Culmo tereti, monostachyo; spica ovata, brac- 
teis involucrata; flosculis monandris.””! 

Bigelow's S. bracteatus was obviously over-ripe (spica ovata) and 
his *flosculis monandris" an error due to the loss of some stamens, 
but Rafinesque characteristically rushed it into a new genus as 
Aplostemon bracteatum, “my genus Aplostemon, containing all the 
species of Scirpus with one stamen. ”? 

Bigelow soon thereafter received from Europe material of true 
Scirpus cespitosus and accordingly reduced his two species to S. 
cespitosus, var. B. callosus the name which the plant treated as a 
variety should bear. If the plant is treated as a species it should 
be called S. bracteatus Bigel., the name S. obtusus having been pre- 
empted by Willdenow. 

The nomenclature of the circumpolar plant may be summarized 
as follows: 


SCIRPUS cEsPITOSUS L., var. cALLOSUS Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 
21 (1824). S. obtusus and S. bracteatus Bigel., N. E. Journ. Med. 
v. 335 (1816). Aplostemon bracteatum (Bigel.) Raf., Am. Mo. Mag. 
i. 441 (1817). Trichophorum austriacum Palla, Berichte Deutsch. 
Bot. Gesellsch. xv. 468 (1897). S. cespitosus, B. austriacus (Palla) 
Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleurop. Fl. ii. Ab. 2, 300 (1904). 


Var. callosus, the common American form of S. cespitosus is typi- 
cal of acid bogs and tundra and, in eastern America at least, the 
peaty alpine regions of our granitic mountains. It forms stiffly 
resistent tussocks, with wiry culms and firm stramineous basal 

1 Bigel., N. E. Journ. Med. v. 335 (1816). 


2 Raf., Am. Mo. Mag. i. 441 (1817). 
3 Bigel. Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 21 (1824). 


1921] Fernald,—American Representatives of Scirpus cespitosus 25 


sheaths. Contrasted with the ubiquitous plant of acid peats is the 
representative of the species on slaty or calcareous ledges and gravels 
along the St. John and Aroostook Rivers in Maine. There the plant 
of sweet or basic ledges and gravel is associated with such ealcicolous 
species as Scirpus Clintonit Gray, Equisetum variegatum Schleich., 
Trisetum melicoides (Michx.) Vasey, Rynchospora capillacea Torr., 
Carex interior Bailey, Tofieldia glutinosa (Michx.) Pers., Viola neph- 
rophylla Greene, Primula mistassinica Michx., etc., and although in 
its spikelet, achene, bristles and short leaf-blade the plant suggests 
S. cespitosus, var. callosus, it forms comparatively soft tussocks, 
with almost filiform culms far less rigid than in var. callosus, and its 
very closely crowded culms are subtended by submembranaceous or 
scarlous very narrow blackish or lead-colored scales. The same 
extreme variant occurs on the slaty gravel of the Gander River in 
Newfoundland, there associated with essentially the same species, 
so that the plant seems to be a definite variety characteristic of such 
habitats. As such it is here proposed as 

SCIRPUS cEsPITOSUS L., var. delicatulus, n. var., a var. calloso 
recedit culmis filiformibus vix rigidis, vaginis imis nigrescentibus 
vel griseis submembranaceis vel scariosis.—N EWFOUNDLAND: gravelly 
bank of Gander River, Glenwood, July 12 and 13, 1911, Fernald, 
Wiegand & Darlington, no. 4760. Mane: abundant, wet gravelly 
or ledgy bank of St. John River, Fort Kent, June 16, 1898, Fernald, 
no. 2097 (TYPE in herb. New England Botanical Club). St. Francis, 
June 18, 1898, Fernald, no. 2098; ledgy bank of Aroostook River, 


Masardis, September 8, 1897, Fernald; wet sandy shore of Aroostook 
River, Fort Fairfield, July 5, 1893, Fernald, no. 121. 


Gray HERBARIUM. 


A Freak Sweet CrovER.—Mr. B. W. Cooney, County Agricul- 
turist, Goldendale, Washington, recently found and sent to Wash- 
ington State College a "sample of sweet clover plant which has the 
appearance of being a Sport." He discovered it at Glenwood in a 
cultivated field of the plant, 45 acres in extent. "The specimen shows 
five feet of the top of a vigorous well branched plant. The leaves 
are mostly withered and gone. The main and lateral branches bear 
numerous inflorescences. The younger ones that are still in bud are 
more densely puberulent than is usual in specimens of this species, 


26 Rhodora [JANUARY 


Melilotus alba Desr., but they are not otherwise distinctive. The 
older ones, however, are very different. The pedicels are 3 mm. or 
more in length, and, in many cases, branched. "Thus the inflores- 
cence is a panicle instead of the usual simple spike. The perianth 
appears to be normal, as does the androecium, but the gynoecium 
is quite aberrant. It protrudes from the middle of the flower as a 
slender green sickle-shaped or boat-shaped affair. The whole organ 
is very obviously foliaceous, and at the base can hardly be dis- 
tinguished from a folded green leaf. It lacks the long white style, 
but towards the tip the two edges are approximate or slightly adnate 
and each bears two or three ovules. According to the strict defini- 
tion this plant could not be a Melilotus, since it has 4 or 5 instead of 
1-3 ovules, and, for that matter, it would be a Gymnosperm on 
account of its naked ovules. But taking into consideration all the 
evidence, the plant seems to be a teratological specimen of Meli- 
lotus alba Desr. showing multiplication of the branches of the in- 
florescence, phyllody of the pistil, and plurality of the ovules.— 
Hanorp Sr. Jonn, Washington State College, Pullman, Washington. 


ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA or Iste Au Havr.—At page 77 of Rno- 
pora vol 22, I have spoken of Isle au Haut and of Mr. Hill's Flora 
of that vicinity. It now seems worth while to call attention to cer- 
tain plants which have only recently been identified among my 
collections of 1919. I take this opportunity to thank Prof. Fernald 
for the identification of both specimens. 

Salix coactilis Fernald I brought from a short walk on the east side 
of the island and it is by the roadside, but its exact location I do not 
know. Of course it must be found again if possible. Prof. Fernald's 
comment on this is “not previously known south of Bangor.” 

Carex norvegica Willd. I found in a brackish swampy place where 
the fresh water swamp comes down to the back of the beach, a char- 
acteristic habitat. Mr. Hill on p. 295 of his Flora speaks of this as 
absent from the region. 

And while I am writing on plants hitherto unreported from this 
immediate region I may mention Triglochin palustris L., which 
grows in one spot at least, at the southerly end of the island.— 
NATHANIEL T. Kipper, Milton, Massachusetts. 


1921] Collins,— Three Plants new to Rhode Island 27 


THREE PLANTS NEW TO RHODE IsLAND.—It may be well to put 
on record the following Rhode Island stations for plants whith. do 
not appear to have been listed from this state before. 

Hedeoma hispida Pursh. Found in considerable quantity in Man- 
ton, Johnston, growing in a sandy sterile area. This previously has 
been reported in New England from “Vermont” by Eggleston in 
1904 (Rhod. 6: 142), Essex, Vt., by Blake in 1913 (Rhod. 15: 167), 
Reading, Mass. (Rhod. 10: 208), Putnam, Ct., by Harger in 1908 
(Rhod. 10: 208), Portland, Ct., by Bissell in 1911 (Rhod. 13: 31). 

Apocynum medium Greene. A single patch a few feet in diameter 
by a roadside in Scituate. The species is widely distributed in New 
England but the only other Rhode Island station known to me is 
on Block Island, where it was collected in 1913 by Fernald, Hunne- 
well and Long. 

Potentilla tridentata, forma hirsutifolia Pease. A small quantity 
found in Scituate, first observed by Mr. George H. Leland. Pre- 
viously reported by Pease in 1914 (Rhod. 16: 195) from Province of 
Quebec, Maine, New Hampshire and Massachusetts; also a transi- 
tional form in Connecticut.—J. FRANKLIN CoLLINsS, Providence, 
Rhode Island. 


INCORPORATION OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB.—At the 
twenty-fifth annual meeting of the New England Botanical Club, 
which was held at the rooms of the Twentieth Century Club in 
Boston, December 3, 1920, the following officers were elected for 
the ensuing year: President, Nathaniel T. Kidder (for the second 
time in the history of the Club); Vice President, W. J. V. Osterhout; 
Corresponding Secretary, E. L. Rand; Recording Secretary and 
Treasurer, E. F. Williams; Phaenogamic Curator, F. W. Hunne- 
well; Cryptogamic Curator, J. F. Collins; Librarian, Walter Deane; 
Councillors, M. L. Fernald, C. H. Knowlton, and R. A. Ware. 

As the Club has from time to time received by gift or legacy collec- 
tions of considerable value, and since it must, as opportunity per- 
mits, make provision for their care, it has been thought best to place 
the Club upon a more regular legal basis than that of informal asso- 
ciation. Accordingly, at its meeting on January 7, 1921, after due 
consideration and on legal advice, the New England Botanical Club 


28 Rhodora [JANUARY 


was formally dissolved and its members voted to re-associate them- 
selves, under the same officers, as THe New ENGLAND BOTANICAL 
CLuB, Inc.—a corporation under the laws of the Commonwealth 
of Massachusetts. The transfer of property rights and obligations 
from the old to the new organization was accomplished with due 
attention to legal formalities. 


A 


LincoLn Ware RIDDLE, Assistant Professor of Cryptogamic Bot- 
any and Associate Curator of the Farlow Herbarium, Harvard Uni- 
versity, died at his home in Cambridge, Massachusetts, January 16, 
1921. Dr. Riddle had been for many years a valued member of the 
New England Botanical Club. From 1910 to 1917, he was the cur- 
ator of its cryptogamic collections, and, from 1917 to 1920, its presi- 
dent. In May, 1920, he was chosen an associate editor of RHODORA 
to succeed the late Frank Shipley Collins. An account of Dr. Riddle's 
life and scientific work will appear in an early issue. 


Vol. 22, no. 264, including pages 185 to 207 and title-page of the volume, was 
issued 15 February, 1921. 


Dodora 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. February, 1921 No. 266. 
CONTENTS: 
“ Veronica ” in'North and South America. F. W. Pennell . . 29 


An Estuarian Variety of Scirpus Smithii. N.C. Fassett . . . 41 
Equisetum fluviatile or E. limosum? M. L. Fernald and C. A. 


Huber) o... Re .:.—. €.) x. . . 43 
Herbarium of Rev. W. P. Alcott. C. H. Knowlton . . . . . 47 
Amelanchier amabilis, a new name. K. M. Wiegandi . . . . 48 


Boston, Mass. Providence, R. 3f. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODOR A.—4A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) wiil receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 

Address manuscripts and proofs to 

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 


Single copies may be had from 


E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec’y N. E. Botanical Club, 
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass. 


Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated, 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN CorriNs and 
Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular erypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22. 50 per 1000 
cards. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collectors 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Prickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


TRbooora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. February, 1921. No. 266. 


“VERONICA” IN NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA 


Francis W. PENNELL 
(Continued from p. 22.) 


II. VERONICA L., Subgenus 2. EUVERONICA Pennell 


Veronica L., Sp. Pl. 9. 1753. Type species, V. officinalis L.,’ of 
Europe. 


A. Capsule pubescent. Stems, pedicels, leaves and sepals 
pubescent. Leaf-blades oval or ovate, crenate- 
serrate to dentate. Plants of dry soil. 

Leaf-blades dentate, cordate or truncate at base. 

Sepals 3.5-5 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, ex- 

ceeding the capsule. Capsule with hairs not 

glandular nor dark-jointed. Plant ascending 
or erect. 

Sepals unequal, the longest 4-5 mm. long. Cap- 
sule slightly notched. Style 4-5 mm. long, 
longer than the capsule. Leaf-blades sessile 
or nearly so. Racemes over 10-flowered, the 
pedicels more than 1 mm. long. 

Corolla 7-8 mm. long, violet-blue, the 
largest lobes ovate. Anterior sepals much 
exceeding the posterior. Capsule longer 
than wide. Racemes 30-60-flowered, the 
pedicels scarcely exceeding their bracts. 
Leaf-blades coarsely dentate. Stem erect, 
SECO GRIESE, 0 5s 6.0 9.054 weicje « AERE MM 18. V. latifolia. 

Corolla 5-6 mm. long, paler violet-blue, the 
largest lobes nearly orbicular. Anterior 
sepals slightly exceeding the posterior. 
Capsule wider than long. Racemes 10- 
20-flowered, the pedicels much exceeding 
their bracts. Leaf-blades crenately den- 
tate. Stem ascending, 1-3 dm. tall....19. V. Chamaedrys. 

Sepals equal or nearly so, 3.5-4 mm. long. o 
sule deeply notched, wider than long. Style 


7 Selected, among the several species common to both Linné and Tournefort, 
which answer Linné's generic characterization in Genera Plantarum, ed. V. 10. 1754, 
and are native to Linné's country Sweden, because of its officinal nature. This 
species had a long historic right to the name ‘‘Veronica.”’ 


30 Rhodora 


.5 mm. long, much shorter than the capsule. 
Leaf-blades shortly petioled. Racemes 5- 
10-flowered, the pedicels less than 1 mm. 


Wiig ss okies 2's, 00> 00° E ee [s 


ng 

Leaf-blades oval, crenate-serrate, narrowed to a 
etiolar base. Sepals 2-3 mm. long, oblong- 
anceolate, shorter than the capsule. Capsule 
as wide or wider than long, notched, with hairs 
dark-jointed and some of them glandular. 
Style 2.5-3.5 mm. long, shorter than the cap- 

sule. Plants repent, ascending at apex. 

Corolla 8-9 mm. long, violet-blue. Capsule 5 mm. 
long, as wide as long, its lobes rounded, the 
most distal point of each midway between 
the style and. the lateral margin. Racemes 
3-5-flowered, the pedicels longer than the 
capsule. [prt on As about 2 cm. long, cre- 
nate-serrate with very low teeth, hirsute 
above, glabrous beneath, conspicuously cili- 
ate. Stem less than .5 dm. long.. 

Corolla 3-4 mm. long, pale-lavender, with lavender 
blue lines on the posterior side. Capsule 
3-4 mm. long, wider than long, its lobes with 
the most distal point of each near the lateral 
margin. Racemes 20-30-flowered, the pedi- 
cels shorter than the sepals or capsules. Leaf- 
blades 2-5 cm. long, crenate-serrate with 
presencium teeth, pubescent on both surfaces 

ut not obviously ciliate. Stem extensively 
repent, 2 dm. long or longer.. 

A'. Capsule glabrous or with a few minute gland- tipped 
hairs. Stems, pedicels, leaves and sepals glabrous, 
or very Mir pubescent. Leaf-blades oblong- 
ovate to linear, finely serrate to entire. Aquatics. 

B. Capsule not conspicuously wider than long, and 
scarcely or not two-lobed. Sepals nearly or quite 
equaling the capsule, slightly unequal, the an- 
terior longer. Leaf-blades oblong-ovate to lance- 
olate, obtuse to acuminate, serrate to crenate-ser- 
rate. Stem glabrous or pubescent with minute 
gland-tipped hairs. Racemes usually of more 
than 10 flowers, the relatively stout pedicels as- 
cending-spreading. 

Leaf-blades all "— prevailingly ovate-ob- 
long, acutiah to obtuse. Racemes usually 
10-25-flowered, the pedicels 5-13 mm. long. 
Plants tam emersed, glabrous throughout. 
Capsule slightly wider ‘than long, notched. 

Leaf-blades oblong-oval, widest at or above the 
middle, narrowed at base, mostly broadly 
rounded at apex. Style 1.5-2 mm. long, 
obviously shorter than the capsule. Plant 


[FEBRUARY 


.20. V. javanica. 


.21. V.grandiflora. 


.22. V. officinalis. 


extensively repent, ascending at apex....23. V. Beccabunga. 


Leaf-blades lanceolate to ovate, widest at or 
near the base, mostly acute or acutish at 
epee. Style 2-3 mm. long, scarcely shorter 

the capsule. Plant repent only at 
base, soon ascending-erect.............. 


24. V. americana. 


1921] 


Pennell,—* Veronica" 


Leaf-blades, at least the upper on the flowering- 
stems, sessile and clasping, obtuse to acumi- 


Racemes 15-60-flowered, the pedicels 


3-8 mm. long. Plants of deeper water, usu- 
ally mostly submersed. 

Capsule 2.5-4 mm. long. Style 1.3-2 mm. long. 
Cauline leaf-blades acute to acuminate. 
Sepals acute to acuminate. Capsule scarcely 

wider than long, not or slightly notched. 
Leaf-blades . serrate with close teeth 
(four or more to 1 cm.). Racemes usu- 
ally 30-60-flowered, with pedicels 4-8 
mm. long. 

Stem ately; rachis and pedicels glabrous. 


Capsule globose-ovoid, acutish or 
rounded, not or scarcely emarginate. 
Style 1.5-2 mm. long. Leaf-blades 
oblong-ovate, mostly broadest about 
the middle, the lower usually obviously 
narrowed at base or petioled. 


Sepals acuminate, 4-5 mm. long. Cap- 


sule 3-4 mm. long. Pedicels 5-8 


in North and South America 31 


WW; DE... r 25. V. Anagallis-aquatica. 


Sepals acute, $. 5-4 mm. long. Capsule 


2.5-3 mm. long. Pedicels 3-5 mm. 


long. -— ee 25a. V. Anagallis-aquatica Brittonii. 


Stem den rachis and pedicels finely 


pubescent with minute gland-tipped 
hairs. Capsule nearly globose, slightly 
emarginate. Style 1.3-1.5 mm. long. 
Leaf-blades lanceolate, mostly broad- 
id near the base, all obviously clasp- 


TENER ARDT EOM EE 26. V. glandifera. 


in 
Sepals sin PAAR to acutish. Capsule obviousl 
wider than long, evidently notched. 
Leaf-blades crenate-serrate with remote 
teeth (two to three to 1 cm.), lanceolate, 
all clasping. Racemes usually 15-30- 
flowered, the pedicels 3-6 mm. long. 
Stem distally, rachis and pedicels glabrous. 
Style 1.4-1.6 mm. long............... 
Stem distally, rachis and pedicels finely 


ubescent with minute gland-tipped 
hair Style 1.5-1.8 mm. long 


.27. V. catenata. 


27a. V. catenata glandulosa. 


Capsule 2 mm. long, globose, not or scarcely 
notched. Style .7-1 mm. long. Cauline 
leaf-blades o o N inta obtuse or 
obtusish. Stem distally, rachis and pedi- 
cels usually pubescent with minute gland- 
tipped. halt; i 6c cas ioco io RENE 


B'. Capsule much wider than long, strongly two-lobed. 


Sepals shorter than the capsule, equal. Leaf- 
blades linear or lanceolate, remotely setaceous- 
toothed or entire. Stem glabrous or pubescent 
with glandless hairs. Racemes 5-20-flowered, 

the filiform pedicels reflexing in fruit........... 


28. V. undulata. 


29. V. scutellata. 


32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 


18. VERONICA LATIFOLIA L. 


Veronica latifolia L., Sp. Pl. 13. 1753. “Habitat in Helvetia, 
Bithynia." The identity of this species has been much disputed, on 
one side being such statements as Bentham in DC., Prod. 10: 469. 
1846, who considers it to be a broad-leaved form of V. Teucrium L., 
on the other Kerner in Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 23: 367-369. 1875, 
who makes a strong plea for its identification as V. urticaefolia Jacq., 
Fl. Austr. 1: 37. pl. 59. 1773. Certainly some of the synonyms 
cited by Linné appear to be V. urticaefolia, a species very readily 
distinguished by its slender stem, thin smooth leaves which are 
sharply serrate and long-acuminate, and its shorter racemes, on the 
slender pedicels of which are borne the short sepals and small pinkish 
corollas. Linné's description, in the use of the words “foliis rugosis 
dentatis," certainly does not describe urticaefolia, and moreover one 
can scarcely believe that he would have omitted characterization 
of the leaf-acumination. Sir J. E. Smith, in Rees Cyclop. 37: Art. 
Veronica, no. 58, describes the Linnean specimen and emphatically 
asserts its kinship to V. Teucrium L., not to urticaefolia Jacq. In 
the absence of citation to other specimens studied by Linné, the 
specimen of the Linnean Herbarium should stand as type. Sir J. 
E. Smith carefully contrasts this with V. Teucrium L., but study of 
the varying leaf-form of the latter confirms Bentham's view as to 
their identity. 

Veronica Teucrium L., Sp. Pl. ed. II. 16. 1762. “Habitat in 
Germania." Linné possessed no specimen of this in his herbarium, 
which readily explains his describing as new a narrower-leaved form 
of this species than his own V. latifolia. The specific name is derived 
from “Teucrii IV tertia species Clus. hist. 1 p. 349." L’Ecluse, 
Rar. Pl. Hist. 349. 1601, figures and briefly describes a plant, which 
is an ovate-leaved form of the species, and says that it grows "in 
herbosis collium jugis [Pannoniae . . . . Austriae Moraviae 
` & Bohemiae]." Linné’s description of his plant as with 
leaves "ovatis rugosis dentatis" shows the similarity of this to his 
own latifolia. 


Roadsides, pastures and waste land, New Hampshire to Ontario, 
New Jersey and Ohio; introduced from Europe. 
19. VERONICA CHAMAEDRYS L. 


Veronica Chamaedrys L., Sp. Pl. 13. 1753. "Habitat in Europae 
pratis." The diagnosis is essentially taken from Linné, Fl. Suec. 
5, no. 12. 1745, where the plant is stated to occur in Sweden “in 
pratis ubique." Evidently this is the species now considered. 
Several specimens from Sweden seen, one collected by Dr. W. A. 
Murrill at Upsala, July, 1902, being probably a topotype. 


Roadsides and meadows, occasional from Prince Edward Island to 
Ontario, New Jersey and Ohio. Introduced from Europe. 


1921] Pennell,—* Veronica" in North and South America 33 


20. VERONICA JAVANICA Blume. 

Veronica javanica Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Nederl. Ind. 742. 1826. 
* Crescit in cacumine Sederato et ad cataractas fluvii Tjikundul 
montis Gede [Java]." The brief original description, especially in 
the phrase "spicis axillaribus," would seem to denote the plant here 
' considered. I have followed Sir J. D. Hooker, Fl. Brit. Ind. 4: 296. 
1884, in adopting this name, as the only named specimen which I 
have for comparison, Griffith 3921 from East Himalaya distributed 
by Kew Gardens as "Veronica Maddenii Edg.," is evidently this 
species. There is also a previously unnamed specimen, in Herb. 
New York Botanical Garden, from the Liu Kiu Islands. 


Petropolis, Brazil, collected by J. Ball in 1882. Introduced from 
the Oriental Region. 


21. Veronica grandiflora J. Gaertn. 

Veronica grandiflora J. Gaertn. in Novi Comm. Acad. Petrop. 14: 
531. pl. 18,f. 1. 1770. “Kamtschatkam pro patria sua : 
in pratis alpinis . . . ., referente Stellero, copiose nascitur." 
A full description, and a carefully drawn illustration, make the 
application of this name unmistakable, although the capsule is 
described as smooth (the word “laevis” however, not:the word 
*glaber"). Apparently this was accidentally renamed by the 
younger Linné (Suppl. 83. 1781), who says of it: “Veronica kamt- 
chatica Gaertner Act. petropol. Habitat in Kamtschatka.” Speci- 
mens, L. Stejneger 106, etc., seen from Bering Island, along the coast 
of Kamchatka. 

Western Aleutian Islands (Kiska and Attu Islands). Also in 
Kamchatka. 

Similar to, but much larger than, Veronica aphylla L., Sp. Pl. 11. 
1753, of the Alps of Europe; differs by having its stems frequently 
1 dm. long, its peduncles longer, its leaves 2.5-4 cm. long (not 1-2 
cm. long), obovate and more acute, its corollas 8-9 mm. long (not 
5 mm. long), and its style 8-9 mm. long, exserted, probably as long 
as the capsule (not 4 mm. long and only one-half to two-thirds length 
of capsule). 


22. VERONICA OFFICINALIS L. 

Veronica officinalis L., Sp. Pl. 11. 1753. “Habitat in Europae 
sylvestribus sterilibus." Refers to Linné, Mat. Med. 4, no. 11. 
1749; then to Linné, Fl. Suec. 4, no. 8. 1745, where the plant is 
said to occur in Sweden “frequens in sylvis praesertim exustis,” 
and its medical uses are mentioned. The Linnean specimens are 
more fully described by Sir. J. E. Smith in Rees Cyclop. 37: Art. 
Veronica. no. 53. 1819. Specimen in Herb. New York Botanical 
Garden, collected at Upsala, Sweden, July, 1902, by Dr. W. A. 
Murrill, is probably a topotype. 


34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 


Fields, barrens and open woods, mostly common; from Newfound- 
land and Michigan to North Carolina and Tennessee. Apparently 
introduced from Eurasia, although usually in seemingly native 
habitats. 


23. Veronica BEccaBUNGA L. 

Veronica Beccabunga L., Sp. Pl. 12. 1753. “Habitat in Europa 
ad rivulos." Diagnosis quoted from Linné, Fl. Suec. 5. no. 11. 
1745, where it is stated that in Sweden the plant “habitat in fossis, 
rivulis, scaturiginibus passim," and that it is the * Beccabungae 
Herba Conserva, Aqua" of the Pharmacopoeas. 

Running brooks, ditches and wet fields, well established in Quebec, 
also at Rochester, New York and Perth Amboy, New Jersey. In- 
troduced from Eurasia, where this species is as wide-spread as on 
this continent is the following near relative. 


24. Veronica americana Schwein. 


Veronica Beccabunga americana Raf., Med. Fl. 2: 109. pl. 94. 
1830. “Grows from Canada to Virginia and Kentucky, near waters, 
brooks, &c." Well described, and contrast given with V. Becca- 
bunga as understood by Rafinesque. Apparently this plant was 
independently redescribed under this name by Torrey in Fl. New 
York 2: 41. 1843, whose type I have seen in Herb. Columbia Uni- 


versity. 
Veronica americana Schwein.; Benth. in DC. Prod. 10: 468. 
1846. “Veronica americana (Schweinitz! mss.) . . . . . In 


America boreali a Canada et Carolina usque ad flum. Oregon et in 
ins, Sitcha . . . . . . (v. s.)” Specimen seen in Herb. 
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, labeled “Bethl.” 
[ = Bethlehem, Pennsylvania], collected by Schweinitz, may be an 
isotype. Well contrasted with V. Beccabunga L., instancing leaf- 
form and more erect habit. 

Veronica americana hirsuta Coleman, Cat. Fl. Pl. S. Michigan 27, 
1874. "Southern peninsula of Michigan." Described as “plant 
quite large, 24 to 30 inches high, very hirsute." I have never seen 
a pubescent form of this species, and Coleman's specimen, if extant, 
should be studied. 

Veronica americana crassula Rydb. in Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 
1:353. 1900. “In bogs, at an altitude of 2000-2500 m. Montana: 
Little Belt Pass, 1896, Flodman, 778 (type)." "Type seen in Herb. 
New York Botanical Garden. This represents the dwarfed alpine 
state of the species, which may better be considered a forma. 

Veronica oxylobula Greene, Pittonia 6: 113. 1903. “Type speci- 
mens from Golden City, Colorado, collected by myself in 1871.’’ 
Supposed to be distinguished by “its entire or subentire foliage and 
the longer and almost acute capsules,” features of variability within 
this species. 


1921] Pennell,—* Veronica" in North and South America 35 


Veronica crenatifolia Greene, l. c. 114. 1903. “The type : 
is Baker, Earle and Tracy's n. 33, from along the Mancos River 
in southern Colorado, 22 June, 1898."  Isotypes seen in Herb. New 
York Botanical Garden and U. S. National Herbarium. Apparently 
supposed to be distinguished by its smaller size and crenate leaves, 
variations frequent in V. americana. 


Swamps, springs and woodland rills, from Newfoundland, Ontario 
and Alaska, south, eastward to South Carolina and Tennessee, west- 
ward to Chihuahua, California, and the Valley of Mexico; also on the 
Commander Islands on the western side of Bering Sea. Generally 
common over this wide area. 

Veronica americana appears to be only inconstantly distinguish- 
able from V. Beccabunga by its leaf-form and more erect habit. The 
leaf is mostly narrower, widest near the truncately rounded or sub- 
cordate base, narrowing to the acute or obtuse apex, and borne on 
frequently shorter pedicels. The capsule-shape is the same, nearly 
globose, flattened and emarginate at apex, the corolla, sepals and 
pedicels are of about the same length as in that species, but the last 
are usually more slender. The styles are longer and usually more 
slender in americana. "The leaves vary from serrate through crenate 
to nearly or quite entire. 


25. Veronica Anagallis-aquatica L. 


Veronica Anagallis-aquatica L., Sp. Pl. 12. 1753. “Habitat in 
Europa ad fossas." Description quoted from Linné, Fl. Suec. 5, 
no. 10. 1745, where the plant is stated to occur in Sweden “in fossis 
ad vias & paludes Uplandiae, Scaniae &c." Described with leaves 
serrate, and with citations to Tournefort and Bauhin who both term 
the leaves oblong. The Swedish plant is well described by Nyman, 
Utkast Sv. Vaxt. Naturh. Sver. Fanerog. 164. 1867, who tells us 
that its leaves are lanceolate or oval-lanceolate, pointed, and its 
capsules are rounded, very shallowly notched. All which indicates 
the present broad-leaved plant with scarcely or not notched capsules, 
not another plant of northwestern Europe which has elongate acumi- 
nate leaves, and capsules decidedly notched, as broad asor broader than 
long. Our plant has the lower leaves and those of autumnal shoots 
narrowed or petioled at the base, a condition mentioned in such exact 
descriptions as Hayek, Fl. Steiermark 2: 168. 1912; also the short 
' round form of these autumnal leaves is mentioned in Villars, Hist. 
Pl. Dauphine 2: 14. 1787. 

Veronica lepida Phil. in Anal. Univ. Chile 91: 110. 1895. “ Habi- 
tat ad Vicum Cartajena (haud procul a Valparaiso [Chile]), Februario, 
1895 lecta."  Described because the petioled lower leaves were 
noticed. 


36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 


Veronica micromera Wooton & Standley in Contrib. U. S. Nat. 
Herb. 16: 174. 1913. “Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 
686250, collected along ditches about Shiprock, on the Navajo 
Reservation [New Mexico], July 25, 1911, by Paul C. Standley (no. 
7283). Altitude 1,425 meters." Type seen in U. S. National 
Herbarium. A dwarf form, with small leaves which are more ob- 
viously narrowed at base. 

Slow-flowing streams, wide-spread through North and South 
America; specimens seen from Michigan, Utah, New Mexico, Ariz- 
ona, Argentina and Chile. Also of wide occurrence in Eurasia; 
specimens seen from Germany, Switzerland, Italy, Albania, Algeria 
and Syria. Of this critical species-group this is the most widely 
dispersed and probably the original element. 


25a. Veronica Anagallis-aquatica Brittonii (Porter) Pennell, 
comb. nov. 

Veronica Anagallis latifolia Britton in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 12: 
49. 1885. “In the latter part of September, 1883, . . . . . 
near Mahwah, Bergen Co., New Jersey, I noticed [it] in a small 
stream . . . ." "Typeseen in Herb. Columbia University. 
Not V. Anagallis latifolia Schultz, Prod. Fl. Stargard. Suppl. 3. 
1819 (which is V. Anagallis-aquatica L.). 

Veronica Brittonii Porter; Pennell in Torreya 19: 168. 1919. 
“Type, base of Marble Hill, above Phillipsburg, New Jersey, col- 
lected in flower and fruit June 24, 1892, T. C. Porter; in herbarium 
Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden." 


Slow-flowing streams, western Connecticut to northern Pennsyl- 
vania. For list of localities see Torroya 19: 170. 1919. 
Perhaps not worthy of even varietal distinction. 


26. Veronica glandifera Pennell 

Veronica perfoliata Raf., New Fl. Am. 4: 37. 1838. “Florida.” 
Description almost certainly of the plant now considered, which 
however is not authentically known from so far south. The clasp- 
ing opposite leaves of V. glandifera, till closely seen, appear connate. 
Not V. perfoliata R. Br., 1810. 

Veronica glandifera Pennell in Torreya 19: 170. 1919. “Type, 
vicinity of Suffolk, Nansemond County, Virginia, collected in flower 
and fruit, May 27, 1893, N. L. Britton and J. K. Small; in herbarium 
Columbia University at the New York Botanical Garden.” 


Slow-flowing streams, in limestone, Virginia and Ohio to North 
Carolina and Tennessee. Perhaps intergrades with V. catenata 
glandulosa. 

'The petioled leaves of late-summer shoots are well shown on speci- 
mens of Bruce Fink 262 from Oxford, Ohio, collected August 8, 1908. 


1921] Pennell,—* Veronica" in North and South America 37 


While in pubescence this species parallels Palaearctic derivatives 
of Veronica Anagallis-aquatica L., I am unable to place our plant of 
eastern North America as of the same species as any of these. Such 
species are: V. anagalloides Guss., Pl. Rar. Sic. 5. pl. 3. 1829, which 
has a capsule decidedly longer than wide, and not or scarcely emargi- 
nate; V. oxycarpa Boiss., Diagn. I. 7:44. 1846, with acute capsule 
and leaves narrowed at base; and V. salina Schur, Enum. Pl. Trans- 
silv. 492. 1866, very similar to V. anagalloides. 


27. Veronica catenata Pennell, sp. nov. 

Flowering stem 1-3 dm. long, glabrous throughout. Leaves 
lanceolate, acute or acutish, crenate to nearly entire, 3-5 cm. long, 
1 em. wide, all clasping, when submersed elongating and reaching 
12 em. long and 2 cm. wide. Racemes axillary to the upper leaves, 
6-12 em. long, 15-25-flowered. Bracts narrowly lanceolate, 4-5 mm. 
long. Pedicels 3-5 mm. long, glabrous. Sepals 3-3.5 mm. long, 
lance-ovate, obtusish. Corolla-lobes pale-blue. Style 1.2-1.7 mm. 
long. Capsule 3 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide, broad-globose, decidedly 
emarginate. Seeds 0.5 mm. long, yellow-brown. 

Type, Hot Springs, South Dakota, collected in flower and fruit 
June 16, 1892, P. A. Rydberg 926, in Herb. New York Botanical 
Garden. Named from the chain-like aspect of the long racemes of 
short-pedicelled flowers. 


Slow-flowing streams, plains, from North Dakota and Saskatch- 
ewan to Kansas and New Mexico, southward west to Nevada and 
southern California. 


27a. Veronica catenata glandulosa (Farwell) Pennell, comb. nov. 

Veronica Anagallis-aquatica glandulosa Farwell in Rep. Mich. 
Acad. Sci. 19: 249. 1917. “Zoo Park, near Royal Oak [Michigan], 
[Farwell] No. 4323, July 13, 1916." Not V. Anagallis-aquatica 
glandulosa Schur, Enum. Pl. Transsilv. 492. 1866. Description 
inadequate, but apparently of the plant now considered. As this 
is a small plant and moreover is the only glandular-pubescent “ Ana- 
gallis-aquatica" known from Michigan, I apply the name to this. 

Slow-flowing streams, western New York to Minnesota, South 
Dakota, Kentucky and Oklahoma; also in western Massachusetts 
‘and in southeastern and southern Pennsylvania. Probably inter- 
grades with V. glandifera, and for the latter, in Torreya 19: 170, 
I have mistaken plants of our New York “Local Flora.” 


28. VERONICA UNDULATA Wall. 

Veronica undulata Wall.; Roxb., Fl. Ind. 1: 147. 1820. “ Dis- 
covered in the Turraye [India] by Mr. W. Jack." Specimen in Herb. 
Columbia University, labeled * Nepal Wallich," may be an isotype. 


38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 


Ballast, Portland, Oregon, and Mobile, Alabama. Introduced 
from southeastern Asia, where it occurs from northern India through 
southern China, and in Japan. 

Occasionally nearly or quite glabrous, but then readily distinguished 
by the small size of the capsule and style. 


29. Veronica scutellata L. 

Veronica scutellata L., Sp. Pl. 12. 1753. “Habitat in Europae 
inundatis." Diagnosis quoted from Linné, Fl. Suec. 4. no. 9. 1745, 
where the plant is said to grow in Sweden “in locis per hyemem 
inundatis frequens." Evidently the plant now considered. 

Veronica uliginosa Raf. in Am. Mo. Mag. 2: 175. 1818. "Ver- 
onica scutellata Pursh . . . . Fl. Am. Sept. 1: 11." In his 
Fl. Am. Sept. 11. 1814, Pursh states of “ Veronica scutellata” that 
: “the American plant has longer leaves than any of the European 
specimens I have seen," a condition not verified by the material at 
hand to-day though Pursh's statement evidently misled Rafinesque 
into assuming for it specific distinctness. 

Veronica connata Raf., Med. Fl. 2: 110. 1830. “In west Ken- 
tucky." Very briefly characterized and leaves said to be “ connate;" 
surely they were merely cordate-clasping and opposite. 


Meadows and swales, Newfoundland and Yukon to Virginia, 
Indiana, Wyoming, and California. 

Occasionally occurs in a form more or less pubescent throughout, 
forma villosa (Schumacher) Pennell [Veronica scutellata villosa Schu- 
macher, Enum. Pl. Saell. 1: 7. 1801; also V. scutellata pilosa Vahl, 
Enum. Pl. 1: 70. 1805; V. scutellata pubescens Koch, Syn. Fl. 
Germ. et Helv. 524. 1837.]. This occurs sporadically occasional 
throughout the range of the species. 


III. HEBE Commerson 


Hebe Comerson; [Juss., Gen. Pl. 105. 1789, generic diagnosis 
only;] J. F. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 2: 27. 1791. Type species, Hebe 
magellanica J. F. Gmel. 


Leaves lanceolate, acuminate to a small blunt tip, entire, not 
revolute, 6-7 cm. long. Racemes 5-13 cm. long, many- 
flowered. Sepals acuminate, 2-3 mm. long. Coro 
with the oblong lobes shorter than or but little Jonger 
than the narrow tube. Stamens and style longer than 
the corolla and conspicuously exserted, the latter 
slender, 5-6 mm. long. Capsule oval in outline, rela- 
tively thin-walled. Stem minutely pubescent when 

oung, especially between and proximad to bases of 
eaves, becoming glabrate; bark slightly wrinkled in 


drying. 


1921] Pennell, —“ Veronica" in North and South America 39 


Racemes 13 cm. long; rachis, pedicels and lanceolate sepals 
finely pubescent. Corolla 5 mm. long, its lobes 
slightly shorter than the tube. Leaves attenuate- 
acuminate. Internodes on flowering shoots about 3 
Oe MM ur cass cr ev os cis kaye ens e 1. H. salicifolia 
Racemes 5-7 em. long; rachis, pedicels and lance-ovate 
sepals puberulent. Corolla not seen. Leaves narrow- 
ing to a blunt tip. Internodes on flowering shoots 
loùs than T4085. JOE. .............. erc eR 2. H. blanda 
Leaves elliptic-oval, apiculate, the margin revolute, callose, 
and at times obscurely crenate, 2-3 cm. long. Racemes 
2 cm. long, few-flowered. Sepals acute to obtuse, 4 mm. 
long. Corolla 8 mm. long, the broadly ovate lobes much 
longer than the broad tube. Stamens not longer than 
the corolla, the stout style 4 mm. long. Capsule elliptic- 
oval in outline, thick-walled. Stem densely and per- 
sistently pubescent with pale hairs on side between and 
proximad to bases of leaves, below leaf-bases reddish, 
glabrous and shining; bark much wrinkled in drying... 3. H. elliptica 


1. Hebe salicifolia (Forst.) Pennell, comb. nov. 

Veronica salicifolia Forst., Fl. Ins. Austr. Prod. 3. 1786. “[Noua 
Zeelandia, G. Forster]." Several specimens from New Zealand seen, 
and one collected by A. H. Cockayne 8041, and labeled “ Veronica 
salicifolia Forst. Typical South Island form," shows precisely the 
slender finely pubescent pedicels, small flowers, and acuminate, 
almost attenuate leaves of our plant. Type species of genus Panozis 
Raf., Med. Fl. 2: 109. 1830. 

Veronica Fonki Phil in Linnaea 29: 110. 1857-8. “En las 

playas y barrancas de Chonos, ' in litore et valleculis, legit . . 
Dr. Fr. Fonk." Specimen in Herb. Columbia University, labeled 
“Veronica Fonki Ph. Chonos, legit Philippi, com. am Treviranus 
1864," is doubtless an isotype. This seems to be the same as the 
plant of New Zealand. 


Chonos, Chile. Also in South Island, New Zealand. 


2. Hebe blanda (Cheesem.) Pennell, comb. nov. 
Veronica amabilis blanda Cheesem., Man. New Zealand Fl. 506. 
1906. “Port Chalmers [Otago, South Island, New Zealand] Petrie! 
." Specimen in Herb. New York Botanical Garden, 
collected. at Anita Bay, Otago (where it forms * a considerable part 
of the ‘coastal Scrub’’’) appears to be exactly our plant, and to agree 
with Cheeseman's variety. 


Southern Patagonia. Also in South Island, New Zealand. 


3. Hebe elliptica (Forst.) Pennell, comb. nov. 

Veronica elliptica Forst., Fl. Ins. Austr. Prod. 3. 1786. “[Noua 
Zeelandia, G. Forster]" Several specimens from New Zealand 
seen, two from Port Otway and Tuesday Bay respectively, agreeing 
exactly with our plant. Also a specimen from the Auckland Islands, 
Wilkes Expedition, is quite the same. 


40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 


Veronica decussata [Soland. in] Ait., Hort. Kew. 1: 20, 1789. “Nat. 
of Falkland Islands. Introd. 1776, by John Fothergill." Described 
as with bracteoles on pedicels, an appearance probably caused by 
the terminal bractlets of the raceme appearing, while the bud of the 
rachis is suppressed. 

Hebe magellanica J. F. Gmel., Syst. Nat. 2: 27. 1791. Based 
upon Hebe Juss., Gen. Pl. 105. 1789, where the name is attributed 
to Commerson and the plant said to be from Magellan. Evidently 
collected by Commerson at the Straits of Magellan in 1767-8. 

Veronica Simpsonii Phil. in Anal. Univ. Chile 1873: 26. 1873. 
* Enrique Simpson trajo de las orillas del rio Aysen, en Patagonia.” 
The careful description of the branch, leaves, fruiting inflorescence, 
capsules and seeds appears to denote the species now considered. 


Southern Patagonia and Falkland Islands. Also in the Auckland 
Islands and South Island of New Zealand. 


NoMINA EXCLUDENDA. 


Veronica caroliniana Poir., Encye. Meth., Bot. 8: 520. 1808. 
* Communiquée par M. Bose, qui l'a recueillie dans la Caroline.” 
This is Cynoctonum Mitreola (L.) Britton, of the Loganiaceae. Not 
V. caroliniana Walt., 1788. 

Veronica cinerea Raf., New Fl. Am. 4:39. 1838. “From Origon.” 
Description of plant as “ cinereous villose, leaves alternate : 
flowers spicate very dense sessile . . . . stamens very long" 
appears to denote some species of Synthyris. 

Veronica fluminensis Vell., Fl. Flum. 11. 1825; Icones 1: pl. 25. 
1827. “Abunde provenit locis umbrosis ad vias maritimas Regii 
Praedii Sanctae Crucis [Brazil]." Description and illustration show 
a plant of the Acanthaceae. 

Veronica litoralis Vell., Fl. Flum. 10. 1825; Icones 1: pl. 24. 
1827. *Silvis maritimis Regii Praedii Sanctae Crucis [Brazil] prope 
litus, ad loca arenosa habitat." Description and illustration show a 
plant of the Acanthaceae. 

Veronica marilandica L., Sp. Pl. 14. 1753. “Habitat in Vir- 
ginia." According to B. D. Jackson (in Proc. Linn. Soc. 14. Suppl.: 
150. 1912), Linné transferred his specimen bearing this name to 
Polypremum procumbens L. Both his description and that in Gro- 
novius’ Fl. Virg. 4. 1739, indicate this plant of the Loganiaceae. 
I cannot locate the reference which is erroneously cited as: “ Veronica 
marilandica Murr. Comm. Gotting. 11: t. 3. 1782." 

Veronica missurica Raf. in Am. Monthly Mag. 3: 175. 1818. 
New name for Veronica reniformis Pursh, which was a species of 
Synthyris. See below. 

Veronica Purshii G. Don, Gen. Hist. Dichl. Pl. 4: 573. 1838. 
“Native on the banks of the Missouri. V. reniformis Pursh . . ., 
but not of Rafin." A species of Synthyris. See below. 


1921] Fassett,—An estuarian Variety of Scirpus Smithii 41 


Veronica reniformis Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 1:10. 1814. “Collected 
by Messrs. Lewis and Clark in boggy soil, on the banks of the Miss- 
our . . . . v. s. in Herb. Lewis." Type was apparently a 
plant collected on Hungry Creek, in what is now Montana, June 26, 
1806, and an isotype of this in the Herbarium of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia was determined by Robinson and 
Greenman [in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1898: 39. 1898] as 
Synthyris reniformis major Hook. Pursh’s description is inaccurate, 
but I think must certainly apply to this collection which is the 
species, S. major (Hook.) Heller. 

Veronica rotundifolia Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Peruv. et Chil. 1:6. 1798. 
“Habitat copiose in Peruviae uliginosis ad Pillao vicum." This is a 
species of Sibthorpia. 

Veronica sparsiflora Raf., Atl. Jour. 79. 1832. Described from 
a plant in the Bartram Botanical Garden, Philadelphia, Pa., which 
was said to have been *native of Arkansas or Texas, received from 
Prof. Nuttall.” I know of no American species at all fitting this 
description: *stem erect, simple round solid, leaves opposite sessile 
cuneate oblong entire obtuse. Raceme terminal lax very long, 
flowers scattered, bracts linear oblong obtuse, pedicels filiform. 
Capsules bilobed subcompressed. Annual . . . . . Stemlor 
2 feet high. Flowers vernal purpurescent handsome. Corolla 
rotate, segments of the calix unequal oblong, obtuse " 

` Is it a foreign species, or not a Veronica? 


New York BOTANICAL GARDEN. 


AN ESTUARIAN VARIETY OF SCIRPUS SMITHII. 
Norman C. FAssETT 


WHILE examining material of Scirpus Smithii Gray, collected last 
August on the banks of the Cathance River at Bowdoinham, Maine, 
the writer found that all the individuals from that locality had achenes 
. with a perianth of bristles which differed from those of var. setosus 

-Fernald by their complete lack of barbs. Material from Back River 
Creek in Woolwich and from the Androscoggin River at Brunswick 
proved on examination to have similar smooth bristles about the 
achene. The length of the bristles, moreover, instead of being uni- 
form and greater than that of the achenes, as in var. sefosus, was 
variable even on the same achene, and while an occasional bristle 
exceeded it, this was not common, and there were no cases in which 
all the bristles exceeded the achene. The number of bristles was also 


42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 


more variable, ranging from two to six, instead of from four to five as 
in var. setosus. The color of the achenes, running from almost black 
to almost white in S. Smithii and its variety with barbed bristles, 
darker toward the base of the spikelet (a matter, doubtless, of degree 
of maturity), in this case varied greatly, but seemed to average 
lighter than in the other forms of the species, the deep brown never 
reaching the almost ebony shades of the common types. 

This condition of smooth-bristled varieties in the Cyperaceae 
frequently occurs, as for example in Rynchospora capitellata (Michx.) 
Vahl., var. discutiens (Clarke) Blake, and in R. capillacea Torr., var. 
leviseta E. J. Hill. Eleocharis Engelmanni Steud., var. detonsa Gray 
has the bristles absent, or when present smooth and reduced to mere 
rudiments, but they are variable and may even in some cases exceed 
the achene, in this variability being more closely parallel with the 
estuarian Scirpus than are the two Rynchosporas. 

This new plant exhibiting these characters comes from a locality 
which has already produced some remarkable species.! Many of 
the rivers of Sagadahoc County have their mouths drowned twice a 
day by the rising tide, producing muddy estuaries. Merrymeeting 
Bay, a few miles above Bath, has no salt water, but has a strong tide 
which extends far up the five rivers which enter it, including the 
Kennebec, the Androscoggin, and the Cathance. "Thus along their 
banks there is left uncovered twice a day a wide stretch of mud, upon 
which a rank vegetation flourishes. Then, when the muddy and 
somewhat brackish water is forced back by the rising tide, these 
flats are covered to a depth of several feet. Back River Creek, a 
stream which has a similar estuary on a much smaller scale, is sep- 
arated from this system by a short stretch of salt water, but it is 
not surprising to find this little sedge there also. Indeed there is 
another estuarian plant which is apparently confined to these same 
localities: Bidens Eatoni Fernald, var. kennebecensis Fernald was col- 
lected at Cathance River and at Back River Creek by Professor 
Fernald and Mr. Bayard Long in 1916, and has not been observed 
anywhere else. 

This new phase of Scirpus Smithii may well take the name of: 


Scirpus SMITHII Gray, var. levisetus, n. var., setis 2-6, levibus 
vel rare subscabris, 0.5-2 mm. longis, achenio castaneo plerumque 
brevioribus. 


! See Ruopora 19:91. 1917. 


1921] Fernald & Weatherby,—Equisetum fluviatile or E. limosum 43 


The 2-6 bristles perfectly smooth or rarely slightly roughened, 
0.5-2 mm. long, mostly shorter than the chestnut-brown achene.— 
Marne: border of salt-marsh, Back River Creek, Woolwich, Sept. 
15, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12830; tidal mud-flats of the Cathance 
River, Bowdoinham, Sept. 14 & 19, 1916. Fernald & Long, no. 12829; 
Brunswick, Aug. 6, 1894, C. A. Davis; muddy bank of the Andros- 
coggin River, Brunswick, Sept. 15, 1904, Kate Furbish; tidal flats 
of the Cathance River at Bowdoinham and at its mouth in Merry- 
meeting Bay, Aug. 25-Sept. 2, 1920, Fassett (TYPE in Gray Herb.). 


HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 


EQUISETUM FLUVIATILE OR E. LIMOSUM ? 
M. L. FERNALD AND C. A. WEATHERBY. 


Fon nearly fifty years before the publication, in 1893, of the List of 
Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America, the 
common horsetail of our marshes and river-shores was universally 
known to American botanists as Equisetum limosum L. In that 
work, the first attempt to apply the provisions of the American Code, 
the name E. fluviatile was substituted. This change was made be- 
cause the species, as now and for more than a century understood, 
includes both E. limosum and E. fluviatile of Linnaeus and of the two 
names, published on the same page of the Species Plantarum, the 
latter has priority of position and had to be taken up under Canon 
13 of the American Code. A. A. Eaton adopted it in his treatment 
of the North American Equiseta in the Fern Bulletin and in the 
seventh edition of Gray's Manual; and it is now nearly as generally 
used in America as was its predecessor twenty years ago. In Europe, 
however, the great majority of authors have retained E. limosum. 
This circumstance and the further fact that the International Rules 
do not admit priority of position in cases where two groups of the 
same rank, published at the same time, are united, but require the 
retention of that one of the two names chosen by the author who 
first suggests the union, raise the question whether, after all, E. 
fluviatile is the correct name. 

In order to answer this question satisfactorily, it is necessary to 
consider in some detail the nomenclatorial history of the species. 
E. fluviatile first appears in the Flora Lapponica, 310 (1737). Its 
identity is fixed by the existence in Linnaeus' herbarium of a speci- 


44 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 


men in his possession in 1753 and labelled by him with the descrip- 
tive phrase assigned to E. fluviatile in the Species Plantarum. To 
this Linnaeus added in the Flora Suecica, 305 (1745) another species, 
“ Equisetum caule nudo laevi.” He retained both in the Species 
Plantarum, giving to the latter the specific name limosum. This 
treatment seems to have been generally accepted by European authors 
for some thirty years, the name fluviatile, however, being often applied 
to E. Telmateia Ehrh., an error which Linnaeus had made possible 
by citing under E. fluviatile synonyms from Bauhin and Haller 
applicable to E. Telmateia. Ehrhart in 1783? clearly pointed out 
that E. fluviatile and E. limosum of Linnaeus were branched and un- 
branched ferms of the same species and formally united them, un- 
fortunately, however, giving to the aggregate the new and wholly 
needless name E. Heleocharis. Ehrhart’s union of E. limosum and 
the real E. fluviatile has been accepted by the majority of authors 
since? though the name fluviatile long continued to be applied in 
various works! to E. Telmateia. Roth in 1800 (Tent. Fl. Germ. iii. 
9) correctly united the two under the name E. limosum, citing as 
synonyms £E. fluviatile and E. Heleocharis, though, curiously, he took 
the branched form as typical and made a varietal name for the true 
typical form. A few authors, especially among the Scandinavians, 
have employed the name E. fluviatile for the united species, but G. 
F. W. Meyer, in 1836,5 seems to have been the first formally to 
reduce E. limosum to varietal status under it. 

It appears, then, that Roth was the first to unite E. limosum and 
E. fluviatile under a tenable name and that, according to the Inter- 
national Rules, the name which he chose, E. limosum, must stand. 

As stated by Eaton* there appear to be no true varieties of this 
species in America. Its variants, though often striking in aspect, 
not only intergrade freely, but occur commonly in the same colonies 
throughout a similar range and sometimes even on the same rootstock. 
Meyer and Milde considered the simple and branched forms as 
seasonal states or due to the depth of water in which they happened 

1 Fide Vaucher, Monog. des Préles, 45 (1822); Milde, Monog. Equiset. 256 (1865); 
Jackson, Index to the Linnean Herb. Proc. Linn. Soc., no. 124, Suppl. 72 (1912). 

? Hannov. Mag. (1783), Stueck 18, 286, according to Roth, Beitr., ii. 158 (1788). 

3 See, for iustance, Schkuhr, Krypt. Gew. t. 171 (1809) where both are figured on 
the same plate under the name E. limosum. 

4 Milde, Monog. Equiset. 257 (1865) gives a long list of them. 


5 Chloris Hanov. 668 (1836). 
* Fern Bull., x. 73 (1902). 


1921] Fernald & Weatherby,—Equisetum fluviatile or E. limosum 45 


to grow: here, however, both may develop side by side. The plant 
here treated as f. minus seems at first sight to have varietal charac- 
ters. But these characters re-appear in basal branches of typical 
E. limosum; and Eaton, in a note on one of the sheets in the herb- 
arium of the New England Botanical Club, states that he has ob- 
served this form to be produced where a freshet had deposited sand 
on a bed of typical plants and that, after some years, it reverted to 
the typical form. It seems best, therefore, to consider it as a reduced 
ecological state of E. limosum. 

'The more striking forms, which seem to deserve some recognition, 
are given, with their synonymy, below. 


Culms simple or merely with a few solitary or scattered, 
commonly long and strongly ascending branches. 
Culms stout, 3.5-7.5 mm. in diameter in dried material; 
sheaths of mature primary culms usually closely 
appressed, their linear-lanceolate teeth mostly over 
2 mm. long and black for their whole length. ...... 1. E. limosum. 
Culms slender, 1.5-3 mm. in diameter in dried material; 


pA omn C Pa MP m 3. f. verticillatum. 
Branches, or some of them, bearing strobiles at their 
Dee UE Bore a oe ic LS 4. f. polystachium. 


1. Equiserum LIMOSUM L. Sp. Pl. 1062 (1753). E. Heleocharis 
Ehrh. Hannov. Mag. (1783) Stueck 18, 286, acc. to Roth, Beitr. ii. 
158 (1788). E. limosum B. aphyllum Roth, Tent. Fl. Germ. ii. 9 
(1800). E. fluviatile, “Spielart” a. praecox G. F. W. Mey. Chloris 
Hanov. 668 (1836). E. fluviatile simplex Rupr. Symb. 92 (1845). 
E. fluviatile* limosum Hartm. Skand. Fl. ed. 5, 216 (1849). E. li- 
mosum a. genuinum Gren. & Godr. Fl. Fr. iii. 644 (1855). E. limosum, 
f. Linnaeanum Doell, Fl. Baden, 64 (1857). E. limosum, var. sim- 
plex Milde, Gefaess-Crypt. Schlesiens, 448 (1858). E. limosum, var. 
Linnaeamum Milde, Monog. Equiset. 342 (1865). E. fluviatile B. 
limosum Hartm. Skand. Fl. ed. 11, 548 (1879). E. Heleocharis, f. 
limosum Klinge, Arch. Naturf. Soc. Dorpat, Ser. 2, viii. 410 (1882). 
E. Heleocharis, B. limosum Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. 
i. 136 (1896).—Labrador to Alaska, so. to New York, Indiana, Illinois, 
Wyoming and Washington. 

2. Forma minus A. Br. in Doell, Rhein. Fl. 30 (1843)4 E. uligi- 
nosum Muhl. in Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 4 (1810). E. limosum B. minus A. 
Br. Am. Journ. Sci. xlvi. 86. (1844). E. limosum, var. uliginosum 
Milde, Monog. Equiset. 343 (1865). E. Heleocharis, f. uliginosum 


1 The form is here published without author citation as if it were Doell's own; 
but in the Fl. Baden he attributes it to Braun. 


46 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 


Klinge, Arch. Naturf. Soc. Dorpat, ser. 2, viii. 411 (1882). E. Hele- 
ocharis, B. limosum, f. uliginosum Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mittel- 
eur. Fl. i. 136 (1896). E. fluviatile, var. uliginosum A. A. Eaton, 
Fern Bull. x. 73 (1902). E. limosum, f. Linnaeana, subf. minor 
Dalla Torre & Sarntheim, Fl. Tirol, vi. 74 (1906). E. limosum a. 
Linnaeanum sub-var. minus Rouy, Fl. Fr. xiv. 500 (1913).—Matne: 
springy places, Ft. Kent, June 15, 1898, Fernald, no. 2191; gravelly 
river-bank, Ft. Fairfield, July 7, 1893, Fernald, no. 200; sandy 
shores, Grand Isle, June 20, 1898, Fernald, no. 2194; in an old well, 
Orono, July 6, 1892, Fernald; margin of river, Winn, July 10, 1916, 
Fernald & Long, no. 12,315. Vermont: shore of Winooski River, 
alt. 270 ft., Essex Junction, 25 July, 1911, Blake, no. 2190. Massa- 
CHUSETTS: sandy pools, Amesbury, May 30, 1897, A. A. Eaton, 
no. 47; June, 1902, A. A. Eaton, no. 48. Intros: Chicago, N. 
L. T. Nelson. YuKon: Dawson, June 19, 1914, Eastwood, no. 309. 
Muhlenberg's E. uliginosum came from Pennsylvania and Braun 
cites the form as collected in Newfoundland by La Pylaie. 

3. Forma VERTICILLATUM Doell, Fl. Baden, 64 (1857). E. fluvia- 
tile L. Sp. Pl. 1062 (1753), excl. syn. Hall. and Bauhin. — *Afart" 
E. limosum fluviatile Hornem. Dansk Oeconomik Plantelaere, 345 
(1837). E. limosum, formae brachycladon and leptocladon Doell, 
Rhein. Fl. 30 (1843). E. limosum 8. ramosum Gren. & Godr. Fl. 
Fr. ii. 644 (1855). E. limosum, vars. verticillatum and attenuatum 
Milde, Gefaess-Crypt. Schlesiens, 448 (1858). E. Heleocharis, 2 
fluviatile Klinge, Arch. Naturf. Soc. Dorpat, ser. 2, viii. 412 (1882). 
E. limosum, “var. E. fluviatile” Baker, Handb. Fern Allies, 4 (1887). 
E. Heleocharis, A. fluviatile Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. FI. 
i. 135 (1896). E. fluviatile, var. verticillatum A. A. Eaton, Fern Bull. 
x. 73 (1902). E. limosum, f. fluviatilis (with subformae brachyclada, 
leptoclada and attenuata) Dalla Torre & Sarntheim, Fl. Tirol, vi. 74 
(1906).—Newfoundland to the Yukon, so. to Delaware, Indiana, 
Wisconsin, Nebraska, Idaho and Oregon. 


Although the earliest name in the formal category applied to this 
plant is f. brachycladon Doell, we have felt justified in taking up the 
earliest formal name applied to the group as we define it. F. brachy- 
cladon applies only to a single, short-branched phase of our form, 
hardly worth any recognition; the name, as indicating the contrast 
between the branched and unbranched forms, is so inappropriate as 
to be misleading; and it and its companion leptocladon were-reduced 
by Doell himself in his Fl. Baden to sub-forms under his f. verticillatum. 
There seems no reason for upsetting his more mature and obviously 
correct treatment, which has been accepted by practically all sub- 
sequent authors. 


1921] Knowlton,—Herbarium of Rev. W. P. Alcott 47 


E. fluviatile intermedium A. A. Eaton in Gilbert, List N. Am. 
Pterid. 8, 26 (1901) appears, from the scanty material at hand, to 
be only stunted f. verticillatum. 


4. Forma roLvsrACHIUM (Brückn.) Doell, Fl. Baden, 65 (1857), 
where wrongly ascribed to Lejeune, Fl. Spa. ii. 274 (1813). E. 
polystachium Brückn. Fl. Neobrand. Prod. 63 (1803). E. limosum 
polystachion Seringe in Vaucher, Monog. des Préles, 44 (1822). 
E. limosum, B. Candelabrum Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 269 (1840). E. 
limosum, y. polystachyum A. Br. Am. Journ. Sci. xlvi. 86 (1844). E. 
Heleocharis, f. polystachyum Klinge, Arch. Naturf. Soc. Dorpat, ser. 
2, viii. 411 (1882). E. Heleocharis, A. fluviatile, f. polystachyum Aschers. 
& Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. 136 (1896). E. fluviatile, var. poly- 
stachyum A. A. Eaton, Fern Bull. x. 74 (1902). E. limosum, f. 
fluviatilis, subf. polystachya Dalla Torre & Sarntheim, Fl. Tirol, 74 
(1906).—Specimens have been seen from Nova Scotia, Maine and 
Michigan: there are reports from Manitoba (8. Candelabrum Hook.), 
Oregon (Am. Fern Journ. ix. 104) and Washington (Fern Bull. x. 
74). 

Gray HERBARIUM. 


HERBARIUM or Rev. W. P. Arcorr.—On a recent visit to the 
Peabody Academy of Sciences in Salem I was much pleased to find 
there the entire herbarium of the late Rev. W. P. Alcott. This is a 
recent acquisition which is of great value. Mr. Alcott built up a 
general American collection of a few hundred sheets by collecting and 
exchange, and he had several other smaller collections from different 
parts of the world. 

Most interesting of all to the local student is Mr. Alcott's collec- 
tion of wool-waste plants, which he made during his pastorate at 
North Chelmsford, Massachusetts. There are many references to 
these plants in Dame & Collins's Flora of Middlesex County (1888). 
Now that this collection is accessible, practically all the citations in 
this Flora can be traced to actual specimens. Dr. C. W. Swan's 
herbarium at Yale University includes many of these Middlesex 
plants, and the others are in the Gray Herbarium or in that of the 
New England Botanical Club.—CranENcE H. Know ton, Hingham, 
Massachusetts. 


48 Rhodora FEBRUARY 


AMELANCHIER AMABILIS, A NEW NAME. In the September number 
of this Journal (Rnopoma, xxii. 149, 1920) the writer made the 
combination A. grandiflora. While the paper was in press the same 
name was proposed by Rehder (Journ. Arnold Arkoretum, ii. 45, 
1920) for a hybrid Amelanchier common in the Eastern United States. 
The name A. amabilis is, therefore, proposed to replace the name 
A. grandiflora antedated by the A. grandiflora of Rehder.—K. M. 
WIEGAND, Cornell University. 


Vol. 23, no. 265, including pages 1 to 28, was issued 8 March, 1921. 


Dodora 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH i 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. March, 1921 No. 267. 


CONTENTS: 


Echinochloa in North America. K. M. Wiegand . . . . . . 49 
Additions to the Flora of Mount Desert. W, R. Taylor . . . . 65 
As redu Habitat, D. C. Pialile . . se es .. o 


Extended Range for Amelanchier amabilis. F. W. Hunnewell . 71 


Boston, Mass. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


| | Providence, R. F. 


RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 

Address manuscripts and proofs to 

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 
Single copies may be had from 

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club, 
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass. 

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an 
Howanp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
cards. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all k 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. à 
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


nown species of the 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rales per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


Rhodora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. March, 1921. No. 267. 


THE GENUS ECHINOCHLOA IN NORTH AMERICA. 
K. M. WIEGAND. 


In the seventeenth volume of this journal (RHopoRA xvii. 105. 
1915) Fernald showed that in eastern North America we have, in 
addition to Echinochloa crusgalli L. and the maritime E. Walteri 
(Pursh) Nash, another species, E. muricata (Michx.) Fernald. In 
the field the writer has noted other forms of Echinochloa which were 
not easily placed in any of the described categories. For this reason 
an investigation of the genus was attempted, the results of which 
are presented in the following pages. The study soon led into the 
warmer portions of America where the genus is well represented, 
and it was decided to include in the treatment all of the region north 
of Panama. Our knowledge of some of the forms, especially from 
the tropics, is as yet fragmentary, and more material will doubtless 
modify the ranges, and perhaps in some cases even the limits of 
species. This paper was nearly ready for the press when the recent 
revision of the genus Echinochloa by Hitchcock (Contr. U. S. Nat. 
Herb. xxii. pt. 3, 133-153. 1920) was received. The two treatments 
were found to differ so migely that the publication of the paper still 
seemed wise. 

The species of Beisa do not fall into well-marked groups 
and almost every character that may be selected to define a group 
presents one or more exceptions, so that the construction of a key 
or synopsis has been extremely difficult; yet to one engaged in their 
study the ultimate species and forms seem well marked. Besides 
the size and form of spikelets and size and nature of the spinules, 
the length of the anther has been found of service in indicating rela- 
tionship and in helping to establish boundaries between species. 


50 Rhodora [Marcu 


In all, several hundred measurements have been made, and the 
constancy of size for each species and variety is remarkable. The 
measurements of anthers given in the key are all from herbarium 
material, and are probably somewhat smaller than would be those 
made from fresh material. The presence or absence of stamens in 
the lower floret seems to characterize a fundamental group of spe- 
cies, but the presence or absence of the palet of this floret, though 
generally reliable, breaks in two species, and is probably not of pri- 
mary importance; also the presence of the ligule is apparently not 
fundamentally important as a group character, though valuable in 
separating species. The perennial or annual habit, on the contrary, 
seems to be more fundamental. 

The following key is really a synopsis in key form of the species, 
varieties and forms of Echinochloa in North America. It is based 
on the material in the Gray Herbarium, Herbarium of the New Eng- 
land Botanical Club, Herbarium of the New York State College of 
Agriculture, and the Herbarium of Mr. F. Tracy Hubbard; also 
some types have been seen at the New York Botanical Garden. In 
the lists of specimens given in the text following the synopsis many 
specimens have been omitted in regions where the species is common. 


a. First floret with or without a palet, neutral, very rarely 
staminate; lower glume inserted close to the upper or 
but slightly distant; ligule wanting or rarely a trace in 
E. oplismenoides, but ligular region sometimes pubes- 
cent; plant glabrous except in E. Walteri, annual, in 
low or upland soils. 

b. Spikelets 4.5 mm. long or less, ellipsoid, ovoid or oval, 
from scarcely echinate to very strongly and coarsely 
so. - 

c. Upper glume not awned, except rarely in E. muri- 
cata; lower lemma awned or awnless; spikelets 
ellipsoid or ovoid; anthers 0.3-1 mm. long. 

d. Spikelets ovoid or oval, approaching ellipsoid in 
varieties of E. zelayensis; coriaceous lemma 
ovate or oval. 

e. Coriaceous lemma subacute or obtuse, the tip 
withering; spikelets moderately echinate to 
almost unarmed, never appearing very bristly 
to the unaided eye. 

f. Panicle narrow, usually open; branches short, 
1-2.5, rarely 4 cm. long, slender, usuall 
simple, the small (2-2.9 mm. long), oval, 
unarmed, often obtuse, scarcely echinate 
spikelets in few rows; leaf-blades 3-6 mm. 
broad; (coriaceous lemma obtuse; anthers 
0.7-0.8(-0.9) mm. long; lower palet pres- 
ent; branch- and nodal hairs of the panicle 
usually poorly developed; low slender 
grasses). 


1921] Wiegand,—Echinochloa in North America 


g. Leaves entirely green................. 1. E. colonum. 
g. Leaves cross-banded with purple....... forma zonalis. 
f. Panicle broader, often ovoid, open or dense; 
branches longer (2-6, rarely -9 cm. long), 
usually compound and usually more densely 
flowered; spikelets larger, 2.5-4 mm. long, 
ovoid or oval, obtuse to strongly acute or 
awned, echinate or unarmed; leaf-blades 5— 
30 mm. broad. 
g. Coriaceous lemma subacute; spinules min- 
ute and almost uniform in size or want- 
ing; lower palet often wanting; anthers 
0.7-1 mm. long; nodal and branch-setae 
of the panicle much reduced or wanting 
(spinules scarcely swollen at base). 
h. Spikelets 3.3-4 mm. long, 1.7-2 mm. 
broad, awnless, soft-tipped; coriaceous 
lemma 2.7-3 mm. long............ 2. E. zelayensis. 
h. Spikelets 2.5-3 mm. long, 1.1-1.5 mm. 
broad, sometimes awned; coriaceous 
lemma 1.9-2.5 mm. long. 


i. Spikelets awnless, soft-tipped...... var. macera. 
i. Spikelets or some of them short- 
&wBed.......... 0 oss ts eb RN var. subaristata. 


g. Coriaceous lemma in most spikelets ob- 
tuse; spinules if present more strongly 
developed on the sides of the spikelet 
or on the lower lemma; lower palet pres- 
ent; anthers 0.6-0.85 mm. long; nodal 
and branch-setae usually well developed; 
(spikelets 2.8-3.7 mm. long, 1.5-2.3 mm. 
broad). 

h. Spikelets with very short inconspicuous— 
mostly slender-based spinules, or these 
nearly wanting, subglabrous, broad 
and turgid, mostly obtuse and soft- 
tipped, awnless; lower palet almost al- 
ways purple; panicle dense; chocolate- 
purple, the branches often incurved at 
apex; leaves in well-developed speci- 
mens 15-25 mm. broad............ 3. E. frumentacea. 

h. Spikelets with numerous spinules of me- 
dium length, the lateral usually with 
swollen bases, less turgid, strongly 
apiculate, firmer-tipped; lower palet 
whitish; panicle usually rather open, 
with straight spreading beanie green 
or purple; leaves 15 mm. broad or less. 

i. Awns none, or a few spikelets with 


short: 8wDh8... s. ciis MCN 4. E. crusgalli. 
i. Awns prominent, longer, many or all 
of the spikelets awn-bearing..... forma longiseta. 


€. Coriaceous lemma subacuminate, the tip firmer; 

spikelets from moderately to very strongly 

echinate, often appearing very hispid even to 

the unaided eye; (branch- and nodal setae 
usually poorly developed). 

f. Spikelets large, 3.3-4.5 mm. long, 1.8-2.2 

mm. broad; anthers 0.7—0.8(—0.9) mm. long. 


52 Rhodora [Marcu 


g. Spinules numerous, very coarse and bristly; 
some spikelets awned; panicle open or 
modétately dense. 6.5 6.6 ss cess 5. E. muricata. 
g. Spinules few, short and inconspicuous; 
spikelets awnless; panicle usually dense. 
var. ludoviciana. 
f. Spikelets small or medium (2.5) 2.8-3.4 mm. 
long, rarely longer in var. multiflora due 
to the long point, 1.4-1.8 mm. broad; an- 
thers (0.3) 0.4-0.7 mm. long; (spikelets 
awnless or with short awn-tips; panicle 
normally rather dense). 
g. Spinules not very bristly, slightly swollen 
at base, the dorsal ones of the upper 
glume minute or none; panicle green or 
urple-tinged; (anthers 0.5 (0.4-0.6) mm. 
ing. ovv Oe Esa es RU A var. occidentalis. 
g. Spinules long, coarse and bristly, strongl 
swollen at base, the dorsal well ud 
oped, spreading; panicle usually dark 
violet-purple or the albinos green. 
h. Spikelets apiculate or short-acuminate, 
very rarely subulate-tipped; panicle 
dense, 7-20 cm. long; anthers 0.3-0.5 
Oi) Stam. longos 1s ovd var. microstachya. 
h. Spikelets long-acuminate, often subu- 
late-tipped; panicle longer and looser, 
(9—)15-40 cm. long; anthers 0.6-0.7 
inb E Lo. ce runes ea var. multiflora. 
d. Spikelets ellipsoid or broadly ellipsoid, more 
densely aggregated; coriaceous lemma elliptical; 
(spikelets with short purple awns or rarely al- 
most awnless; spinules mostly uniform in size 
on the various ribs, slender, ascending, scarcely 
swollen at base; lower palet present; coriaceous 
lemma subacute; nodal and branch-setae of the 
panicle moderately developed). 
e. Spikelets 2.8-3.2 mm. long; anthers 0.6 (0.5— 
Dl mS. MER oiu cv Rests ie ss EE 6. E. echinata. 
e. Spikelets 3.5 mm. long; anthers 1-1.2 mm. long. 
var. decipiens. 
c. Upper glume short-awned, very rarely awnless (see 
also sometimes E. muricata); lower lemma with a 
long purple awn; spikelets ellipsoid; anthers 0.9-1 
(0.6-1.2) mm. long; (spikelets softly but plainly 
echinate; spinvles equally developed on the vari- 
. ous ribs or stronger on the lateral; coriaceous 
lemma elliptical, subacute; lower palet present; 
panicle broad, dense, usually purple, nodding; the 
nodal and branch-setae well developed). 
d. Sheaths papillose-hispid and pubescent........ 7. E. Walteri. 
ee SORELY ek oe PRT ci forma laevigata. 
b. Spikelets 4.7-6 mm. long, ellipsoid, slightly or not at 
all echinate, the spinules fine; (lower glume broad 
subtruncate-acute; upper glume acuminate or awn- 
tipped; lower lemma short-awned; lower palet pres- 
ent or absent; anthers 0.6-0.8 mm. long; panicle 
narrow, with or without nodal and branch-setae). 
8. E. oplismenoides. 


1921] Wiegand,—Echinochloa in North America 53 


a. First floret without a palet, neutral; lower glume distant 
from the upper, narrow; ligule a row of hairs; coarse 
glabrous perennial plants of wet places; (spikelets 
large, 6-8 mm. long, ellipsoid not turgid, very min- 
utely echinate or unarmed, short-awned, upper glume 
often awn-pointed; awn of lemma (1-)2-4 cm. long; 
panicle usually large, broad and dense, with copious 
nodal and branch-setae; anthers 1.1-1.4 mm. long). 
9. E. holciformis. 
a. First floret with a palet, staminate; lower glume inserted 
close to the upper; ligule a row of hairs or wanting; 
coarse glabrous or hairy perennial plants of wet places; 
(spikelets ovoid or elliptic-ovoid, the ribs all nearly 
equally and finely echinate; awn of lemma short or 
none; panicle large but rather narrow). 
b. Ligule a line of hairs. 
c. Spikelets 4.8-6 mm. long, short-awned; coriaceous 
lemma 4-5 mm. long; anthers 2 mm. long; nodal 
and branch-setae of the panicle usually copious; 
leaf-blades 15-25 mm. broad; sheaths usually 
hairy; nodes densely hairy.................. 10. E. polystachya. 
c. Spikelets 3-3.8 mm. long, awnless or nearly so; 
coriaceous lemma 2.5-3 mm. long; anthers 1 mm. 
long; nodal and branch-setae moderately devel- 
oped; leaf-blades 5-10 mm. broad; sheaths and 
nodos PISDEOUS. oe sce. hs cues es NE. 11. E. guadeloupensis. 
b. Ligule wanting, but ligular region often pubescent; 
(anthers 1-1.5 mm. long; spikelets short-awned or 
awnless; branches of panicle with few or no setae; 
nodal hairs medium; leaf blades 8-30 mm. broad; 
nodes and sheaths glabrous). 
c. Spikelets 3.5-3.8 mm. long, 1.8-2 mm. broad, green. 
12. E. paludigena. 
c. Spikelets 2.8-3.5 mm. long, 1.4-1.5 mm. broad, 
usually purple-tinged; branches of the panicle less 
densely flowered.................3.. Mest var. soluta. 


1. E. cotonum (L.) Link, Hort. Berol. ii. 209 (1833). Panicum 
colonum L. Syst. ed. 10. 870 (1759).—A weedy grass in damp culti- 
vated fields and waste places: South Carolina, Tennessee and Ar- 
kansas to Florida, Texas and southern California, also in Mexico, 
Central America and the West Indies; almost cosmopolitan in the 
warmer countries; sporadic in the northeastern states (Charlotte, 
Vermont, Pringle; Philadelphia, Parker). 

Forma zonalis (Guss.) comb. nov. Panicum zonale Guss. Fl. 
Sic. Prod. i. 82 (1827). P. colonum, var. zonale L. H. Dewey, Contr. 
U.S. Nat. Herb. ii. 502 (1894). Echinochloa zonalis Parl. Fl. Panorm. 
i. 119 (1839).—Leaves cross-banded with purple. Massachusetts, 
Texas, Arizona, and probably elsewhere. Specimens examined: 
MASSACHUSETTS: Amherst, “ornamental,” 1875, W. H. Blanchard. 
Texas: about Kerrville, 1894, A. A. Heller, no. 1,923. ARIZONA: 
Chiricahua Mountains, 1907, J. C. Blumer, no. 2,268. 

! Hitchcock, following Greene, has called attention to the fact that the name 


colonum is not an adjective and hence should not be declined (see Mex. Grasses, 
Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. xvii. pt. 3, 256, 1913). 


54 Rhodora [Marcu 


E. colonum is generally smaller and narrower-leaved than other 
species of the genus. It varies slightly in size and bluntness of the 
spikelets, and in extent of overlapping of the slender branches of 
the panicle, but is on the whole a clearly marked species. 

2. E. zELAYENSIS (HBK.) Schult. Mant. ii. 269 (1824). Oplis- 
menus zelayensis HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 89 (1815). E. crusgalli 
zelayensis Hitche., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 772, 238 (1920).—Damp, 
sandy soil, Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas and southern California, south- 
ward through Mexico. Northern specimens examined were: TEXAS: 
San Elizario, Bigelow; Big Springs, 1902, S. M. Tracy, no. 8,291. 
OKLAHOMA: Olustee, 1913, G. W. Stevens, no. 1,178; Hopeton, 1913, 
Stevens, no. 1,691. Kansas: Grant County, 1895, A. S. Hitchcock, 
no. 573. New Mexico: Mesilla, 1897, E. O. Wooton, no. 36. ARI- 
ZONA: Ft. Yuma, Major Thomas; Mule Mountains, 1910, L. N. 
Goodding, no. 926. CALIFORNIA: New River near Rockwood, Salton 
Basin, 1912, S. B. Parish, no. 8,240; Colorado Valley, J. G. Cooper, 
no. 2,227. 

Var. macera var. nov., spiculis minoribus 2.5-3 mm. longis, 1.5 
mm. latis, lemmatibus coriaceis 1.9-2.5 mm. longis.—Western Texas 
to southern California and northern Mexico. Texas: western Texas, 
Berlandier, no. 1,009; Waco, 1916, J. A. Minier. CALIFORNIA: 
Tulare County, 1892, E. Palmer, no. 2,713; Talma Valley, Heerman. 
Mexico: Matamoros, 1831, Berlandier, no. 890 (TYPE in Gray 
Herb.). 

Var. subaristata var. nov., spiculis minoribus 2.5-3 mm. longis, 
1.5 mm. latis nonullis spiculis breviaristatis.—Western Texas. TEXAS: 
Pierce, 1901, S. M. Tracy, no. 7,743 (type in Gray Herb.); from 
western Texas to El Paso, 1849, C. Wright, no. 794. 

The var. macera is clearly but a small form of E. zelayensis with 
all the features of that species represented in miniature. "The var. 
subaristata has less the appearance of E. zelayensis, but the absence 
of the lower palet and certain general resemblances would seem to 
place it here. Possibly, when more material is at hand, this variety 
may prove to be a distinct species. In all of the specimens of E. 
zelayensis and its varieties from the United States the lower palet 
was absent. This was the case in only about one-third of those 
from Mexico and Central America, including the var. macera. 

3. E. FRUMENTACEA (Roxb.) Link, Hort. Berol. i. 204 (1827). 
Panicum frumentaceum Roxb. Hort. Beng. 7 (1814). E. crusgalli 
edulis Hitchc. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 772, 238 (1920).—Widely 
cultivated in the United States and southern Canada as Japanese 
or Barnyard Millet, or Billion-dollar Grass; native of southeastern 
Asia. E. crusgalli and E. frumentacea represent a group of Old 
World forms characterized by the blunt coriaceous lemma and well- 
developed setae of the panicle. 


1921] Wiegand,—Echinochloa in North America 55 


4. E. CRUSGALLI (L.) Beauv. Agrost. 53 (1812). Panicum crus- 
galli L. Sp. Pl., ed. i. 83 (1753). P. crusgalli, x brevisetum Döll, 
Fl. Baden, i. 232 (1857).—Introduced by roadsides and in waste 
places through the eastern United States and Canada, and sparingly 
westward; native of Europe. A few of the specimens examined 
were: PRINCE Epwarp ISLAND: Southport, 1912, Fernald, Long & 
St. John, no. 6,824. New Brunswick: Shediac Cape, 1916, F. T. 
Hubbard, nos. 755 & 763 (type collection of forma vittata Hubbard). 
Nova Scotia: Sable Island, 1913, H. St. John, no. 1,131. MAINE: 
North Berwick, 1891 & 1894, J. C. Parlin. New HAMPSHIRE: 
Jaffrey, 1898, B. L. Robinson, no. 566. VEmRMoNT: Manchester, 
1898, M. A. Day, no. 272. RmĦope IsraNp: Old Harbor, Block 
Island, 1913, Fernald, Long & Torrey, no. 8,664. CONNECTICUT: 
Southington, 1898, L. Andrews, no. 622. New York: Canton, 
1914, O. P. Phelps, no. 175; Cayuga Lake Basin, E. L. Palmer, no. 93, 
F. P. Metcalf, no. 5,567, A. J. Eames, no. 9,171, Eames & Wiegand, 
no. 11,255. Ontario: Ottawa, 1894, J. Macoun; Plevna, 1902, 
J. Fowler. Towa: Iowa City, 1889, A. S. Hitchcock; Ames, C. R. 
Ball, no. 146. Ipamo: Boise, 1911, J. A. Clark, no. 308. CALI- 
FORNIA: Redding, 1914, L. E. Smith, no. 745. Orrcon: John Day 
Ferry, 1894, J. B. Leiberg, no. 872. 

Forma LoNwGisETA (Trin.) Farwell, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xxi. 
349 (1919). Panicum cruris-galli, var. longisetum Trin. Sp. Gramin. 
ii. t. 162 (1829). E. crusgalli, var. aristata S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. 
Brit. Pl. ii. 158 (1821).—Scattered throughout the range of the 
species and in similar situations, but perhaps proportionally more 
frequent westward; introduced from Europe. Some specimens stud- 
ied were: Marne: East Livermore, 1878, K. Furbish. New HAMP- 
sHIRE: Haverhill, 1917, M. L. Fernald, no. 15,499, transitional. 
MassaAcHUsETTS: Arlington, 1913, Long & St. John, no. 8,665; 
Kelly's Pond, Dennis, 1918, Fernald & Long, no. 16,180. NEw 
Yonk: western New York, 1830-33, A. Gray, transitional; Cayuga 
Lake Basin, E. L. Palmer, no. 94, F. P. Metcalf, nos. 1,570 & 5,568, 
Eames & Wiegand, nos. 11,258, 11,259 & 11,260, Eames, Randolph & 
Wiegand, no. 11,257. ONTARIO: Toronto, 1905, Wm. Scott. Ne- 
BRASKA: Ewing, 1898, J. M. Bates. NEVADA: Wadsworth, 1902, 
Griffiths & Hunter, no. 549. OrEGon: Salem, 1917, J. C. Nelson, 
no. 1,811. Brrmupa Istanps: Devonshire Marsh, 1914, Brown, 
Britton & Bisset, no. 1,961. 


In the first edition of the Species Plantarum Linnaeus published 
Panicum crusgalli, giving as a description: "spicis alternis conju- 
gatisque, spiculis subdivisis, glumis aristatis hispidis. Habitat in 
Europae, Virginiae cultis. Variat aristis, in aliis longitudine glu- 
marum, in aliis decies longioribus." He also proposed a var. f, 
giving the following quotation from Bauhin (Pinax 8) as the sole 
description: "gramen paniceum, spica divisa, aristis longis armata." 


56 Rhodora [Marcu 


Very little that is definite can be derived from the extended syn- 
onomy given by Linnaeus under his g except the reference to the 
Hortus Cliffortianus. There another reference leads to Morison 
(Hist. iii. p. 189 & sect. 8, t. 4, f. 15), where the figure is plainly an 
awnless form of Echinochloa, and it is said to grow: “ad agrorum 
& vinearum margines in hortis item & viridariis, nullo satu, apud 
Germanos, Italos & Gallos, rarius in Anglia, reperitur." The Bauhin 
reference under 8 gives no indication that his long-awned form came 
from America, neither does the reference in Lobelius which Bauhin 
cites. Morison also described and figured a long-awned variety 
(l. c. fig. 16), giving the same reference to Lobelius as did Bauhin. 
The locality given by Morison for this variety was: " Gramen prae- 
cedens (7. e., the short-awned) frequenter ut in Tritico, Lolio.” It 
is therefore evident that both a short-awned and a long-awned 
European form of the barnyard grass were known to Linnaeus. 
Hitchcock in his “Types of American Grasses” (Contr. U. S. Nat. 
Herb. xii. pt. 3, 117, 1908) argues that certain American specimens 
must be considered types of Linnaeus’ g and 8. The type of z, 
he says, is determined by a specimen in the Linnean herbarium 
bearing the mark “K,’’ which agrees with the description, and is 
the only specimen to which Linnaeus attached the name Panicum 
crusgalli. Fastened to the Kalm sheet, Hitchcock says, are two 
other sheets, both from Gronovius, one of which is a large-panicled 
short-awned form, which seems to be the same as the plant cited 
by Gronovius as Clayton's no. 591; and the other a long-awned 
form with hispid sheaths, which is now called E. Walteri, and to 
which he says was probably due Linnaeus’ statement “‘in Virginiae 
cultis" and his conception of P. crusgalli var. 8. However, if it 
be considered that Linnaeus must have known well the common 
barnyard grass of Europe, that his reference under both g and 8 
refer to European material, and that his only mention of America was 
founded on a long-awned plant which would fall under his var. 6, 
we are scarcely warranted in taking this Kalm specimen, apparently 
incidentally labelled Panicum crusgalli, as the type of a species 
which Linnaeus himself said grows in Europe. Neither is it neces- 
sary to consider the long-awned Virginian plant as the type of Lin- 
naeus' var. 8, as he very probably confused this plant with the long- 
awned plant of Europe already known to him, and this confusion 
very likely gave rise to the accidental insertion of “ Virginiae cultis" 


1921] Wiegand,—Echinochloa in North America 57 


in the original account. "There is no good reason for considering the 
var. @ of Linnaeus as other than the long-awned form of Europe. 

This long-awned form of Europe, which Linnaeus noted but did 
not name and which is now introduced widely in North America, 
was first named Echinochloa crusgalli var. aristata by S. F. Gray 
and later Panicum crusgalli var. longisetum by Trinius, but the latter 
name was used by Farwell, who was the first to treat the plant as a 
form. Trinius’ variety was founded on both American and Cau- 
casian material, but the latter only was figured. He said that it 
differed from Panicum crusgalli solely in the elongated awns, and 
the figure would seem to bear this out. His plant was certainly 
not the P. echinatum Willd. as some authors have stated. Whether 
Pursh's Panicum crusgalli x aristatum (Fl. Am. Sept. 66, 1814) is 
this form or E. muricata it is impossible to say. A variegated form 
of E. crusgalli has been described by F. T. Hubbard as forma vittata 
(Rnuopona xviii. 232, 1916). 

5. E. muricata (Michx.) Fernald, Ruopoma xvii. 106 (1915). 
Panicum muricatum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 47 (1803). E. crusgalli 
var. muricata Farwell, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. xxi. 350 (1919). Illus- 
tration: Hitchcock, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. pt. 3, fig. 30 (1920). 
Native in low grounds, mostly on gravelly or sandy shores; Maine 
to Florida and westward to Illinois, Kansas, Oklahoma and New 
Mexico. The following are among the specimens examined: MAINE: 
Woolwich, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12,565; Limington, 1916, Fer- 
nald, Long & Norton, no. 12,564. New HawrsnurinE: Derry, 1916, 
C. F. Batchelder. Massacuusetts: Gloucester, 1913, Fernald, 
Hunnewell & Long, no. 8,672; Lakeville, 1913, Fernald & Long, 
no. 8,668; Orleans, 1918, Fernald & Weatherby, no. 16,177. RHODE 
IsLAND: Great Salt Pond, Block Island, 1913, Fernald, Long & 
Torrey, no. 8,674; Crescent Beach, Block Island, 1913, Fernald & 
Long, no. 8,667. Connecticut: Berlin, 1900, J. N. Bishop. NEw 
York: Staten Island, 1917, A. Gershoy, no. 761; Cayuga Lake 
Basin, Eames & Wiegand, no. 11,270, Wiegand, no. 11,271, E. L. 
Palmer, nos. 95 & 96, F. P. Metcalf, nos. 1,571 & 5,569. New JER- 
SEY: Atlantic County, 1895, F. L. Scribner. District or COLUMBIA: 
B. & O. R. R. tracks, 1904, A. H. Moore. MARYLAND: Great Falls, 
1915, T. Holm. West ViRGINIA: Sweet Springs, 1908, E. S. & 
Mrs. Steele, no. 210; near Harman, 1904, J. M. Greenman, no. 52; 
Huttonsville, 1904, A. H. Moore, no. 2,456. Norra CAROLINA: 
Biltmore, 1897, Biltmore Herb., no. 809a. Groreta: Lafayette, 
1900, R. M. Harper, no. 343. FromrpA: Apalachicola, Biltmore 
Herb., no. 809b. IrrrNors: White Heath, 1912, A. S. Pease, no. 
14,090; Makanda, 1902, H. A. Gleason, no. 2,170. Mussourt: White- 


58 Rhodora [Marcu 


side, 1911, J. Davis, no. 1,017. OkLAHoMA: near Miami, 1913, 
G. W. Stevens, no. 2,265. Kansas: Riley County, 1895, J. B. Nor- 
ton, nos. 574 & 884b. New Mexico: 1847, A. Fendler, no. 995. 

Var. ludoviciana var. nov., spiculis muticis 3.5 mm. longis, 1.8- 
2.2 mm. latis sparse et tenuiter strigosis vel subglabratis, spinulis 
parvis, gluma superiore nervo medio plerumque inechinata.—Sandy 
river banks; Louisiana to New Mexico. Louisiana: without lo- 
cality, Hale; New Orleans, old specimen without collector’s name; 
Baton Rouge, 1903, F. H. Billings, no. 14 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). 
New Mexico: Kingston, 1904, O. B. Metcalf, no. 1,351. 

Var. occidentalis var. nov., spiculis brevi-apiculatis 2.8-3.3 mm. 
longis, 1.5-1.7 mm. latis strigosa-hispidis, spinulis in spiculis brevibus 
vel subbrevibus mollibus paulum vel non omnino basi tumidis eis 
in lemmate inferiore exceptis, spinulis in nervo medio glumae su- 
perioris parvis absentibusve.—Waste places and open grounds in 
damp, rich soil; Maine and New Hampshire to southeastern Massa- 
chusetts and Rhode Island, also Illinois to Washington and south- 
ward to Missouri and New Mexico. Some specimens examined were: 
Maine: Milford, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12,568; South LaGrange, 
1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12,567. New Hampsuire: Randolph, 
1908, A. S. Pease, no. 11,684; Jefferson, Pease, no. 16,870. Massa- 
cHusETTs: West Cambridge, Pease, no. 11,400; Harwich, Fernald & 
Long, no. 16,176; Worthington, 1912, B. L. Robinson, no. 613. RHODE 
Istanp: Block Island, 1913, Fernald & Long, nos. 8,675 & 8,666. 
IrnumNors: Champaign, 1900, H. A. Gleason, no. 1,930; Grand Tower, 
Gleason, no. 1,720 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). WiscowsiN: Marinette 
County, 1894, J. H. Schuette. MissovRr: Aberdeen, 1911, J. Davis, 
no. 945; Kansas City, 1918, B. F. Bush, no. 8,821. OKLAHOMA: 
Longdale, 1913, G. W. Stevens, no. 813. Norra Dakota: Leeds, 
1899, J. Lunell. Sourn Daxota: Deadwood, 1913, W. P. Carr, 
no. 153. Iowa: Mount Pleasant, 1894, J. H. Mills. NEBRASKA: 
Middle Loup River near Mullen, 1893, P. A. Rydberg, no. 1,590. 
Kansas: Riley County, 1896, J. B. Norton, no. 884. Ipamo: New 
Plymouth, 1910, J. F. Macbride, no. 713. Wyomine: Cummins, 
1895, A. Nelson, no. 1,500. Coronmapo: Salida, 1892, A. I. Mulford, 
no.104. New Mexico: Fort Bayard Watershed, 1905, J. C. Blumer, 
no. 136. Arizona: Walnut Cafion, 1898, D. T. MacDougal, no. 
353; horseshoe bend of the Colorado River, 1889, E. Palmer, nos. 
749 & 750. Nevapa: northwest Nevada, 1867, W. W. Bailey, no. 
1,351. CALIFORNIA: Napa Creek, 1866, Bolander, no. 2,419; north 
of Oroville, 1914, A. A. Heller, no. 11,418. OmEcow: Hayden Is- 
land, 1917, J. C. Nelson, no. 1,974; Wasco County, 1894, J. B. Lei- 
berg, no. 866. WasnuiNGTON: Waitsburgh, 1897, R. M. Horner, 
nos. R265-B527. 

Var. microstachya var. nov., spiculis 3-3.2 mm. longis, 1.4-1.8 
mm. latis crasse echinatis, spinulis numerosis firmis plus minusve 
divaricatis basi tumidis, spiculis igitur facie valde hispidis, gluma 


1921] Wiegand,—Echinochloa in North America 59 


superiore echinato item in nervo medio.—Native in low, rich ground 
along river banks and in other open grassy places, often in clay; 
Maine, Rhode Island and Connecticut westward through Ontario, 
New York, Wisconsin and Illinois to South Dakota, Wyoming, 
Texas, Arizona, northern Mexico and the West Indies. Some speci- 
mens examined were as follows: Marne: Woolwich, 1916, Fernald 
& Long, no. 12,566. Vermont: Manchester, 1908, W. H. Blanch- 
ard, no. 22. MassaAcHusETTS: Boston, 1916, F. S. Collins, no. 
3,717. Connecticut: Pomfret, 1916, C. A. Weatherby, no. 4,034. 
New York: Oneida, 1906, H. D. House, no. 2,776; Cayuga Lake 
Basin, Dean & Eames, no. 3,489, E. L. Palmer, no. 97 (TYPE in Gray 
Herb.), Wiegand, no. 11,268, Eames, Randolph & Wiegand, nos. 
11,261, 11,265, 11,267 & 11,268, F. P. Metcalf, no. 5,570. ONTARIO: 
Galt, 1908, W. Herriot. ILLINOIS: Waukegan, 1906, Gleason & 
Shobe, no. 320. Micuican: Alma, 1895, C. A. Davis. WISCONSIN: 
Milwaukee, J. A. Lapham. Minnesota: Ft. Snelling, 1891, E. A. 
Mearns, no. 39. Sours Dakota: Huron, 1897, D. Griffiths, no. 
713. UTAH: Murray, 1916, F. T. Hubbard, no. 21. COLORADO: 
Dry Creek, Larimer County, 1900, 4. Nelson, no. 8,207; Denver, 
1891, E. L. Hughes, no. 38. New Mkxico: near Pecos, 1908, P. C. 
Standley, no. 5,016. Arizona: Wilgus Ranch, Chiricahua Moun- 
tains, 1907, J. C. Blumer, no. 1,782; Ft. Verde, 1891, D. T. Mac- 
Dougal, no. 614. Mexico: between Colonia Garcia and Pratt’s 
Ranch below Pacheco, Chihuahua, 1899, E. W. Nelson, no. 6,244. 
West Inpres: St. Thomas, Eggers. 

Var. multiflora var. nov., paniculis amplissimis, in statu elato 
ad 35 cm. longis elliptico-ovoideis sublaxis, spiculis 3-3.5 mm. longis, 
1.5 mm. latis acuminatissimis copiose submuricato-hispidis, spinulis 
subtenuibus longitudine mediocribus, gluma superiore nervo medio 
rare et brevissime spinulato, lemmate coriaceo acuminatissimo.— 
Oklahoma and Kansas to northern Mexico. OKLAHOMA: Lincoln 
County, 1895, J. W. Blankenship (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Kansas: 
Solomon River, 1894, C. L. Shear, no. 169; Riley County, 1896, 
J. B. Norton, no. 884a. Texas: western Texas to El Paso, 1849, 
C. Wright, no. 796. New Mexico: 1852, C. Wright, no. 2,089. 
Mexico: Chihuahua State, 1885, E. Palmer, no. 18, not typical; 
Santiago Papasquiaro, Durango, 1896, E. Palmer, no. 466. 


In the first copy of this manuscript, E. muricata and the varieties 
ludoviciana, occidentalis, microstachya and multiflora were all treated 
as separate species. In reality, however, the differentiating char- 
acters were mainly those of general appearance. Moreover, though 
sufficiently distinct locally, the material from other regions gener- 
ally intergraded between the various proposed species. ‘Thus, while 
the eastern var. microstachya was distinct from var. occidentalis and 
from typical E. muricata, the western var. microstachya tended to 


60 Rhodora [Marcu 


bridge over the gap between these forms. It has seemed wise, 
therefore, to proceed for the present on a conservative basis, and 
treat these forms as varieties of a common stock. E. muricata in 
this broad sense is a well-defined unit characterized by the acute 
coriaceous lemma, short nodal hairs and the general reduction or 
absence of branch-setae. 

The var. ludoviciana, when well developed, differs from the typical 
form of E. muricata in the muticous spikelets, great reduction of 
spicules and dense inflorescence. The var. occidentalis is the less 
bristly, often awn-pointed extreme of the small-spikeleted micro- 
stachya type. Var. microstachya is densely bristly as is the typical 
form of the species, but the spikelets are smaller and more gener- 
ally muticous, and the color of the panicle is usually dark chocolate- 
brown. The var. multiflora resembles var. microstachya but the 
panicle is larger and more open, and the spikelets more acuminate 
and slightly less bristly. The anthers vary slightly through the 
different varieties, though they are remarkably constant for each 
variety. The smallest anthers are those of var. microstachya and the 
largest those of typical E. muricata. The anthers of var. micro- 
stachya are indeed the smallest in the genus. Some specimens of 
the typical form of the species from Georgia and Florida have awned 
upper glumes. It will be noted that in general the variations of 
E. muricata are geographical. Whether Pursh’s names Panicum 
crusgalli 8 mite and y purpureum apply to forms of this species or 
to variations of E. crusgalli cannot now be determined. 


6. E. EcHINATA (Willd.) Beauv. Agrost. 53 (1812). Panicum 
echinatum Willd. Enum. Pl. Berol. 1032 (1809). Oplismenus crus- 
pavonis HBK. Gen. et Sp. i. 88 (1815). E. sabulicola Hitchc., Contr. 
U. S. Nat. Herb. xvii. pt. 3, 257 (1913), probably not Panicum sab- 
ulicolum Nees. Agrost. Brasil. 258 (1829). E. crusgalli crus-pavonis 
Hitchcock, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. pt. 3, 148 (1920).—Mexico 
through Central America to northern South America and Brazil. 
Mexico: Saltillo, Coahuila, 1898, E. Palmer, no. 418; Durango, 
1896, E. Palmer, no. 730; Guadalajara, Jalisco, 1896, E. Palmer, 
no. 430A; Orosco, Jalisco, 1910, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 7,373; Quere- 
taro, 1910, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 5,866; Valley of Mexico, 1901, C. G. 
Pringle, nos. 8,572 & 9,606; Orizaba, Botteri, no. 718. GUATEMALA: 
Coban, Alta Verapaz, 1887, H. von Tuerckheim, no. 1,287. PANAMA: 
Chagres, 1850, A. Fendler, no. 365. 

Var. decipiens var. nov., spiculis longioribus 3.5 mm. longis, 
antheris longioribus 1 mm. longis.—Central Mexico: Etzatlan, 


1921] Wiegand,—Echinochloa in North America 61 


Jalisco, 1903, E. W. D. Holway, no. 5,096; Zamora, Michoacan, 
1901, C. G. Pringle, no. 8,480 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). 

This plant is provisionally appended to E. echinata as a variety, 
with which species it is most closely related, and from which it differs 
in characters of degree only. A wider range of specimens may show 
it to be a distinct species. Pringle's no. 8,480 was listed by Hitch- 
cock under E. oplismenoides. 

In 1809 Willdenow (Enum. Pl. Berol. 1032) published Panicum 
echinatum, the description containing the statement: “ . . . 
glumis aristatis muricato echinatis. . . . Habitat in America 
meridionale." It was similar to P. crusgalli, he says, but ‘‘minus 
et valvulis muricato-echinatis." He gave as a synonym P. muri- 
catum Hornem., Cat. Hort. Haf., p. 28, but the writer has not had 
access to the Horneman reference. There are very few species of 
Echinochloa in Central America, and only the present species agrees 
at all closely with Willdenow's description. Although several authors 
have refused to take up the name echinatum and others have treated 
it in widely different ways, its application to this species seems suf- 
ficiently clear to warrant its acceptance. Judging from the descrip- 
tion, the Oplismenus crus-pavonis HBK. can be no other than the 
present species. The Panicum sabulicolum Nees. is more question- 
able. It was described from sandy ground in Para, and from Monte- 
video and Paraguay. The last two regions and possibly the first 
are outside the range of E. echinata as known to the writer. The 
author recognized it in addition to P. crus-pavonis which he made a 
synonym of P. echinatum Willd., moreover his description does not 
fit our species very well. Trinius seems to have figured as Panicum 
sabulicolum (Gram. ii. no. 163, 1829) a specimen of E. echinata, and 
a somewhat similar confusion seems to exist in Dóll's treatment 
(in Mart. Fl. Brasil. ii. pt. 2, 142, 1842). Kunth (Enum. Plant. i. 
145, 1833) made P. sabulicolum a synonym of P. echinatum, but 
separated it from P. crus-pavonis. It is possible that Nees had in 
hand some member of this genus not included in the present study, 
material of which is not available. 

7. E. WALTERI (Pursh) Nash’ in Britton's Manual 78 .(1901). 
Panicum Walteri Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. i. 66 (1814), not Muhl. 


! Heller in bis Cat. N. A. Plants, ed. 2, 21 (1900) listed E. Walteri (Pursh) but 
with no description or synonymy. Notwithstanding that Pursh's name is in paren- 
thesis, the reference is too vague to warrant the acceptance of this as a valid pub- 
lication of the combination. 


62 Rhodora [Marcu 


or Ell. P. hispidum Muhl. Gram. 105 (1817). P. crusgalli, var. 
hispidum Ell. Fl. S. C. & Ga. i. 114 (1821).—Brackish marshes along 
the coast from New Hampshire to Florida, Texas and the West 
Indies, also inland about the Great Lakes, apparently absent from 
Mexico and Central America. Inland specimens studied were as 
follows: New York: Ithaca, 1913, E. L. Palmer, no. 98, 1914, Wie- 
gand, no. 1,572, 1916, Eames & Metcalf, no. 5,571. Onto: St. Marys, 
1900, A. Wetzstein in Kneucker Gram. Exsic., no. 75; Bay Point, 
1914, MacDaniels & Eames, no. 289. IwprANA: Little Chapman 
Lake, Kosciusko County, C. C. Deam, no. 21,975. ILLINOIS: Cal- 
umet Lake, Chicago, 1900, Agnes Chase, no. 1,426. WISCONSIN: 
1861, T. J. Hale. 

Forma laevigata forma nov. Panicum longisetum Torr., Amer. 
Jour. Sci. iv. 58 (1822). E. longearistata Nash in Small's Fl. S. E. 
U. S., 84 (1903).—Vaginis glabris. Massachusetts to Illinois and 
Arkansas (South Carolina to Louisiana, Nash). MASSACHUSETTS: 
West Barnstable, 1916, St. John & Hunnewell; Chilmark, 1894, 
S. Harris. New York: Oswegatchie River at DeKalb, 1915, O. P. 
Phelps, no. 1,107. Itutnots: Fox River, 1821 (type of Panicum 
longisetum Torr. in Herb. Columb. Univ.). Arkansas (?): Hale 
(type of E. longearistata Nash in Herb. Columb. Univ.). The spe- 
cific names of Torrey and Nash would be so inappropriate if used 
for this form that a new name has been selected. 

8. E. oPLISMENOIDES (Fourn.) Hitchcock, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 
xxii. pt. 3, 136 (1920). Berchtoldia oplismenoides Fournier, Mex. 
Pl. ii. 41 (1886).—Low grounds; northern Mexico to Guatemala. 
Specimens examined were: Mexico: Cananea, Sonora, 1910, Rick- 
ets; Sierra Madre, Chihuahua, 1887, C. G. Pringle, no. 1,404; Dur- 
ango, 1896, E. Palmer, no. 253 in part; 1910, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 
7,616; Toluca, Mexico, 1910, Hitchcock, no. 6,914. GUATEMALA: 
Estanzuela, Santa Rosa, 1892, Heyde & Lux in exsic. J. D. Smith, 
no. 3,911. 

This plant resembles E. holciformis superficially and was at first 
placed by the writer with that species; but the narrow panicle, ap- 
proximate, broader and more obtuse lower glume, general absence of 
a ligule, shorter anthers, and annual habit render it abundantly dis- 
tinct. In about one-half of the specimens the lower palet was ab- 
sent, and in one specimen some spikelets possessed the palet while 
others did not. No spikelets were found with the lower floret stam- 


inate as mentioned by Fournier. 

9. E. gorcrronMis (HBK.) Chase, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxiv. 
155 (1911). Oplismenus holciformis HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. i. 88 
(1815).—Ditches and swamps, Central Mexico to Central America. 
Mexico: Lower California near Guadalupe, 1865-66, Bourgeau, no. 
910; Durango, 1896, E. Palmer, no. 253; Acambaro, Guanajuato, 


1921] Wiegand,—Echinochloa in North America 63 


1910, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 6,946; Valley of Mexico, 1901, C. G. Pringle, 
no. 8,622; near Morelia, Michoacan, 1909, G. Arséne, no. 3,079. 

10. E. potystacuya (HBK.) Hitchcock, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 
xxii. pt. 3, 135 (1920). Oplismenus polystachyus HBK. Nov. Gen. 
et Sp. i. 88 (1815): Panicum spectabile Nees, Agrost. Brasil. 262 
(1829). P. aristatum Macfad. in Hooker's Bot. Misc. ii. 115 (1831). 
Oplismenus jamaicensis Kunth, Enum. Pl. i. 147 (1833).—Swamps 
and ditches, Mexico (Hitchcock), the West Indies and northern 
South America to Argentina (Hitchcock). 

Whether the name Oplismenus polystachyus HBK. applies to this 
species is not entirely clear. Certain characters mentioned in the 
original description, as lower flower male, glumes hispid, first lemma 
ovate, paleas two, and ligule pilose, leave no doubt that it belongs to 
some member of this group of species. However, the foliage is de- 
scribed as glabrous, but the writer has seen no specimens with gla- 
brous foliage. Until the accumulation of more material has shown 
that the name belongs to some seggregate of the present species, 
it would seem wise to retain the name for the group rather than 
the next later name, E. spectabilis (Nees) Link. From the descrip- 
tion, Panicum aristatum Macfad. would clearly seem to be this spe- 
cies, though Hitchcock states that the type specimen is E. crusgalli 
crus-pavonis, which is our E. echinata. In Macfadyen's description 
the ligule is said to be a line of long hairs, the sheaths ciliato-setose, 
the culms geniculate at base, 4—5 ft. high, and the leaves a foot long, 
broad, linear and hispid. 

11. E. guadeloupensis (Hackel) comb. nov. Panicum spectabile 
var. guadeloupense Hackel, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin, i. 328 (1897). 
E. pyramidalis Hitchcock & Chase, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xviii. 
pt. 7, 345 (1917) and Hitche., ibid. pt. 3, 134 (1920), not P. pyra- 
midale Lam., Tab. Encyc. i. 171 (1791) and Encyc. iv. 735, misprinted 
745 (1796).—Island of Guadeloupe: P. Duss, no. 3,920 (Hackel's 
type specimen was Duss, no. 3,176). i 

Hitchcock and Chase (l. c.) credit E. pyramidalis (Lam.) Hitchc. 
& Chase to Guadeloupe as introduced from Africa, the type station 
being Senegal, and say that it is the same as Panicum spectabile var. 
guadeloupensis Hackel, which was based on a collection made in 
Guadeloupe by Duss. However they do not state on what ground 
it is assumed to have been introduced. There is in the Gray Her- 
barium a specimen of Echinochloa from Guadeloupe collected by 


! The first volume of Humboldt's work in the library of Cornell University bears 
the date 1815, and the above species is described on p. 88, not on p. 107 in 1816 as 
frequently cited. 


64 Rhodora [Marcu 


Duss (no. 3920) which agrees with Hackel’s description. There is 
also a specimen from Senegal labelled Panicum pyramidale. . Both 
specimens have a hairy ligule. This in the case of the Guadeloupe 
plant, together with certain other rather remote resemblances, may 
have led Hackel to place this form with P. spectabile. The Senegal 
specimen resembles the one from Guadeloupe superficially, but does 
not agree with Lamarck’s original description of P. pyramidale where 
he says “fleurs . . . glabres ou presque glabres," it having 
plainly echinate spikelets. Kunth says of P. pyramidale that it is 
related to P. plicatum Willd., which is a true Panicum and not an 
Echinochloa. However, the Senegal plant differs from the Guade- 
loupe plant in two important particulars: it has distinctly larger 
spikelets (4.5-5 mm. long as opposed to 3.5 mm. long), and much 
larger anthers (1.5-2 mm. long as opposed to 1 mm. long). In these 
respects the Senegal plant approaches E. polystachya (E. spectabilis). 
Since the Guadeloupe plant is apparently distinct from Æ. pyra- 
midalis and also from other American members of the genus, it should 
be treated as a species, using the varietal name of Hackel. 


12. E. paludigena sp. nov., robusta vel tenuis plerumque de- 
cumbens glabra, foliis 8-25 mm. latis, ligulis nullis, zona ligulari 
plerumque pubescenti, paniculis viridibus 10-45 cm. longis angustis 
lanceolatis apertis, pilis ex nodis subbrevibus, ramis adscendentibus 
1.5-7 em. longis simplicibus vel subsimplicibus sparse vel omnino non 
setosis, ramis inferioribus distantibus, spiculis mediocribus 3.5-3.8 
mm. longis, 1.8-2 mm. latis late elliptico-ovoideis acutis sparse 
strigosis, nervis copiose echinatis, spinulis mediocribus vel longis 
tenuibus adscendentibus basi subtumidis, spiculis igitur facie inhis- 
pidis, flore inferiore masculino, gluma inferiore acuminata plus mi- 
nusve echinata, gluma superiore in nervis omnibus echinata, lem- 
mate inferiore plerumque breviaristato, arista 2-8 mm. longa, lem- 
mate coriaceo 2.5-3 mm. longo ovato acuto, paleis duabus, antheris 
1-1.4 mm. longis.—Swamps, southern Florida: Hillsborough County, 
1904, A. Fredholm, no. 6,390 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); Miami, 1904, 
S. M. Tracy, no. 9,399; Cutler, 1904, A. A. Eaton, no. 959. 

Var. soluta var. nov., paniculis purpureo-variegatis, spiculis an- 
guste ovoideis vel ellipticis 2.8-3 mm. longis, 1.4-1.5 mm. latis sub- 
acuminatis, lemmate coriaceo elliptico subacuto 2.5 mm. longo.— 
Swamps, southern Florida: Everglades, Lee County, 1905, A. A. 
Eaton, no. 1,314; Myers, 1900, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 476; Manatee, 
1901, S. M. Tracy, no. 7,754 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). 


This species is most closely related to E. polystachya and E. guade- 
loupensis, differing from them primarily in the absence of a ligule. 


1921] Wiegand,—Echinochloa in North America 65 


From E. polystachya it differs also in the smaller anthers and gla- 
brous foliage. The var. soluta differs from the typical form mainly 
in the more purple narrower spikelets, but at times has the aspect 
of a distinct species. 

CORNELL University, Ithaca, New York. 


ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF MOUNT DESERT, MAINE. 
WM. RANDOLPH TAYLOR. 


THE appearance in 1894 of a Flora of Mount Desert, Maine, by 
E. L. Rand and J. H. Redfield marked the culmination of the efforts 
of several enthusiastic naturalists to make a complete botanical 
survey of the island. This very valuable list was soon followed by 
a series of reports of the discovery of additional species. These were 
mostly phanerogams reported in Ruopora by Mr. Rand, but lesser 
extensions of the other groups of plants have also been made. In 
1908 the Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine held a summer meeting 
at the village of Manset, and later published a list of the plants noted 
in the neighborhood. It has become increasingly evident that the 
island, due to its position, conformation and geological history, 
supports an exceedingly varied and interesting flora. Because of 
its unique character it seems advantageous to extend the list of plants 
known to occur there as rapidly as possible. This is especially so 
now that we have a very accurate list from the islands just southwest 
of the Mount Desert group, a Flora of the Penobscot Bay Region 
by Albert F. Hill, with which a comparison of the Flora of Mount 
Desert shows many interesting similarities.? 

'The writer, in the company of Dr. J. M. Macfarlane, spent a large 
part of the summer of 1915 on the island, and returned for a part of 
the summer of 1920, on both occasions making Manset the head- 
quarters for botanical work. A considerable number of additional 
forms were found, as well as new localities for plants reported in 
the Rand and Redfield Flora as rare. "The following list is presented 
of material collected by Dr. Macfarlane and the writer in 1915, and 
by the latter alone in 1920. With great kindness Miss Annie Lorenz 


1 Bulletin of the Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine, No. 2: 1-23. 1908. 
? Proceedings of the Portland Society of Natural History 3: 199—304. 1919. 


66 Rhodora [Marcu 


permitted the inclusion of her collection data for such unreported 
hepatics as she had found, and which had later been independently 
detected by the writer. Samples of these were sent to her for de- 
termination. Previous to his last visit Miss Lorenz spent part of 
two summers in the collection and study of the hepatics of the is- 
land, a full report on which will appear in due time. It will be seen 
that the list is not one of little known forms, but rather of plants 
elsewhere familiar, which due to local scarcity or other causes, have 
escaped observation here. Several fresh-water algae are included 
since a few were admitted to the Rand and Redfield Flora, but the 
total of species reported represents but a small fraction of the prob- 
able number present on the island. Determinations were wherever 
practicable verified by comparison with identified material from a 
dependable source, or by the kindness of Dr. Marshall A. Howe, 
Mr. Stewardson Brown and Mr. George B. Kaiser, to whom certain 
specimens were submitted and to whom the writer is much indebted 
for assistance. For literature on Maine plants he must thank Mr. 
Arthur H. Norton. Specimens are to be found in the herbaria of 
the University of Pennsylvania (U. P.) and the writer (T.). 

MOUGEOTIA GENUFLEXA (Dillw.) Ag. Lower Hadlock Pond, Sept. 
1920 (T. 3125). 

Borryococcus Braunun Kütz. Echo Lake, Aug., 1920. 

TETRASPORA LUBRICA (Roth) Ag. Stream in woods, between 
Lower Hadlock Pond and Northeast Harbor, Sept., 1920 (T. 3131). 

CHLOROCOCCUM HUMICOLA (Naeg.) Rabenh. Ice Pond, Manset, 
Aug., 1920 (T. 3119). 

CoDIOLUM PETROCELIDIS Kck. Seawall, among filaments of Petro- 
celis, Aug., 1920 (T. 3128). 

ZOOCHLORELLA PARASITICA Brandt. In Ophrydium, Ice Pond, 
Manset, Sept., 1920 (T. 3120). 

ANKISTRODESMUS FALCATUS (Corda) Ralfs. Pool in an old cellar, 
abundant, Manset, Sept., 1920 (T. 3118). Associated with this 
were the following four species: 

KIRCHNERIELLA CONTORTA (Schmindle) Bohlin. Scarce. 

SCENEDESMUS DIMORPHUS (Turpin) Kütz. Abundant. 

SCENEDESMUS ABUNDANS BREVICAUDA G. M. Smith. Very scarce. 

SCENEDESMUS QUADRICAUDA PARVUS G. M. Smith. Scarce. 


3 Identification based on living material, not abundant enough for preparation of 
an herbarium specimen. 


1921] Taylor,—Additions to the Flora of Mount Desert 67 


DICTYOSPHAERIUM PULCHELLUM Wood.? Echo Lake, Aug., 1920. 

MONOSTROMA UNDULATUM Far owl! Foslie. Seawall, tide pools, 
very scarce, Aug., 1920 (T. 3204). 

CHAETOSPHAERIDIUM PrincsHemmit Klebahn.? On  Oedogonium 
sp., Echo Lake, Aug., 1920. 

DRAPARNALDIA GLOMERATA (Vauch.) Ag. In a spring, southwest 
part of the island; exact locality lost, 1915 (T. 3363). 

HERPOSTEIRON VERMICULOIDES (Wolle) Collins. On Oedogoniwm 
sp. Echo Lake, southern end east of Canada Brock, Aug., 1920 
(T. 3127). 

NITELLA TENUISSIMA (Desv.) Coss. & Germ. Southern end of 
Echo Lake on a sandy bottom, Sept., 1915, seen again, 1920 (T. 
1531). 

BorRYpIUM GRANULATUM (L.) Grev. Manset, shore of Ice Pond, 
Aug., 1920 (T. 3117). 

Under the name Lithothamnion polymorphum L., F. S. Collins in- 
cludes in the Mount Desert Flora forms which probably are to be 
recognized as distinct from the Lithothamnion polymorphum of Linn- 
aeus. Of these were collected: 

LITHOTHAMNION GLACIALE Kjellm. Seawall tide pools, Sept., 
1920 (T. 3205). 

LITHOTHAMNION COMPACTUM Kjellm. (= Phymatolithon compac- 
tum (Kjellm.) Foslie. Seawall tide pools, Sept., 1920 (T. 3206). 

Riccanpia PINGUIS (L.) S. F. Gray. Upper Hadlock Pond, July, 
1920, Lorenz. On twigs and humus, cedar swamp on trail between 
Manset and Bass Harbor, Aug., 1920, Taylor (U. P. 71003, T. 3246). 

RICCARDIA LATIFRONS Lindb. Roberts Meadow, July, 1919, 
Cranberry Heath, July, 1920, Lorenz. On twigs and humus, cedar 
swamp on trail between Manset and Bass Harbor, Aug., 1920, Taylor 
(T. 3243). 

Buasta PUSILLA L. Seal Cove Road near Southwest Harbor, on 
the sides of a ditch, Aug., 1920 (T. 3248). 

FossoMBRONIA FOVEOLATA Lindb. Jordan and Bubbles Ponds, 
July, 1920, Lorenz, Muddy shore of Ice Pond, Manset, Aug., 1920. 
Taylor (U. P. 71002, T. 3275). 

CHILOSCYPHUS FRAGILIS (Roth.) Schiffn. Hunter Brook, July, 
1919, Stanley Brook, July, 1920, Lorenz. Cedar swamp on trail 
between Manset and Bass Harbor, Aug., 1920 (U. P. 65193, T. 3273). 

FIssIDENS cRISTATUS Wils. Between the Hadlock Ponds, Sept., 
1920 (U. P. 71000, T. 3343). 


68 Rhodora [Marcu 


OnTHOTRICHUM SORDIDUM Sull. & Lesq. Trees, Manset, Aug., 
1920, Southwest Harbor, Sept., 1920 (U. P. 65866, T. 3397, 3315). 

MNIUM AFFINE CILIARE (Grev.) C. Mueller. Cedar swamp on 
trail between Manset and Bass Harbor, Aug., 1920. Perhaps in the 
Rand and Redfield list included under the name of Mnium affine 
Bland. (U. P. 40016, T. 3292). 

MNIUM PUNCTATUM ELATUM Schimp. Lower Hadlock Pond, Sept., 
1920, and West side of Beech Mountain, Aug., 1920 (U. P. 65738, T. 
3290, 3289). 

AULACOMNIUM ANDROGYNUM (L.) Schwaegr. Trail between Man- 
set and Bass Harbor, on dead twigs, Aug., 1920 (U. P. 71008, T. 
3311). 

THUIDIUM ABIETINUM (L.) Br. and Sch. Summit of Flying Moun- 
tain, Sept., 1920 (U. P. 65990, T. 3339). 

HABENARIA LACERA (Michx.) R. Br. Wet meadow, Fernald Cove 
Road, Aug., 1915. Collected in 1914 by Dr. Macfarlane, and again 
in 1915, when accompanied by the writer (U. P. 64843, T. 1275). 

HABENARIA PSYCODES (L.) Sw. Marshy edge of woods, inland 
from Ship Harbor, Sept., 1915. This species was reported by W. H. 
Dunbar but Rand and Redfield reject the record, which lacked local- 
ity, considering that a small form of Habenaria fimbriata (Ait.) R. 
Br. was mistaken for this species. The material from near Ship 
Harbor, however, is quite typical (U. P. 67559, T. 1274). 

SALIX PENTANDRA L. Roadside, Northeast Harbor, probably 
escaped from cultivation, Aug., 1915 (U. P. 67564, T. 1373). 

VICIA ANGUSTIFOLIA SEGETALIS (Thuillier) Koch. Roadside in 
woods, Southwest Harbor, Aug., 1915 (T. 1311, 1312). 

LINUM CATHARTICUM L. Roadside, Seawall Point. This interest- 
ing little plant was quite abundant at this station in Aug., 1915, and 
seemed to be in a thriving condition when revisited in 1920 (U. P. 
67522, T. 1430). 

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. 


1921] Peattie,—An Interesting Habitat 69 


AN INTERESTING HABITAT. 
Dowar»n C. PEATTIE. 


Ir is not uncommon to see in hilly or more frequently in moun- 
tainous countries a special type of plant habitat which though of 
considerable botanical interest and sufficiently common and beautiful 
to attract general notice, has nevertheless been very little treated in 
scientific works. 

This peculiar condition consists in a face or precipice of rock with 
frequently a sloping shelf below, and a continual seepage of water 
across the upper rock down on to the lower one. "This is an essen- 
tially hydrophytic habitat, yet it is an aerial one too. Rock-loving 
and crevice-loving plants are at home here, and their foliage and often 
the long strands of their roots hang down the walls of the cliff. We 
are apt however to think of plants upon cliffs as xerophytes, and in- 
deed they usually are. Lichens, certain saxifragacious plants, and 
such ferns as Cheilanthes and Polypodium come to mind. However, 
in the situations such as we have been describing, it is rather the 
hydrophytie or semi-hydrophytic plants which we find. For this 
particular combination of physical conditions of plant growth, one 
might propose the name Grotto, owing to the resemblance to the 
popularly so-called physiographic feature. 

Grottoes are local though not rare, and may be found wherever 
there has been erosion into glens, and where there are abundant 
springs. The writer is familiar with them in the southern Appalach- 
ian system, and they are said to be common in the limestone moun- 
tains of Vermont and in the Laurentian Highlands. In the Middle 
West they are frequent in those pretty canyons cut into the lime- 
stones and sandstones of Indiana, Kentucky, Ohio and other states. 

Grottoes may be seen in all stages of what we may term their 
conquest by plants. First of all we have merely the naked rock, 
or as they term it in the South, the “slick rock." By "slick" is 
meant a rock which is smooth, steep, and dripping with water. In 
the next stage the water has brought algae with it and these plants 
may be seen as pale green stripes upon the face of the cliff. Later 
mosses and liverworts lodge in the crevices, and soon they will take 
possession of the shelving ledge below. The Bryophytes will at 
length so mat the surface with their roots and break the force of the 


70 Rhodora [Marcu 


water that the sediment gathers about them and they offer firmer 
hold for the higher plants. Sometimes, however, at least one species 
of the higher plants is the first of living things to make an appearance 
on the cliff. This may be a Saxifraga or a Chrysosplenium, and 
these rock-loving, water-loving plants are often seen with only algae 
to accompany them. Ferns and perennial herbs follow in due 
course. 

A certain grotto in a mature state is well known to the writer. 
It is located in the Blue Ridge near the town of Melrose, North 
Carolina. Here in a deep mountain glen where the shade is heaviest, 
a spring seeps over a concave rock and supplies to the shelving ledge 
below, with its plant inhabitants, the continually fine drip of water 
which semi-aquatic plants find so favorable to their growth. It 
simulates, or rather it surpasses in effectiveness, the conditions in 
flower gardens where a continuous spray of cool water is maintained 
and where the soil is almost pure vegetable decay. 

Here every inch of the room is contended for by every sort of 
‘ plant—alga, moss, liverwort, fern, and flowering perennial. The 
cascade itself is tamed by the extensive root-system above to a gentle 
series of rivulets which run down the tangled masses of the algae. 
The algae in this case seem more like lianes or other aerial plants 
than those of ponds and pools. Such luxuriant Bryophytes as 
Fegatella, Catherinea, and numerous species of Mnium, have 
matted the shelf rock all over and to a remarkable depth. Most 
interesting of all is a marchantiaceous plant which, like the algae, 
hangs suspended from the upper rock and serves to conduct the 
rivulets of the seepage. It is a species of Dumortiera, and being 
immersed in water, unlike so many others of its tribe, it has lost the 
air chambers characteristic of the thallus of the Hepaticae. Only 
rudiments of these organs remain, and the thin translucent emerald- 
green of the long thallus makes it look more like a delicate seaweed 
such as Ulva. Seen through the clear water of a mountain stream, 
with the afternoon sunlight shining through it, or through the crystals 
of ice in winter, it is one of the most beautiful of plants. 

The annual cycle of this grotto is interesting. Observed in winter, 
it is seen to be hung with icicles and still quite green with mosses 
and liverworts. There are few algae to be seen. The big basal 
rosettes of saxifragacious plants and the dead stalks of the summer’s 
perennials show themselves, and the grass-green leathery thallus of 


1921] Peattie,—An Interesting Habitat 71 


Fegatella runs over the grotto. But little else is visible save a Christ- 
mas fern strayed in by some accident and unhappy in its wet habitat. 

But in March the small bright white blossoms and pinnatifid 
foliage of Cardamine parviflora L. may be seen, soon to be followed 
by the white Saxifraga virginiensis Michx. The fronds of the maiden- 
hair fern uncoil. Then comes the handsome Sazifraga micranthidi- 
folia L., growing up in a stalky and succulent way from its big red- 
dish-green rosette of lettuce-like leaves which may at all seasons be 
observed in clumps all over the grotto. Chrysosplenium america- 
num Schwein. is another plant of which the small but extensive 
stem and foliage system may be seen throughout the moss covering. 
In May or in April, Trillium grandiflorum (Michx.) Schott. comes 
into its handsome flower and foliage, followed by Trillium erectum 
L. A very beautiful meadow rue, Thalictrum clavatum DC. comes 
in late spring. By summer the advent of dense shade of the trees 
overhead precludes the flowering of many species. In June, however, 
Astilbe biternata (Vent.) Britton and Céimcifuga americana Michx. 
raise their high stems and dainty foliage. A sterile species of Carex 
with very long basal leaves is especially noticeable in the niches of 
the rock. 

The description of the grotto which has just been detailed is not 
a generality which could be applied to all grottoes. In different 
soils and climates the plants would differ. Even in the neighbor- 
hood of the particular grotto which has been mentioned, there are 
other rocks supporting such interesting elements as Ranunculus 
sceleratus L., R. septentrionalis Poir., Thalictrum dioicum L., Mitella 
diphylla L., Stellaria pubera Michx., Cardamine Clematitis Shuttlw. 
and often small shrubs of Evonymus americanus L., lodge in the 
crevices. In the Northern states grottoes are often a favorite hunt- 
ing ground for arctic-alpine plants which extend their ranges south- 
ward along such cold wet cliffs. 

HARVARD UNIVERSITY 


AN EXTENDED RANGE FOR AMELANCHIER AMABILIS.— Professor 
K. M. Wiegand in his “ Additional Notes on Amelanchier” published 
recently in Ruopora, xxii. 146, in speaking of the range of his Amel- 
anchier grandiflora says: “Its range as far as known at present, is 
from central and western New York to Ontario." Last summer 


12 Rhodora [MARCH 


while at Cooperstown, Ostego County, New York, which is only 
about one hundred miles west of Albany, I collected a shadbush 
which at the time I supposed was Amelanchier sanguinea (Pursh) 
DC. This specimen was later sent to Professor Wiegand, who iden- 
tified it as A. grandiflora. In returning it he wrote me as follows 
* One specimen in particular is interesting to me as it extends the 
range of the species farther east than heretofore known, this is A. 
grandiflora from Otsego County. There is no reason why this species 
should not occur throughout the limestone belt of New York east- 
ward quite to Albany, but it has not yet been reported before east of 
Ithaca." I have just learned that Prof. Wiegand's name A. grandi- 
flora while in press was anticipated by a homonym published a few 
days earlier, and that he has since chosen the name 4. amabilis as 
a substitute—Francis WELLES HUNNEWELL, Wellesley, Massachu- 
setts. 


The date of the February issue (unpublished as this goes to press) will be 
annouced later. 


Hovova 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


" BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. April, 1921 No. 268. 


CONTENTS: 


Notes on New England Orchids,—I. Spiranthes. Oakes Ames . 73 
Scutellaria epilobiifolia. M. L. Fernald ee ee er 
Corrections in Nomenclature. O. A. Farwell . . . . . « « 86 


Two Publications about Mushrooms (review). Hollis Webster — . 87 


Boston, Mass. Providence, R. J. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 

Address manuscripts and proofs to 

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 
Single copies may be had from 

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club, 
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass. 

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an 
Howanp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
cards. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto poe issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


TRbooora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. April, 1921. No. 268. 


NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND ORCHIDS,— I. 
SPIRANTHES. 


OAKES AMES. 


(Plates 127-129) 


SPIRANTHES, as limited in the most recent monograph of the Spir- 
anthes,! includes only those species that are characterized by a 
spiral arrangement of the flowers. "Thus limited, the genus attains 
its highest development in the United States. It 1s the only large 
amphigean orchid genus in our flora that has a preponderance of its 
recognized representatives in the range covered by Gray's New 
Manual, Small’s Flora of the Southeastern United States and floras 
devoted to the vegetation of our western coast. 

Among the twenty-four genera proposed as components of the 
Spiranthes, the genus Spiranthes is set apart by the spiral arrange- 
ment of flowers in which the lateral sepals are free to the base and not 
decurrent on the ovary and in which the short column is character- 
ized by a bent tip and an abbreviated foot. With the exception of 
Spiranthes, the genera of the Spiranthez are confined to the New 
World. Whether or not we can permanently exclude from Spi- 
anthes such species as Spiranthes cranichoides Cogn. now referred to 
Cyclopogon, and Spiranthes eriophora Robins. & Greenm. now re- 
ferred to Schiedeella, is a debatable question. 

Spiranthes is the most perplexing orchid genus in our flora. It is 
the least understood and the one that furnishes to authors who grow 
impatient under the restraints imposed by cautious progress, the best 


1 R. Schlechter in Beihefte zum Bot. Centralbl. XXXVII (1920), Abt. IT, 318- 
454. 


74 Rhodora [APRIL 


opportunities for the multiplication of species. It is a genus that 
repays intensive observation in the field and prolonged contempla- 
tion in the herbarium. 

Taken throughout its range Spiranthes, as now limited, includes 
not less than twenty-two species. Of this number twelve are natives 
of the United States and Canada. Of extra-limital species only one 
has been reported from the mainland of South America. Three 
species are found in Europe, one of these, Spiranthes Romanzoffiana 
Cham., being also a native of the northern United States. Several 
are natives of the vast area included in Asia, Malaya, Australia 
and New Zealand. As to the validity of some of the Asiatic species, 
there is a difference of opinion and the final treatment of several of 
these may result in the recognition of a single polymorphic species 
with an extraordinarily wide distribution. 

In the range covered by Gray's Manual there are three species 
that frequently present difficulties when a sure diagnosis is attempted. 
These are S. cernua L. C. Rich., S. odorata Lindl., and S. vernalis 
Engel. & Gray. Spiranthes cernua is so variable that attempts are 
sometimes made to discover in it a polymorphic species susceptible 
of splitting. It is difficult, without microscopical examination, 
to distinguish it from the variety ochroleuca Ames. Sometimes it is 
identified as S. odorata. It would seem that S. odorata owes its 
success in escaping synonymy to the fact that it was born under 
authority and subsequently sustained because efforts to recognize it 
have persisted. I am convinced that S. odorata is conspecific with 
S. cernua.! 

Spiranthes cernua seems to exhibit a surprising range of variation 
and sometimes attempts are made to segregate new species from it. 
These result, I believe, from a misunderstanding of the life history 
of the species. In my opinion, the range of variation exhibited re- 
presents different stages of development. "The seeds of this species 
are ripe and ready for dissemination shortly after the flowering period. 
If the seeds fall in favorable ground and mycorrhizal fungi, presum- 

1J. K. Small refers Spiranthes odorata Lindl., Gyrostachys ochroleuca Rydb. and 
Gyrostachys constricta Small to Ibidium cernuum (L.) House, Fl. Southeastern U. S., 
ed. 2 (1913) 320. The use of the generic name Ibidium is contrary to the inter- 
national rules governing botanical nomenclature and should be dropped. It is in 
the list of nomina relicienda and is also excluded by Article 37 of the international 
rules of botanical nomenclature adopted at Vienna in 1905. "There is no sanction 


for the use of Ibidium as a generic name other than that found in obstinate adher- 
ence to provincial practice. 


1921] Ames,—Notes on New England Orchids,—I. Spiranthes — 75 


ably essential to germination, are present, growth begins in the follow- 
ing season. The protocorm stage is soon reached and by autumn 
one or more leaves and a slender root have been produced. In the 
next growing season the little plants, if conditions are favorable, form 
their first flowers. "These are borne in slender few-flowered racemes 
that represent a stage of development and not a permanent charac- 
teristic. The root-system now begins to increase and in the next 
growing season is sufficiently strong to support an elongated many- 
flowered raceme. Among the plants that represent any one_of these 
stages of development normal variation may be expected, this de- 
pending to a large extent on the favorable or unfavorable influences 
that have prevailed. If, with these remarks in mind, we regard the 
Spiranthes population of any given area, the apparent variation is at 
once explained and no longer awakens a feeling of uncertainty as to 
the specific limitations imposed by conservative opinion. 

It should be remembered that most orchids, at least most of 
those of which we know the stages of development, rarely produce 
flowers until after the vegetative system has become well established. 
The genus Cordula, for example, a genus allied to our native genus 
Cypripedium, produces strong growths of leaves and roots before the 
first flower is formed. Under ordinary conditions there is very little 
variation after the first flower is produced if the plants are under 
similar and favorable influences. If variations occur they are truly 
varietal, in a horticultural sense, and, as in the case of Cordula in- 
signis var. Sandere, may be perpetuated by self fertilization. Spir- 
anthes cernua, so far as I have observed it, is one of the exceptions to 
this rule and in each flowering season presents a different habital and 
floral aspect until the limit of vigor of the vegetative system is at- 
tained. If proof of this is desired it is only necessary to dig up the 
roots. In young plants these will be found very slender and few in 
number. In very slender plants with abbreviated few-flowered 
racemes it is not unusual to find a single root, this representing the 
first root developed from the protocorm of the preceding year. In 
vigorous plants with many-flowered racemes the roots will be found 
stout and numerous and will furnish conclusive evidence of the fact 
that the plants have attained a development representative of several 
years’ growth. Although I have been unable to study S. gracilis 
from the earliest seedling stages, my observations lead me to believe 
that it is comparable to S. cernua in its development and that the 


76 Rhodora [APRIL 


wide range of variation in size is due to the same phenomena that 
govern in the case of S. cernua. 

In another paper of this series I shall show that Pogonia verticillata 
(Willd.) Nutt. (Isotria verticillata Raf.) in its seedling stages de- 
velops, in its first or second season of growth, a very weak root- 
system and only three leaves, and that this species probably requires 
a long preparatory period before the plants are strong enough to 
produce their first flowers. It is on this basis that we may explain 
the general similarity among the flowering plants of a colony of 
this Pogonia when compared with a colony of Spiranthes cernua 
in which a striking dissimilarity is apparent in floral and vegetative 
characters. We do not find here a succession of flowers produced 
during the early stages of development of the plants. Variations, 
if they occur, must be explained as the result of unusually favor- 
able or unfavorable conditions affecting a plant here and there, 
or as the breaking down of specific characters, because in this case 
we are in the presence of a species that attains vegetative maturity 
before it begins to form its flowers. 

The most favorable time to study the seedling stages of Spiranthes 
is in the summer and autumn when the different species are flower- 
ing. The reason for this is explained by the tendency of the seeds 
to germinate near mature plants. It would seem that the mycor- 
rhizal fungus usually associated with S. cermua and perhaps essen- 
tial to its development, is in abundance near established plants and 
ready to infect fertile seeds. The parent plants also serve as a guide 
to the places where seedlings may be sought for with success. Care- 
ful search will sometimes reveal hundreds of young plants in many 
stages of early development from the protocorm, devoid of root or 
leaf, to seedlings with a well developed root and one or more leaves. 
In an area less than a meter square I have found literally hundreds 
of seedlings, some of the smallest with the first leaf just forming and 
the protocorm resting in loose humus surrounded by cobweb-like 
hairs. In this stage of development sections of the protocorm ex- 
hibit a very thrifty condition of the mycorrhizal fungus which fills 
the cortical cells surrounding the vascular system. 

Although it is highly probable that Spiranthes, like most of the 
other orchid genera that have been studied, depends on mycorrhiza 
for suecessful development, it is interesting to note that mature 
plants of Spiranthes cernua L. C. Rich., S. gracilis Beck, and 5. 


1921] Ames,—Notes on New England Orchids,—I. Spiranthes 77 


Beckii Lindl. are provided with roots that at flowering time are free 
from mycorrhizal fungi except for a small area at the base of the stem. 
Cross sections of the roots at any point a few millimeters below the 
base of the stem will be found simply filled with an abundance of 
food material. This accounts, perhaps, for the failure of at least 
one observer to find fungal hyphae in the root of S. Beckit.! In the 
study of the roots of Spiranthes in connection with mycorrhiza it is 
best to make longitudinal sections, as cross sections are likely to be 
inconclusive. From a study of these longitudinal sections it would 
seem that certain areas of the root have the capacity to repel the ad- 
vance of the fungus and that in this respect the roots of Spiranthes 
are comparable to the bulbous thickenings of certain species of the 
Ophrydeae studied by Nóel Bernard. It is as if there were some 


Figs 1-4. Three stages of development in the seedlings of Spiranthes cernua. 
1. Protocorm and two leaves before the formation of the first root (X3). 2. A 
more advanced stage before formation of a root (X2). 3. A young plant with 
the protocorm still present and the first root developing ( X124). All as found 
in September growing within a few inches of each cther and apparently seedlings 
of equal size. 4. Seed of Spiranthes cernua var. ochroleuca (highly magnified). 
fungicidal capacity in the cells of the root-structure that restricts 
the fungus to a limited area. Or, we may have, in the case of Spir- 
anthes, an example of those plants that are able to defend them- 
selves against an intrusive fungus by means of a digestive process 
that protects tissues of vital importance. In other words, there are 
two types of cells in the root-system, one type characterized by a 
capacity to digest the fungus and hold it in check, the other type, 
found in infected regions, characterized by the capacity to act sym- 
biotically with the invading fungus. 


1ı T. Holm, Am. Journ. Sci. xviii (1904) 205. 
? Annales des Sciences Naturelles Botanique, xiv (1911) 222—234. 


785 Rhodora [APRIL 


I have referred above to the difficulties experienced in distinguish- 
ing Spiranthes cernua from the variety ochroleuca. Sometimes plants 
that grow in upland meadows or in woodlands are arbitrarily referred 
to the variety while the plants of boggy ground are referred to the 
species. If a more reliable guide to differentiation is asked for we 
find few collectors who are able to give it. There is only one sure 
guide that I have found satisfactory, namely, polyembryonic seeds 
for the species and normal seeds for the variety. This distinction 
holds good in New England, at least, and may prove generally applic- 
able. Usually a raceme in which the three lowermost flowers have 
withered furnishes ovules that are in good condition for examination. 
If the ovules are transferred to a slide, cleared with potassium hy- 
droxide, rubbed under a cover-glass and then gently heated until 
ebullition begins, the presence or absence of polyembryony may be 
readily determined by means of the compound microscope. As a rule 
the seeds of the species are balloon-shaped while the seeds of the vari- 
ety are slenderly elliptical. A few comparative studies will soon 
make clear when polyembryony is present. The difference, of course, 
between the species and the variety is best observed in the contents of 
mature capsules. As the plate (127) tends to show, there are slight 
differences between the lips of the species and the variety. The lip 
of the species is rather oblong, sometimes slightly constricted near 
the middle; the nectar-glands are usually shorter than in the variety. 
In the variety the lip is ovate or ovate-oblong in outline with the 
glands slightly longer and perhaps more curved than in the species. 
These characters, however, are not always so clearly shown as in 
the plate and one form of lip may pass by imperceptible degrees 
into the other. The only reliable distinction is found in the seeds 
and it would be well worth while to ascertain by cultural experiments 
whether or not this is due to the nature of the soil in which the plants 
grow and whether or not it prevails throughout the range of the species. 
Will the variety, for example, exhibit polyembryony if grown in bogs? 
Will the species produce normal seeds if transferred to upland woods? 

Polyembryony was first demonstrated in Spiranthes cernua by 
Leavitt! in 1900, as a result of observations made in my laboratory 
on specimens collected at North Easton, Mass. At first the occur- 
rence of polyembryony was thought to be local as Curtis? had figured 


1 Raoponra, ii (1900) 227. 
2 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xx (1893) 188. 


1921] Ames,—Notes on New England Orchids,—I. Spiranthes — 79 


normal seeds. Material from other stations (Webster, Mass., and 
Toronto, Canada) was found to be polyembryonic and subsequent 
studies seemed to confirm the belief that polyembryony is a reliable 
guide to the recognition of the wet meadow and bog form of S. 
cernua. Leavitt stated this positively in his paper on the Geographic 
Distribution of Closely Related Species. In the late summer of 
1920 I made careful studies of material collected in Easton and Sharon 
and confirmed the accuracy of Leavitt's observations. Specimens 
which grow associated with Calopogon and Arethusa are polyembry- 
onie without exception according to my observations. 'The same 
is true of specimens that grow in what is usually termed sour soil. 
In dry fields where ericaceous plants are encroaching the polyem- 
bryonic form also prevails. In woodlands and rich upland pastures 
polyembryonic forms are wanting, their place being taken by the 
form with normal seeds that we now refer to Spiranthes cernua var. 
ochroleuca. 

Spiranthes vernalis Engel. & Gray, as far as the northern forms 
referred to it are concerned, may be simply a hybrid between S. 
cernua and S. gracilis. In September, 1920, I found specimens of a 
Spiranthes which showed unmistakable signs of hybridity. "They 
were almost perfectly intermediate between S. cernua and S. gracilis 
with both of which species they were associated in a small run-out 
field on the shore of Wilbor Pond near the Easton-Sharon line. These 
hybrids resembled closely some of the more robust forms of so-called 
S. vernalis collected in the neighborhood of South Easton in 1903 
and 1904. Only three plants were found. Intensive exploration of 
the surrounding fields failed to reveal additional specimens. In its 
proportions the suspected hybrid resembled S. cernua very closely 
but was much taller and more slender. The flowers had the yellow- 
ish tinge that is sometimes so characteristic of var. ochroleuca. The 
lateral sepals were wide-spreading as in S. gracilis and the flowers 
were arranged in slender, elongated racemes that seemed to consist 
of several spirals. The characters of the hybrid are very clearly 
shown in the accompanying plate (128). Whether or not the south- 
western forms of S. vernalis originally described by Engelmann and 
Gray were of hybrid origin and comparable to this northern form is 
a question for which the answer may be forthcoming as a result of 
experimental evidence. All of the species that enter into the ques- 

1 American Naturalist, xli (1907) 234. 


80 Rhodora [APRIL 


tion are natives of Texas, where S. vernalis was originally collected, 
and if they inter-cross readily there is no reason to doubt the proba- 
bility of the type of S. vernalis having been of hybrid origin. In 
the north, at least, it seems to be true that S. vernalis is usually 
found associated with S. cernua and S. gracilis and is unknown where 
these species fail. So far as Texas is concerned, however, there 
is one serious objection to the theory that the original S. vernalis 
was a hybrid and that is the season of anthesis of the supposed 
parents. In Texas S. vernalis, as the name implies, is a vernal spe- 
cies that blooms in April-June. S. cernua, from my records, blooms - 
in October in Texas. S. gracilis blooms there in spring and autumn. 
Throughout its range S. cernua is an autumn or early winter bloomer. 
Experimental evidence is much needed in connection with this prob- 
lem and it would be well worth while to make crosses, between the 
species that are suspected, during the next flowering season. 
Spiranthes cernua x gracilis. Plant 40-43 cm. tall. Stems wand- 
like, about 3 mm. in diameter; pale green. Roots ‘stout, up to 6 
mm. in diameter, 1 dm. or more long. Leaves 4-6, the lowermost 
ones withered at flowering time, 3-nerved, obliquely erect, alternate, 
distichous, linear-lanceolate, 2 dm. long, 8 mm. wide, acute, margin 
involute. Above the leaves are four or five closely appressed bracts 
of which the lower ones are tubular and sheathing at base. Racemes 
densely flowered, 8-13.5 cm. long, 1.7 cm. in diameter. Floral 
bracts about 6 mm. long, strongly concave, lanceolate, acuminate, 
exceeding the ovary, margin inconspicuously scarious, tip appressed 
to the flower. Flowers 7 mm. long, white with yellow lip, at right 
angles to the rachis. Bracts and rachis pubescent, yellowish green 
in hue. Stem sparingly pubescent below, densely and shortly so 
above. Lateral sepals 7 mm. long with the margin strongly inrolled 
forming a tube at the middle, wide-spreading as in S. gracilis, not, as 
in S. cernua, appressed to the lip with the points above its tip and 
touching the petals, base strongly concave; upper sepal 8 mm. long, 
closely appressed to the petals. Petals lightly adherent to the upper 
sepal and equal to it in length, smooth, oblong, obtuse. Labellum 
about 8 mm. long, sharply decurved above the middle, deeply grooved 
along the median line beneath and in part covered with microscop- 
ically minute spherical emergences, oblong, obtuse, the apical margin 
lacerate-dentate, disc papillose near the apex. Calli prominent, 
smooth and glistening above, glandulose on the basal half; claw 


1921] Ames,—Notes on New England Orchids,—I. Spiranthes — 81 


broadly cuneate. Gynostemium green, glandular-pubescent on the 
inner face below the large, broadly ovate, somewhat protuberant 
stigma, 4 mm. long, the teeth of the rostellum linear-triangular, 
about 1.5 mm. long. Pollinia as in S. cernua, Tetrads character- 
istically irregular, extine pitted reticulate. 

MassacHusETTS, Bristol County, at border of blueberry swamp 
on the side of a sloping grassy knoll in run-out pasture. "Three 
specimens found near Wilbor Pond, North Easton, September 11, 
1920, Ames (Herb. no. 17,391). 

When collected the flowers on the lower half of the raceme were 
withered, although Spiranthes cernua close at hand had not yet 
opened any flowers. 

The elongated, slender raceme, the wide-spreading lateral sepals, 
and the form of the labellum seem to indicate that the specimens 
here described are clearly referable to S. cernua x gracilis. The base 
of the lip in the hybrid is more like S. gracilis than S. cernua. An- 
other bit of weighty evidence is found in the rarity of the plant and 
its distribution. No other specimens were found although a diligent 
search was carried on in surrounding fields during the remaining 
flowering period of our native species of Spiranthes. 

In my remarks above cn S. vernalis I have suggested that our New 
England plant referred to it may simply be a hybrid between S. 
cernua and S. gracilis. If this assumption is correct, then it would 
seem that the hybrid described under the name Spiranthes x inter- 
media and recorded as a cross between S. vernalis and S. gracilis 
may be one of the variants of a cross between S. cernua and 5. gracilis 
in which the characters of S. gracilis are clearly predominant. 

'The abundance of fertile seeds produced by our species of Spir- 
anthes indicates a high degree of successful pollination. I have sus- 
pected that thrips play an important part in pollinating S. cernua 
as my observations have been poorly rewarded when I have attempted 
to detect other insects actually engaged in visits to the flowers. 
Bombus pennsylvanicus De Geer, with pollinia of Spiranthes cernua 
var. ochroleuca attached to it, has come into my possession and un- 
doubtedly other species of the genus Bombus visit Spiranthes flowers 
for concealed nectar. Daiwin observed humble-bees as visitors to 
Spiranthes autumnalis Rich., and as species of Bombus are reported 
as the pollinating agents of species of the nearly related genus Good- 
yera it is safe to classify this group as characterized by humble-bee 


82 Rhodora [APRIL 


flowers It is also probable that pollination is effected by nocturnal 
insects. 

In connection with the subject of pollination in Spirantbes it is 
worthy of note that Spiranthes cernua forms embryos without polli- 
nation.! 

In Beihefte zum Botanischen Centralblatt XXXVII (1920) Abt. 
II, 317-454 Rudolf Schlechter published his revision of the Spir- 
anthee in which he made changes among our American species of 
Spiranthes. I shall take up these changes in the alphabetical sequence 
of the species and make such observations as seem necessary at this 
time. 

1. Spiranthes Amesiana Schltr. This species is based on material 
collected for my herbarium by A. A. Eaton in Florida (no. 921). I 
distributed this material under the name of S. tortilis Rich. Schlech- 
ter relies on two characters for the recognition of his species, 
namely, the conspicuous claw of the lip and glandular hairs on the 
lip base. He expresses his opinion as follows: “Diese Species ist 
von Ames als S. tortilis Rich. identifiziert und verteilt worden. Tat- 
süchlich ähnelt sie dieser sehr stark, ist aber von ihr sowohl wie 
von allen übrigen Arten der Verwandtschaft spezifisch recht gut 
unterschieden durch den auffallenden Lippennagel und die Behaar- 
ung am Grunde der Lippenplatte." These characters have broken 
down absolutely in my attempts to apply them in studies of Eaton's 
no. 921 and authentic material of S. tortilis from Cuba, Jamaica and 
Porto Rico. As Schlechter referred specimens collected for me by 
A. E. Wight in the Bahamas to his S. Amesiana I studied Wight’s 
collection, but with the same results that I obtained in my studies 
of duplicates of the type number (Eaton's no. 921). The glandular 
hairs at the base of the lip on which Schlechter relies in part for 
specific distinction are found in all of the West Indian specimens 
referable to S. tortilis Rich. that I have examined. Or, to be more 
explicit, the hairs on the calli, margin and surface of the base of the 
lip are the same in character and distribution in Eaton's Floridian 
specimens numbered 921, in Wight's Bahaman specimens referred 
to by Schlechter and in authentic S. tortilis from the West Indies. 
The claw of the lip is equally conspicuous in all specimens examined 
and does not, as I observed it, serve as a differentiating character. 
Differences in size of the flower, variation in the denticulation of 


1 Leavitt in Ruopora, iii (1901) 61. 


1921] Ames,—Notes on New England Orchids,—I. Spiranthes — 83 


the front part of the lip and such minor characters are inconsequen- 
tial as distinguishing marks of a species in Spiranthes. Varying 
lengths of the inflorescence, and different degrees of slenderness or 
stoutness of the stems are of no diagnostic value in the separation of 
Floridian and Bahaman plants from specimens of West Indian origin; 
all extremes being present in any extensive series of specimens from 
the same locality and readily accounted for by the remarks made 
above on variation due to age of plants. In my opinion Spiranthes 
Amesiana is conspecific with S. tortilis. 

2. Spiranthes ovalis Lindl. In Rnopona VIII (1906) 6-7, I pub- 
lished the results of my studies of this interesting species which John 
Lindley described from material gathered in Texas by Drummond. 
It would seem that Schlechter overlooked this publication in the 
preparation of his monograph of the Spiranthez as he refers S. 
ovalis to the realm of doubtful species. When I prepared my Syn- 
opsis of the Genus Spiranthes North of Mexico for the first fascicle 
of Orchidaceze I was not acquainted with Lindley's type of Spir- 
anthes ovalis and I treated it as a doubtful species. Subsequently 
I examined the type, which is preserved in the Hookerian Herbarium 
at Kew, and concluded that it is the same as S. cernua var. parvi- 
flora Chapm., Gyrostachys parviflora Small and S. parviflora Ames 
(non Lindl.). Schlechter proposes the new name S. Smallii for S. 
parviflora Ames. 

3. Spiranthes plantaginea (Raf.) Torr. Fl. New York II (1843) 
284, not Lindl. 

Neottia plantaginea Raf. in Amer. Month. Mag. II (1818) 206. 

Neottia lucida H. H. Eaton, Transyl. Journ. Med. 5 (1832) 107. 

Spiranthes cernua var. latifolia Torr. Comp. (1826) 320. 

Spiranthes latifolia Torr. ex. Lindl. Orch. Pl. (1840) 467. 

Spiranthes aestivalis Oakes in Thomp. Hist. Vermont (1842) 200, 

not Rich. 

Gyrostachys latifolia Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. pt. 2 (1891) 664. 

Gyrostachys plantaginea Britton and Brown, Ill. Fl. I (1896) 470, 

fig. 1122, not Kuntze. 

Spiranthes lucida Ames, Orchidacez II (1908) 258. 

Ibidium plantagineum House in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. XXXII (1905) 
381. 

As Schlechter transfers Lindley’s Spiranthes plantaginea to Cyclo- 
pogon, Torrey’s S. plantaginea must be reinstated, and supplants 
Spiranthes lucida in Gray’s New Manual. 


84 Rhodora {APRIL 


As Schlechter’s treatment of the Spiranthes necessitates changes 
in the nomenclature of several American species that are natives of 
the United States it may be of interest to tabulate them here. 

1. Mesadenus lucayanus (Britton) Schltr. 

Ibidium lucayanum Britton. 
Spiranthes lucayana Cogn. FLORIDA. 
2. Cyclopogon cranichoides (Grieseb.) Cogn. 
Pelexia cranichoides Grieseb. 
Spiranthes Storeri Chapm. 
Beadlea Storeri Small. 
Sauroglossum cranichoides Ames. FLORIDA. 
.3. Centrogenium setaceum (Lindl.) Schltr. 
Collea calcarata Lindl. 
Neottia calcarata Hook. f. 
Pelexia setacea Lindl. 
(?) Eltroplectris acuminata Rafinesque. FLORIDA. 

The genus Stenorrhynchus is retained in the original conception 
of that genus. Representatives are found in the southern United 
States. 


PLATE 127. 
SPIRANTHES CERNUA L. C. Ricu. 


Figs. 1 & 2. General habit, natural size. 

Fig. 3. Lateral sepal X4. 

Fig. 4. Petal X4. 

Fig. 5. Upper sepal X4. 

Fig. 6. Labellum X3. Spread out to exhibit outline. 

Fig. 7. Column X8. The heart-shaped area represents the stigmatic sur- 
Es the dise of the Pollinia is indicated by the shaded area above. 

Fig. 8. Pollinia X10. 

Fig. 9. Pollen tetrad highly magnified. 

Fig. 10. Seed much enlarged, showing polyembryony. 

Fig. 11. Section through perianth, column and ovary X4, to show position 
of anther, Pollinia and honey gland. 


SPIRANTHES CERNUA VAR. OCHROLEUCA AMES 


Fig. 12. General habit, leaves and roots removed, natural size. 
Fig. 13. Labellum X3. Spread out to exhibit outline. 


PLATE 128. 

SPIRANTHES CERNUA X GRACILIS. 
Fig. 1. General habit, natural size. 
Figs. 2 & 3. Flower X4. Showing wide-spreading lateral sepals. 
Fig. 4. Labellum X4. 
Fig. 5. Column X4. : 
Fig. 6. Pollen tetrad highly magnified. 
Fig. 7. Lateral sepal X4. 
Fig. 8. Petal X4. 


1921] Fernald,—Scutellaria epilobiifolia 85 


PLATE 129. 
SPIRANTHES GRACILIS (BIGEL.) BECK 


Fi igs. 1 & 2. General habit, natural size. 
Fig. 3. Flower X6. One lateral sepal removed. 
Labellum X6. Spread out to exhibit outline. 


4 

Fig. 5. Column X11. 

Fig. 6. Petal X11. 

Fig. 7. Upper sepal X11. 

Fig. 8. Labellum and column in natural position X11. 
9 


. 9. Section through perianth, column and ovary X8. 
Fig. 10. Lateral sepal X8. 

Fig. 11. Pollen tetrad highly magnified. 

Fig. 12. Pollinia, from below (at left), from above (at right). 
Fig. 13. Seed, highly magnified. 


Bussey INSTITUTION OF APPLIED BIOLOGY, 
HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 


SCUTELLARIA EPILOBITFOLIA. 
M. L. FERNALD. 


THE common skullcap of gravelly shores from Newfoundland to 
British Columbia, south into the northern states, which has always 
passed as Scutellaria galericulata L., has the showy corolla 1.5-2.5 
cm. long, with whitish or pale tube and throat, the galea and lips 
deep violet-blue. As contrasted with our plant true S. galericulata 
of Europe has the corolla at most about 1.5 cm. long and of a nearly 
uniform paler bluish color (at least as indicated by colored plates 
and descriptions). The European plant, too, is less pubescent or even 
glabrous and its leaves not so regularly cordate at base as in the 
American. In 1832 Arthur Hamilton distinguished the American 
plant as S. epilobiifolia,! but his species has been very generally 
reduced to the Old World S. galericulata. When, however, the fully 
mature nutlets of the two plants are examined they show such stri- 
king differences that it becomes apparent that Hamilton's species 
should be recognized. In S. galericulata, the European plant, the 
nutlets are 1.2-1.3 mm. broad and finely and rather sharply muri- 
culate; in the American plant, S. epilobiifolia, they are 1.5-2 mm. 
broad and coarsely pebbled or almost warty. This difference in 
the nutlets seems to be constant in all the mature specimens examined 
and no S. galericulata has been detected in the large mass of American 
specimens. Our plant is, then, 


14. Hamilton, Esquisse d'une Monographie du Genre Scutellaria, 32 (1832). 


86 Rhodora [APRIL 


SCUTELLARIA EPILOBIIFOLIA Hamilton, Mon. Gen. Scut. 32 (1832). 
S. galericulata of Am. authors, not L. 


Two striking color-variations occur: 


Forma rosea (Rand & Redfield), n. comb. S. galericulata, 
forma rosea Rand & Redfield, Fl. Mt. Desert, 137 (1894). 

Forma albiflora (Millsp.) n. comb. S. galericulata, forma 
albiflora Millsp. Fl. W. Va. 428 (1892). 


Parallel color-forms of S. lateriflora are: 


S. LATERIFLORA L., forma rhodantha, n. f., corolla rosea. TYPE: 
alluvial thickets and woods near mouth of Dartmouth River, Gaspé 
Co., Quebec, August 26 and 27, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease in 
Gray Herb. 

S. LATERIFLORA, forma albiflora (Farwell), n. comb. S. lateri- 
flora, var. albiflora Farwell, Mich. Acad. Sci. Ann. Rep. xix. 249 
(1917). 

Gray HERBARIUM. 


CORRECTIONS IN NOMENCLATURE. 


OLIVER ATKINS FARWELL. 


CAREX GIGANTEA, Rudge, Trans. Linn. Soc. VII. 99. pl. 10, f. 2, 
1804. Rudge's name has been adopted by Robinson & Fernald in 
Gray’s New Manual and by Mackenzie in Britton & Brown’s 2nd 
Ed. of the Illustrated Flora for the plant named by L. H. Bailey, 
C. grandis, i. e., the C. gigantea of Dewey. An examination of Rudge's 
plate shows an achene with the width and length about equal and with 
knobbed angles, the knobs of the lateral angles teing faintly shown 
but that of the intermediate angle is quite prominent. It is a very 
good illustration of the achene of C. lupuliformis Sartwell. "The 
achene of C. grandis Bailey, as illustrated by Robinson & Fernald, 
l. c. p. 250, f. 541, and by Britton & Brown, l. c. 441, f. 1109, is de- 
cidedly different; the width is much greater than the length, the 
angles are broadly rounded but not knobbed, and the general out- 
line is transversely oblong while that of C. gigantea Rudge is rhom- 
boidal or kite-shaped. It seems, therefore, that Bailey was quite 
right in considering C. gigantea Dew. to be a species distinct from 
C. gigantea Rudge. These two forms and C. lupulina are best 
considered as varying forms of one widely distributed polymorphous 
species to which “gigantea” is the earliest name applied, and most 
appropriately so. 


1921) Farwell,— Corrections in Nomenclature 87 


C. GIGANTEA Rudge l. c. (C. lupuliformis Sartwell in Dew. Amer. 
Journ. Sci. (II), 9, 29, 1850; C. lupulina var. polystachya. Schw. & 
Torr. Ann. Lyc. 1, 337, 1825). 

Forma a. minor n. f. pistillate spikes narrow and slender, the 
perigynia being smaller, 10-11 mm. in length and proportionately 
narrower. Throughout the range of the species. Harris, Oakland 
Co., Michigan, Billington & Farwell, No. 5064, July 13, 1918. 

The typical form of the species with much larger spikes and longer 
perigynia (13-20 mm. long) was not found in the vicinity. This 
form as found at Harris is smaller than the species in all its parts, 
but I am informed by Mr. Harold St. Jobn, late of Harvard Uni- 
versity, that only the perigynia and spikes are constant in their 
smaller size. 

Var. 1. LUPULINA (Muhl) Farwell, Rept. Comm. Parks, Detroit, 
11, 39, 1900. 

Forma a, pedunculata (Dew.) n. f. (C. lupulina, Muhl. var. pedunc- 
ulata, Dew. in Wood, Bot. and Flor. 376, 1870). 

Forma b, Bella-villa (Dew.) n. f. (C. Bella-villa, Dew. Amer. 
Journ. Sci. (II) 41, 229, 1866. 

Var. 2, grandis (Dailey) n. var. (C. grandis, Bailey, Mem. Torr. 
Bot. Club, 1, 13, 1889). 

C. RETRORSA, Schw. var. Bradleyi (Dew.) n. comb. (C. Hartii, 
var. Bradleyi, Dew. Amer. Journ. Sci. (II) 41, 226, 1866; C. retrorsa, 
var. Hartii (Dew.) A. Gr. Man. 600, 1867). 

C. RETRORSA, Schw. var. gigantoides (Dew.) n. comb. (C. lupu- 
lina, var. gigantoides, Dew. l. e. 328; C. retrorsa, var. Macounii 
(Dew.) Fernald, Ruopora 3, 55, 1901). 

The above changes are necessary under the International Rules 
of Nomenclature. 

DEPARTMENT OF Botany, Parke, Davis & Co., Detroit, Mich. 


Two RECENT PUBLICATIONS ABOUT MusHroomMs.—We are some- 
what late in registering an appreciation of Mr. L. C. C. Krieger’s 
colored plates of mushrooms which were made available to a large 
public in the May, 1920, number of the National Geographic Maga- 
zine. The artist, who is also an accurate and earnest student of this 
group of fungi, was so long a resident of Massachusetts, where for 
many years he was employed in making drawings for Dr. Farlow, in 
Cambridge, that his work may almost be counted as that of a New 
Englander. Indeed, some of the drawings now published are re- 
cognizable as dating from the time when he was one of us. Those 
who were privileged to see the work that he was then doing, so faith- 


88 Rhodora [APRIL 


ful in line and tint and texture, have long regretted that these unsur- 
passed plates must remain for a time a private possession. The 
plates now published are not, of course, of the Farlow series. They 
show a few striking common species. But they serve to display Mr. 
Krieger’s unusual gift, the rare combination of artistic sense with scien- 
tific truth, which fits him to do well just this work. Many have been 
the illustrators of the fleshy fungi. But a survey of their drawings, 
from the time of the herbalists down to the present, will show that 
most of the work only approximates, and much of it perverts the 
facts. Mr. Krieger is one of the very few whose accuracy and cunning 
almost place the object right before us. His friends will congratulate 
him on at last being able to make his work known. 

The accompanying text, if somewhat discursive and eclectic, is 
pleasantly readable and full of information. It is further illustrated 
by numerous excellent and well chosen photographs among which 
those made by A. G. and B. Leeper, and by George Shiras deserve 
mention. 

Mr. Krieger has also published! in a folder of pocket size a chart 
of the genera of Agarics, illustrated by outline drawings. This is 
intended for the beginners, to remove the confusion caused by the 
bewildering similarity of plants that turn out to be so infinitely 
various. Brief critical remarks anticipate difficulties of interpreta- 
tion and provide means of recovery from following misleading clues. 
The chart is arranged to serve as a key, and also to show at one 
glance the interrelations of the details of the system of classification, 
as based on the color of spores, and on the structure of the sporo- 
phore. The use of this graphic key should soon fix in the learner's 
mind what facts are most important and first to be observed, and 
thus establish a definite conception of the type of structure that 
corresponds to each generic name. 

Not only those who are just entering upon the study of these 
fascinating plants, but many to whom they are already familiar will 
thank Mr. Krieger for these two publications.—H. W. 


The dates of the February and March issues (both unpublished as this goes to 
press) will be announced later. 


! Field Key to the Genera of the Gilled Mushrooms, by Louis C. C. Krieger. The 
Norman, Remington Co., Baltimore, 1920. $1.00. 


Rhodora Plate 127 


BLANCHE AMES del. 


SPIRANTHES CERNUA Rich. Figs. 1-11 


S. CERNUA var. OCHROLEUCA Ames, Figs. 12-13 


Plate 128 


Rhodora 


BLANCHE AMES dcl. 


SPIRANTHES CERNUA X GRACILIS 


Plate 129 


Rhodora 


BLANCHE AMES del. 


Beck 


(Bigel.) 


SPIRANTHES GRACILIS 


Dodora 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH : 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. 


May, 1921 No. 269. 


CONTENTS: 


Expedition to Nova Scotia. M. L. Fernald .. . . . . . . 89 


Sium suave: a new and an old Form. N. C. Fassett fen.) ee Da 


Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, —XX XIV .. . . 118 


A form of Ilex opaca. C. A.Weatherby . . . . . . . + + 113 
Variations of Silene acaulis. M. L. Fernald and H. St. John . . 119 


Boston, Mass. Providence, KR. J. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 


Address manuscripts and proofs to 
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 


Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 
Single copies may be had from 


E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club, 
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass. 


Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an 
Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
pee i of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
caras. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quado > papai issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 
Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


TRbooora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. May, 1921. No. 269. 


CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD 
UNIVERSITY.—NEW SERIES, No. LXIII. 


THE GRAY HERBARIUM EXPEDITION TO NOVA SCOTIA, 
1920 


M. L. FERNALD 
(Plate 130) 


Part I. JOURNAL OF THE EXPEDITION. 


AT first thought Nova Scotia would hardly occur to the student 
of our vascular floras as a particularly inviting field for a summer’s 
expedition. The province is one of the longest-settled and most 
visited regions of North America; the area best known to tourists, 
“the Valley” (the valleys of the Cornwallis and Annapolis Rivers), 
being closely cultivated and widely exploited as the “Evangeline 
Land,” the home of Nova Scotian farms and orchards. The wildest 
region of the province, the northern half of Cape Breton Island, 
geologically, physiographically and floristically very different from 
Nova Scotia proper, has already attracted several discriminating 
collectors and has been carefully treated, from the ecological view- 
point at least, by Nichols, whose work on the region has been called 
“by far the most important ecological study yet made on the vege- 
tation of northeastern America.”3 The veteran Government Natur- 
alist, the late Professor John Macoun, repeatedly collected in all 
parts of the province; and the local botanists who, in Nova Scotia 


1 Read before the New England Botanical Club, February 4, 1921. 

2 Nichols, The Vegetation of Northern Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia. Trans. 
Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. xxii. pp. 249—467 (1918). 

3 Ganong, Ruopora, xxi. 171 (1919). 


90 Rhodora  . [May 


as almost everywhere else, were more active in the field a generation 
or two ago than at the present period of narrow specialization or 
indifference to the tremendous problems of natural history, have 
published numerous local lists and records, including the Catalogue 
of the Flora of Nova Scotia by Lindsay.! Professor Sommers’s Intro- 
duction to the latter work gives a pretty strong intimation that there 
is little left to be learned regarding the vascular element of the Nova 
Scotian flora, an impression surely conveyed by the following words: 
“it may be accepted as the most complete synopsis of the Nova 
Scotian Flora yet offered... . . . while the P[h]enerogamia ex- 
clusive of Cyperaceae and Gramin[e]ae are nearly complete, the 
Cryptogamia, excepting Filices and Lycopodiac[ea]e, are but spar- 
ingly represented." Furthermore, one of the most acute Nova 
Scotian botanists of recent years, the late Dr. Charles Budd Robin- 
son, has stated that, “In general, the flora of the peninsula and is- 
land is composed of plants which have migrated from the west or 
southwest through New Brunswick;’? the other elements of the 
Nova Scotian flora recognized by Robinson being the introduced 
weeds and, in northern Cape Breton, “a third element, namely, 
species that are believed not to occur anywhere upon the peninsular 
portion of the province, " in illustration of which 8 species are men- 
tioned, some of which, like Habenaria blephariglottis, Aster nemoralis 
and Drosera intermedia, are not only found on the peninsula but are 
there dominant plants over hundreds of square miles of acid bog. 
In fact, Professor L. W. Bailey, in his report on the geology of Yar- 
mouth and Digby Counties had specially commented on * the abund- 
ance of orchids, . . . The most common species . . . . . is 
the white-fringed orchis (Habenaria blephariglotis, Hook)."* It 
would thus seem, that the students of our northeastern flora, desirous 
of spending the summer in the field to the best advantage and re- 
strained by the present state of transportation-facilities and of man- 
power from the exploration of less accessible regions of Gaspé, New- 
foundland or Labrador, would be almost wasting time by concen- 
trating on Nova Scotia. 

Nevertheless, outside the very general collections of Professor 
Macoun there exist, in this country at least, comparatively few 

1A. W. H. Lindsay, Proc. and Trans. N.S Inst. Nat. Sci. iv. pt. 2, 184-222 (1877). 


2 ©. B. Robinson as reported in Torreya, vi. 257 (1900). 
* L. W. Bailey, Geol. Surv. Can. Ann. Rep. n. s. ix. 18M (1898). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 9l 


specimens to represent Nova Scotia; and when a prominent present- 
day Nova Scotian botanist, asked about some critical species he is 
supposed to have discovered, replies that his only available evidence 
is a marginal memorandum in the Manual, it seems time that we 
learn what actually grows in the Province. Furthermore, in spite 
of the rather extreme generalization of Professor Sommers, that 
“The subarctic character of our [Nova Scotian] flora will be observed 
from a study of our list” and the fact that the list has less than forty 
subarctic species and that this and other lists indicate a prevailingly 
Canadian and Alleghenian flora with forests of spruce, larch, fir, 
white pine, red pine, canoe birch, white ash, sugar maple, American 
elm, beech, red oak and hop hornbeam, we had a few indications of 
the presence in Nova Scotia of southern coastal plain plants,—just 
enough to stimulate the imagination. 

The best known example of the very few characteristic coastal 
plain plants which we knew to be in Nova Scotia is Schizaea pusilla, 
the famous Curly Grass of the New Jersey pine barrens and of the 
Newfoundland barrens, an isolated representative in eastern North 
America of a large genus of the tropics and the southern hemisphere. 
Between the pine barrens of New Jersey and Nova Scotia Schizaea 
is quite unknown, although repeatedly sought on Long Island, 
Nantucket and Cape Cod, and in peninsular Nova Scotia its occur- 
rence has rested solely upon a single colony discovered in July, 1879, 
by Mrs. Britton,! whose station was very limited for, as she has 
reported, she “collected . . . nearly all there were" and “Prof. 
Mackay, of Nova Scotia, has since searched in the locality where I 
found it, but in vain."* Subsequently Schizaea has been found on 
the barrens of Cape Breton by Nichols, but not on the mainland of 
Nova Scotia. 

Another coastal plain plant, the Inkberry, Ilex glabra, was in 
Lindsay's Catalogue, on the authority of Sommers, as found at Hali- 
fax; but, with no specimens known from east of Massachusetts, the 
record seemed too doubtful and the species was excluded by Macoun 
in 1883 from Part 1 of his Catalogue of Canadian Plants. In 1886, 
however, Macoun reinstated it, for in the meantime he had himself 
collected it near Halifax and received material from Shelburne. 

! E. G. Knight, as reported in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vii. 1 (1880); Gray, Bot. 


Gaz. v. 4 (1880). 
? EK. G. Britton, Linn. Fern Bull. iv. 18 (1896). 


92 Rhodora IMav 


Other coastal plain plants in Lindsay's list are Woodwardia virginica, 
Corema Conradii and our two species of Hudsonia, Nova Scotian 
specimens of which have been well known, and the following for 
which vouchers have been lacking: Cupressus (now Chamaecyparis) 
thyoides, Eriocaulon decangulare, Xyris bulbosa (now X. torta), Juncus 
marginatus, Ilex opaca, Solidago odora and Coreopsis (now Bidens) 
discoidea. 

The latter list has always been treated as based on errors of de- 
termination, although the verification of the occurrence in Nova 
Seotia of Ilex glabra, the fully authenticated occurrence there of 
Schizaea pusilla and the recent discovery! there of a single plant of 
the Golden Crest, Lophiola, a genus supposed to reach an isolated 
northern outpost in the pine barrens of New Jersey, have tended to 
render Lindsay's list less incredible. Furthermore, we must not 
forget that specimen of Ceratiola ericoides Michx.? recorded as long 
ago as 1842 by Edward Tuckerman.  Ceratiola is a monotypic genus 
of shrubs of the Empetraceae, supposed to be restricted to pine barrens 
from South Carolina to Florida and Alabama. But Tuckerman, 
in recording the occurrence in Lambert's herbarium of Corema Con- 
radii (as Oakesia), said to have come from “Newfoundland, Cor- 
mack," appended this important note: 

“The small label at the top of the sheet which contains this speci- 
men (apparently not original) reads as follows:— Cistus? from Nova 
Scotia.’ Above has been written by the late Prof. Don ‘Ceratiola 
cericoides [ericoides],’ in the same envelope with a fine and female 
specimen of which plant it is, singularly, placed. ”? 

Whether the Ceratiola actually came from Nova Scotia had, of 
course, long been in doubt, but in view of other pine barren species 
demonstrated to occur there, the shrub was worth keeping in mind. 

Altogether, the list of southern coastal plain plants reported 
from Nova Scotia numbered between 30 and 40, some of them with- 
out vouchers; others, like Schizaea pusilla, Lophiola and Ilex glabra, 
supported by actual modern specimens. They had all been dis- 
covered or reported at scattered intervals and mostly by different 
observers and it seemed apparent that they must be extremely local 
plants. In view of the occurrence, especially in eastern Newfound- 

1 See Nichols, Ruopora, xxi. 68 (1919). 


? [n this report the authors are included only for species not in Gray's Man., ed. 7. 
3 Tuckerm. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. i. 445 (1842). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 93 


land, of a large coastal plain element, and the fact that several 
such species, unknown in adjacent New Brunswick and eastern Maine 
are obviously isolated on Nova Scotia as remnants of the flora which 
in the late Pleistocene or even later had lived on the then elevated 
but now submerged continental shelf, it became very evident that not 
only was there plenty of good botanizing left in peninsular Nova 
Scotia but that the region must hold some secrets of profound im- 
portance to a clear understanding of the history of life in eastern 
America. 

And since the least botanized and least cultivated region of the 
peninsula happens to be the area of highly silicious and mostly acid 
quartzites and slates extending from Digby County around the coast 
via Yarmouth and Shelburne to Halifax, thence on to Canso, consti- 
tuting the “gold-bearing series" of the province, and the great 
granite masses which are interspersed through the quartzite area, it 
seemed probable that good results would be obtained by devoting a 
season to these formations. The silicious rocks of the gold-bearing 
series are essentially identical with the Avalonian formation of 
southeastern Newfoundland, where have been found many species 
isolated, some from the South, some from Atlantic Europe. In the 
silicious regions of Cape Cod and of Newfoundland the most fruitful 
habitats have always proved to be the boggy barrens and the pond- 
shores and, upon studying the detailed topographic maps of Nova 
Scotia, it was consequently a most promising sign, to find that in 
the belt of Avalonian and granitic rock there are no fewer than 2,600 
lakes and fresh-water ponds, as well as an endless profusion of bogs, 
savannahs and barrens, vastly more than in the other half of the 
province, where a count shows fewer than 800 lakes. 

There was, therefore, no further doubt about the region to be 
explored and a summer's campaign was made possible through the 
liberal support of such generous friends as Colonel John E. Thayer 
and Mr. Walter Deane and the cooperation of Dr. William McInnes, 
Directing Geologist of the Geological Survey of Canada, and of Mr. 
R. R. Farrow, Canadian Commissioner of Customs. "Through the 
helpful interest of Professor Kenneth G. T. Webster of Harvard 
University and his brother, Dr. Charles Webster of Yarmouth, a 
suitable home with a dry barn was secured in the latter town and, 


1 See Fernald, Ruovora, xiii. 135—162 (1911); Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 4, xl. 17 (1915): 
Am. Journ. Bot. v. 238 (1918). 


94 Rhodora (Max 


as it seemed quite appropriate that the flora of New Scotland should 
interest botanists of New England, invitations were sent to a num- 
ber of members of the New England Botanical Club to join for such 
time as they could during the summer in making as complete a sur- 
vey as possible of the vascular flora of western Nova Scotia. Alto- 
gether there were eight in the party,! though not all at one time. 
5000 sheets of drying paper, nearly as many corrugated “ ventilators,” 
a large stock of white pressing paper, seven large collecting boxes, 
ten presses, a bushel of flake naphthaline (to keep out mold and 
hasten drying of “soggy” specimens) and the other necessary equip- 
ment (to the extent of 16 heavy freight boxes) were shipped from 
the Gray Herbarium to Yarmouth, where they are entered as con- 
signed by " Messrs. Grey, Hubanning & Co., Boston;" and on July 
lst four members of the party left Boston. I was slightly delayed in 
starting and saw Bissell, Long and Linder leave on the early-morning 
train without me, to be joined en route by Pease. Their first landing 
in Nova Scotia was at Digby, where, waiting for the train to Yar- 
mouth, they made the acquaintance of the village weeds and col- 
lected for the first time the beautiful Ladies’ Mantle, Alchemilla 
vulgaris, afterward found to be one of the most obnoxious though 
handsome weeds of western Nova Scotia; Sedum stoloniferum, then 
only in bud, but later, when its pink petals were expanded, seen 
along several roadsides around the coast as far as Barrington; and 
Silene gallica, a somewhat unusual ballast weed. On the marshes 
Puccinellia maritima,’ was in fine condition, a characteristic plant of 
Massachusetts marshes, afterward found to be very generally dis- 
tributed on the coast of Nova Scotia. 

When I arrived on July 6 at Mrs. Frank Davis’s, where we had 
most comfortable and home-like quarters, presses of specimens were 
out-doors by the barn enjoying one of the last sunnings for several 
weeks. In the absence of maps, which were in my trunk, the advance 

1 The members of the party and the periods of their stay in Nova Scotia follow: 

Rara C. Bean, July 16—July 30. 

CnanLEs H. BisseLL, July 2-July 23; August 11-September 2. 

MznnriTT L. FEnNALD, July 6-September 9; October 6-8. 

Dr. AND Mrs, Cnanrzs B. Graves, August 10-August 24. 

Davi» H. Lixpzn, July 2-September 9; October 6-8. 

Bayard Lona, July 2-September 9. 

ARTHUR STANLEY Pease, July 2-July 21. 

DowaArLD Wmurrz, July 16-August 6. 


? See Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopona, xiv. 232 (1912). 
* See Fernald & Weatherby, Ruopona, xviii. 6 (1916). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia | 95 


guard had conscientously weeded the wharves and roadsides of 
Yarmouth, so that we should not later have them much on our 
minds: Alopecurus geniculatus and Myosotis scorpioides in the ditches; 
Rumex Acetosa, with its tall red wands, picturesque in the fields; 
Achillea Millefolium, mostly with deep rose-colored rays, common 
by roadsides; numerous garden-escapes,—Convallaria majalis, Salix 
purpurea in great abundance, Crataegus monogyna Jacq., the ubiqui- 
tous hawthorn of hedges, Iris Pseudacorus well established by many 
pools, Lysimachia punctata and Veronica longifolia in numerous 
thickets, and, it would seem, almost every hardy garden perennial, 
here luxuriating in the foggy and misty atmosphere and spreading 
freely to the roadsides; and, in rubbish, such unusual plants as 
Vicia angustifolia Reichard, var. uncinata (Desv.) Rouy & Foucaud, 
which Wiegand and I had found on the Maine side of the Bay of 
Fundy,! and a dwarf variety of Trifolium pratense, with low stems 
(1-2 dm. high) and very small leaves with rounded obovate leaflets 
only 0.5-1.5 em. long, a plant which J. F. Collins, Pease and I had 
found naturalized at various points near the tip of the Gaspé Penin- 
sula in 1904 and which seems to be referable to the European var. 
frigidfim Gaud.? 

In more natural habitats they had been getting, on springy and 
peaty slopes, many good things: Carex panicea and C. leporina, both 
rare species in North America, and S?eglingia decumbens (L.) Bernh., 
the characteristic Heath Grass of peaty soils of western Europe, also 
common on boggy slopes in eastern Newfoundland,’ but not generally 
recognized as occurring on the American continent. Here, as else- 
where in Yarmouth County, it was invariably in half-natural habitats 
where it might be indigenous, but always too near civilization and 
pastures for us yet to feel confident that it is native. It is a neat 
grass, forming dense tussucks, with slender, wiry culms, and in- 
florescences which superficially so suggest Danthonia as to explain 
why Linnaeus plaeed this plant in that genus. The open places 
were bright with three or four species of Sisyrinchium: the common 
northern S. angustifolium and, quite as common if not more general, 
the two southern species, S. gramineum and S. atlanticum. The 

1 See Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xii. 140 (1910). 

2 T. pratense L., var. frigidum Gaud. Fl. Helvet. iv. 582 (1829). T. nivale Sieb. 
Herb. Fl. Austr. no. 236, acc. to Koch. T. pratense, Y nivale (Sieber) Koch, Syn. 


Fl. Germ. 168 (1835). 
3 See Fernald, Am. Journ. Bot. v. 229, fig. 13, and 243 (1918). 


96 Rhodora [May 


former of these two extends to Newfoundland,! but west of Nova 
Scotia reaches its northeastern limit in the lower Penobscot valley; 
while S. atlanticum has heretofore been unknown northeast of southern 
York County, Maine. On open gravelly soil Pease and Linder had 
also found a plant which so closely matches S. arenicola of the sands 
of New Jersey, Long Island and Nantucket that there can be little 
question as to its identity. The Yarmouth material, however, seems 
like a starved S. gramineum with the short and stiff basal fibres (one 
of the chief characters) persistent perhaps through a response to 
ecological conditions, while material which Pease, Long and I sub- 
sequently found on dry plains at Middleton, Annapolis County, 
seems like S. angustifolium except for the stiff and persistent tufts 
of basal fibres. May it not be that S. arenicola, instead of being a 
true species, is an ecological state due to the sandy substratum in 
which it grows? 

But still more interesting was the discovery that the spruce bogs, 
besides having the plants one would naturally expect (the boreal 
Carex paupercula,? C. pauciflora, Smilacina trifolia, Vaccinium Oxy- 
coccus, Empetrum nigrum, etc.), shelter along with the already well 
known coastal plain Carex atlantica Bailey (C. sterilis of the Manual)? 
and C. exilis, the delicate little southern C. Howei Mackenzie,* the 
plant treated in the 7th edition of Gray's Manual as C. scirpoides, 
var. capillacea but clearly a distinct species of the coastal plain. 
C. Howei, which extends in New England north to the lower Merri- 
mac, is from Cape Cod southward one of the dominant plants of the 
so-called Louisianian and Carolinian Cypress (Chamaecyparis) 
swamps, but throughout western Nova Scotia it is quite as dominant 
a sedge of the “Hudsonian” spruce swamps (fig. 1). Another 

!See Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvii. 238 (1900) and Fernald, Am. Journ. 
Bot. v. 243 (1918). 

?'lhere seems no good reason to recognize vars. irrigua (Wahlenb.) Fernald and 
pallens Fernald. Fifteen years of field-work since they were proposed shows them 
to be only trivial variants. 

3 C. sterilis Willd. has been variously misunderstood, but Mackenzie (in Britton & 
Brown, Ill. FL, ed. 2, i. 377) seems to have reached a satisfactory solution of its 
identity: a very distinct but little-collected species of limestone regions from New- 
foundland and Anticosti westward to Minnesota, and south through the limestone 
region of western New England to northern New Jersey, Pennsylvania, etc. This 
plant, until recently merged with C. interior Bailey (C. scirpoides, at least of my own 
treatments), differs from it in having very rough beaks wbich barely exceed the 
broad and very long brown scales. The coastal plain plant which I have called 


C. sterilis is mostly C. atlantica Bailey. 
! Mackenzie, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvii. 245 (1910). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 97 


southern sedge which they had been finding common in swales, and 
which we afterward saw everywhere we went in the Avalonian form- 
ation but nowhere else, is the characteristic plant of swamps of 
southern New England, Carex bullata, var. Greenei, found from 
Georgia north to York County, Maine, but like C. Howei and Sisyrin- 
chium atlanticum not previously known to occur in Canada. 

On July 7 we started explorations a little more remote from Yar- 
mouth; Bissell, Pease and Linder going to the local summer resort, 
Lake Annis, where Ilex glabra and Smilax rotundifolia had been re- 
ported, and from there walking north a few miles to Hectanooga 
station; Long and I going to Meteghan station to explore an exten- 
sive spruce and larch bog, the “caribou barren,” which we had noted 
from the train. On the way north, as we closely watched the country 
from the car-windows, we were puzzled to understand how the Smilax 
and the Ilex could be found in this region of spruce, fir and larch 
forest and cold boggy barrens and as this impression grew upon us 
we did not hesitate to express great scepticism, for it seemed so ob- 
vious that, if Smilax, Ilex glabra and Schizaea really did occur in this 
Canadian and Hudsonian region, they must lurk in some very local- 
ized pockets not visible from the train. 

The Lake Annis party failed to locate either of the specialties and 
brought back a very characteristic lot of plants of ordinary spruce 
woods and bogs, with the first Dwarf Mistletoe, Arceuthobium pus- 
illum, of the season, although later the “arceuthobiate” spruces 
were regularly seen and as the season advanced we secured beautiful 
material of the parasite which made these first specimens seem 
hardly worth preserving. They also had Senecio Robbinsii, which we 
had seen abundantly from the train, this beautiful species apparently 
everywhere replacing S. aureus in the extensive silicious region. 
They had the southern High-bush Blueberry, Vaccinium corymbosum, 
in perplexing variety; Pyrola rotundifolia, var. arenaria Mert. & 
Koch, which we had known from Newfoundland! but not farther 
south, although we continued through the summer to find it, always 
rather scarce, on sandy barrens as far east as Middleton, Annapolis 
County; and wonderful material of the fructiferous Equisetum lim- 
osum, forma polystachium (Brueckn.) Doell.? 

Starting south from Meteghan station, Long and I quickly found 
ourselves seduced into collecting Rubus, a genus which he and the 


1 See Fernald, Rnopona, xxii. 122 (1920). 
? See Fernald & Weatherby, Ruopora, xxiiii. 77 (1921) 


98 Rhodora [May 


others had nobly attended to around Yarmouth; but after nearly 
filling out man’s size collecting boxes with blackberry canes, we were 
attracted by a very handsome and distinct Antennaria on the dry 
embankment, the foliage suggesting very large A. neodioica but the 
large heads with a strong crimson tinge suggestive of A. Parlinii. 
This was something neither of us had ever seen growing, so we com- 
pressed the blackberry specimens (and made a necessary screen over 
them with large leaves) to make room for a fine lot of the Antennaria, 
and whenever we subsequently saw it, as we did several times and as 
far east as Hants County, we were regularly struck with its great 
beauty. The plant proves to be my own A. neodioica, var. grandis, 
a well marked extreme of a polymorphous species, which I had 
known only through herbarium material; and, although in the field 
it looks very distinct, I am unable to find a single character by which 
it can be specifically separated. 

Striking out into the wet mossy bog we were interested to find 
Potentilla canadensis, var. simplex of dry fields in New England and 
the eastern States generally and the Checkerberry, Gaultheria pro- 
cumbens, of our dry pastures and woods, growing in deep, wet sphag- 
num along with the other bog plants, Andromeda glaucophylla, Kalmia 
polifolia, Carex paupercula, C. pauciflora, Eriophorum angustifolium 
and Vaccinium Oxycoccus; but we were not wholly surprised, for 
Long had been collecting the Potentilla in wet bogs about Yarmouth 
and I had known Gaultheria as a wet-bog species on the Gaspé Penin- 
sula. Crossing the bog, we soon came into carpets of the arctic 
Crowberry, Empetrum nigrum (fig. 2), common enough at Yarmouth, 
but here in the cold bog retaining its flowefs unusually late into the 
summer, still in such good condition that we had the satisfaction 
for the first time in our experience of securing good staminate ma- 
terial. And there close to Empetrum, right in the middle of an 
otherwise almost typical Hudsonian bog was the Inkberry! We 
could hardly believe our eyes but there was the glossy-leaved Ilex 
glabra (fig. 3), much smaller than on Cape Cod or in New Jersey, 
Florida or Alabama, but healthy and just beginning to bloom. In 
the spruce woods at the edge of the bog the High-bush Blueberries 
were as perplexing as on Cape Cod or in New Jersey, but here there 
were some forms which we had not previously met. 

After a day of work on the presses we were ready to try the country 
southward, Long and Pease (*Longipes" of our field-notes) trying 


! See Fernald, Ruopora xiii. 97 (1911). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 99 


the region of open, boggy barrens east of Argyle Head; Bissell, Linder 
and I examining the granitic coast of extreme southwestern Nova 
Scotia at Shag Harbor. We got into a typical Hudsonian bog 
region like bits of the outer coast of eastern Maine! or of Newfound- 
land, with their great abundance of Bakeapple (Rubus Chamaemorus), 
Carex pauciflora, C. trisperma, var. Billingsii, Empetrum nigrum, 
and swales of Eriophorum callitrix or interrupted turf of Scirpus 
cespitosus, var. callosus Bigelow.? Around the shores were the usual 
coastal plants of this latitude, such as Elymus arenarius, var. villosus 
E. Meyer,’ Coelopleurum lucidum (L.) Fernald,‘ and Euphrasia pur- 
purea Reeks, var. Randii (Robinson) Fernald & Wiegand, but here 
apparently all belonging to the white-flowered forma albiflora Fer- 
nald & Wiegand;* and the only traces of a coastal plain flora noticed 
were the ubiquitous Sisyrinchium atlanticum, Carex atlantica and C. 
bullata, var. Greenei and the almost ubiquitous Bog Huckleberry, 
Gaylussacia dumosa, var. Bigeloviana Fernald,* northern bog variant 
of a wide-ranging coastal plain species. 

But when, returning to Yarmouth, Long and Pease joined us on 
the train, although they had some boreal species, such as Scirpus 
cespitosus, var. callosus and Carex oligosperma (boreal, but found 
on Cape Cod), they showed a very different lot of plants from the 
bog-barrens east of Argyle Station and the peaty and sandy soil 
about Sand Pond. They were beaming over the prompt discovery 
of Schizaea pusilla (fig. 11), a young Bartonia, a young Xyris sug- 
gesting the coastal plain X. caroliniana and, in flower, the northern 
representative of the genus, X. montana, a young Solidago of the 
subgenus Euthamia, obviously related to the coastal plain S. tenui- 
folia, Eleocharis Robbinsii of coastal plain sloughs south to Florida, 
Panicum spretum, a common species of the coastal plain south to 
Texas, Calamagrostis Pickeringii, var. debilis Fernald & Wiegand, 
heretofore unknown? between eastern Massachusetts and Newfound- 
land, Lycopodium inundatum, var. Bigetevii (L. adpressum (Chapm.) 

1 See Fernald & Wiegand, RHopona, xii. 106 (1910); Knowlton, Ruopona, xvii. 
148, 149 (1915). 

2 See Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 24 (1921). 

3 See St. John, Ruopora, xvii. 99 (1915). 

4 RHODORA, xxi. 146 (1919). 

5 Ruopona, xvii. 188 (1915). 


* Ruopora, xiii. 99 (1911). 
7 Ruopora, xv. 135 (1913). 


100 Rhodora (May 


Lloyd & Underw., L. Chapmani Underw.),! a coastal plain extreme 
of the species extending from Louisiana via Florida to eastern Massa- 
chusetts but heretofore unknown northeast of Plum Island and 
the famous Round Pond at Tewksbury (Massachusetts), where it 
is one of a very notable group? of isolated coastal plain plants; and, 
best of all, the tiny bladderwort, Utricularia subulata, both the 
showy form with expanded orange corollas and the cleistogamous 
state with minute creamy or whitish flowers; for Utricularia subulata 
is one of the most characteristic plants of wet barrens all the way 
from Brazil, via the West Indies, to southern New Jersey, north 
of there an exceedingly rare species, known from a single station 
on Long Island and very locally indeed on Martha's Vineyard, 
Nantucket and Cape Cod (fig. 4). 'Phis was indeed pretty thrill- 
ing and our excitement, as we were shown one after another the 
different finds, quickly stimulated the curiosity of the brakeman, 
who stopped for a lesson in a subject obviously quite new to his 
experience. 

In his account of the distribution of forest trees of Canada, Robert 
Bell stated that the northern White Cedar, Thuja occidentalis, “is 
absent from . . Nova Scotia;"? and in his enumeration of the 
trees of Nova Scotia, Fernow* does not list the species. But in 


! Many botanists maintain as distinct species the circumpolar L. inundatum and 
the endemic American coastal plain L. adpressum and L. alopecuroides, although in 
Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora (ed. 2, i. 44) L. inundatum, var. Bigelovii, the type 
of which is quite identical with Georgia, Florida and Louisiana specimens of L. 
adpressum, is treated as a variety of L. inundatum: ''Slender elongate forms, mainly 
from New England . . . ; they indicate a possible transition into the next 
species [L. adpressum]." On Cape Cod and in Nova Scotia the transition is very 
apparent and no sharp specific line can be drawn between L. inundatum and L. 
adpressum. L. alopecuroides, with its great development of bristly ciliation, would 
seem, from its more typical specimens, to be well marked, but in his Plants of South- 
ern New Jersey Stone says (p. 141): ‘‘ We certainly have a chain of connecting links 
in our New Jersey bogs between L. chapmanii lor L. adpressum] and L. alopecuroides.” 
It is thus apparent that, in 1843, Tuckerman worked out the proper treatment of 
these plants: 

"LZ DNNAUNIUPE 2.5. —6. Bigelovii, (mihi): majus, ramis subramosis elong- 
atis, foliis acuminatis sparsim denticulatis s. integris. L. Carolinianum, Bigel. Fl. 
Bost. p. 384.— Y. alopecuroides, (mihi): caule ramisque ut ĝ. foliis lineari-subulatis 
basi sparsimque ciliato-dentatis. ZŁ. alopecuroides, L. . . . (fg) Wet, sandy 
margins of ponds; Plymouth, Oakes and Tuckerman; (also New Jersey?).—(Y.) 
Florida, Torrey. . . . The variety alopecuroides, if this view be correct, is the 
extreme southern American form of the species, the variety Bigelovii intermediate, 
and perhaps not occurring north of Massachusetts, and &. the extreme northern 
state, common to us with Europe.’’—Tuckerm., Am. Journ. Sci. xlv. 47, 48 (1843). 

? See Fernald, Ruopora, xiii, 247 (1911). 

3 R. Bell, Geol. Surv. Can. Rep. for 1879-80, 47C (1881). 

4 Fernow, Forest Conditions of Nova Scotia, 11 (1912). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 101 


Lindsay’s Catalogue it is recorded from Cumberland County, north 
of the main peninsula of Nova Scotia and Professor H. G. Perry has 
reported it! as scarce in the west-central portion of the province. 
Lindsay also records the coastal plain Cypress or Cedar, Chamae- 
cyparis, and Nichols has surmised? that a reputed Juniper on Digky 
Neck may prove to be Chamaecyparis. Consequently, when we 
discovered on Fernow’s map that in Digby County there are two 
bodies of water called “Cedar Lake,” one at the head of Tusket 
River, east of Corberrie, the other, lying partly in Yarmouth County, 
northeast of Port Maitland, and giving the name to Cedar Lake post- 
office, we promptly made inquiries about the tree which had sug- 
gested the name. The inquiries, as usual, were fruitless, so on the: 
afternoon of July 11, having time for a short ride, we went ky auto- 
mobile to the nearer (the latter) Cedar Lake to settle the question 
ourselves. On the way we paid our respects to Rubus, especially 
to one ugly old brier with a profusion of fierce prickles, glands and 
hispidity, the dominant blackberry of the region, which was promptly 
dubbed by our romantic classicist "filius diaboli," a shrub strongly 
simulating the coastal plain R. Andrewsianus Blanchard but with 
strongly hispid as well as prickly and glandular canes. 

On a roadside near Darling Lake was the small yellow clover, 
Trifolium dubium, a common weed from Cape Cod southward, after- 
ward found by us at other stations in Yarmouth County as far south 
as Belleville. North of Port Maitland the road passed near the 
southern end of Beaver Lake and we were so attracted by the tre- 
mendous inundated swale at its border, that we felt justified in tak- 
ing a few minutes from the short time available for Cedar Lake to 
sample it. The swale was a typical one, with a profusion of Scirpus 
acutus Muhl.,? Cladium mariscoides, Panicum spretum, Carex poly- 
gama, Pogonia ophioglossoides, etc., and with them the usually mari- 
time Triglochin maritima, here in highly acid peat. 

As we approached Cedar Lake we came upon a swale showy with 
Potentilla fruticosa which we had not seen before and which, with 
its predilection for neutral or even calcareous soils, suggested that if 
any cedar still grew in the region it would be Thuja. Accordingly 
we were prepared, as the road came close to the lake, for the beautiful 

1 See Fernald, Ruopona, xxi. 55 (1919). 


? G. E. Nichols, RHopona, xxi. 68 (1919). 
3 See Fernald, Ruopona, xxii. 55 (1920). 


102 Rhodora [May 


growth of T. occidentalis which fringes the southwestern banks of 
the lake. It was not so thrilling a sight as a Chamaecyparis swamp 
would have been but it definitely disposed of the tradition that Thuja 
does not grow in Nova Scotia. The belt of cedar is only a few yards 
wide, extremely localized, and it is probable that morainal material 
at that point, derived from the basaltic Digby Neck to the north, 
would account for this localized colony of Thuja in a dominantly 
acid region. 

The lower peaty and gravelly margin and beach of the lake had 
the usual plants of the lake-shores: Carex lenticularis, Lobelia Dort- 
manna, Eriocaulon septangulare, Isoetes sp., Panicum spretum, Grati- 
ola aurea, etc., with Botrychium simplex forming a characteristic 
little patch at one point in the dry gravel; trees of the coastal plain 
Acer rubrum, var. tridens mingled with the common northern form 
of the species; and abundant in the gravel were great colonies of 
a pale-pink Pogonia ophioglossoides with the perianth not expanding 
as it does in the plant of bogs. Upon digging specimens we found 
that this characteristic gravel-beach plant is almost cespitose, the 
root-fibres extensively creeping and sending up at frequent intervals 
oblong leaves or flowering stems. Closer examination showed the 
lip to have no beard such as is conspicuous on the lip of the common 
bog plant or to have the beard represented only by extremely short 
processes; but, although we often found the plant at other lakes, 
there were transitional tendencies which show that it is only varie- 
tally separable. 

The next day, July 12, after getting the Cedar Lake collection 
cared for and the presses in order, there was time for a short after- 
noon’s collecting, so Long and Pease walked eastward to Arcadia, 
Linder and I south to the salt marshes and gravel beaches at Sand 
Beach. Puccinellias were in their prime, tantalizingly variable in 
stature and aspect, from 1.5 dm. to practically 1 m. tall, with dense 
or lax inflorescences but in technical characters all referable to P. 
maritima, the species already collected at Digby, common on Cape 
Cod, but in Maine unknown east of Casco Bay. Agropyron, too, 
as on the coast of New England and about the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 
was perplexingly variable and the group surely needs a master's 
hand, for altogether too many plants, both native and introduced, 
are passing under the blanket-name A. repens. A very pretty white- 
flowered form of the Sea Lungwort or Oyster-plant, Mertensia mari- 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia : 108 


tima, was on the barrier beach, and back of the beach were two salt- 
marsh coves with boreal and austral halophytic sedges wonderfully 
mingled: in one cove the arctic Carex norvegica forming a pale turf 
close beside a tall colony cf the austral Scirpus Olneyi, a character- 
istic species of such habitats from the West Indies and northern 
Mexico to the coast of New Hampshire; in the next cove a similar 
mingling of the boreal Scirpus rufus, previously unknown south of 
Cape Breton and the Magdalen Islands, and the curious “ walking" 
sedge, Eleocharis rostellata, extending north from Mexico and Cuba 
to Massachusetts, and heretofore unknown east of an isolated north- 
ern station in Sagadahoc County, Maine. 

Long and Pease had gone a mile or so beyond Arcadia village to 
the shores of Porcupine Lake,! where in the sphagnous margin of a 
rill they had again found Schizaea pusilla, there associated with Are- 
thusa bulbosa and very young specimens of a Bartonia. On dry 
gravel they had collected Panicum subvillosum, which soon proved 
to be one of the commonest species of the province, and Antennaria 
petaloidea, var. subcorymbosa Fernald,? a characteristic plant of east- 
ern Newfoundland, Prince Edward Island and Nova Scotia, locally 
westward to the lower Penobscot in Maine, and found in very typical 
form by Bicknell on Nantucket.? 

They also brought in very characteristic material of a tall shad- 
bush with the young leaves densely tomentose, the mature elliptic- 
oblong and acute, sharply and somewhat remotely toothed and 
obviously not like those of A. oblongifolia, so common in southern 
New England, but with ascending calyx-lobes much as in that species. 
They had been collecting the same thing before my arrival and after- 
ward we found it one of the commonest large shrubs as far east as 
Queens and Annapolis Counties, either in peat or gravel. This 
material exactly matches the numerous specimens in the Gray Herb- 
arium which Wiegand has identified as Amelanchier intermedia 
Spach.‘ as do specimens of a characteristic tall shrub of Prince Ed- 

1'The name Porcupine Lake is applied by the people of Yarmouth County to the 
unnamed lake of the topographic map slightly east of Arcadia; while the next lake 
to the east, called Porcupine Lake on the map, is universally known as Trefry’s 
aps xvi. 133 (1914). 

3 Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xliii. 267 (1916); xlvi. 437 (1919): ‘‘Such plants 
of Nantucket as . . . and Antennaria petaloidea, var. subcorymbosa would 


scarcely be looked for from elsewhere than far to the east.” 
1 See Wiegand, Ruonpona, xxii. 147 (1920). 


104 Rhodora [Mav 


ward Island. Wiegand treats the species as belonging to the Pied- 
mont and Alleghenian: regions from Vermont and New York to 
North Carolina, there occurring chiefly in bogs. Its abundance in 
Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island on either damp or dry soils 
suggests that it may be a Canadian species which southward takes 
to the bogs. 

We were gradually growing into the habit of spending all our 
mornings in the barn caring for the presses and on July 13 it was, 
therefore, afternoon before we got away, all five of us by automobile, 
with the avowed purpose of going inland to Carleton or to Kempt- 
ville. Not far from Yarmouth we were tempted by a little pondlet, 
dignified by the wholly undistinguishing name Lily Lake, to stop 
long enough to “size up" the place, a bog-pond with quaking bushy 
margin, where we collected for the first time Rosa palustris Marsh,! 
and deep in the spruce thicket immature but thoroughly character- 
istic Thelypteris simulata (Davenp.) Nieuwl. (Aspidium simula- 
tum),? heretofore unknown east of southern Maine but afterward 
found to be quite general on bog-barrens, in spruce swamps or in 
alder-thickets as far east as we worked in the Avalonian formation 
(Port Mouton and Broad River). This southern fern was growing 
with its regular southern associates, Carex atlantica and C. Howei, 
and nearby were the ubiquitous Carex bullata, var. Greenei, and 
Thelypteris Boottii.(Tuckerm.) Nieuwl.? which soon proved to be a 
common fern. 

The next stop was a brief one, to prospect a little about the shore 
of Greenville (or Salmon) Lake. The water was high but Isoetes, 
as usual wherever we went, was already well fruited; Xyris carolini- 
ana was becoming really recognizable; and, abundant in the boggy 
thicket, where in Maine or New Brunswick we should expect Galium 
trifidum, was the larger and smoother G. tinctorium, again a southern 
species not previously known northeast of Massachusetts. 

We had gone but a short distance up the west bank of the Tusket 
River when, at Tusket Falls, we spied an extensive tidal flat, one of 
those “demd damp, moist, and unpleasant" stretches of ooze and 
slimy mud which is always sought by the properly enthusiastic 
field-botanist, for here there is good collecting. "The tidal flats at 
Tusket Falls do not equal some in New England nor those on the 


! See Fernald, Ruopona, xx. 91 (1918). 
? See Weatherby, Ruopona, xxi. 174, 178 (1919). 
3 See Weatherby, Ruopona xxi. 174, 177 (1919). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 105 


lower Delaware, but they are good, giving us Samolus floribundus, 
Juncus acuminatus, the first east of the tidal reaches of the Penob- 
scot, and Myriophyllum humile, again the first east of the lower 
Penobscot.! 

Continuing up the valley, we saw much of a Staghorn Sumach, 
Rhus typhina, but here and, as we afterward noted, at some other 
stations in Nova Scotia, the pubescence of the branches is remark- 
ably short and scanty, sometimes nearly wanting. At other stations, 
however, the pubescence is quite as long as we find it southward, so 
that there seems to be no constancy in the Nova Scotia variation. 
Somewhat north of Tusket (or Vaughan) Lake we again came upon 
the Inkberry, Ilex glabra, which had so amazed Long and me when we 
found it with Empetrum nigrum in the bog at Meteghan. But here 
it was dominant over a considerable area, not of bog, but of dryish 
rocky barren, associated with Vaccinium pennsylvanicum, Myrica 
carolinensis and the same handsome Antennaria neodioica, var. grandis 
which we had collected at Meteghan. 

Our time was used up and we had not reached Carleton, but we 
were content with the afternoon’s work and ready to return home. 
On the way back from the Tusket valley we had seen at several 
places roadside colonies of a tall Lupine, but our driver informed us 
that at Chebogue Point lupines covered many acres of hillside. 
Accordingly, on the afternoon of July 14 we drove to the Point to 
see them, one of the famous sights of Yarmouth County, great 
masses higher than one's head of blue-violet (occasionally pink or 
white) lupines covering the dry roadside-banks fora tremendous 
distance, two thoroughly naturalized species from northwestern 
America, Lupinus nootkatensis Donn and L. polyphyllus Lindl., both 
already known? as naturalized plants in the Maritime Provinces, 
but here growing intermingled and apparently freely crossing. 

On the return Bissell took home the material already collected and 
the rest of us walked from Rockville back to Yarmouth, Pease and 
Linder by the eastern shore of the Chebogue peninsula, where they 
found more Eleocharis rostellata and with it Galium trifidum, var. 
halophilum Fernald & Wiegand,’ thus proving that that northern 

1 Nichols reports M. humile as characterizing the sandy margins of lakes on Cape 
Breton (Nichols, Veg. No. Cape Breton, 350) but, as he now informs me, this record 
was based on the common lake-margin M. tenellum. 


2 See Fernald, Ruopona, xvi. 94 (1914). 
3 Ruopora, xii. 78 (1910). 


106 Rhodora [May 


species is not everywhere replaced in western Nova Scotia by the 
coastal plain G. tinctorium. Long and I followed the western shore 
of the peninsula nearly to the point at Sand Beach where, a few days 
earlier, Linder and I had stopped collecting. Along spring-rills 
everything was luxuriant and in such a habitat we collected Eleo- 
charis capitata! exceeding in stature and length of spikelet the ordi- 


1 Dr. S. F. Blake has shown (Ruopora xx. 23) that the Linnean Scirpus capitatus 
has been misinterpreted aud that the Clayton plant upon which it was primarily 
based is the familiar Eleocharis tenuis (Willd.) Schultes. Dr. Britton (Torreya, 
xix. 246) doubts this identiflcation of the type of S. capitatus, saying: ''It seems 
incredible that Linnaeus could have meant to describe the spikelet of that sedge 
as subglobose and to have assigned the name capitata to it. Linnaeus reached some 
results which seem queer to us . . . . but these flukes are brilliant as com- 
pared with calling the spikelet of Eleocharis tenuis subglobose.”’ 

The Linnean description of the spikelet of Scirpus capitatus is, indeed, ‘‘spica 
subglobosa,” but so is his description of the spikelet of the first species on the page 
(Sp. Pl i. 48), S. geniculatus: ''spica subglobosa.” No difference between the 
two descriptions is apparent; nevertheless, no one, so far as I am aware, applies the 
name S. geniculatus or Eleocharis geniculata to any other than the tropical plant 
with as elongate-lanceolate or slender-cylindric a spikelet as can be found in the 
genus. Surely, if the latter plant, with a very elongate spikelet could be described 
by Linnaeus as baving the ''spica subglobosa," it should not seem incredible that 
he so described the ellipsoid to ovoid spikelet of E. tenuis. 

In the same note in which Dr. Britton expresses his amazement at Linnaeus's 
description of Eleocharis tenuis he refers to the International Rules of Botanical 
Nomenclature as ‘‘forced down the throats of the Vienna Botanical Congress by a 
German majority and further manipulated by the same majority at the Brussels 
Congress," while the American Code ‘‘cuts out autocracy.” 

Such remarks from one of the original Commissioners who organized the Vienna 
Congress but who has treated the rulings of its tremendous international majority 
as ‘‘a scrap of paper," must seem like a huge joke to anyone familiar with the meth- 
ods by which the American Code originated. The Nomenclatorial Congress at 
Vienna was presided over by Flahaut of Montpellier (although Dr. Britton had nom- 
inated von Wettstein), with Briquet of Geneva as rapporteur général (certainly neither 
of them Germans). There were 39 Commissioners: 4 of them from Germany, 3 
from Austria and 2 from Hungary; while the remaining 30 were from non-German 
countries (1 from Uruguay, 2 from Belgium, 1 from Spain and Portugal, 4 from 
the United States, 4 from France, 4 from the British Empire, 2 from Holland, 3 from 
Italy, 4 from Russia, 1 from Sweden, and 4 from Switzerland); surely not a German 
majority. Nineteen authors of formally proposed motions were present, each with 
a single vote: 7 of them from Germany, Austria and Hungary, the remaining 12 
from the United States, Switzerland, Russia, Norway, Italy, Great Britain and 
France; again not a German majority.  Forty-flve botanical institutions, each with 
à single vote, were represented: 6 German, 5 Austrian, 2 Hungarian (total 13); 
while the remaining 32 votes came from the following countries; Belgium 1, Den- 
mark 1, United States 10, France 3, Great Britain 2, Holland 2, Italy 5, Norway 1, 
Russia 1, Sweden 3, and Switzerland 3 (total 32 as opposed to 13); again not a Ger- 
man majority! Seventy-two societies and academies had delegates with a total of 
135 votes distributed as follows: Germany 23, Austria 9, Hungary 3 (total 35 out 
of 135), not an overwhelming German majority; Belgium 3, Denmark 3, Spain 4, 
United States 18, France 29 (more than Germany), Great Britain 12, Holland 9, 
Italy 4, Norway 1, Rüssia 6, Sweden 2, and Switzerland 9 (total 100). 

Article 20 of the International Rules, recognizing nomina conservanda (Art. l7ter, 
of the Texte Synoptique voted upon at Vienna), the Article so offensive to certain 
Americans, was adopted at Vienna by a vote of 133 to 36 (a majority greatly exceeding 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 107 


nary measurements of the species, the culms being 7.5 dm. high, the 
spikelets 1.1 em. long. One old springy field was brilliant with the 
red spires of Rumex Acetosa and with it was a gigantic species, at 
first glance taken for rhubarb, but quickly perceived to be a dock, the 
Butter Dock or Monk’s Rhubarb, Rumex alpinus L., a very striking 
European species which has turned up casually in New England 
but here is thoroughly naturalized. 

In a roadside ditch as we approached Sand Beach village we found 
a remarkable form of the ubiquitous and endlessly variable Carex 
scoparia, and when we got home we found that Pease and Linder had 
collected the same variation at another station east of Rockville. 
In this peculiar form the spikes are slenderly rhomboid and tapering 
to very slender, almost caudate tips. 

Next day, July 15, there was time for an afternoon trip and since 
Bissell, Linder and I had begun to feel that “ Longipes" had a tan- 
talizing ability to turn up coastal plain specialties wherever they went 
and since we longed to be present at some of these thrilling discoveries, 
a new grouping for the afternoon seemed desirable. Accordingly 
when we drove eastward, Bissell, Long and Linder went to Tusket 
and Pease and I tried the borders of the beautiful lake erroneously 
called on the map “Porcupine Lake" but known throughout the 
region as Trefry’s Lake.! 


the Germanic vote) and the Commission appointed to decide on the list of nomina 
conservanda consisted of Bonnet (French) Britton (American), Harms (German), 
Prain (British) and Briquet (Swiss)—again far from a German majority. 

The same situation is obvious to anyone who sufficiently cares for the facts to 
read the records of the Brussels Congress. Flahaut (French) was again president, 
with de Wildeman (Belgian) general secretary. Of the 54 members of the Per- 
manent Bureau and the Commission on Nomenclature, 12 were Germans, Austrians 
and Hungarians; 42 non-Germans. Of the 15 authors of motions present and vot- 
ing 4 were German, Austrian and Hungarian; the others (11) non-German. Of 
the 50 botauical establishments having votes, 12 were German, Austrian and Hun- 
garian; 38 not. Of the 108 votes by delegates from Academies and Societies, 30 
were cast by Germans, Austrians and Hungarians; 78 by representatives of other 
countries (including 19 American, 20 French and 15 British). That these facts, 
which are simple transcriptions from the official published records of the Congresses, 
most certainly do not represent the ''autocracy" of an overwhelming ''German 
majority'" should be evident to everyone. For many years prior to the Vienna 
Congress tremendous effort was expended by those who sincerely wished to bring 
uniformity out of the very diverse usages of local groups of botanists. The effective 
foundation-work laid at Paris (German?) was subsequently carried forward with 
unlimited self-sacrifice and far-seeing skill by Briquet, Flahaut, Rendle and others; 
and the sportsmanlike or statesmanlike spirit with which the vast majority of dele- 
gates, representing all sorts of pet views, abandoned their private wishes at Vienna, 
is one of the most impressive signs that, although a few ‘‘ Neo-Americans'' present 
were unwilling to concede anything, the botanists of the rest of the world were work- 
ing disinterestedly for agreement. 

1 See note on p. 103. 


108 Rhodora [May 


Although the water was high, there was sufficient peaty, sandy 
and cobbly beach exposed for us comfortably to follow the margin of 
Trefry’s Lake. At the upper border of the beach Utricularia sub- 
ulata was so abundant as to form an interrupted orange-yellow band 
and with it, as at every station we subsequently found (nearly every 
lake visited in Yarmouth County), was U. cleistogama, the extreme 
plant with tiny creamy or milk-white or sometimes buff-tinged, spur- 
less corollas, but with many of the flowers intermediate in size, form 
and color and often with short spurs. Such transitional colonies 
were repeatedly examined by Long and me; White and Bean, when 
they came, saw the two with their intermediates at Cedar Lake 
where White secured a beautiful photograph including the tiniest 
extreme (no larger than a slender "insect-pin"); and Dr. Graves, 
when at last he came, had his opportunity to collect the transitional 
series at Salmon Lake. These repeated experiences naturally de- 
stroyed the last lingering illusions that U. cleistogama is a species 
distinct from U. subulata. It is not even a good variety, being 
merely a cleistogamous form of U. subulata. 

Since the preceding paragraph was written it has been gratifying 
to find that Bicknell's experience on Martha's Vineyard was so 
similar to our own. “Near Edgartown, on Martha’s Vineyard, on 
September 30, 1912, there fell to me a most favorable opportunity 
of observing the extent of variation natural to the flowers of S[eti- 
scapella] cleistogama among the plants of a single colony. The situa- 
tion was a few square feet of damp sandy soil in open ground. In 
the weakest examples, some of them not over 1 em. high, the corollas, 
‘not larger than a pinhead,’ were subglobose or saccate, and white or 
faintly bluish in color, precisely as descriptions require them to 
be. But in stronger plants the corollas increased doubly in size and 
came also, by an exact gradation, to a distinctly two-lipped form, 
the blunt lower lip dusky or purplish lineate and with an evident 
white spur, the most open flowers showing an unmistakable yellow- 
ish tinge. The spur, obsolete in the smallest corollas, varied in the 
larger ones from rounded to oblong and acutish; in one instance 
it was bifid.” 

“In very small examples of S. subulata, unmistakable as to iden- 
tity because components of colonies of the typical plant, the corolla, 
perhaps from arrested development, may be somewhat abortive and 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 109 


reduced to a fraction of its normal size, and is sometimes palest 
yellow, or even whitish with a faint bluish tinge. ”! 

The thickets by Trefry’s Lake have a tantalizing complex of 
Black Alders, Ilex verticillata and its varieties or allies; but one of 
them was so unlike the ordinary forms of the species that we collected 
material. This proves, as we then suspected, to be the very char- 
acteristic shrub described by Bicknell from Nantucket and Martha’s 
Vineyard as Ilex fastigiata,? an extreme of this group with fastigiate 
habit and very small and narrow leaves. The same shrub was 
afterward seen elsewhere in Yarmouth County, and in October 
Linder and I collected fruiting specimens on the headwaters of the 
Tusket. Similarly, here as at many other places in the county, the 
High-bush Blueberries were baffling in their variations and in work- 
ing back into the boggy thicket to do our reluctant duty by them we 
found ourselves in a characteristic growth of the Chain Fern, Wood- 
wardia virginica, a coastal plain fern already well known from Nova 
Seotia but not before seen by our party, though subsequently we 
learned to regard it a dominant plant of boggy spruce swamps at 
lake-margins and sometimes even of cobble-beaches. 

Coming to a point where the shore was impassible, we turned 
back into the spruce swamp, only to find ourselves impeded by a 
very familiar and unyielding obstacle, a dense tangle of the long- 
sought Green Brier or Cat Brier, Smilax rotundifolia; Smilax rotund- 
ifolia with its roots in a cold sphagnous bog, its lithe, green stems 
embracing the branches of the Hudsonian and Canadian White 
Spruce and Larch quite as contentedly as if clambering over the Tu- 
pelos and Leucothoe of Cape Cod. And back of the Green Brier 
tangle, the spruce bog, with its tussocks of the northern Carex pauper- 
cula and C. trisperma and its carpets of Linnaea, Dalibarda and Cornus 
canadensis, was almost uncanny with a dense undergrowth of Ink- 
berry, Ilex glabra, now in profuse bloom and swarming with bees. 
Incidentally, this shrub is considered in Alabama and some other 
southern states the most valuable wild source of boney, and from 
the swarms of honey bees which cover it in Nova Scotia it is appar- 
ent that it might there be made of considerable economic use. 

We had not yet learned to rely on the almost regular lateness of 
the west-bound trains on the Halifax and Southwestern (part of the 


1 Bicknell Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xlii. 341 (1915). 
? Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxix. 426 (1912). 


110 Rhodora [May 


government system) and in order to catch the last train to Yarmouth 
were forced most reluctantly to start on the three- to four-mile tramp 
to Arcadia station, or, rather, walking match with Pease, the champ- 
ion of White Mountain trampers, as pace-setter. 

The Tusket party, of course, brought in Ilex glabra, a shrub the 
rarity of which we were beginning to doubt, and Bissell maintained 
that the White-fringed Orchis, Habenaria blephariglottis of coastal 
plain peats, was growing at Tusket on the ordinary, dry railroad 
embankment. This was a rather “jarring” assertion to those of us 
who knew the plant southward only in wet sands or bogs, but we 
afterward abundantly verified it, for from now until mid-August we 
constantly saw this beautiful plant with milk-white racemes in the 
greatest profusion, not only on wet, boggy barrens but in ordinary 
dry pastures, spruce thickets and dry Polytrichum-barrens. 

Long and Linder, hoping to add to the glories of the tidal flats of 
the Tusket, had spent some time on the muddy banks of the river 
which are here decidedly more saline than farther up at Tusket 
Falls, the rank grasses and sedges being chiefly Spartina alterniflora 
Loisel, and Scirpus acutus, with Scirpus Olneyi, Eleocharis rostellata 
and Deschampsia caespitosa at the brackish upper border. The mud 
was too saline for a great variety of species but they had their reward 
in Zannichellia palustris, var. major, Limosella subulata Ives? and, 
best of all, that most amazing of all our Umbelliferae, Lilaeopsis 
lineata, always exciting wonder by its unique habit and habitat; the 

1 See Fernald, Ruopora, xviii. 178 (1916). 

? In 1918 it was pointed out (RnHopona, xx. 160-164), that in America typical 
European Limosella aquatica L., although known at the Straits of Belle Isle, is mostly 
confined to the western sections of the continent, the plant of the Atlantic coast 
being L. subulata lves. Similarly, the typical European Zannichellia palustris L. 
seems to occur in North America only in the western half of the continent, from 
Saskatchewan to Iowa, Missouri and Texas, thence west to the Pacific and south 
into Mexico, the plant with sessile or subsessile fruits, the body of the achene 2-2.5 
mm. long. The plant of tidal or brackish pools and shores all the way from Florida 
to Newfoundland is var. major (Boenningh.) Koch, this plant having the fruit def- 
initely pedicelled and rather long-beaked, its body 2.5-3.5 mm. long. It may have 
either free-swimming or closely repent stems, but throughout its range along our 
Atlantic coast it has the fruit-characters remarkably constant. The bibliography 
of our plant seems to be: 

Z. PALUSTRIS L., var. masor (Boenningh.) Koch, Syn. Deutsch. und Schweiz. 
Fl 679 (1837). Z. major Boenningh. ex Reichenb, in Moessler, Handb. ed. 2, iii. 
1591 (1829); Reichenb. Ic. Bot. Crit. viii. 24, fig. 1005 (1830) and Ic. Fl. Germ. 
Helv. vii. 10, t. 16, fig. 24 (1845). Z. intermedia Torr. Compend. 330 (1826). Z. 
palustris Race Z. dentata, (j. major (Boenningh.) Rouy, Fl. Fr. xiii. 298 (1912). 


3 See Fernald, Ruopora, xx. 160-164 (1918); also Pennell, Torreya, xix. 30-32 
(1919). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Novia Scotia 111 


stems creeping in saline mud, the leaves being erect and fleshy club- 
shaped bcdies 2-8 em. high. Lilaeopsis is one of those interesting 
genera of a few closely related species and a range southward through 
South America, but in the eastern hemisphere known only in Aus- 
tralia and New Zealand. But in case of the Tusket plant the usual 
thrill of finding this unique little plant was intensified by the know- 
ledge that it is an addition to the flora of Canada. 

Friday, the 16th, brought White in the morning by boat and Bean 
in the afternoon by train and an appropriate initiation was provided 
by setting them to work changing driers and “salivating”! specimens 
preparatory to an early start next day on a long circuit, to see the 
country along the southwest coast as far as Halifax and to explore 
various spots already noted from there to Amherst on the New Bruns- 
wick border, and westward into Annapolis County. The trip started 
auspiciously on the 17th, with the party increased to seven, and, as 
we watched the country from both sides of the train, we were " all 
eyes," noting countless promising barrens, lake-shores and sands for 
future exploration. 

(To be continued) 


SIUM SUAVE: A NEW AND AN OLD FORM. 
Norman C. FassETT. 


SivM suave Walt. forma fasciculatum, forma nova, repens vel 
suberectum; foliis imis ad foliolum terminale solitarium 1-3 cm. 
longum reductis, petiolis valde elongatis 1-2.5 dm. longis, foliis 
caulinis plerisque secundariis etiam pinna solitaria terminale parva 
(4-17 mm. longa) suborbiculari instructis in axillis primariis fas- 
ciculatis a basi cormiforme ovoideo-subglobosa saepe 5 mm. diametro 
orientibus. 


1 The "salivation" of specimens is a simple, but apparently not generally known, 
method of securing superior results. In my own experience, at least, the method 
originated impulsively at Carleton, Quebec, in July, 1904, when Collins, Pease and 
I were distressed at the failure of flowers of Parnassia and leaves of Pinguicula to 
stay opened out after the plants had received their first pressure. Impulsively 
tearing off à bit of newspaper and moistening it with my tongue, I applied it to the 
curling petals and leaves with the instant result that they were held closely to the 
pressing paper. These bits of paper, promptly dubbed SALIVATORS and when needed 
in quantity moistened in a dish of water, are now considered indispensable by those 
who have learned the trick and by their use nearly all obstinately curling portions 
of a specimen can be held in place. The slips are left in press during successive 
changes of driers and eventually flake off. A modification of the method is to moisten 
a spot on the pressing sheet when the specimen is originally put in press and on this 
wet spot tc spread out (up-side-down) the refractory petals or leaves. 


112 Rhodora [Mar 


Repent or somewhat erect: basal leaves reduced to a single leaflet, 
1-3 em. long, lanceolate to ovate, coarsely serrate; petioles con- 
spicuously elongate, 1-2.5 dm. long: cauline leaves usually consist- 
ing of the terminal leaflet, 4-17 mm. long, suborbicular to ovate or 
lanceolate-elliptical, fascicled from the axils of the primary leaves 
and rising from an ovoid to subglobose corm often 6 mm. in diameter. 
MAINE: tidal mud-flats of the Cathance River, Bowdoinham, Sep- 
tember 14 and 19, 1916, M. L. Fernald & Bayard Long, no. 14,241 
(TYPE in Gray Herbarium); tidal estuary of the Cathance River, 
Bowdoinham, August 25 to 31, N. C. Fassett. 


Although the leaves of Sium suave Walt. are frequently variable as 
to size and shape, this form is clearly marked and different from any 
other material to be found in the Gray Herbarium. Growing in 


Fig. 1. Sium suave, f. fasciculatum, a node showing pinnate primary 
leaf. xX. 
Fig. 2. A node of same form, with primary leaf reduced to a lance- 
linear blade, showing a corm in the axil.  x!4. 
the soft mud of Cathance River, and covered twice a day by fresh 
water, it sends up at the nodes clusters of half a dozen or more leaves, 
most of which are reduced to rounded terminal leaflets. These appear 
to be secondary leaves, and rise from the axils of the primary ones, 
which are sometimes normal (Figure 1), or reduced to one leaflet 
which is elongate and inconspicuous (Figure 2). In the more extreme 
forms the secondary leaves rise from rather conspicuous hardened 
corms, which at once suggest bulbs, but the writer could find no evi- 


1921] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, —KVX XIV 113 


dence of their ever becoming detached from the parent plant to act 
in any reproductive function. 

The fruit of the form varies; many plants have normal full-grown 
carpels, while in others they are small, half-developed, and resemble 
those of S. Carsonii Durand. 

It might also be well to add that the stem is much more fragile 
than in the common forms, and it is so brittle especially at the base 
that it was difficult, even in the soft mud of the tidal flats, to pull 
up the plants by the roots without breaking them at that point. 

At a few places on the estuary were clumps of S. suave which grew 
so that the individuals were partially supported by the dense vege- 
tation, and these tended less to take on the form with fascicled leaves, 
and showed a gradual transition into the typical form of the species. 
But whether or not the development of this form has any direct 
relation with the degree of recumbence cannot be stated with any 
degree of certainty. 


Sium Carsonii Durand is apparently merely a weak aquatic state 
of S. suave, and should be considered as a form, likely to occur any- 
where throughout the range of the species as a response to sub- 
mergence. 


SivuM suave Walt. forma Carsonii (Durand), comb. nov. S. 
Carsonii Durand in Gray, Man. ed. 5, 196 (1867). S. cicutaefolium 
Schrank var. Carsonii (Durand) Eames, RHopora, xviii. 239 (1916). 


HARVARD UNIVERSITY. 


REPORTS ON THE FLORA OF THE BOSTON 
DISTRICT,—XXXIV. 

[There is an insignificant specimen of Mentzelia in the Club Herb- 
arium collected in Boston by C. E. Perkins in 1882. There are also 
records of Opuntia vulgaris Mill. by John Robinson, Fl. Essex Co., 
55, 1880, but apparently the plants were introduced and not per- 
sistent. | ; 


THYMELEACEAE. 


DAPHNE. 


D. MEzERnEUM L. Spontaneous or persistent at Ipswich, Salem, 
and Medford. 


114 Rhodora [May 


DIRCA. 


D. palustris L. Open woods, Salisbury (J. H. Sears & Edward 
Moulton, May, 1887); Newburyport (Edward Moulton, May 20, 
1889). Specimens in herb. Peabody Acad. Sci. 


LYTHRACEAE. 
CUPHEA. 


C. PROCUMBENS Cav. One plant in high wet pasture, Andover 
(M. E. Gutterson, Sept. 22, 1901). Specimens in herb. Gray and 
Peabody Acad. Sci. See Ruopora iv. 247-8, 1902. A species of 
southern Mexico. 


DECODON. 


D. verticillatus (L.) Ell. Shallow water, frequent near the coast. 
D. verticillatus (L.) Ell, var. laevigatus T. & G. See Ruo- 
DORA xix. 154-5, 1917. Shallow water, rather common. 


LYTHRUM. 


L. ALATUM Pursh. A fugitive plant at Melrose, Chelmsford, 
Lexington, Cambridge, Boston and Needham. 

L. Hyssopifolia L. Edges of salt-marshes and sand dune hollows - 
all along the coast. 

L. SaLnrcARIA L. Introduced in wool-waste at many places; 
especially abundant along the Merrimac River and between Ashland 
and Framingham. 

L. Sanicarta L., var. TOMENTOSUM (Mill) DC. Georgetown, 
Danvers, Chelmsford, Franklin. 

L. vircatum L. Casual in vacant lots at S. Boston (C. H. Knowl- 
ton & W. P. Rich, July 29, 1908); abundant in marshes by mill- 
stream below Canton Junction (C. H. Knowlton, Sept. 27, 1908); 
Sharon (S. F. Poole, September, 1905); Dorchester (J. R. Churchill, 
Sept. 2, 1916). 

ROTALA. 

R. ramosior (L.) Koehne. Sandy and gravelly shores of ponds; 
Danvers, Woburn, Winchester, Waltham, — Wellesley, Need- 
ham, Sharon, Wrentham. 


MELASTOMACEAE. 
RHEXIA. 


R. virginica L. Meadows, common throughout, except perhaps, 
in some of the western towns. 


1921] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, ——KXX XIV — 115 


ONAGRACEAE. 
CIRCAEA. 


C. alpina L. Frequent in northern Massachusetts; southward 
rare, mostly in Chamaecyparis swamps. 

C. latifolia Hill. See Rnopoma xvii. 223, 1915. Moist woods, 
common. 


CLARKIA. 


C. PULCHELLA Pursh. One plant near wool-waste dust, Arlington 
Mills, Lawrence (John A. Collins, Jr., June 14, 1900). See RHODORA 
in. 92, 1901. 

C. RHOMBOIDEA Dougl. Wool-waste, N. Chelmsford (W. P. 
Alcott, 1878). Specimen in herb. Peabody Acad. Sci. Adventive 
from Pacific coast. 


EPILOBIUM. 


E. angustifolium L. Dry soil and clearings; common, but not 
so abundant as farther north. 

E. angustifolium L. forma albiflorum (Dumort.) Haussk. 
Rocky bank, Stoneham (W. P. Rich, July 23, 1894). Specimen in 
herb. N. E. Botanical Club. 

E. coloratum Muhl. Wet places, common throughout. 

E. densum Raf. Swamps, common. 

E. glandulosum Lehm., var. adenocaulon (Haussk.) Fernald. 
See Ruorona xx. 35, 1918. Wet places, frequent. 

E. nirsutuM L. Waste places, rare; Salem, Winthrop, Cambridge, 
Roxbury, Boston. 

E. molle Torr. Meadows in Essex County only, at Newburyport, 
Haverhill, Wenham, Danvers, and Rowley. 

E. palustre L. Cedar Pond, Peabody (J. H. Sears, July 30, 
1886; E. Faxon, Aug. 25, 1891); Wilmington, dark Chamaecyparis 
swamp near Lowell Junction (A. S. Pease, Aug. 7, Oct. 3, 1903). 

E. palustre L. var. monticola Haussk. Bogs and wet meadows, 
rare; Lexington, Melrose, Medford, W. Roxbury, Milton, Easton. 


GAURA. 


G. grENNIS L. Rubbish heaps, Cambridge (W. Deane, Aug. 5, 
1886; M. L. Fernald, August, 1891); Lexington (W. B. Brown, Jr., 
Sept. 11, 1896). 


116 Rhodora (Max 


LUDVIGIA. 


L. alternifolia L. Moist soil, occasional. 

L. palustris (L.) Ell. Ditches and wet ground, common through- 
out. 

L. polycarpa Short & Peter. Wet shores of Round and Winter 
Ponds, Winchester (Wm. Boott, October, 1885; many other collec- 
tions to date). 

L. sphaerocarpa Ell. Marshes along Concord River; also Wal- 
tham (C. E. Perkins, Aug. 4, 1881). 


OENOTHERA. 


O. biennis L. Rich soil and waste places, common. 

O. BisTORTA Nutt. Wool-waste, N. Chelmsford (W. P. Alcott, 
June 23, 1879). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club. A Cali- 
fornian plant. 

O. GRANDIFLORA Ait. Escaped or persistent in Essex County 
and at Malden, Lexington and Dorchester. 

O. hybrida Michx., var. ambigua Nutt. (O. fruticosa L.) See 
RHopoma xx. 51-52, 1918. Single specimens have been reported 
from Beverly and Framingham; Cambridge (E. Tuckerman, Jr., no 
date.). 

O. LAcINIATA Hill. An occasional weed, spontaneous from further 
west. 

O. Oakesiana Robbins. Cohasset (N. T. Kidder, July 21, 1886). 
Specimen in herb. Gray. 

O. muricata L. Sandy soils and waste places, common and variable. 

O. cruciata Nutt. Dry soil, rare; Rockport, Wenham, Chelms- 
ford, Woburn, Lincoln. 

O. pratensis (Small) Robinson. Dry soil, rare (E. R. Farrar,— 
1891); Needham (T. O. Fuller, June 23, 1889); Walpole (C. H. 
Knowlton, June 27, 1909). 

O. pumila L. Fields, very common throughout. 


HYDROCARYACEAE. 


TRAPA. 


T. NATANS L. In Concord and Sudbury Rivers at Concord and 
Bedford, introduced by Minot Pratt; Fresh Pond, Cambridge 
(Thomas Morong, Aug. 11, 1879); Belmont (C. E. Perkins, Septem- 
ber, 1882); reported at Malden and Medford according to Dame & 
Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co., 37, 1888. 


1921] Reports on the Flora of the Boston District, ——K XXIV 117 


HALORAGIDACEAE 


MYRIOPHYLLUM. 


M. alterniflorum DC. Westford (Miss E. F. Fletcher, Sept. 2, 
1902); Mystic Pond (Wm. Boott, Aug. 26, 1853; Aug. 6, 1865); 
Sprague's Pond, Readville (C. E. Faxon, no date); by spring in mud, 
W. Quincy (W. Deane, June 10, 1894). Southern limits of the species. 

M. exalbescens Fernald. (M. spicatum of Gray's Manual, not 
L.) See Rnopona xxi. 120-122, 1919. Rivers and ponds, occasional 
north of Boston. 

M. humile (Raf.) Morong. Wet shores in mud and sand, fre- 
quent. 

M. humile (Raf.) Morong. forma capillaceum (Torr.) Fernald. 
Submersed in water of ponds, frequent. 

M. humile (Raf.) Mcrong, forma natans (DC.) Fernald. In 
shallow water, occasional. 

M. terellum Bigel. Ponds, occasional. 


PROSERPINACA. 


P. intermedia Mackenzie. See Torreya x. 250, 1910. Meadow 
border, Lake Massapoag, Sharon (E. F. Williams & W. P. Rich, 
Sept. 10, 1899). Specimen in herb. N. E. Botanical Club. 

P. palustris L. Swamps and ditches, common throughout. 

P. pectinata Lam. Tophet swamp, Carlisle (C. H. Knowlton, 
Sept. 6, 1902); ditch between Hammond pond and Chestnut Hill 
Station (W. Boott, June, 1855); meadows by river, Blue Hill Reserv- 
ation (N. T. Kidder, Aug. 12, 1894); Hingham, according to T. T. 
Bouvé, Botany of Hingham, in History of Hingham, i. pt. 1, 105, 
1893. 


ARALIACEAE 
ARALIA. 


A. hispida Vent. Dry sandy soil, especially in clearings, com- 
mon. 

A. nudicaulis L. Dry woods, very common throughout. 

A. nudicaulis L. var. elongata Nash. Needham (K. M. Wie- 
gand). See Ruopora xii. 39, 1910. 

A. racemosa L. Rich woods, occasional, especiallyno rthward. 


118 Rhodora [May 


PANAX 


P. trifolium L. Rich moist woods, frequent throughout. 
C. H. KNowrrow | Committee on 
WALTER DEANE Local Flora. 


A Form or ILEX opaca.—That the North American holly (Ilex 
opaca) sometimes occurs in a form with entire or nearly entire leaves 
has long been known and occasionally commented upon. No one, 
however, appears to have given this form even a horticultural name. 
This is perhaps partly because our species has been much less cul- 
tivated than the European J. Aquifolium and its variants are cor- 
respondingly less well known; and partly because of an apparently 
prevailing impression that the entire leaves occur mainly on the upper 
branches of otherwise typical trees.! Similar statements have been 
made in regard to the European holly and have given rise to a pretty 
theory that leaves within reach of grazing cattle bear spines, but 
that when they attain a safe altitude they divest themselves of this 
unfriendly armament. 

Dr. L. C. Jones, of Falmouth, Mass., has recently been investi- 
gating the form of our holly with sub-entire leaves, as it occurs in 
his region, and has kindly communicated notes and specimens to 
the Gray Herbarium. He finds that in two well-grown and mature 
trees (15-20 feet tall and 3—4 inches in diameter at the base) which 
he observed among some thirty individuals of the ordinary type, 
the foliage is of uniform character throughout. Some of the leaves 
are quite entire, others have a very few, irregularly scattered spiny 
teeth;? both kinds grow together on the same branches in all parts 
of the tree. Dr. Jones notes further that “the leaves of these two 
trees appeared thicker and more opaque than those on the trees of 
the common variety and the effect in the mass was to give them a 
duller and darker shade of green, as if a little black or dark brown 
had been stirred into the pigment.” 

Examination of fruiting specimens of the Massachusetts plants 
and of like flowering ones from the South discloses no distinctive 
characters other than those of the leaves. Entire-leaved forms of 


1 See Sargent, Sylva N. Am. i. 107, and Mellichamp, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club viii. 
112, whom Sargent quotes. 

2 The usual form has 3-7 spiny teeth rather regularly disposed on each side of 
the leaf. 


1921] Weatherby,—A Form of Ilex opaca ^ au 


Ilex Aquijolium have been known in cultivation for many years 
(e. g., var. laurifolia Hort.); the form of I. opaca in question appears 
to be analogous to them. Dr. Jones's observations show that it 
may become clearly segregated in the wild; since it is a striking 
variant and likely to attract attention, it is, perhaps, well that it 
should have a name. It may be called: 

ILEX orAcA Ait., forma subintegra f. nov., foliis integris vel 
sparsissime spinoso-dentatis. Leaves entire or with a very few 
scattered spiny teeth.—On a knoll, in sandy loam among white oaks 
and birches, Mashpee, Mass., January 16, 1921, L. C. Jones (TYPE 
in Gray Herb.). 

Specimens referable to this form have been seen from South Caro- 
lina, Florida and Mississippi; it is, no doubt, to be expected wherever 
the species occurs.—C. A. WEATHERBY, GRAY HERBARIUM. 


THE AMERICAN VARIATIONS OF SILENE ACAULIS.—Practically a 
century ago that wonderfully keen student of the flora of New- 
foundland and the adjacent regions, Bachelot de la Pylaie, had in 
preparation a very detailed Flore de Terre-Neuve, St. Pierre et Miclon, 
a work which, on account of his untimely death, was never pub- 
lished. The manuscript of this work is preserved at the Jardin des 
Plantes in Paris and in it la Pylaie proposed many American plants 
as new species or varieties,—plants which, naturally, have subse- 
quently been detected and published by others. One of the novel- 
ties proposed by him was the plant which has generally passed in 
northeastern America as Silene acaulis L. La Pylaie, giving it a 
name which if now published would merely add to synonymy, dis- 
tinguished it from true S. acaulis of Europe by “floribus breviter 
pedunculatis, caespite vix emersis . . . capsulis calyce paulo 
longioribus"; true S. acaulis having, as he said, “les capsules 
deux fcis aussi longues que le calice" and the peduncle usually equal- 
ling or exceeding the latter. 

In this case, although la Pylaie thought he had a new variety, 
his plant was, as it now proves, identical with a generally recog- 
nized variety of arctic and alpine regions of Europe, var. exscapa 
(All. DC.; and in 1868 Rohrbach in his Monographie der Gattung 
Silene poirted out that our plant belongs to this variety. "The bib- 
liography is as follows: 


120 Rhodora [May 


S. AcAULIS L., var. EXsCAPA (All.) DC. Fl. Fr. iv. 749 (1805). 
S. exscapa All. Fl. Pedem. ii. 83, t. 79, fig. 2 (1785); Jordan, Obs. 
Fl. Pl. Fr. v. 36, t. 1, fig. C (1847). S. acaulis, 8. parviflora Otth. 
in DC. Prodr. i. 367 (1824). S. polytrichoides Zumaglini, Fl. Pedem. 
ii. 269 (1860). S. acaulis, lusus 2, Rohrb. Gatt. Silen. 144 (1868). 

The calyx of var. exscapa, as it occurs in northern regions of Amer- 
ica, south to New Hampshire and Montana, is 4-6 mm. long and 
the barely exserted capsule is ovoid. In the Rocky Mountains, 
from Wyoming to New Mexico and Arizona, however, there occurs 
another variety with the slender tubular calyx 7-11 mm. long, as 
in typical S. acaulis of Europe, but with the cylindric capsule only 
slightly if at all exserted. "This is 

S. acaulis, var. subacaulescens (F. N. Williams), n. comb. 5. 
acaulis, forma subacaulescens F. N. Williams, Journ. Linn. Soc. 
xxxii. 101 (1896). 

In defining this variety as a form, Williams merely said: "'sub- 
acaulescens, foliis anguste linearibus 25-35 mm.," thus implying that 
the plant is only a trivial form; but since it has more important 
characters of its calyx and capsule—the long calyx as in typical 
S. acaulis, the capsule essentially as in var. exscapa—and a distinct 
range it is evident that it is a well-defined geographic variety. 
Var. subacaulescens may be densely cespitose, with leaves only 6 mm. 
long.—M. L. Fernatp and Hanorp Sr. Jonn, Gray Herbarium. 


Vol. 23, no. 266, including pages 29 to 48, was issued 5 April, 1921; and no. 
267, including pages 49 to 72, was issued 20 April, 1921. 


Rhodora 


y 


Do : € 4 


r 
A 
ft D 


RANGES oF Nova ScoriaN PLANTS 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


JOURNAL OF THE 


Hodova 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 
HOLLIS WEBSTER 


WILLIAM PENN RICH 


EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Associate Editors. 


Vol. 23. 


June, 1921 


CONTENTS: 


Old-time Connecticut Botanists,—II. C.A.Weatherby . 


An unusual Form of Habenaria clavellata. 


Soil Reactions of Spiranthes cernua. E. T. Wherry 


E. A. Eames . 


Expedition to Nova Scotia (continued). M. L. Fernald . . 


No. 270. 


121 


126 


128 


130 


Boston, Mass. 
1052 Exchange Building 


| Providence, R. 3. 


Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 

Address manuscripts and proofs to 

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 


Single copies may be had from 


E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club, 
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass. 


Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an 
Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
T of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
cards. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


TRbooora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. June, 1921. No. 270. 


OLD-TIME CONNECTICUT BOTANISTS AND THEIR 
HERBARIA,—II. 
C. A. WEATHERBY. 


Joszen Barratt—Biographical information about Barratt is not 
altogether easy to come by. He died an old man, poor and with 
no near relatives within reach. His effects were mostly handed over 
to his landlord to satisfy a debt and were sold or destroyed as they 
appeared to have value or not. All that remains of his personal 
papers are a few odd slips on which he was accustomed to jot down 
accounts of any events which seemed to him of especial interest, and 
a small note-book into which he copied some of these slips, together 
with a table of dates. From these, from a series of his letters to Dr. 
Torrey during the years 1827 to 1846, now preserved at the New 
York Botanical Garden, from references to him in botanical works 
of his contemporaries and from the local newspapers of his time, 
it is possible to patch together some outline of his life and to gain 
some notion of what manner of man he was. 

The figure which results has about it a certain air of failure. He 
had, one feels, an opportunity. He was a man of real learning, 
good natural powers of observation and large enthusiasm and indus- 
try and had the impulse and desire for original work. He gathered an 
excellent library, and was the acquaintance or correspondent of some 
of the best botanists of his time. He lived in a region of consider- 
able botanical interest, then practically unexplored. He ought, it 
seems, to have been, if not a Muhlenberg or a Torrey, at least another 
Darlingtcn or Bigelow. In geology, his chance was as good. Yet 
he is remembered today by the older residents of Middletown as a 
rather amusing eccentric who was wont to go clambering about the 


122 Rhodora [JUNE 


Portland quarries with a pencil hung about his neck on a string and 
his hands full of great sheets of brown paper, on which he made 
strange drawings of marks in the stone. His memorials are an 
author-citation or two in current manuals, an occasional reference, 
not disrespectful, in works on special groups, a half-dozen little- 
known pamphlets—and a place in John Fiske's essay on “Some 
cranks and their foibles." His herbarium is probably his most 
solid and valuable achievement. 

Various elements may have contributed to the meagerness of his 
accomplishment. One was his multiplicity of interests. By pro- 
fession a physician and teacher, plants, insects and birds, chemistry, 
mineralogy and meteorology, local history, Indian antiquities and 
language, and finally geology, engaged his interest by turns and 
detracted one from another. Lack of money for publication and 
resultant discouragement may have had their effect. But, looking 
through what remains of his work, one seems to find a deeper reason 
—a certain inconclusiveness, a lack of selective and co-ordinating 
faculty. When he is not supported by the definite structure of a 
systematic botanical arrangement his articles have a way of trailing 
off vaguely at the end. He does not finish. That is the usual fate 
of a mind such as we may suppose his to have been—keen, but dis- 
organized, better at observation than at correlating and interpreting 
its results. 

Joseph Barratt was born at Little Hallam, Derbyshire, England, 
January 7, 1796.! His immediate family seems to have been large, 
for he mentions four brothers and a sister, and of ancient descent, 
since he records finding "particulars respecting his ancestors" in 
the Domesday Book. In 1810, he began the study of medicine at 
London and in 1816 was practising at Leicester. In 1819, for what 
reason he does not state, he left England for the United States, sailing 
from Liverpool on the ship Remittance, Capt. Silas Holmes. 

The voyage to New York lasted seven weeks. Soon after his 
arrival, he went to Philipstown, N. Y., where he settled down to the 
practice of “physic” and the botanical exploration of the surround- 
ing country. To the usefulness of the latter work Torrey pays 
special tribute in the preface to his Flora of New York; and he might 

1This is the date given by Barratt himself in his fragmentary diary. The in- 


scription on his tombstone gives 1797, and the printer of the Catalogue of Connecti- 
tut Plants has generously made it 1707. 


1921] Weatherby,—Old-time Connecticut Botanists 123 


have done as much for the former, since Barratt in his capacity as a 
physician brought him safely through a fever. Barratt had made 
his acquaintance in 1822 and for more than twenty years remained 
his correspondent and occasional visitor. 

In July, 1824, Barratt went to Norwich, Vermont, to teach in the 
Academy, or, as he calls it, the “Scientific Institution" there. He 
promptly took advantage of his comparative nearness to the White 
Mountains to visit them and ascend Mt. Washington, September 
18, 1824.! In September, 1825, he returned to Philipstown and re- 
sumed practice. "That autumn he, in company with Torrey, visited 
Schweinitz at Bethlehem and, he records, first heard “that admired 
hymn, ‘On Greenland's Icy Mountains.’ ”? 

In May, 1826, Barratt became “professor of botany, chemistry 
and mineralogy in Capt. Alden Partridge’s Military Academy” at 
Middletown, Connecticut. There, with occasional brief absences— 
one a visit to Niagara—he remained resident for the rest of his long 
life. At first he devoted himself wholly to teaching, but when the 
academy closed in 1828, again turned to medicine. For the next 
twenty-five years we get occasional glimpses of him as a successful 
physician, a well-liked man, a guest “ eagerly sought for” and an active 
citizen,’ interested in the history and such of the doings of the place 
.as touched his tastes and abilities. He relates with some pridethat 
he was among the first to be presented to Daniel Webster when that 
great man visited Middletown. We find him proposing a plan for 
re-stocking the Connecticut River with salmon; serving on a com- 
mission to investigate a boiler explosion; one of the jury of awards 
on gardens at the local agricultural society's annual fair; addressing 
the Farmers’ Club on fertilizers, grasses, the cultivation of goose- 
berries and the like subjects; and inducing two of its members to 
try raising Lolium perenne as a forage grass. He was a vigorous 
advocate cf cheap postage. Toward 1845 he became interested in 

l One incident of this journey Barratt related with gusto to Torrey in after years. 
“That coarse, long-legged fellow . . . . Crawford," he wrote, “laughed at the 
idea of my enduring fatigue, but I gave him such a walk over the mountains, taking 
him about thirty miles in one day, that he will not soon forget. I tired him out 
and had to send a horse for him." 

?TThe preposition suggests that the enunciation of singers, in those days as now, 
was not always perfect. 

3 He was naturalized in 1830 and made a voter in the following year. 


1 The experiment seems not to have been a great success; at least, ray grass has 
not displaced timothy in the hay-flelds about Middletown. 


124 Rhodora [JUNE 


the local history and the customs, and especially the language of 
the Indians. Two items on the brief list of his publications are de- 
voted .to this subject. Doubtless this interest led to his appoint- 
ment as one of the committee in charge of the celebration of the bi- 
centennial anniversary of the settlement of Middletown in 1850. 

But his scientific interests seem never to have been quite forgotten. 
In 1835 we hear of him as in charge of a class in botany at Wesleyan 
University, then recently started, and as one of the founders and 
the president of a college scientific society. In 1836 he wanted to 
give up practice and go as naturalist with the Wilkes exploring ex- 
pedition and applied for the place in competition with Asa Gray. 
He kept meteorological records, investigated the dates of late and 
early frosts and the length of the growing season, and the effect of 
rain-fall at the flowering time of fruit trees on the subsequent crop. 
He made observations on the spring floods of the Connecticut River 
and suggested a method of measuring their height very similar to 
that now in use. He studied the rocks of the region and planned to 
compile a catalogue of minerals occurring in them. The local papers 
contain letters from him on all these subjects—as frequent, one sus- 
pects, as the editors would allow. 

His final, and fatal, interest was in geology. He had the mis- 
fortune—for him—to live at the edge of the triassic sandstone of 
the Connecticut Valley and near quarries where, in the course of 
their work, tracks of animals and other fossils, in which these rocks 
are rich, were often uncovered. "These things fired his imagination 
—over-stimulated it, indeed. He began to see in them what no one 
else could discern—vestiges of warm-blooded animals, ostriches 
kangaroos! and the like; the impression of a hairy belly where some 
quadruped had crouched; finally the foot-prints of man. It was a 
special kind of man with four toes only and Barratt christened him 
Homo tetradactylos. With little evidence but his own surmises to 
go upon, he concluded that these rocks were not Triassic but Eocene 
and that in that age, some millions of years earlier than other geolo- 
gists would allow, man and warm-blooded animals had appeared to- 
gether. From the seemingly insignificant circumstance that their 
tracks were contiguous, he argued that Homo tetradactylos had domes- 
ticated the monsters of his time and used them for his convenience, 


1 He remarks that large birds and kangaroos lived together then as now in Aus- 
tralia. 


1921] Weatherby,—Old-time Connecticut Botanists 125 


So important a period, he felt, should have a special name and he 
coined for it the resounding title of * Kalorimazoic." In his last 
publication, a little pamphlet issued in 1874, Barratt sets forth his 
conclusions and so anxious is he that his newly delimited age and its 
name shall have due emphasis that, whenever that name occurs 
in his discourse, he prints it in large capitals and on a line by itself. 

It is said that as early as 1845 Barratt exhibited drawings of puta- 
tive human foot-prints at a geologists’ meeting at New Haven. As 
his theories developed and grew wilder, ridicule was the natural 
result. There was one grotesque incident when, refused a hearing 
at a convention of geologists, he somehow, at night, got into the 
hall where they were to meet and covered the face of the gallery 
with an impromptu frieze of his drawings, which were to greet the 
assemblage in the morning, mutely convince the sceptical and con- 
found him whom he esteemed his chief rival, Edward Hitchcock. 

Two brief quotations may serve to give some notion of the man 
in his later years. His geological interests, says the writer of an un- 
signed newspaper obituary, “became his one object in life. His 
business was neglected and his many friends, and his room became 
one grand museum, whose walls and tables were covered with draw- 
ings, specimens and relics of all kinds. Twenty years ago he in- 
terested and amused by turns any group that he could get to listen 
to him." John Fiske describes him as a courtly and lovable “ gentle- 
man of the old stripe." He lived, at this time, in rooms over a 
drug store in an old building which still stands on Main Street in 
Middletown. In them, says Fiske, there was such confusion as “has 
not been seen since this fair world weltered in primeval chaos— 
specimens of all kinds, chemical apparatus, books and papers sprawl- 
ing and tumbled all about. . . . . . Never did he clear a chair 
for me wi:hout an apology, saying that he only awaited a leisure 
day to put all things in strictest order. . . That day never came." 

Toward the end, Barratt's mind gave way; he died in the hospital 
for the insane just outside of Middletown, January 25, 1882. He 
never married. He is buried in Indian Hill Cemetery in Middletown 
and over his grave has been placed an irregular block of his beloved 
Portland sandstone containing two bits of fossil tree-trunk—sym- 
bolic at once of his botanical and geological interests. 


(To be continued.) 


126 Rhodora [JUNE 
AN UNUSUAL FORM OF HABENARIA CLAVELLATA 


Epwarp A. EAMES. 
(Plate 131.) 


To those of us having an acquaintance with some particular plant 
family, it is always pleasing to detect a strange feature or some 
unusual development in a member of that group. Any departure 
from type, in color, form or arrangement of the parts, is always 
interesting and receives close attention. I believe such abnormal- 
ities as these are caused by some temporary, accidental influence. 
They seldom occur in numbers, among plants in their natural environ- 
ment, and usually they are quickly submerged and lost in succeeding 
generations. 

However, there are depatures from type which occasionally prove 
to be of more importance. If the new character or feature is persist- 
ent and becomes established, and the plant proves capable of repro- 
ducing this new character, a true variety has been established. 

Having devoted considerable attention to the orchid family for 
.& number of years, it is but natural that in the course of many days 
in the field in search of my favorite plants, I have happened upon a 
number of cases of temporary variation from normal. I have seen 
Arethusa bulbosa with its blossom pure snowy white instead of the 
usual deep magenta color; I have seen Microstylis monophylla with 
two apparently normal leaves instead of the single leaf from which 
it receives its specific character and I have seen Listera australis in 
one colony where its colorless lip was almost transparent, and in 
another colony where the rich mahogany-red color of the lip made the 
plants comparatively conspicuous. Such abnormalities, of which 
the foregoing are but examples, are well known among botanists of 
course, and are mentioned here only to illustrate the kind of varia- 
tion which seems to involve no fundamental change in the plant. 
They are analogous perhaps, to cases of albinism, or cases of more 
than the usual number of fingers, in human beings. 

But what can be said about a variation from normal, in a certain 
orchid which I came upon early last August, near Damariscotta, Maine, 
in which the abnormality took the form of a new shape and structure 
of one of the parts of the blossom, and was found to be typical of a con- 
siderable portion of all the plants throughout a large area? In this 


1921| — Eames,—An unusual Form of Habenaria clavellata 127 


district I found a tract which was roughly a half a mile long and a 
quarter o/ a mile wide, containing small scattered colonies of Haben- 
aria claveliata in full bloom. A careful examination of more than one 
hundred plants throughout this area, showed that the blossoms of 
at least cne fourth of them (probably more) had the end of their 
spurs div ded into two distinct divergent lobes. The accompanying 
plate (131) shows this peculiarity so clearly that no further de- 
scription is needed. The three specimens, which by no means re- 
present extreme cases, are shown approximately full size. 

'This departure from the usual form of spur in this orchid is so 
unusual, if not actually unique, and so different in kind from the 
examples mentioned above, that it seems to me to be not only of 
considerable interest in itself, but worthy of record. Indeed, from 
the abundance of such plants at this station, I am inclined to wonder 
if this peculiarity may not be expected to continue to appear in their 
succeeding generations. If this should prove to be the case, it may 
then be reasonable to consider whether they do not constitute a true 
variety. 

In this connection, it seems to me to be well worth while to learn 
whether this division of the spur-tip is persistent or not in this locality, 
and to this end I would be very glad to hear from some local botanist 
who would be williag to report on these plants next summer. 


BUFFALO, New YORK. 


THE SOIL REACTIONS OF SPIRANTHES CERNUA AND 
ITS RELATIVES. 


EpcaAR T. WHERRY. 


In “Observations on the soil acidity of Ericaceae and associated 
plants in the Middle Atlantic States", ! the range of Spiranthes cernua 
(Ibidium cernuum) was given as from specific acidity 300 to 3, with 
optimum at 30. This is an unusually wide range for a single species 
(or variet;), and it was suspected that the plants tested might not 
all be the same, although no opportunity for studying them more 
critically came to the writer. "The matter has now been cleared up by 
Mr. Ames recent article, * Notes on New England orchids,—I. Spiran- 


! Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1920, 110. 


128 Rhodora [JUNE 


thes."' He finds that typical Spiranthes cernua grows in association 
with Calopogon and Arethusa, in "sour" soils, and in dry fields among 
ericaceous plants. "The soils in such habitats normally range in re- 
action from specific acidity 300 down to 30 but only exceptionally 
go lower than that. This species is therefore evidently a high-acid 
soil plant. It may be noted, further, that its occurrence both in bogs 
and in dry fields shows that it, like other reaction-sensitive plants, 
is relatively indifferent to the water content of a soil. 

Spiranthes cernua variety ochroleuca he states to grow, on the other 
hand, in “woodlands and rich upland pastures,” which are likely to 
show a specific acidity of 10 or less. It appears, therefore, that this 
variety is a low-acid soil plant. The writer has found it in bogs as 
well as in woods, so that it also is indifferent to wetness or dryness. 
The reaction relations of the two plants may be brought out by a 
tabulation according to the plan previously used; the reaction ranges 
of both of them are then seen to be of the order of magnitude common- 
ly met with in individual varieties of orchids. 


on pay ae ee ene, oe cee 300 100 30 10 3 1 
Spiranthes cernua, typical................0.0... x DU. MENS 3 
var OONTOLOUOR . . 2... on - wm c dE E X 


Spiranthes odorata has been found to favor subacid soils, being 
thus intermediate in reaction between the above two. It is difficult 
to agree, however, with Small, Britton & Brown, and Ames, that this 
plant is conspecific with S. cernua; for where the two grow near to- 
gether, as in the vicinity of Washington, D. C., they are distinct in 
many respects, and have, moreover, been found to retain their dis- 
tinctness when grown in cultivation side by side in the same subacid 
sol. Some of their more striking differences are brought out by the 
tabulation on the next page; Schlechter notes still others. 

The writer will be glad to send fresh specimens of both plants to 
anyone who wishes to confirm these features, during the coming 
September. 

It would be hard to imagine two members of a single genus being 
more divergent; and search for intermediate forms in places where 
the two grow in abundance within a few hundred meters of each other 
has been unsuccessful. What might have been taken for an inter- 
mediate has been collected in a cat-tail marsh at Cape May, New 


! Ruopora, xxiil, 73, 1921. 


1921] 


Wherry,—Soil Reactions of Spiranthes cernua 


129 


Habitat 


Soil reaction 


Blooming time 
Plant habit 


Flowers: 
arrangement 


color 


size 
fragrance 


lip 


Roots 


SPIRANTHES ODORATA 


Tidal marsh, with Zizania, 
Peltandra, Bidens, etc. 


Subacid, the decomposing 
vegetation being partially 
neutralized by calcareous 
river water. 

Mid-September. 


Up to one meter tall, with 
large, prominent leaves. 


In regular, slightly spiralled 
rows. 
Dull yellowish white. 


Up to 12 mm. long. 

Extremely strong, a single 
spike scenting a large room. 

Somewhat contracted in mid- 
dle, and with prominent 
incurved callosities. 

Cord-like, tough, 8-20 cm. 
long, mostly tipped with a 
shoot which forms a new 
plant the following season 
(stolons). 


SPIRANTHES CERNUA 


Meadows, with sphagnum, 
Pogonia ophioglossoi-les, 
Gentiana saponaria, ete. 

Mediacid or less commonly 
subacid, as in typical 
sphagnum bogs and mead- 
ows. 

Late September to late Oc- 
tober. 

About 3 decimeters tall, with 
small, inconspicuous leaves. 


In rather irregular rows. 


White with slight creamy 
tinge. 

Around 8 mm. long. 

So faint as to be detected 
only with difficulty. 

Not contracted in middle, 
and with rather small, 
little-curved callosities. 

Fleshy, weak, 2-8 cm. long, 
not observed to possess 
terminal shoots. 


Jersey (where typical S. odorata is unknown), but critical examination 
indicates it to be merely unusually luxuriant S. cernua var. ochro- 


leuca. 


A. protest is therefore here raised against the reduction of our 


magnificent fragrant "ladies-tresses" to mere varietal rank. 


WasHINGTON, D. C. 


130 Rhodora [June 


THE GRAY HERBARIUM EXPEDITION TO NOVA SCOTIA, 
1920. 


M. L. FERNALD. 
(Continued from p. 111.) 


WE were due in Halifax in the early evening and had counted on 
seeing the country all the way, but the chronic indisposition which 
seemed to afflict the government railroad reached its climax for the 
day in a rocky barren west of Bridgewater, with the result that we 
were many miles west of Halifax when darkness set it. During 
the very long and tedious stop in the rock-barren we had more to 
occupy our attention than did the hundred other travellers who had 
soon gathered all the early blueberries and lingering strawberries; 
and, although we should not recommend this area as the best place 
for the next breakdown, we took away the southern Carex umbellata, 
var. tonsa and C. pennsylvanica, var. lucorum, Lycopodium tristach- 
yum, Lechea intermedia, and one of the neatest little shad bushes we 
ever saw, a beautiful shrub with stoloniferous habit, low stature 
(3-6 dm.) and nearly orbicular dark-green, highly lustrous leaves. 
Afterward, at Grand Lake, Halifax County, at Springhill Junction in 
Colchester County, at Middleton in Annapolis County and at various 
places westward we found it a thoroughly distinct and dominant 
shrub of barrens, either dry or wet. In habit it resembles A. stoloni- 
fera Wiegand,! a characteristic shrub from Maine to Virginia and 
in eastern Newfoundland, with dull and pale-green or glaucous foliage 
and with the summit of the ovary densely tomentose; but this char- 
acteristic Nova Scotian shrub with dark, glossy leaves has the 
summit of the ovary wholly glabrous, though it is sometimes arach- 
noid or sparsely pubescent. Typical A. stolonifera we found in Nova 
Scotia, though only once; but the common shrub is so well marked 
that it should be separated as a variety. 

After a night in Halifax, where none of us got more than a few 
“cat naps,” so insistent and obtrusive was the clang of the near-by 
fog bell, we were routed out soon after daylight to catch the “Ocean 
Limited" north; Bissell, Bean, White and Linder leaving the train 
at Truro, Long and Pease at Springhill Junction to explore barrens 
characterized by a scattered growth of Pinus Banksiana and P. 


1 Wiegand, Ruopora, xiv. 144 (1912). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 131 


resinosa, and I going on to Amherst. The two latter areas I had 
noted from the train on first reaching Nova Scotia, for they were 
unlike most others which I saw. The chief attraction at Amherst 
was a series of springy bogs and spring-fed pools by the track south- 
ward toward Nappan. In one of these pools I had seen from the 
speeding train a plant which upon reflection I imagined might be 
Montia rivularis,! a European species known in North America only 
in southeastern Newfoundland and northeastern New Brunswick.? 
Like so many things thus glimpsed from a train, the plant of course 
was not Montia at all, but a mass of half-emersed Ranunculus Purshii 
flecked w th stranded fragments of Lemna minor. The latter plant, 
although widely dispersed in southern regions and abundant in pools 
and streams of eastern New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, the 
Magdaler. Islands and northern and eastern Nova Scotia, seems to 
be absent from western Nova Scotia as are the Ranunculus and Lemna 
trisulea with which it grew. The spring-pools below Amherst had 
other good aquatics which we had not seen in the western counties: 
Myriophyllum verticillatum, var. pectinatum, Sagittaria cuneata Shel- 
don (S. arifolia Nutt.) and, at their margins, swales of Calamagrostis 
neglecta o» solid and almost impenetrable stands of the big bullrushes, 
Scirpus validus and S. acutus, forma congestus,? the latter a striking 
extreme growing apart from typical S. acutus and having the spike- 
lets in a single very dense glomerule. The railroad embankment 
was beautiful with masses of the Harebell, Campanula rotundifolia, 
which we had not seen near Yarmouth, and with it a color-form of 
Butter-ar.d-eggs, Linaria vulgaris, only in this form the corolla, ex- 
cept for the deep-yellow palate, was milk-white. 

The sphagnous spruce-bog nearby is a gem, a spring-fed bog with 
central pond, its quaking margin full of Carex limosa and C. diandra, 
species common enough in the region bordering the Gulf of St. Law- 
rence but not found all summer in southwestern Nova Scotia. The 
bog was white with Scirpus hudsonianus and that rare and elegant 
cotton grass, Eriophorum Chamissonis, forma albidum.* The con- 


1 See Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xii. 138 t. 84, fig. b (1910). 

2 Blake, Ruopora, xx. 104 (1918). 

3Scrrpcts acutus Muhi® forma congestus (Farwell), n. comb. S. occidentalis, 
var. congesius Farwell, Mich. Acad. Sci. Ann. Rep. xix. 247 (1917). 

!EniopeHoRUM Cuamissonis C. A. Meyer, forma albidum (F. Nylander), n. 
comb. E. russeolum, var. albidum, F. Nylander, Acta Soc. Sc. Fenn. iii. (1852) 
and in Anders. Bot. Not. (1857) 58. E. russeolum, var. candidum Norman, Ind. 
Supp. 46 (1864); Hartm. Handb. ed. 11, 450 (1879). E. Chamissonis, var. albidum 
Fernald, R:aopvora, vii. 84 (1905). 


132 Rhodora [June 


ventional Arethusa bulbosa, Calopogon pulchellus! and Pogonia ophio- 
glossoides were abundant; open turfless spots were brilliant with 
carpets of the deliciously fragrant (pungent) Utricularia cornuta; 
and the drier knolls had Gaylussacia dumosa, var. Bigeloviana; alto- 
gether a bog with most of the plants a bog ought to have and some 
which are not always found. 

“The Chief” or “the Old Man” had assigned the pine barrens 
about Springhill Junction to Long and Pease because that area is 
conspicuous for its hopelessly barren aspect and it was certain that 
if any plant of real interest were isolated there it would be detected 
by that unequalled pair. But when, returning to Truro for the 
night, they joined me in the dining-car, they reported that the region 
was the most sterile area imaginable, not only on account of the 
limited number of species on the Carboniferous sandstone but be- 
cause practically all of them had given up trying to produce either 
flowers or fruit. Besides the two pines they had a few really good 
things which we had not seen in other silicious areas: Oryzopsis 
canadensis (Poir.) Torr. (Stipa canadensis Poir.), known from New 
Brunswick and Prince Edward Island but not met by us elsewhere 
in Nova Scotia, and Carex aenea and C. albolutescens, var. cumulata 
Bailey, afterward found on various sandy barrens. They had 
found one brook-bottom which had some fertility, yielding the only 
Petasites palmata of the summer; and, while waiting for the train, 
they had weeded the freight yard and taken away Linaria minor, 
reported in 1907 by C. B. Robinson? from Pictou Landing, and now, 
as it soon proved, a common weed all along the railroad to Halifax 
and eastward to Cape Breton; the beautiful yellow-flowered Lathyrus 
pratensis; and a strange Crucifer which proves to be Erysimum parvi- 
florum, a western species now beginning to move eastward along the 
railroads’. 


1 Calopogon pulchellus is sometimes called Limodorum tuberosum L., Sp. Pl. 950 
(1753), but that species rests chiefly upon and draws its specific name directly from 
‘ Helleborine Americana; radice tuberosa” of Martyn, Hist. Pl. Rar. 50, t. 50 (1728). 
The Martyn reference is the only one of the Linnean citations showing a plate, 
à beautiful full-page colored drawing of the plant of the Bahamas treated by Britton 
& Millspaugh (Bahama Fl. 96) as Bletia purpurea (Lam.) DC., although they cite 
Jacquiu's Limodorum altum, the description of which defjnitely cited as a synonym 
Martyn's Helleborine Americana; radice tuberosa. Limodorum tuberosum L. is, of 
course, the earliest name for Bletia purpurea. 
2 C. B. Robinson, Bull. Pictou Acad. Sci. Assoc. i. 42 (1907), as Chaenorrhinum 
minus (L.) Lange. 
3 See J. C. Parlin, RHODORA, x. 146 (1908). 


1921) Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 133 


The perty exploring about Truro had started out as a quartet, 
following the shores of Salmon River and getting, in some of the 
pools, Ranunculus Purshi and Myriophyllum alterniflorum, the 
latter species seen by us nowhere else during the summer; but they 
soon divided into pairs, Bean and White working down stream to the 
extensive reclaimed marshes where they secured a representative 
collection, but too largely weeds of civilization to require special 
mention. Bissell and Linder soon found rich, hillside woodlands 
and thickets and throughout the summer, whenever we were having 
particularly meagre botanizing, they longingly referred to this hill- 
side at Truro. There they added to our list Equisetum scirpoides, 
Carex aurea, Ranunculus abortivus and other plants of rich soil not 
found by us in the silicious country; and for the first time in the 
summer, though we afterward got it in rich woods or in limy talus 
at other stations, a very neat little Poa which I had long known as a 
unique species characteristic of Newfoundland and Prince Edward 
Island. {n its stoloniferous habit the plant resembles P. pratensis, 
but in the very short and stiffly spreading branches of the panicle, 
its large lance-ovate, acuminate spikelets 5.5-7 mm. long, with very 
thin and lustrous, strongly 3-5-nerved lemmas, which are conspic- 
uously white-margined, the plant seems to stand well apart. In its 
technical characters it apparently matches the plate in Flora Danica 
(t. 2402) of Poa costata Schumacher,! a little known and somewhat 
problema-ic plant described from the island of Seiland in the Baltic. 
In our northeastern coastwise region, Newfoundland, Prince Edward 
Island and Nova Scotia (fig. 5), the plant is clearly indigenous and its 
identity vith a plant otherwise known only from the Baltic recalls 

1Poa costara Schumach., Enum. Pl. Saell. i. 28 (1801); Liebm. Fl. Dan. fasc. 
xli. t. 2402 (1845). P. pratensis, var. depauperata Liebm., l. c. as syn. (1845). P. 
pratensis, subsp, costata (Schumach.) Lange, Nomencl. Fl Dan. 91, 203 (1887). 
P. pratensis, var. costata (Schumach.) Lange, l. c. 329 (1887). P. angustifolia var. 
costata (Schumach.) Richter, Pl. Eur. 87 (1890).— The following American speci- 
mens are re'erred here. NEgwFOovNDLAND: open woods, St. John's, August 4, 1894, 
Robinson & Schrenk, no. 219, in part, distributed as P. pratensis and subsequently 
given an urpublished herbarium-name by Scribner; gravelly fir and spruce woods, 
Clarenville, August 19 and 20, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4,630. PRINCE EDWARD 
Istanp: sphagnous clearings and thickets, Bloomfield, August 7, 1912, Fernald, 
Long & St. John, no. 6,897. Nova Scotia: sphagnous pockets in moist, rich woods 
and thickets, Truro, July 18, 1920, Bissell & Linder, no. 19,995; glades by brook- 
side in mixed woods, southern slope of North Mountain, north of Middleton, July 21, 


1920, Long, 310. 19,996; open woods at base of gypsum cliffs, Port Bevis, August 27, 
1920, Fernald & Long, no. 19,999. 


134 Rhodora [JUNE 


Polygonum acadiense Fernald, originally described from Nova Scotia 
but subsequently found to be a characteristic species of the Baltic." 

It was close work, after reaching Truro at 9 P. M., to get our 
collections into papers and be up and ready for a train leaving soon 
after 6; but we had some good areas noted which required the use of 
local, early-morning trains. Near Folleigh Lake the Intercolonial 
(now Canadian National) crosses a high gap in the Cobequid Hills 
where the traveller is invariably roused to enthusiasm as he looks 
down the steep slope to the beautiful Wentworth Valley and for 
several miles notes the unspoiled grandeur of the rich, hardwood 
forest, one of the few stands of virgin hardwood in the Maritime 
Provinces. It seemed worth while to get a good sample of the flora 
of a hardwood mountain-slope, so “the boys," Bean, White and 
Linder, were detailed to spend the day there. Pease and Long, 
having spent the preceding day in a hopeless barren, had earned the 
novel assignment for the day, the calcareous valley of 5-Mile River 
with its great, fantastic white cliffs of gypsum. To be sure, they had 
to get up by 5 o’clock and their return train would not get them 
back until after dark and long after supper-time. But what of that! 

Bissell and I were quite happy to try our luck on the shores of 
Shubenacadie Grand Lake, for somewhere on those 20 miles of shore 
Mrs. Britton had found growing “among the rhizomes of Osmunda 
regalis,”’? Schizaea and we vaguely hoped that the short time allowed 
us by the rather unaccommodating train-schedule would suffice to 
give us a glimpse of the plant in situ. As we walked down to the 
shore from Grand Lake station we found a common New England 
bullrush, which we had not seen in Nova Scotia, Scirpus atrovirens, 
var. georgianus? and thickets of Hobble-bush, Viburnum alnifolium, 
and other typical shrubs of the Canadian forest. The shore was 
composed of slaty and silicious ledges and cobble, where Xyris 
caroliniana, Rynchospora capitellata (Michx.) Vahl (R. glomerata of 
the Northern States),!* Sisyrinchium gramineum, and other coastal 

1See Fernald, Botanisk Tiddskrift, xxxiv. 253 (1916); Ostenfeld, ibid, 254; Fer- 
nald, Am. Journ. Bot. v. 229 (1918). : 


? Gray, Bot. Gaz. v. 4 (1880). 

3 SCIRPUS ATROVIRENS Muhl., var. georgianus (Harper), n. comb. S. Georgianus 
Harper, Bull Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvii. 331, t. 22 (1900). ; 

Since this was first noted (Ruopora, viii. 163) in 1906 as a common plant of the 
Northeast, repeated attempts to keep it apart from S. atrovirens have shown that it 
is hardly a species, but rather a fairly pronounced variety. 

4 See Blake, RHODORA, xx. 28 (1918). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 135 


plain plants abounded; and after following these ledges for half an 
hour, each of us with Schizaea of the wet bogs in his mind's eye but 
both stolidly refraining from complaint of the unpromising habitat, 
dry ledges with their thickets of Low Blueberry, Vaccinium penn- 
sylvanicum, Black Huckleberry, Gaylussacia baccata, and the Nova 
Scotian -epresentative of Amelanchier stolonifera, with an occasional 
damp pocket full of Carex polygama or Rhus Toxicodendron, Bissell 
finally broke the monotony by firmly asserting that it was foolish 
to expect Schizaea pusilla on dry ledges and that we might as well 
give it up or hunt for a boggy shore. The latter course seemed 
preferable, so, remembering a wet shore we had seen from the train, 
we retraced our steps toward it. Still hoping against hope I was 
watching every crevice when my eye detected a puzzling Violet. 
Dropping upon my knees, I carefully inserted my hand-pick into the 
rock-crevice and dug out the first Violet, and with it Schizaea. Schi- 
zaea pusilla of the bogs here growing in dry rock-crevices! We did 
not hunt up the boggy shore but picked and chiseled Schizaea from 
the ledges until a violent shower drove us to shelter. 

In the shelter of the station we sorted our collections and found 
that the plant of the gravelly lake-margin, with quill-like leaves 
closely suggesting those of the Cape Cod Sagittaria teres, was really 
young material of the aquatic plantain, Littorella americana Fernald, 
an extremely rare plant which Mrs. Britton had collected? on the 
shore of Grand Lake in 1879. The milkweed of the wet gravel 
suggested Asclepias incarnata, var. pulchra, but it had few, very 
short leaves (the longest 4.5-6.5 cm. long) glabrous or only minutely 
and very remotely hirtellous beneath. I had at times imagined that 
there might be a specific line between A. incarnata, with its elongate, 
essential y glabrous leaves and deeper-colored flowers, and A. pul- 
chra Ehrh., with its oblong or elliptic leaves decidedly hairy beneath 
and its commonly paler flowers; but this Grand Lake material and 
a similar colony afterward found on Tusket Lake has the leaves even 
shorter and broader (in proportion) than in A. pulchra but as smooth 
as In A. incarnata. 

We got back to Truro long before supper and had our collections 
in papers when the party returned from Folleigh. We had correctly 


1 RHonoaa, xx. 62 (1918). à 
? E. G. Knight as reported in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. vii. 1 (1880); Gray, Bot. Gaz. 
v. 4 (1880, ; E. G. Britton, Linnaean Fern Bull. iv. 17 (1896); all as L. lacustris. 


136 Rhodora [JUNE 


interpreted the region, to the extent at least of diagnosing it “rich 
woods:” Polystichum Braunii, Carex scabrata (fig.9), Habenaria macro- 
phylla and H. bracteata, Arisaema triphyllum, var. Stewardsonii 
(Britton) G. T. Stevens,! the Canadian representative of the more 
southern or Alleghenian A. triphyllum, Ranunculus recurvatus, Amel- 
anchier Bartramiana (Tausch) Roemer,? Viburnum alnifolium, ete. 

When, toward 9 o’clock, the 5-Mile River party came in, they were 
a tired, hungry and rain-soaked pair. They had been out since 
early morning in the richest spot of the summer and their sneakers 
and clothes plainly showed the result of a day of enthusiastic ex- 
ploration of the knife-sharp pinnacles and unyielding talus and 
crests of gypsum. They had repeatedly emptied their collecting 
boxes and were loaded down with two riicksacks, a large bundle and 
two boxes full of specimens and had been forced to quit on account 
of darkness,—385 specimens of 154 species from a limy district, 
but not at all the plants of the acid coastal plain such as Bissell and 
I had got at Grand Lake or which abound in Yarmouth County: 
Cystopteris bulbifera (fig. 6), Carex eburnea, Sphenopholis pallens, 
Amelanchier canadensis? (fig. 8), Fragaria vesca, var. americana and 
Erigeron hyssopifolius (fig. 7) from the cliffs and talus; Pteretis 
nodulosa (Michx.) Nieuwl.,! Athyrium acrostichoides (Michx.) Milde,‘ 
Milium effusum, Festuca nutans, Asperella hystrix (L.) Humb.,® 
Carex rosea, C. retrosa and C. Deweyana, Lilium canadense (fig. 10), 

1! A. triphyllum, var. Stewardsonii is often very distinct and in its extreme develop- 
ment seems like a good species, but too often transitional forms occur and the plant 
seems to be best treated as a geographic variety. Bicknell has treated it as ‘‘a state 
or form" of A. pusillum (Peck) Nash (Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot Cl. xxxvi. 1) and 
states that “the evidence appears unmistakable that the two plants are extreme 
variations of a single species." A. triphyllum, var. pusillum Peck is a coastal plain 
extreme extending from Texas to Oklahoma and Florida, thence north to south- 
eastern Massachusetts. Var. Stewardsonii, in its best development, occurs from 
Prince Edward Island to Vermont and Pennsylvania and perhaps to the mountains 
of Georgia. At least, the material in the Gray Herbarium referred by Dr. Gray 
to A. quinata (Nutt.) Schott (Arum quinatum Nutt.), a reputed species described 
from Georgia as distinguished from A. triphyllum by its ‘Leaves quinate, lanceo- 
late, acuminate," shows leaves bright green below as in var. Stewardsonii and vary- 
ing on the same plant from ternate to quinate, and the slope of the recurved flange 
at base of the hood exactly as in the northern var. Stewardsonii. In var. Steward- 
sonii of New England the leaves, although normally ternate (as are the majority 
of leaves of “A. quinata"), are sometimes quinate or with the lateral leaflets deeply 
parted. 

? See Wiegand, Ruopora, xiv. 158 (1912). 

3 As interpreted by Wiegand, Ruopona, xiv. 150 (1912). 


1! See Weatherby, Ruopona, xxi. 178 (1919). 
5 See Hubbard, Ruopona, xiv. 187 (1912). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 137 


Listera convallarioides, Ostrya virginiana, Laportea canadensis, Den- 
taria diphylla, Geum canadense, virginianum and strictum, Circaea 
latifolia Hill! C. canadensis Hill,? Sanicula gregaria, and Viburnum 
Opulus, var. americanum from the alluvial or other rich woods; and 
Sagittaria cuneata Sheldon (S. arifolia Nutt.), Carex riparia, var. 
lacustris (Willd.) Kükenthal and Nymphozanthus rubrodiscus (Mowry) 
Fernald,’ from the pools. 

Only the impossibility of properly preserving such a bulk of choice 
specimers without driers and presses and the insistent demands of 
our schedule could drag us at once away from a region so full of 
interesting spots, and this in spite of the hotel at which we were 
lodging. We were told that if we went to one of the hotels we should 
wish we had gone to the other, so we went to the other. Afterward, 
while visiting friends at Baddeck, we were told of one of their recently 
departed guests who had wired back, much to the bewilderment 
of the Gaelic telegraph-operator: “Spent a week this morning in 
Truro!” They could not tell us where he breakfasted. 

Starting, by express, to Yarmouth our many bundles of specimens, 
already laid out in white paper but without driers, we ourselves went 
on the morning of July 20 to Middleton in the Annapolis Valley, a 
fascinating trip with its diversity of landscape: the great reclaimed 
marshes west of Truro; the ragged, white gypsum cliffs in the woods 
which Pease and Long pointed out to us, and others near Windsor; 
the grea: red-mud canons, deep down in the bottoms of which mean- 
dered at low tide tiny streams soon to be changed by the Fundy tides 
to broad and deep brick-red rivers; the great hayfields with the 
monument to Evangeline at Grand Pré and beyond them Blomidon 
capped with cloud; the miles and miles of apple and peach orchard 
closely cultivated and putting to shame our neglected New England 
orchards of rock-pastures and otherwise useless spots. Near Berwick 
and from there to Wilmot were vast uncultivated plains carpeted, 
wherever dry enough, with a close growth of the New Jersey pine 
barren Corema Conradii, and, although these barrens were the finest 
we saw, we had to content ourselves with small and unspoiled rem- 
nants of them at Middleton. Unspoiled, because, although these 
Corema heaths are forbidding enough in appearance and at the sur- 


1See Fernald, Ruopora, xvii. 222 (1915). 
2? See Fernald, Ruopora, xix. 87 (1917). 
3 RHonpona, xxi. 187 (1919). 


138 Rhodora [June 


face are highly acid and barren, when deeply plowed and cultivated 
they are transformed into the great orchards for which “the Valley”? 
is everywhere famed. 

The Corema plains at Middleton, if a fair sample, as they doubt- 
less are, indicate that the vast stretches of such country father east 
will yield interesting results. “All hands” browsed over these 
plains, during the afternoon, and although we became scattered, 
Long, Pease and I eventually found ourselves within hailing dis- 
tance and our observations will suffice for the party. The drier 
places, where Coremia is dominant, had dewberries, mostly Rubus 
arenicola Blanchard, one of the characteristic trailers of Cape Cod 
and of York County, Maine, and the sand-barren Viola fimbriatula, 
Lechea intermedia, Potentilla tridentata, which abounds among the 
dunes at Provincetown and elsewhere near the tip of Cape Cod, and 
endless variations of Vaccinium pennsylvanicum, both the forms 
with yellow-green foliage and those with glaucous leaves, the series 
of variants called var. nigrum. A singular form of the glabrous 
variety of Panicum depauperatum was abundant, always with the 
inflorescences hidden at the base of the plant, and only when wander- 
ing into disturbed railroad-gravel or cultivated land assuming its 
ordinary appearance, with well-developed panicles on elongate 
culms. In the damper Polytrichum-carpeted areas Sisyrinchium 
arenicola (see p. 96) was found, and such places were characterized 
by Carex atlantica, C. foenea, var. perplexa, C. albolutescens, var. cumu- 
lata, and, more abundant than any, a sterile Carex, seeming to be a 
hybrid of the latter and the ubiquitous C. scoparia. Bartonia vir- 
ginica was everywhere and the lustrous-leaved Amelanchier stoloni- 
fera abounded, though sadly denuded by some catapillar, and Pyrola 
rotundifolia, var. arenaria was there, though scarce. 

In 1910, the late Dr. E. L. Greene, apparently making a change 
of trains at Middleton (a junction point), collected a purple Gerardia 
(now correctly known as Agalinis) and described it as Gerardia neo- 
scotica. One of our reasons for stopping off at Middleton was to 
search for the type station for this northeastern representative of a 
southern genus and to secure good naterial. 'The search did not 
involve great difficulty for, in following a cartroad, Bissell and Linder 
promptly came upon Greene's original spot (clearly indicated in the 
original description) and collected material. By the.time they got 
it back to the hotel most of the corollas were gone, so before break- 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 139 


fast next morning Linder conducted me to the spot where we laid a 
good supply of freshly flowering specimens into folds of paper and he 
secured a good portrait of the growing plant. Subsequently, to be 
sure, the species proved to be ubiquitous in western Nova Scotia so 
that we got it in all stages of development, even to the large bushy- 
branched plants 3.5 dm. high with mature fruit, but it was gratifying 
to have a series from the type station. Dr. Harold St. John also 
collected the plant on Sable Island in 1913 so that it will doubtless 
prove to be generally distributed in the silicious areas of the province. 
Our colections embrace 25 numbers and the characters originaly 
pointed out by Greene are amazingly constant: the broadish rather 
fleshy leaves (which do not quickly curl as do the linear-attentuate 
leaves of Agalinis paupercula); the very long and foliaceous sca- 
brous-serrulate calyx-lobes and the almost tubular little corolla with 
only slightly spreading lobes. To Greene's statement of characters 
should be added the facts that the mature capsule is shorter than to 
barely equalling the calyx, and that the mature calyx-lobes tend to 
become divergent. The corollas have no yellow lines in the tube, 
but whether this character is diagonistic can be determined only by 
further observation of fresh material of A. paupercula. Altogether 
the plant seems to ke a clearly marked species.’ 

On July 21 we had the first break in our party and one which we 
keenly felt, for every one who knows Stanley Pease, his quick wit and 
kindly humor, will appreciate the loss we felt when he took the first 
train to Digby, thence to return to “the States." He and I spent a 
short morning, until his train left, on the plains about Middleton, 
collecting better material of some of the specialties but adding little 
of impcrtance to the discoveries of the day before. Bissell, Bean, 
White and Linder drove across the North Mountain to the shore of 
the Bay of Fundy at Margaretville, bringing back such well-known 
plants of this basaltic coast as Iris setosa, var. canadensis, Primila 
farinosa, var. macropoda and Euphrasia purpurea, var. Randi. Long 
spent an exasperatingly short hour testing the rich woods and swales 
on the southern slope of the basaltic North Mountain, just glimpse 
enough for him to yearn all summer for another and extended visit 
to the slope where he had collected Equisetum scirpoides, Poa costata, 

1 Acalinis neoscotica (Greene), n. comb. Gerardia neoscotica Greene, Leaflets, 


ii. 106 (1910). A. paupercula (Gray) Britton, var. neoscotica (Greene) Pennell & 
St’ John, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxvi 93 (1921). 


140 Rhodora [June 


Carex scabrata, Juncus Dudleyi, Trillium erectum, Corallorhiza macu- 
lata, Dentaria diphylla, Geranium Robertianum and Osmorhiza divari- 
cata, the latter a northern species new to the western counties but 
previously found by Nichols in Cape Breton and afterward collected 
also by Long and me about gypsum talus in Cape Breton. 

We reached Yarmouth that evening and the next three days were 
occupied until late in the evenings with our presses. The 5000 
driers proved wholly inadequate, for Yarmouth was wrapped in its 
conventional blanket of fog and sun-drying was out of the question. 
We had already been driven to various expedients to meet the pene- 
trating dampness and now with great regularity, as soon as corru- 
gated ventilators had been inserted, the presses were stacked high 
in a square about the kerosene stove or suspended over it from the 
rafters. The wet driers for immediate use had to be “toasted” 
while such as could be allowed a more prolonged aeration were tucked 
end-on into chinks in the rough boarding of the empty hay-loft. 
The act of thus fitting the rough ends of the driers into shallow 
chinks from which they drooped soon became a real art and with the 
aid of a ladder we were eventually able thus to decorate the rough 
sloping walls of the loft with nearly 2000 driers at one turn. 

The 23rd was for us an unfortunate day, for Bissell felt tbat he 
must get home but he had had a taste of Nova Scotia botanizing 
and the leaven continued to work after he got back to Connecticut; 
for later in the summer he took another vacation and one morning 
appeared ready for work just as we were going down to breakfast. 

On the afternoon of the 24th there was time for a short half-day's 
collecting so the amended party, Long, Bean, White, Linder and 
I went after the weeds of the docks, railroad yards and waste heaps 
of Yarmouth. We scattered in different directions and the more 
interesting weeds of the day included typical Sisymbrium officinale, 
apparently commoner in Nova Scotia than var. leiocarpum, Coronopus 
didymus, Lepidium Draba, Iberis amara L., and Carduus acanthoides. 

Next day, July 25, we were ready for field work and since, on the 
earlier visit, we had had only a glimpse of either Beaver Lake or 
Cedar Lake, we went there; Long and Linder stopping off for the day 
at Beaver Lake; Bean, White and I going on to Cedar Lake. Many 
of the plants of July 11th were now in splendid condition, the cespi- 
tose and nearly beardless Pogonia ophioglossoides forming extensive 
colonies with well-formed fruit, and, abundantly intermixed with it 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 141 


in the cobble-beach, Ophioglossum vulgatum, so closely similar that 
it required real care to separate the two; and even after the plants 
were in press we found roots of Ophioglossum tangled with those of 
the Pogonia. Panicum spretum had developed wonderfully and now 
formed « handsome and almost continuous belt at the upper border 
of the beach, and in the cobble-beach with the Pogonia, Ophioglossum 
and Liperis Loeseli there was the usual series of intergrades between 
typical Botrychium dissectum and the var. obliquum. 

In the inundated peaty border of Beaver Lake, Long and Linder 
were getting Utricularia minor and, in fine flower, the common but 
rarely flowering U. intermedia, and near by a beautiful tall Panicum, 
in habit resembling P. spretum but with broad panicle and very 
ciliate sheaths and densely bearded nodes, one of the complex of 
plants which is treated by Hitchcock & Chase as many species: P. 
Lindheimeri, P. huachucae, P. tennesseense, P. languidum, etc., but this 
plant is nearer the type-material from Texas of P. Lindheimeri than 
to the others. In sending to a contributor to Ruopora a galley 
proof in which Panicum was mentioned the editor once made the 
penciled query opposite one expression: * Redundant?" The proof 
came back without change except for the added comment: “The 
spikelets of all the Panicums are redundant." Be that as it may, 
it is certain that many of the species of Panicum as recognized at 
present in America are highly redundant. The four above mentioned 
are clearly phases of one species but I am not yet certain that there 
are not still more of their variants similarly masquerading as species. 
At the rnargin of the lake they found the unique Myriophyllum 
tenellum, and when, returning from Cedar Lake, we stopped to take 
them in, Long was a half-mile away on the barrier beach below the 
mouth of Beaver River, whence he returned with Carex silicea, the 
characteristic whitish-brown sedge of our southern dunes. 

Our bctanizing had developed a pendulum-swing, first north then 
south, so on the 27th, as it was the turn to work south, we went to 
Belleville station, Long and Linder working eastward to explore 
some of :he lakes in that direction, Bean, White and I going west 
around the shore of Eel Lake and on to Abram River. Eel Lake is 
decidedly brackish, where we examined it full of Potamogeton pecti- 
natus and Ruppia maritima, var. longipes Hagstróm,! which is abund- 


1 See Ruopora, xvi. 125 (1914). 


142 j Rhodora [June 


ant in maritime pools southward quite to tropical America. The 
rocky shore, too, had maritime plants: Samolus floribundus in wet 
crevices, Teucrium canadense, var. littorale, and Juncus articulatus, 
var. obtusatus. West of Eel Lake we came to an extensive, dry, 
Polytrichum-covered barren with meagre enough vegetation but 
with Habenaria blephariglottis and Ilex glabra abundant, even domi- 
nant in some areas, Carex aenea, which we had had only from Spring- 
hill Junction, and a good number of Panicums. The brackish 
marshes along Abram River contained extenisve sloughs full of Scir- 
pus Olneyit, which, when we first got it at Sand Beach, had seemed a 
thrilling discovery; a small quagmire at the border of the barren 
was full of Utricularia geminiscapa Benj. (U. clandestina); and a wet 
cart-road was bordered by Juncus acuminatus and J. marginatus 
(one of the long discredited plants of Lindsay’s Catalogue). 


When we returned to Belleville station Long was closely studying 
the railroad-bed—to find more of the curious little weed with short, 
club-shaped scapes and tiny dandelion-like heads, Arnoseris pusilla. 
The plant, a wanderer from Europe, is well established at this point 
and is likely to spread, since no one bent on gathering a bouquet 
will disturb it. Long and Linder had got into dry barrens where 
Corema abounds but most of the lakes had hopelessly inaccessible 
shores, flooded high into the bushes and bordering swales where, 
floundering thiough the acres of Sparganium americanum or Ponte- 
deria one would take his life in his hands (or more likely consign it 
to the waters). They had succeeded, however, in finding enough 
accessible shore at Clearwater Lake and at another, called Minnigo- 
bake, to secure Cyperus dentatus, which we had not previously col- 
lected, Ophioglossum vulgatum, occurring in cobble-beach as at Cedar 
Lake, Myriophyllum tenellum and Subularia aquatica again and, of 
course, Utricularia subulata. The most striking discovery, however, 
was that of Juncus subcaudatus (Enge!m.) Coville & Blake,' in the : 
wet border of a spruce swamp. This plant, treated in the 7th edi- 
tion of the Manual as a southern variety of J. canadensis (ranging 
north to Rhode Island, although Long and I have subsequently got 
it on Cape Cod), we found through the rest of the season to be a thor- 
oughly characteristic denizen of boggy woods or openings in spruce 
swamps from Digby Neck south through Yarmouth County thence 


1 Coville & Blake, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxxi. 45 (1918). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 143 


east to Queens County; but, although clearly belonging with J. sub- 
caudatus, the Nova Scotian plant differs in having a shorter peri- 
anth with broader and greener uncorrugated sepals and thus con- 
stitutes an endemic Nova Scotian variety. 

There is a little sand- and cobble-bordered lake by the railroad 
about a mile south of Lake Annis. We had more than once specially 
noted it as a promising spot, consequently on July 29, Bean, White 
and Linder went there to try their luck. "They soon learned that 
this is Jassy Lake and if we had not begun to be satiated with Utri- 
cularia subulata, Subularia aquatica and Myriophyllum tenellum, 
would rank as a good spot. "They brought back Solidago canadensis, 
which sounds uninteresting, but singularly enough, during the whole 
summer we did not see this characteristic Canadian species in south- 
ern Yarmouth County nor in Shelburne and Queens Counties, its 
place in swampy thickets being there preempted by another plant 
not yet ia flower but decidedly not S. canadensis. They also had 
a very delicate Utricularia, the material all sterile but in the capillary 
forking of its leaves and in its bladders closely matching U. gibba. 

The glimpse of Trefry's Lake which Pease and I had got two 
weeks earlier had stayed vividly in my mind throughout that crowded 
and ever-changing fortnight and Long was not averse to visiting its 
shores, so, while the others were at Jassy Lake, he and I spent one of 
the happiest days of the summer, making an almost complete circuit 
of the lake. The vegetation had greatly changed in two weeks and, 
owing to frequent rains and prolonged fog, the narrow beach had 
become a most invisible. As we started in we came upon Sieglingia 
decumbens in the most natural spot of the summer, at the upper border 
of the beach next the thicket, but there was a cow-path nearby so 
that here as elsewhere the evidence of its native character was in- 
conclusive. 

The very distinct goldenrod of the subgenus Euthamia, which we 
had been watching at other lakes, was now in good condition in the 
shallow water, though the plants higher on the beach were not yet 
flowering; a beautiful little plant with tall, simple stems rarely 
branching at the summit and with very fleshy and firm, dark-green 
mostly 1-nerved, linear-oblong to linear-lanceolate, blunt or merely 
acute, erect leaves, and with the deep-yellow heads so densely crowded 
as to make the corymb appear like a handsome golden button com- 
monly on y 1 or 2 em. in diameter, or in extreme plants like a few 


144 Rhodora [JUNE 


crowded buttons. This plant was seen or collected throughout Yar- 
mouth County and eastward in the silicious belt as far as Queens, 
everywhere dominant and thoroughly characteristic of these sandy 
and cobbly lake-margins. Close study, however, fails to reveal any 
specific characters in the heads by which the Nova Scotia plant can 
be constantly distinguished from the coastal plain Solidago tenui- 
folia and it is, consequently, here treated as a pronounced geographic 
variety of the southern S. tenuifolia. 

We had been closely watching Utricularia cornuta for, when the 
plants were still young and before the corollas expanded, we had 
noticed that in some colonies the flowers were approximate at the 
summit of the stem as good U. cornuta is supposed to have them, 
while in other colonies or often in the same colony were plants with 
the flowers scattered along the upper part of the stem, a character 
which, with its smaller flowers, is supposed to distinguish U. juncea 
of South America, the West Indies and the southern coastal plain. 
U. cornuta was at last in prime condition and here, on the beach of 
Trefry s Lake, were many plants with flowers as small as in the 
smallest-flowered U. juncea, but closely approximate; while at 
neighboring lakes we found colonies with flowers larger than we had 
ever before seen in U. cornuta but as remote as in U. juncea. U. 
juncea is said to have a less spreading margin to the lower lip but if 
this character proves no better than the others ascribed to it, 1t will 
be evident that, when in 1847 Benjamin! treated the two as one 
species, he was not far from the truth. 

Slightly beyond the Smilax tangle where Pease and I had turned 
back there was a second mass of Cat Brier, only this was 5. rotundi- 
folia, var. quadrangularis, a coastal plain variety previously known 
northward to Nantucket and Cape Cod. "The name quadrangularis 
is most unfortunate, since the finer branches and branchlets of typical 
S. rotundifolia are as often as not quadrangular, the distinctive 
feature of the variety being its ciliate leaf. While Long was gather- 
ing specimens of the Smilax, I was absorbed in contemplation of the 
golden-rod growing at the border of the spruce swamp, still immature 
but surely Solidago Elliottii, a thoroughly distinctive species, origin- 
ally from Carolina and Georgia, named for Stephen Elliott, the 
great botanist of South Carolina, and * rare and local" even in south- 


1 Benj. Linnaea, xx. 305 (1847). 
? See Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvi. 10 (1909). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 145 


ern New Jersey; and north of the Cape Cod region so extremely 
rare that its single station on the Neponset meadows, south of Boston, 
has long been a famous spot. I was also worried by a shrub with 
lustrous dark-green leaves which looked amazingly like some Azalea, 
but close examination showed that the Nova Scotian shrub was 
an extreme form of Rhodora, Rhododendron canadense (L.) Torr., 
forma viridifolium Fernald, quite lacking the grayish bloom which 
usually characterizes the foliage and new twigs of that shrub. At 
the northern end of the lake is a deep sluggish creek of indefinite 
depth, blackness and breadth which could be crossed only by finding 
a rare leaning tree or log; and during the hunt for such a bridge we 
struggled through a dense tangle of Rosa palustris and Smilax rotundi- 
folia, southern types now losing their novelty and later on found to 
be frequent species, the Smilax seen northward to the banks of 
Sissiboo River in Digby County and eastward to the banks of Sable 
River in eastern Shelburne County. 

In this thicket grew the characteristic coastal plain variety of 
Juncus effusus, the plant with slender purple sheaths, pliant and 
conspicuously corrugated culms, as in vars. conglomeratus and Pylaet, 
but with perianths intermediate between those of the other two 
varieties. This plant is general on the coastal plain from South 
Carolina to southern Maine and in Nova Scotia. West of the creek 
for some distance the spruce and red maple swamp was so extremely 
palpitating at the border of the lake that we were forced some dis- 
tance back through the everywhere dominant Inkberry and Chain 
Fern, the monotony occasionally relieved by Calla palustris, which 
seems to be rare in southwestern Nova Scotia. One of the coves at 
this side of the lake had, far out in deep water, a broad belt of some 
aquatic Sparganium, and we made frequent attempts along the 
quaking margin to find stranded fragments. Failing in this and 
coming to surer footing, we waded out as far as possible and with the 
aid of a small tree succeeded in dragging in a tangle from the Spar- 
ganium-belt, the northern S. fluctuans, ranging from Quebec to 
northern Connecticut and Minnesota, and with it a mixture of the 
coastal plain Utricularia purpurea and sterile fragments of the char- 
acteristic New Jersey pine barren Potamogeton confervoides, a species 
also common in eastern Newfoundland but not heretofore known 
from Nova Scotia. 

! Fernald in Wilson & Rehder, Mon. Azal. 122 (1921). 


146 Rhodora [June 


The evening train into Yarmouth whistled a couple of hours be- 
fore we had completed the circuit of Trefry’s Lake, but so keen were 
our interest and enjoyment, that last trains were not to be considered, 
and when we finally got back to our starting point a seven-mile 
road-walk was between us and Yarmouth. There were a few rem- 
nants left from lunch and, after passing the village of Arcadia, we 
left the dusty road and enjoyed our simple arcadian meal while 
closely scrutinized by the cattle of a roadside pasture. 

Next day, we were more than crowded in putting up our specimens 
and overhauling the presses and at night we lost Bean, who was 
obliged to return home. 

The map indicated some small ponds not far west of Hectanooga 
station and, consequently, on July 31, Long and Linder tried to find 
them, but not even the oldest inhabitant, whose acquaintance they 
promptly made, knew of any such ponds and they were forced to 
content themselves with Hectanooga Lake and the very unsatisfy- 
ing Little Doucette Lake. These lakes, although not up to our 
somewhat exacting standard, furnished a few good things: the 
largest Isoetes of the summer, with bulbous base 4.5 cm. in diameter, 
the coastal plain Potamogeton Oakesianus which we had not had, 
Najas flexilis, also the first of the season, and one of the representa- 
tives of the complex group passing as Sagittaria graminea; and in 
the woods, which they reported as rich and unspoiled, were Agri- 
monia gryposepala, the northern Pyrola secunda, var. obtusata, and 
other plants indicating essentially virgin forest. 

White and I, at the same time, had drawn a more prolific area, 
Salmon or Greenville Lake, where the reconnoitering party of the 
13th had found Galium tinctorium. We left the car at the southwest 
corner of the lake and made our way across a boggy pasture to the 
shore. At the point where we reached the lake a cold brook enters 
and in it grows a splendid clump of the tall, perennial smartweed 
described by Small as Polygonum punctatum, var. robustor, a hand- 
some plant ranging northward from South America but heretofore 
unknown east of Massachusetts. Subsequently, however, we found 
it at other stations in Yarmouth County (fig. 13) always character- 
istic and here as from Massachusetts to South America constantly 
differing from P. acre (or P. punctatum) in its very stout stems; strong, 
perennial, woody rootstock with coarse basal offshoots; more approxi- 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 147 
mate and more truncated ocreolae; long-exserted fruiting pedicels; 
larger, always trigonous, achenes with concave faces; and distinctly 
later flowering season. The plant seems to be a perfectly definite 
species which should be called Polygonum robustius.! The shore was 
inviting in both directions, up the west side of the lake or around the 
southern end, and as a decision had to be made we chose the south- 
ern end.  Polypodium vulgare, here having no rocks to grow on, was 
climbing the tree-trunks, the creeping rootstocks ascending in the 
crevices of the bark to a height of 2 or 3 meters. Rosa palustris and 
Smilax rotundifolia, with the variety quadrangularis, soon proved 
to be common, as were Apios tuberosa and Woodwardia virginica, 
but here the Chain Fern was growing in the cobbly beach of the lake. 
One of the Joe Pye Weeds was also frequent at the upper border of 
the beach; not, however, the widely dispersed Canadian species, the 
plant treated by Wiegand? as Eupatorium maculatum L. and by 
Mackenvie? as E. Bruneri Gray, but, as we might have predicted, 
the coastal plain plant, heretofore known from South Carolina to 
southerr. New Hampshire, E. verticillatum of Wiegand's treatment or 
E. purpureum of Mackenzie's. All the Sisyrinchium gramineum, an 
abundart plant in the cobbly shore, had quite simple scapes, thus 
simulating S. angustifolium, but its paler bluish flowers and its fruits 
were clearly those of S. gramineum. The plant, however, which 
most interested us, was an abundant Habenaria of the cobbly beach. 
In aspect strongly suggesting the frequent H. flava of the northern 
states, this plant differed in its very attenuate and narrow leaves 
chiefly korne toward the base, so that the flowering stem was sub- 
scapose, and in its extremely slender and open raceme of small green- 
ish flowers with very short bracts. Subsequently the plant was 
found at various stations in the Tusket Valley, differing strikingly 
from the plant which passes as H. flava in New England and thence 
west to Minnesota and Missouri, south in the uplands to the Carolina 
Mountains; the latter plant having the broader, more elliptic and 
less attenuate leaves running higher up the stem and the raceme 
more compact and usually with much longer bracts. Detailed 

!PorvaoNvM robustius (Small), n. comb. P. punctatum robustior[us] Small, Bull. 
Torr. Bot Cl. xxi. 477 (1894).  Persicaria robustior (Small) Bicknell, Bull. Torr. 
Bot Cl xxxvi. 455 (1909). 


2 Wiegand, Ruopora, xxii. 64 (1920). 
3 Mackenzie, Ruopora, xxii. 165 (1920). 


148 Rhodora [JUNE 


study shows that the plant of Yarmouth County is true H. flava 
(Orchis flava L.),' a species which in its typical form occurs on the 
coastal plain from Texas to Florida and New Jersey, the more in- 
land plant being H. flava, var. virescens.? 

We were in the midst of an exceptionally prolonged Yarmouth 
fog, and it was not until August 4th that we had a sufficient quantity 
of “ toasted” driers to carry the accumulated collections safely through 
press. On that day, however, all four of us made excursions into 
the edge of the barrens in the eastern section of Argyle; Long and 
Linder trying the area near Argyle Head, White and I going on to 
the extensive barren between Lower Argyle and Goose Lake. 

After passing through ordinary spruce woods, White and I came 
upon the dryish sphagnous border of the barren, at this season domi- 
nated by Bakeapple, Rubus Chamaemorus, which had not fruited 
well, Carex oligosperma, Gaylussacia dumosa, var. Bigeloviana, Em- 
petrum nigrum, Ilex glabra, and Calamagrostis Pickeringii, var. 
debilis, with Habenaria blephariglottis scattered everywhere. Toward 
the wet center of the boggy barren there is a series of shallow pools, 
where in spring a considerable stream must flow. The borders of 
these pools are marked by the most spectacular growth of Pitcher 
Plant, Sarracenia purpurea, we had ever seen, while the open mucky 
spots were brilliant with solid carpets of Utricularia cornuta; and 
the pools themselves were often filled with the coastal plain Scirpus 
subterminalis and Potamogeton Oakesianus. East of the central 
pools the barren becomes very dry, carpeted with Cladonia rangi- 
ferina, Corema Conradii, Empetrum, Scirpus cespitosus, var. callosus 
and other such plants of dry heaths; and it was while here collecting 
Bartonia virginica and that puzzling little Melampyrum of northern 
bogs, that we came upon Schizaea pusilla, this time growing in hollows 
of the Cladonia carpet. 

Goose Lake itself proved very uninteresting, bushed close down 
to the bouldery shore, so that we started back toward the railroad 
by a new route and quickly found ourselves in an extensive quag- 
mire, where the particularly interesting plant was Xyris montana, 

1 “The specimens in the Linnaean and Gronovian herbaria are comparable to the 
specimens with elongated racemes frequently found in the South and Southwest''— 
Ames, Orchid, iv. 45 (1910). 

2 Habenaria flava (L.) Spreng., var. virescens (Muhl.), n. comb. Orchis virescens 


Muhl. ex Willd., Sp. Pl, iv. 37 (1805). O. flava, var. virescens Green, Cat. Pl. N. Y. 
60 (1814), 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 149 


here in greatest profusion and forming in the wettest hollows an al- 
most continuous carpet. In collecting sods of this northern represent- 
ative of an austral genus we constantly found our hands filled with 
loose needle-like flowering and fruiting scapes, for in this species, it 
appeared, the scapes are unique in freely disarticulating at the very 
base, all our other species of Xyris firmly holding their fruiting scape 
through the winter. At the western border of the barren we noticed 
a particularly wet quagmire and, although we had only a few minutes 
to train-time, we were so strongly tempted to take a peep that we 
ventured! into the slough,—Schizaea everywhere, here in the wettest 
of moss- and liverwort-carpets, two Bartonias, one of them suggest- 
ing the Newfoundland B. iodandra, the other obviously neither 
that nor B. virginica of the drier barren, and Arethusa bulbosa abun- 
dantly fruiting. Here was a case of the luck we all have experienced, 
—the discovery of a choice spot on the way home—but there was 
nothing to do but to make mental note of it as a place which needed 
further exploration. 

A few miles to the north, about Argyle Head, Long and Linder had 
also been collecting Bartonias and Xyris montana, but their other 
specialties were different from ours: Juncus subcaudatus, J. margin- 
atus, Eleocharis rostellata, Polygonum robustius and the tree-climbing 
Polypodium again; and some good things we had not previously had, 
Woodwardia areolata and Rhexia virginica on the bushy shore of 
Randel Lake, the Woodwardia not heretofore definitely known east 
of southern New Hampshire, Hypericum dissimulatum! described by 
Bicknell from York County, Maine, Nantucket, Martha’s Vineyard, 
Long Island and southward, Rynchospora capitellata, var. discutiens 
(Clarke) Blake,? which Long and I had found the preceding year on 
Cape Cod but otherwise unknown except in North Carolina and as 
a member of the famous, isolated coastal plain flora of northern 
Indiana, the southern Eleocharis Robbinsii, and, in good fruit, Pota- 
mogeton confervoides and, to add a northern flavor, Euphrasia cana- 
densis Townsend,‘ a characteristic species occurring from the Gulf 
of St. Lawrence to the foothills of the White Mountains. 

On August 6, White followed the too prevalent fashion and returned 
home, leaving Long, Linder and me to carry on the work. On the 


1 Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl., xl. 610 (1913). 
? Blake, Ruopora, xx. 28 (1918). 
3 See Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xvii. 195 (1915). 


150 Rhodora [JUNF 


trip to Halifax we had noted along the bay south of Barrington some 
very attractive white sand hills and, since the nearest approach to 
such a habitat we had yet explored was the barrier beaches, we started 
on the morning of August 7 for Barrington. The train, as usual, 
was crowded and I found myself sharing a seat with a most interest- 
ing companion, Mr. John Kelly, Superintendent of the Lighthouses 
of western Nova Scotia and the Bay of Fundy. Mr. Kelly greatly 
relieved my mind by assuring me that the period of fog, which was 
still at its height and which had already lasted without interruption 
for more than 300 hours, was in reality abnormally protracted, most 
summer fogs of western Nova Scotia lasting less than 100 hours 
without at least a few hours of sunshine. From Barrington we were 
driven to Villagedale where the best dunes are situated, great white 
dunes invading the forest and in the rolling fog marvelously specta- 
ular and magnified. As usual, there were broad flats among the 
hills, but Xyris montana of the quagmires seemed strangely out of 
place in such a habitat. Limosella subulata, Sagina nodosa and 
Polygonum Raii Bab.! were there, as we had hoped, and so was the 
always interesting Tillaea aquatica. Juncus bufonius, luxuriating in 
the brackish sand, had amazingly large flowers (sepals up to 9 mm. 
long) but Viola primulifolia, wandering in from the acid areas, was 
fruiting though its leaves were less than 1 cm. in length. Juncus 
Greenei, the commonest species on Cape Cod, and formerly known 
eastward only to Mt. Desert Island, was abundant with Carez silicea. 

Returning to Barrington on Monday, the 9th, we drove eastward 
to Clement Pond. Three weeks earlier this pond had been most 
attractive from the train, with a well exposed beach, but now, after 
weeks of wet weather the beach was deeply submerged and travel 
was difficult. At the southeast corner of the pond (just why this 
large body of fresh water should be called a pond, while thousands 
of others like it are lakes we were unable to make out) the shore is a 
quaking bog, with characteristic growth of Woodwardia virginica 
and Decodon verticillatus, var. laevigatus, 'T. & G.?, the latter hereto- 
fore unknown east of the lower Penobscot. In the drier Polytrichum- 
covered border of this bog Carex albolutescens, var. cumulata and C . 
bullata, var. Greenei were abundant and, in many areas, Corema 
Conradit. 


1 See Fernald, RHODORA, xv. 72 (1913). 
2 See RHODORA, xix. 154 (1917). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 151 


The bottom of the lake had a fine development of Subularia aqua- 
tica but the most amazing sight of the day was the acres and acres 
of the southern Solidago Elliotii, forming solid thickets nearly 2 m. 
high in the spruce and red maple (often Acer rubrum, var. tridens) 
swamp. It was, indeed, a strange experience and one we should 
hardly expect even in the southern coastal plain, to break our way 
through the tall stems of this southern goldenrod, much as we had 
sometimes done on Maine bottomlands through the overtopping 
masses of Ostrich Fern. When reporting the seeming absence (p. 143) 
of the characteristically Canadian goldenrod, Solidago canadensis, 
from much of southwestern Nova Scotia, reference was made to an 
immature plant which there takes its place. "This, needless to say, 
is S. Ellicttii, which from mid-August through September colors the 
spruce swamps and boggy clearings. Occasionally, too, in the Barr- 
ington swamp there were clumps of Solidago rugosa, var. sphagno- 
phila, described from southeastern Connecticut, but now known to 
be commcn in southeastern Massachusetts and south to New Jersey. 

The nest morning, most happily, brought Dr. and Mrs. Graves 
and with them the news that, although he had been unable to get 
passage on the boat with them, Bissell would be back next morning; 
and after getting the presses in order, we started out for a short 
afternoon walk, Long and Linder going to Sand Beach where they got 
Polygonum allocarpum Blake,! and found that the Elymus virginicus 
of the barrier beach was all var. hirsutiglumis. Dr. and Mrs. Graves 
and I followed the railroad southeast beyond Yarmouth, getting 
into such masses of Habenaria psycodes as we had never imagined, 
thousands of brilliant plumes almost crowding each other in the 
boggy swales. Botrychium dissectum and var. obliquum were very 
abundant and here, as elsewhere in Nova Scotia and the eastern 
states, show such a connecting series as clearly to indicate that they 
are mere orms of the same plant, and since the name B. dissectum 
Spreng. has priority of six years over B. obliquum Muhl. it is necessary 
to call the latter B. dissectum, forma obliquum.* | Sieglingia abounded 


! RBnopona, xix. 234 (1917). 
? BOTRYCHIUM DISSECTUM Spreng., forma obliquum (Muhl.), n. comb. B,. obliquum 
Muhl. in Willd., Sp. Pl. v. 63 (1810.) 


152 Rhodora [JUNE 


in the dryish swales and we strongly felt that it here looked indig- 
enous; and the most abundant rush of these swales was a plant 
entirely sterile and afterward seen in similar profusion south to Ar- 
gyle and north to Digby Neck. Everywhere the plant fails to set 
fruit and the best we can do with it is to suppose it a hybrid of J. 
articulatus and J. brevicaudatus, both of which abound in the region. 


(To be continued.) 


Vol. 23, no. 268, including pages 73 to 88 and plates 127 to 129, was 
issued 28 April, 1921; and no. 269, including pages 89 to 120 and plate 
130, was issued 19 May, 1921. 


Plate 131 


Rhodora 


HABENARIA CLAVELLATA WITH EMARGINATE SPUR. 


Hovdora 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD : : 
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH : : 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. July, 1921 No. 271. 


CONTENTS: 


Expedition to Nova Scotia (continued). M. L. Fernald. . . . 153 


Old-time Connecticut Botanists,—II (continued). C. A. Weatherby. 171 


Notes on Rhododendron. W.W. Ashe. . 177 


Deam's Trees of Indiana (Review). J. C. Nelson. 179 


Boston, Mass. 
1052 Exchange Building 


| Providence, R. 3. 


Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 

Address manuscripts and proofs to 
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 


Subscriptions, advertisements, and busi ications to 
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 
Single copies may be had from 
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club, 
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass. 
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN CoLLINs an 
Howard W. DASSIN, Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
pee og of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
cards. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto pow issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


Rbodora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. July, 1921. No. 271. 


THE GRAY HERBARIUM EXPEDITION TO NOVA SCOTIA 
1920. 


M. L. FERNALD. 
(Continued from p. 152.) 

Lvuckrr» Bissell’s boat got in promptly, although so baffled by the 
dense fog (now rapidly approaching the 400-hour mark) that she 
had difficulty in making the landing. Bissell had barely time to 
change his clothes before it was time to start for Lower Argyle, for 
I was anxious to get back to the quagmire White and I had been 
forced to leave only partly explored, and the others were ready to 
visit this particularly accessible station for Schizaea. The quagmire 
kept us busy most of the forenoon, chiefly with the collection and 
study of the amazingly abundant and perplexing representatives of 
the coasta. plain genus Bartonia. The genus was now at the height 
of flowering and for the next two weeks we diligently and unintelli- 
gently collected these plants wherever we went. As currently 
recognized, Bartonia consists of four species: the strictly southern 
B. verna, apparently unique and ranging from Louisiana to southern 
Virginia; B. virginica, which seems to be a well-behaved and constant 
plant, ranging northeastward to the drier barrens of Nova Scotia; 
B. paniculata, extending from Louisiana and Florida to York County, 
Maine; and the endemie Newfoundland B. iodandra. Our constant 
embarrassment was regarding the two latter. The typical southern 
B. paniculata is a yellowish-green plant with the flowers in com- 
pound, thrysoid inflorescences; with firm and subulate, yellowish 
leaves and calyx-lobes, the calyx cleft to the base; the corolla-lobes 
translucent to creamy-white and the anthers yellow. In the New- 


154 Rhodora [JuLy 


foundland B. iodandra, on the other hand, the plant is purple-tinged 
and bears a simple or subsimple raceme with elongate pedicels; the 
blunt leaves are oblong or ovate and fleshy; the calyx is cleft only 
two-thirds or three-fourths to the base into herbaceous, oblong or ovate 
lobes; the corolla is decidedly petaloid and its white or purplish 
lobes much longer than in B. paniculata, and the anthers are usually 
purple. Unfortunately, however, wherever in Nova Scotia we 
found the typical southern B. paniculata, it was usually, if not always, 
associated with a coarser plant with simpler inflorescences, purplish 
color, larger corolla and purple anthers, in these characters closely 
approaching B. iodandra of Newfoundland. In Nova Scotia the 
two plants so freely intergrade that it is most difficult to draw a 
sharp line between them. The trouble is not a new one. In 1894 
the late Dr. Geo. G. Kennedy and Mr. Emile F. Williams found an 
intermediate plant in a sphagnous swamp in Norfolk County, Massa- 
chusetts, and in 1900 Williams published! an account of it and an 
illustration as B. iodandra; and Bicknell, finding the same inter- 
mediate plant on Nantucket, took it in 1915 to be unquestionably 
B. iodandra, but stated that “It is found also on Martha’s Vineyard 
and apparently, also, on Long Island, not always, however, perfectly 
maintaining the characters of its typical form, and certain rather 
dubious examples undoubtedly raise the question whether it may 
not be intergradient with Bartonia paniculata.”? Subsequently, 
partly in response to an argument for which I am responsible, Bick- 
nell has dropped? B. iodandra from his Nantucket list; but our 
extensive collections from Nova Scotia and a prolonged but unsuccess- 
ful endeavor to find true specific characters for B. iodandra convince 
me that both he and Williams originally hit very near the truth. 
On its constantly less deeply cleft calyx and its larger corolla B. 
iodandra can be maintained as a Newfoundland variety of B. pani- 
culata, while the intermediate plant of Nova Scotia at least is best 
treated as a transitional variety. 

But, to return to the barren at Lower Argyle. "The slightly ele- 
vated, bushy knolls in the barren were often covered by a dwarfed 
. and contorted form of the coastal plain Thelypteris simulata, already 
! Williams, Ruovona, ii. 55, t. 15, fig. 5 (1900). 


? Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xlii. 33 (1915). 
3 Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xlvi. 423 (1919). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 155 


found by us, but now, as it was maturing, becoming more obvious 
than heretofore. Drosera longifolia and D. rotundifolia were, of 
course, a»undant but a plant which exactly combines their char- 
acteristics and which is unquestionably a hybrid between them was 
found on only one knoll. 

Suddenly Long remarked: “If we were in southern Jersey we 
should call this Agrostis elata." And surely that is what it proves 
to be bur, instead of being confined to the Argyle barren A. elata 
Pursh, heretofore recorded from east of Long Island only on Nan- 
tucket,! was found on all the boggy barrens from Digby and Yar- 
mouth Counties to Queens. Dr. St. John got it on Sable Island; he, 
Long and I collected it in 1912 on the Magdalen Islands and it is 
common in Newfoundland. Many ofthe specimensare absolutely in- 
separable from material from Pursh's type region (New Jersey), 
but others have conspicuously awned spikelets. These vary in 
length from 3.3-4 mm. and in this outlying Canadian and New- 
foundlanc area the plant passes clearly into A. hyemalis and its var. 
geminata (Trin.) Hitchc. A. elata seems, therefore, to be a coastal 
plain extreme of A. hyemalis with very long spikelets, rather than a 
variant of A. perennans with which Hitchcock unites it. 

Late in the afternoon, having made a good cross-section of the 
barren, we turned toward the sea-shore and, in following a path 
through an alder thicket, found a carpet of the European Potentilla 
procumbens, here, as when we afterward saw it at Baddeck, too near 
a cow-path for us to consider it indigenous. On the sea-beach 
Rumex pallidus was in prime condition and Suaeda americana was 
maturing. We had scarcely begun observing the beach plants when 
a downpour of rain warned us to hurry toward the village and the 
station, but, in scrambling through the bushes above the beach, we 
came upon such a handsome and now fully ripe colony of Carex 
panicea that we temporarily ignored the rain to dig some good speci- 
mens. 

The southern shore of Salmon Lake had yielded so many good 
things that we were all anxious to see more of the sandy and peaty 
beach, anc especially to extend our exploration up the wholly unsettled 
west side of the lake. So, on August 13, we landed at the brook 
where Polygonum robustius luxuriates. The boggy swale nearby had 


!Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 192 (1908). 


156 Rhodora [JuLy 


Juncus subcaudatus and a peculiarly brittle and fastigiate-branched 
extreme of Bartonia paniculata, a variety heretofore known only 
from Sable Island. Thelypteris simulata was abundant in spruce and 
alder thickets and the handsome Aster nemoralis, var. major Peck! 

'as beginning to bloom. "The Lycopus uniflorus of these thickets 
had an unfamiliar appearance and upon returning to Cambridge I 
find it to be var. ovatus Fernald & St. John?, recently described from 
Sable Island and Canso. 

The blackish-fruited Chokeberry, Pyrus arbutifolia, var. atro- 
purpurea, is everywhere abundant in western Nova Scotia and had 
for some time shown its characteristic color, but here many of the 
smaller-leaved shrubs had the small berries just reddening and were 
obviously typical P. arbutifolia, not positively known nearer than 
Cape Cod and Plymouth County, Massachusetts. The inundated 
sandy margin of the lake was carpeted with unusually fine Subularia 
aquatica and a stranger happening along would have been amazed 
to see five men standing in water above their knees, bent over and 
intently watching the bottom and every few seconds making a plunge 
to the shoulder with the right arm. After lunch Bissell and Dr. 
and Mrs. Graves started toward Tusket to catch the train; but Long, 
Linder and I, having determined to make a circuit of the lake, kept 
on to the north. Everywhere the thicket was bordered by Rubus 
tardatus of Cape Cod and of York County, Maine, one of the most 
characteristic blackberries of these lake margins; and the ledgy shores 
had colonies of the Panicum so characteristic of the coastal region of 
southern New England, which has been referred to P. virgatum, var. 
cubense. 

Approaching sunset warned us before we had got half the length 
of the west shore that our plan to encircle the lake was too ambitious. 
The fog was still with us and during the eight-mile road-walk into 
Yarmouth we amused ourselves vainly attempting to make out the 
outlines of more than two of the roadside telephone poles at a time, 
—an index to the extreme density of the atmosphere. It was some 
days after this, when the uninterrupted fog was in its fourth week, 


1 ASTER NEMORALIS Ait., var. MAJoR Peck, N. Y. State Mus. Ann. Rep. xlvii. 
155—reprint, 29 (Jan., 1894). A. nemoralis, var. Blakei Porter, Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Cl. xxi. 311 (July 20, 1894). 

? Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxvi. 92 (1921). 


. 1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 157 


that Mrs. Graves wrote home that they had been there for a week 
but had not seen Yarmouth yet. Nevertheless, in spite of this heavy 
blanket of fog and the naturally late spring, green corn was maturing 
in Yarmouth gardens; such summer-flowering plants as Xyris carol- 
iniana, Habenaria blephariglottis and H. psycodes, Bartonia virginica 
and Gratiola aurea were as early as in southern New Jersey; and such 
autumn-flowering plants of New Jersey as Spiranthes cernua, Chelone 
glabra, Solidago puberula, S. sempervirens, S. rugosa, S. Elliottii, S. 
uniligulata and S. graminifolia, Gnaphalium obtusifolium, Cirsium 
muticum and Prenanthes trifoliolata, in southern Nova Scotia begin 
flowering in midsummer, often a full month earlier! than in southern 
New Jersey. Another peculiarity of this region of Nova Scotia, one 
which we were terapted to attribute to the dense and protracted fogs, 
was the almost complete lack of mosquitoes. We had been most 
happily surprised to find that we could go anywhere on these boggy 
barrens without meeting this much-to-be-expected tenant. But in 
explanation some one suggested during the summer, that in such a 
dense atmosphere mosquitoes, if they there exist, must remain in 
the larval stage, wings being quite useless to them! 

The "usket party brought in a very extreme plant of the Carex 
Goodenowii affinity, only in this plant the perigynia have long, slender 
stipes. This proves to be C. Goodenowiti, var. strictiformis (Bailey) 
Kükenta. an endemic American variation which, in its extreme de- 
velopment, is very definite. And, to my delight, they had typical 
Ranunculus Flammula, the handsome subaquatic plant of Europe 
which I had known in eastern Newfoundland, now for the first time 
collected on the mainland of eastern North America. At Tusket it 


1 Our ezrliest flowering specimens from Nova Scotia and the earliest date of flower- 
ing in southern New Jersey (copied from Stone's Plants of Southern New Jersey) 
are given below. 


Nova SCOTIA SOUTHERN New JERSEY 
SPIRANTHES8 CERNUA August 31 early September 
CHELONE GLABRA August 4 late August 
SOLIDAGO PUBERULA July 21 early September 
SoLIDAGO SEMPERVIRENS August 10 early September 
SoLIDAGO RUGOSA August 10 late August 
SoLIDAGO ErrrorTII August 13 early September 
SOLIDAGO UNILIGULATA July 20 early September 
SOLIDAGO GRAMINIFOLIA August 9 late August 
GNAPHAL/UM OBTUSIFOLIUM August 7 late August 
CIRSIUM MUTICUM July 13 mid-August 


PRENANTHES TRIFOLIOLATA August 10 late August 


158 Rhodora [Juny 


grows in its characteristic habitat, a cold spring-brook. And Mrs. 
Graves was absolutely positive that, just as they were boarding the 
train at Tusket, a woman, who drove up in an automobile, had in 
her hand a bunch of the so-called Plymouth Gentian, Sabatia Kennedy- 
ana Fernald,! the most beautiful wild flower of the Cape Cod region. 
We should, perhaps, have been content with our collections of the 
day and not have insisted on pressing Mrs. Graves with the illogical 
query: “Why in the world didn't you ask where she got it?" Ob- 
viously, it would have been useless, for the train had started. But 
that unexplained Sabatia haunted us and we could not drive it out 
of our minds. 

'Two days were necessary to get the presses in order before leaving, 
on August 16, to examine the coastal sands of Queens County, our 
headquarters for two days being at Port Mouton (everywhere in 
Nova Scotia pronounced “Port Mut-toon"). Promptly after dinner 
Graves, Long and Linder started for the dunes at Central Port 
Mouton, bringing back such novelties as Juncus bufonius, var. halo- 
philus, Euphorbia polygonifolia and, from a bushy pasture, a greater 
variety of Crataegus than we had yet seen. They also had found 
again Polygonum Raii and Sagina nodosa which we had seen in the 
damp sands at Villagedale. Bissell and I were having better luck. 
We had gone to the mouth of Broad River where, until a violent 
storm of the preceding winter tore it away, a great range of dunes 
had long existed. We found the sand-plants the others were getting 
and in one strip of brackish sands a few plants of the rare Rumex 
maritimus, var. fueginus (Phil.) Dusen,? formerly known from Sable 
Island and the Magdalen Islands but not from the mainland of Nova 
Scotia. A beautiful little boggy pocket in the midst of hideously 
burned and charred spruce woods gave us some of the coastal plain 
specialties we had been getting in Yarmouth County: Schizaea 
pusilla, Thelypteris simulata, Juncus subcaudatus, Ilex glabra and the 
two Bartonias of sloughs. 

Next morning we all went to the dunes at Central Port Mouton, 
hoping by further exploration to add some species we had expected to 
see in such a habitat, but the most interesting discovery was to find 
that the typical dune species, Carew silicea, was quite absent from the 


1 Rnopona, xviii. 150, t. 121 (1916). 
2 See St. John, Ruopona, xvii. 81 (1915). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia |. 159 


dunes but growing in the crevices of a rocky headland along with 
Smilacina stellata, which we had also failed to see on the dunes. 
In a boggy thicket we were somewhat surprised to find the tangle 
of Ledum groenlandicum (subarctic) and Ilex glabra (Louisianian) 
stretching above our heads, and specimens of the Ledwm which we 
collected show the trunks and main branches to be practically 2 m. 
(19.5 dm.) high. 

In the afternoon Bissell and Graves went to the mouth of Broad 
River, returning with Conioselinium chinense from a patch of rich, 
old woods, and bringing in the largest Bartonia virginica of the 
season (3 dm. high). 

Long, Linder and I spent the afternoon near Port Joli (pronouncde 
Jolly) following a supersaturated corduroy-road back to Louis Lake, 
which had been described to us as shallow and “full of weeds." The 
border of the lake proved to be a quaking bog and, without a boat, 
we were forced to content ourselves with merely imagining all sorts 
of exciting things in the swimming mass of vegetation. The Ilex 
verticillata in the bog had densely pubescent leaves, var. padifolia, 
which we had not known east of Massachusetts, and the bog itself 
was the home of Arethusa, now abundantly fruiting and a welcome 
sight in view of its rapidly approaching extinction in the eastern 
states. 

Next morning there was time for some short local tramps before 
the early afternoon train back to Yarmouth, but the only striking 
novelty was Crataegus Jonesae, one of the most definite of species, 
supposed to be confined to the Maine coast, brought in by Bissell 
and Graves from the shore east of Port Mouton. 

The Graves's time was getting short and there were too many 
things to do, so it was necessary to crowd the program. We were 
planning another trip away from Yarmouth, to start early on the 
morning of the 21st, but we decided that on the 20th we could take 
a simple automobile trip into the interior, just to see what the country 
was like; and since we had previously failed to reach our destina- 
tion, when we started for Carleton and Kemptville, that direction 
seemed the natural one to take. Our route lay up the Tusket valley 
and, afte: a few stops, we succeeded in getting above Tusket Falls, 
when some one thought he saw an interesting plant on a wooded 
slope above Tusket (or Vaughan) Lake. "The shore of the lake was 


160 Rhodora [JULY 


obviously of no interest, being bushed close down to the water and 
with absolutely no beach exposed, but, tiring of waiting for the others 
to return, I pushed idly through the bushes to the water’s edge and 
there, with flowers fully expanded under several inches of water, was 
the beautiful Plymouth Gentian, Sabatia Kennedyana, the Rhode 
Island and southeastern Massachusetts representative of S. decandra 
of southern Georgia and Florida (fig. 12). Mrs. Graves’s observation 
was splendidly corroborated, and we could not pass such a spot even 
if Carleton and Kemptville again had to wait. With the Sabatia, 
deep under water, were the coastal plain Coreopsis rosea, its previous 
northeastern outposts in eastern Massachusetts; typical Habenaria 
flava, the Asclepias incarnata of Grand Lake and Rynchospora capi- 
tellata, var. discutiens again; and, best of all, a very evident relative 
of the southern Panicum longifolium, the latter species (fig. 16) 
known as far north as New England only in southern Connecticut 
and adjacent Rhode Island. Our consciences were becoming troubled 
by the full boxes (we had merely gone for a ride) of specimens to be 
"red for and thoughts of that early train next morning so, just as 
on the previous trip up this valley, we drove on only to Pleasant 
Valley, where we took a crossroad to Yarmouth. But, as we were 
turning, Bissell spied in the sand near Sloane Lake, a goldenrod of 
the Euthamia section, which we had not had, the typical thin-leaved, 
coastal plain Solidago tenuifolia, previously unknown east of York 
County, Maine, though abundantly represented in Nova Scotia by 
the endemic variety of pond-margins (p. 143). 

In September, 1917, Mr. Chesley Allen collected,! on a savannah 
between Little River and East Ferry on Digby Neck, a single plant 
of Lophiola, a most characteristic plant previously unreported from 
north of the New Jersey pine barrens, and all summer we had been 
awaiting the right opportunity and settled weather in order to go 
for a few days to Digby Neck, not only to rediscover Lophiola if 
possible but because we took that plant to be an index to a probably 
interesting lot of isolated coastal plain species. Anyone who knows 
the montane character of Digby Neck, forming a slender continua- 
tion, in places less than a mile wide, of the North Mountain for 
about 40 miles between the Bay of Fundy and St. Mary's Bay, 
anyone who knows this slender montane peninsula with the bleak 

1 See Nichols, Ruopona, xxi. 68 (1919), 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 161 


Bay of Fundy washing its outer shores would think us crazy to go 
there for coastal plain plants. But we could not overlook the occur- 
rence of Lophiola there. So, as the psychological moment had come, 
the weather clearing, with wind in the west, we went on the 21st 
by trainto Weymouth, thence to cross by boat in the late afternoon 
(when the tide would be right for going down Sissiboo River) to Sandy 
Cove on the Neck. 

Before time for the boat we collected extensively about Weymouth, 
sending our plants back to Yarmouth by Bissell who had elected to 
return and to care for the accumulated material during our absence, 
and before supper the rest of our party landed at Sandy Cove, a 
beautiful harbor shut in by basalt cliffs. As we landed we wondered 
where in such a place to look for plants of the sandy coastal plain, 
but upon leaving the wharf we saw by the damp roadside carpets of 
the Nova Scotian purple gerardia, Agalinis neoscotica, northern repre- 
sentative of a coastal plain genus. 

fast of Sandy Cove lies a large lake, Lake Midway or Centerville 
Lake, and south of that a small pond in the woods, and to the west, 
at the head of Little River, the map indicated a chain of small lakes. 
So, on the morning of August 22, the Graves’s and Linder were driven 
ast to Lake Midway and Long and I went west. Our driver, Mr. R. 
W. Sypher, who knows the Neck intimately, told us that the lake east 
of Tiddville had been drained in order to quarry the infusorial earth 
which had formed its bed, and, when we first caught sight of one 
of the small remaining pools beyond some hills, we hurried across to 
prospect, and there was Lophiola, tall and just coming into bloom, 
acres and acres as far as the eye could see. There was obviously 
no need to go as far as East Ferry, so we drove only to Tiddville and 
spent the day following the savannah eastward along the Little 
River, a stream which might often be crossed “in two jumps." Our 
list for the day is a long one so it must be here cut down to the special- 
ties, most of the distinctive coastal plain plants of the Yarmouth 
County bogs: Schizaea, Xyris caroliniana and X. montana, Calama- 
grostis Pickeringii, Carex exilis, Lycopodium inundatum, var. Bigel- 
ovii and Ilex glabra; in the pools and small pond-holes Utricularia 
purpurea and’ U. geminiscapa, Nymphaea odorata, var. rosea,! and 


1The flowers of Nymphaea odorata, var. rosea are by no means always pink, in 
fact they oftener have white inner petals. The plant is more familiarly known as 


102 Rhodora . [JuLy 


Eleocharis Robbinsii; and, rare in the mud, E. olivacea; a pretty 
good list of coastal plain types to find within half a mile of the cold 
rocks of the Bay of Fundy. Lophiola was abundant, coloring the 
savannahs for two or three miles with its misty, white corymbs, 
its yellow-bearded and reddish expanded perianths certainly suggest- 
ing the English name, Golden Crest. 

The genus Lophiola, although placed by Bentham & Hooker in 
the Haemadoraceae, is by other systematists placed in the tribe Cono- 
stylideae of the Amaryllidaceae. This tribe has 50 species confined 
to southwestern Australia, 1 species at the Cape of Good Hope and 
the genus Lophiola, with three localized areas: one extending from 
Mississippi to Florida and southern South Carolina; another the 
pine barrens of New Jersey and adjacent Delaware; the third, the 
savannahs on Digby Neck (fig. 17). But the plant of Digby Neck 
has a further claim to interest. The genus was based on a plant 
said to have been carried back to England by John Lyon in 1812 and 
there cultivated and, in 1813, illustrated and described from a plant 
which flowered in England. Lyon, it would seem, from what little 
is recorded of him, had lived at Philadelphia until, in 1806, he re- 
turned to England “with 14 new spp.”! He soon returned to America 
and devoted his energies to botanical exploration of North and South 
Carolina, Georgia and Florida, whence he returned to England in 
1812; “he assiduously explored this region [the Carolinas] from 
Georgia as far north at least as the Grandfather Mountain, and died 
at Ashville . . . . . some time between 1814 and 1818.’ 

Now the case would not be specially complicated if Lophiola aurea 
were, as has been generally supposed, a monotype; but close study 
shows that the plants of the three different areas are quite distinct 
species, the plants of the South and of New Jersey having olivaceous 
capsules free from the perianth only above the middle and seeds 


var. minor Sims, but the latter name was substituted by Sims for Pursh's earlier 
one because, when cultivated in England, the variety had white flowers. "The bib- 
liography is as follows: 

NYMPHAEA ODORATA, Var. Rosea Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 369 (1814). N. odorata, 
var. minor Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1652 (1814); Conard, Waterlil. 183, fig. 68 (1905). 
N. minor (Sims) DC., Veg. Syst. ii. 58 (1821). N. odorata, var. parviflora Raf., 
Med. Bot. ii. 45 (1830). N. rosea (Pursh) Raf.,l. c. (1830). Castalia odorata, forma 
rosea (Pursh) Britton, Cat. Pl. N. J. 44 (1889). C. odorata rosea (Pursh) Britton 
acc. to Morong, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 154 (1894). 

! Britten & Boulger, Biogr. Ind. Brit. and Irish Bot. 109 (1893). 

? Gray, Lond. Journ. Bot., i. 11 (1842), 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 163 


blunt at both ends, the Nova Scotia plant, as shown by fruiting 
material co lected in October by Mr. Sypher, having the red capsules 
free two-thirds their length and bearing seeds which are commonly 
tailed at one end. The two southern plants flower in early summer, 
the Nova Scotian from mid-August to October. The great difficulty 
arises in interpreting the original description and plate, for the 
plate, in such characters as are shown, very closely matches Nova 
Scotian material but is not a good match for most specimens of 
either the New Jersey or the more southern species. 

I have been generously loaned or have had access to all the material 
of Lophiola in the herbaria of the New York Botanical Garden, the 
Philadelphia Academy of Science, the National Museum and the 
Missouri Botanical Garden and in all the collections find but two 
sheets, both collected somewhere in Florida by Rugel, which com- 
pete with tae plant of Digby Neck in resembling the original plate 
of L. aurea. These two sheets are of unusually large-flowered ma- 
terial of the southern species, and, when we bear in mind what we 
know of Lyon's movements between 1806 and 1812 and that the 
plate was made from cultivated material, it seems wiser to apply the 
name L. aurea to the southern plant than to force it upon the superfi- 
cially somewhat similar plant of Nova Scotia. The Nova Scotia 
plant should, therefore, be treated as a new species, the New Jersey 
plant being L. americana (Pursh) Wood. 

Graves and Linder found Midway Lake with a bouldery and 
uninteresting shore, though at one point they were able to get Myrio- 
phyllum tenellum and a beautiful lot of freshly flowering Utricularia 
resupinata (from Florida north), making our ninth species of the 
genus. They also got Potamogeton Oakesianus and P. bupleuroides, 
the latter species new to our collections, and on the Fundy shore, 
Graves got Sedum roseum and Polygonum allocarpum, both typical 
plants of this coast. 

Before leaving Sandy Cove for Digby on the 23rd, Long and I 
stole out in the early morning to the little pond which lies alinost 
in the villaye. We were told: “It never had a name, but some 
folks call it Lily Lake;"—so we will call it Lily Lake. In a deep 
muddy cove were two splendid plants, the northern Myriophyllum 
Farwellii (alpine ponds of Gaspé to northern New England, northern 
New York and northern Michigan) and, mingled with it, that hand- 


164 Rhodora i [JuLy 


some pondweed with purple-mottled stems, Potamogeton pulcher, 
heretofore unknown northeast of Nantucket and of York County, 
Maine (fig. 15). 

After the Sandy Cove trip Dr. and Mrs. Graves felt that they 
must get back to Connecticut and we attempted to forget the loss 
of their good comradeship by ourselves travelling as far in the oppos- 
ite direction—to Cape Breton; Bissell and Linder to North Sydney 
as a base, Long and I to Baddeck, to the hospitable home of Mr. 
and Mrs. Charles T. Carruth of Cambridge. The region including 
Baddeck and North Sydney had already been much botanized by 
John Macoun and by many amateurs, so that we anticipated no 
noteworthy discoveries; but we naturally wanted a glimpse of this 
region of Carboniferous sandstones, gypsum-cliffs and limestones, 
especially to compare it with the acid southwestern counties. And 
the comparison was truly a contrast. We saw absolutely none of 
the coastal plain specialties which all summer had occupied oui 
concentrated attention. Around the gypsum outcrops at Port 
Bevis (near Baddeck) were many of the species which Long and 
Pease had got in similar habitats along 5-Mile River or which we had 
from Truro: Cystopteris bulbifera, Carex eburnea, Sphenopholis pallens, 
Erigeron hyssopifolius, ete. in the rock crevices; Pteretis nodulosa, 
Poa costata, Carex retrorsa, Ranunculus recurvatus, Solidago latifolia 
in the woods; Ranunculus Purshii in the pools; and a few we had 
not previously seen: Shepherdia canadensis in the talus, Gnaphalium 
sylvaticum in pastured woods and other half-natural but doubtfully 
native habitats, Cornus Amomum along a brook, and the boreal Seir- 
pus pauciflorus in the border of a salt marsh near Baddeck where the 
southern Distichlis spicata abounds. In a cold brook with Pota- 
mogeton alpinus, was a vigorous growth of P. vaginatus "Turcz.,! a 
boreal, circumpolar species not before known in Nova Scotia, and 
here, as on Prince Edward Island, in New Brunswick, and on the 
Labrador Peninsula without good fruit; and at the mouth of a brook 
entering Baddeck Bay the colony of Thelypteris palustris (Aspidium 
Thelypteris) was as deliciously fragrant as Vanilla Grass (Hierochloe 
odorata). This fragrant form of the Marsh Fern has been previously 
known from a collection made by Miss Sarah F. Sanborn in southern 


! See St. John, Ruopona, xx. 191 (1918). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 165 


New Hampshire. It is Thelypteris palustris, forma suaveolens.) 
We had hoped to find new stations for the two local species, Poly- 
gonum acadiense (already referred to, p. 134) and Agropyron acadiense 
Hubbard,? which Dr. St. John and I had discovered in 1914 at Grand 
Narrows, but, in our searching of the beaches about Baddeck, Long 
and I found only a solitary plant of the Polygonum, on Kidstone's 
Island, here, as at Grand Narrows, associated with P. Raii, and at 
this station with Agropyron pungens clearly passing into A. acadiense. 

Bissell and Linder, in the meantime, were having their best collect- 
ing in the rich woods about a lime quarry on a mountain near George 
Hiver. 'lhey got many of the species we were finding and some 
others new to our summer's collections: gigantic Thelypteris Filix- 
mas (L.) Nieuwl., the only Cystopteris fragilis of the whole summer, 
Athyrium acrostichoides, Carex Bebbii, C. aurea, Satureja vulgaris 
and other plants of sweet or basie soils, though at the leached summit 
of the mountain they found a typical acid bog with Rubus Chamae- 
morus and the other common acid bog plants. 

Dr. and Mrs. Webster having told me of a spot near Gavelton, on 
the Tusket, where they had found Sabatia Kennedyana without 
having te reach under water for it, as we had been forced to do, Dr. 
Webster most kindly took Long and me to the station on the morning 
of September 2nd, and there, near the foot of Gavelton (or Butler) 
Lake, he introduced us to a most fascinating savannah. Our time 
was very limited but enough to indicate what was to be the next 
day’s work. Unfortunately Bissell could not share in this, one of 
the best days of the season, for he returned home on the night of the 
2nd; but on the 4th Long, Linder and I went to Gavelton prepared 
for a full day of collecting. 

Sabatia was abundant both on the wet savannah and the cobbly 
beaches and, of course, all the specialties we had previously found 
with it. Proserpinaca palustris and P. pectinata (Florida to south- 
ern Maine), the Atlantic American representatives of the tropical 
and austral tribe JJalorrhageae, a tribe with most of its species in 
Australia, were abundant on the savannah and with them, clearly a 
hybrid of the two, as it likewise seems to be in eastern Massachusetts 

1 'THELYPTERIS PALUSTRIS Schmidel, forma suaveolens (Clute), n. comb. — Neph- 


rodium Thelypteris, forma suaveolens Clute, Fern Bull. xviii. 87 (1910). 
? RHopora, xix. 15 (1917). 


166 Rhodora [JuLy 


and Rhode Island, P. intermedia Mackenzie,' originally described 
from the pine barrens of New Jersey and from Georgia. Polygonum 
Muhlenbergii, first east of the Penobscot, P. robustius and Glyceria 
pallida, first east of southern Maine, abounded. The southern Pan- 
icum dichotomiflorum grew on shores or at the border of the savannah, 
and the tall clumps of Juncus canadensis had an unusual appearance 
owing to the very few (3-7) flowers in the scattered glomerules borne 
on long, almost erect branches, the inflorescence thus suggesting 
that of J. brevicaudatus but the plant clearly an extreme variation 
of J. canadensis, with the perianths unusually long for the species 
(3.5-4 mm. long). Typical J. canadensis has the flowers very num- 
erous in the glomerule, the branches less rigidly erect and the perianth 
from 2.5 to very rarely as much as 3.5 mm. long. Linder and I 
later (in October) traced the extreme variety nearly to the head- 
waters of the East Branch of the Tusket, and although it sometimes 
intergrades with typical J. canadensis it seems worthy of recognition 
as a variety. Upon looking up the collections made by Long and 
me on Cape Cod in 1918 I find that at one of the ponds in Dennis 
we got this same peculiar variety of the Tusket valley. 

On the beach of the lake Woodwardia areolata of southern, wet 
cypress swamps and W. virginica of coastal plain quaking bogs were 
growing among the cobble-stones, and the finest Bog Cranberry, 
Vaccinium macrocarpon, I had ever seen was here trailing over the 
quartzite boulders; while the dominant blueberry of the rocky shore 
was Vaccinium vacillans, heretofore unknown in New England east of 
southern York County, Maine, although there are records of it from 
Nova Scotia. 

This was to have been our last day in the field, for the calls of 
home and the opening of the academic year could not be indefinitely 
postponed, but it did seem "hard luck," just as we were packing to 
leave Nova Scotia, that the isolated coastal plain types were so 
rapidly developing. By working overtime, however, and blessed at 
last by brilliant September sunshine, we got the presses into shape 
and took just one more day in the field. On September 6 we went 
over the only bad road we encountered in Yarmouth County, to 
Great Pubnico Lake, a splendid lake but with water, as every- 
where else, uncomfortably high. On the sandy shore with the 


! Mackenzie, Torreya, x. 250 (1910). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 167 


conventional but still very choice coastal plain species was Rhexia 
virginica, which we had had only from Randel Lake; but the great 
surprise was a boggy savannah at the border of the lake where, at 
least close to the lake, the two dominant sedges were the northern 
Carex oligosperma (Labrador to Great Bear Lake—at the Arctic 
Circle, south to northern Pennsylvania, Michigan and Minnesota) 
and Eleocharis tuberculosa (Texas to Florida and north to eastern 
Massachusetts, see fig. 14). On the way back to the railroad and 
again near Pubnico station we were greatly interested in Spiranthes 
cernua, var. ochroleuca. Typical white-flowered S. cernua, with de- 
licious fragrance suggestive of the Pond Lily, had been common and 
blooming freely in sterile meadows but this much larger plant with 
elongate bracts and yellowish flowers of disgustingly pungent odor 
was just beginning to bloom and grew in dry habitats, either open, 
sandy fields or rocky barrens. 

After making a circuit on the 7th, to secure fruiting material of 
Rubus and other specialties, we quickly packed the boxes and on the 
9th sailed on the Prince Arthur, satisfied with our summer's work, 
though fully conscious that we had barely scratched the surface. 
Of the more than 2,600 lakes in the silicious belt we have visited 
exactly 40 and have almost made the circuit of just 1; of the innumer- 
able savannahs and inland marshes we have been on 4; we have not 
touched the sandy valleys of the Clyde, Roseway, Jordan, Sable 
and other rivers to the east; the regions where [lea opaca and Rhodo- 
dendron maximum have been reported are still to be investigated; and 
we have not yet located Ceratiola. 

But the season was not yet over. Many problems promptly arose 
as soon as the material was unpacked, so, on October 5, Linder and I 
sailed on the Prince George back to Yarmouth where we spent three 
strenuous days, out from sunrise to sunset, collecting fruit of critical 
groups and adding whatever of novelty the lateness of the season 
would allow. 

A Bidens growing in a cold bog at Sand Beach, a plant we had 
earlier collected in the most immature condition, seems like B. con- 
nata, var. gracilipes Fernald' of the Cape Cod quagmires but its 
achenes are nearly twice as long; apparently an endemic variety. At 
last we reached Carleton and Kemptville, trailing Sabatia Kennedy- 


1RHopoRa xxi. 103 (1919). 


168 Rhodora [Juv 


ana, Panicum longifolium, etc., all the way and later to the head of 
the East Branch of the Tusket where we also found Rhexia virginica, 
Proserpinaca pectinata and Polygonum robustius. There are some 
beautiful savannahs on the East Branch which, earlier in the season, 
would repay careful exploration. At the border of one was as hand- 
some a Polygonum as I ever saw, a slender perennial, obviously a 
variety of P. hydropiperoides, but extremely tall (1-1.5 m.), with 
leaves almost 2 dm. in length, and with the thick (often 1 em.) pink 
spikes sessile in mostly digitate fascicles at the tips of the branches. 
Typical P. hydropiperoides, which we found common in Yarmouth 
County, has much shorter leaves and the more slender spikes (com- 
monly described as “filiform ") scattered along the flowering branches. 

This was the end of the collecting but only the beginning of the 
more exacting and unending task of accurately working out the 
results—17,000 sheets of carefully prepared specimens representing 
3,600 numbers, nearly every isolated species to be intensively studied, 
lest, like the Lophiola, we should superficially place it with the wrong 
species. And, although the detailed results cannot yet be fully 
stated, it is now safe to say that, of the indigenous vascular flora of 
silicious southwestern Nova Scotia, approximately 150 out of the 800 
known species are either isolated from the more continuous coastal 
plain flora of the South or are endemie derivatives from it, while 
such a typical coastal plain genus as Bartonia seems in Nova Scotia 
to be more highly developed than on the coastal plain itself. Fur- 
ther exploration will greatly increase the proportion of isolated coastal 
plain types, for we have glimpsed scarcely 197 of the silicious area 
and most of the significant plants are highly localized and found 
where least expected. But if there were need of further evidence 
that, since the Pleistocene glaciation the continental shelf of eastern 
North America has been high in the air, affording.an essentially 
continuous line of migration across the mouth of the Gulf of Maine 
to Nova Scotia, thence to Newfoundland, that evidence is now 
abundantly at hand. A striking feature of this migration northward 
of the southern coastal plain flora is the fact, that several distinctive 
species or genera, Schizaca pusilla (fig. 11), Lophiola (fig. 17), Hab- 
enaria flava, and perhaps Ceratiola, reached Nova Scotia without 
establishing colonies on Long Island, Cape Cod or Nantucket. "This 
^ould seem to indicate that the uplifted shelf was a region of some 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 169 


complexity or else some subtle qualities in the habitats of these 
plants. 

-© And what of the much overworked life-zones based alone upon 
temperature? In a region where the Louisianian! Lycopodium in- 
undatum, var. Bigelovii (L. adpressum) and the Louisianian and 
Carolinian Utricularia subulata (fig. 4) creep among the bases of 
Carex Coodenowii (Greenland and arctic America, south to Nova 
Scotia and eastern Massachusetts) or of Juncus filiformis (Greenland 
to Massachusetts and the mountains of Pennsylvania); where the 
Louisianian and Carolinian Eleocharis tuberculosa (fig. 14) vies with 
Carex oligosperma (Labrador to Great Bear Lake, etc.) for the pos- 
session of the edge of a savannah; where the dominant undergrowth 
in the spruce, fir, and larch swamps includes the Louisianian and 
Carolinian Inkberry (fig. 3), and such a distinctly southern plant as 
Solidago Elliottii; where the Inkberry makes tall thickets with Ledum 
groenlandicum or pushes its branches through the carpet of arctic 
Crowberry, Empetrum nigrum (fig. 2), or the arctic Cloudberry 
or Bakeapple (Rubus Chamaemorus);—in a region where these com- 
minglings of Arctic or Hudsonian with Louisianian or Carolinian 
species are met at every turn, one is certainly perplexed to make 
Merriam's zones fit the facts. My friends in the more arid and ele- 
vated regions of the West seem to find them of practical value, and 
in our cwn upland country they are useful concepts if their use 1s 
constantly tempered by that rarest of virtues, sound judgment; but 
in our humid and lowland regions of the Northeast they are so tangled 
that it is doubtful whether a commensurate return can be gained 
from the effort to untangle them.  Incidentally, Merriam makes the 
moose an indicator of the Hudsonian. How lost this great animal 
must feel in Yarmouth County as it breaks its way through the 
thickets of Inkberry and tangles of Green Brier to the lake-margins, 
there tc browse on the Louisianian and Carolinian Brasenia, 
Nympho'des or Solidago tenuifolia! 

I have laid great emphasis upon the seemingly unfair proportion 
of fog and “Scotch mist" in southwestern Nova Scotia, although 
we were constantly assured that we were having * beginner's luck” 
and seeing an abnormal summer. I have also indicated the very 


1 The warmer “zones” to which the southern species are accredited are those indi- 
cated for chem in Mohr's Plant Life of Alabama. 


170 Rhodora [Jury 


diverse habitats of coastal plain plants in that region: Schizaea 
pusilla growing either in the wettest of sphagnous quagmires, in the 
- dryish Cladonia heath or even in rock-crevices; Woodwardia vir- 
ginica, of quaking bogs southward, or W. areolata, of our wet or 
mossy woods, taking to cobble beaches; the Bog Cranberry reaching 
phenomenal development among quartzite boulders; the Inkberry 
indifferent whether it grows in the deep shade of spruce woods, on 
open sphagnous bogs or in dry blueberry pastures; Panicum Lind- 
heimeri, of dry open sands southward, represented in Nova Scotia 
by a plant of inundated quagmires; and Solidago tenuifolia, of coastal 
plain sand-plains, with a Nova Scotian representative found only in 
the lake-margins. Is not this very general interchange of habitats 
due, to a great extent, to the unusually moist atmosphere and greatly 
retarded evaporation? Where there is abundant moisture every- 
where the plants secure what they need, even in comparatively dry 
habitats. 

Another point, and the last: in the areas we explored, this remark- 
able flora derived from the southern coastal plain was restricted to or 
at least obvious only in the region of acid rock, the “ gold-bearing 
series" and their adjacent granites, the cool Atlantic slope of Nova 
Scotia or (as on Digby Neck) in extensive areas of acid savannah. 
Wherever we tapped the regions with limestone, gypsum or basalt, 
regions with but slightly acid or sweet or basic soils, the coastal 
plain types were found only on sphagnous bogs or on long-weathered 
and leached crests or open plains. Instead, as at George River, Port 
Bevis, Baddeck, Truro, Folleigh, 5-Mile River and the southern 
slope of the North Mountain, the plants which gave distinction to 
the regions were such Canadian or Alleghenian calcicoles or denizens 
of rich woods as Thelypteris Filix-mas, Cystopteris bulbifera (fig. 6), 
Pteretis nodulosa, Equisetum scirpoides, Milium effusum, Sphenopholis 
pallens, Festuca nutans, Asperella hystrix, Carex rosea, C. aurea, C. 
eburnea, Juncus Dudleyi, Listera convallarioides, Ostrya virginiana, 
Laportea canadensis, Ranunculus Purshii, R. recurvatus, Dentaria 
diphylla, Amelanchier canadensis (fig. S), Fragaria vesca, var. ameri- 
cana, Geum virginianum, Geranium Robertianum, Shepherdia canadensis, 
Circaea latifolia and C. canadensis, Aralia racemosa, Sanicula gregaria, 
Osmorrhiza Claytoni and O. divaricata, Satureja vulgaris, Solidago 
latifolia, S. serotina and Erigeron hyssopifolius (fig. 7). 


1921] Weatherby,—Old Time Connecticut Botanists 171 


These conclusions are based upon careful records, entered every 
night for more than two months by all members of the party, of 
everything seen during the day. They show very emphatically 
that, waereas the distinctive flora of the highly acid but cool Atlantic 
slope of Nova Scotia has been derived very largely from the now sub- 
merged continental shelf and has its affinities far to the south, the 
distinctive flora of the warmer, inland and less acid or even calcareous 
regions of the province, the regions of farms and apple and peach 
orchards, has come from the north, northwest or west by way of New 
Brunswick. This situation suggests the contrasts in the flora of 
Newfoundland elsewhere discussed, where the cold, foggy and 
bleak acid southeastern region is distinguished by a flora derived 
from the acid sands and peats of the southern coastal plain; the 
warmer, sunny, calcareous western region by a calcicolous flora 
allied tc those of the calcareous Arctic Archipelago and the Canadian 
Rocky Mountains. 

(To be continued.) 


OLD-TIME CONNECTICUT BOTANISTS AND THEIR 
HERBARIA,—II. 


C. A. WEATHERBY. 
(Continued from p. 125.) 


Barratt’s botanical activities began in England and extended, 
apparently, to about 1845. There is a specimen in his herbarium 
dated 1567, but most of his collecting was done before the former 
date. As a botanist, his impulse was toward research and original 
work. He was interested in the life history and morphology of 
plants. On a sheet preserved with one of his letters to Torrey are 
acute observations on such subjects as the bulblets of Nymphoides 
and their function and the germination of the seeds of Orontium. 
Groups which were taxonomically difficult or insufficiently studied 
attracted him. Of them he collected freely, to show their different 
forms, both for himself and abundant duplicates for his correspond- 
ents. "I constantly take in my carriage" he wrote to Torrey, “one 
or 2 large portfolios and collect through the season a great number of 
our finest and rarest plants." One hopes that no patient's colic had 


' 1 Fernald, Am. Journ. Bot. v. 237-247 (1918). 


172 Rhodora [JULY 


to wait when the good doctor spied a particularly fine and rare speci- 
men by the roadside. He made the first and in some cases the only 
local collection yet known of certain of the rarer plants of Connecticut, 
such as Carex trichocarpa, Draba caroliniana, Solidago canadensis, 
Gnaphalium purpureum and Aster radula—the last at Guilford. 
But he seems to have missed entirely what we now know as the chief 
floristic features of his neighborhood—the isolated stations for Are- 
naria groenlandica, var. glabra! on the hills south of Middletown and 
for Carex subulata in the sand-plains to the north. 

At different times he collected and studied especially Cardamine 
pennsylvanica, Acer, various species of Aster and Solidago, Verbena, 
Lespedeza and Desmodium, the group of Eupatorium purpureum and, 
most notably, Carex and Salix. On the last genus his most consider- 
able botanical work was done. He studied it as opportunity offered, 
for ten years, growing willows in the gardens of obliging friends, 
watching them in the wild and making many and complete specimens 
in flower, fruit and leaf. By 1834 he had in manuscript and read 
before the New York Lyceum a “monograph of North American 
willows” which he planned to publish with drawings of all the species. 
Lack of the necessary funds prevented this project from being carried 
out—a state of things still not unfamiliar to scientists. Even so, 
his work attracted the attention of Sir William Hooker, then engaged 
in preparing his Flora of British North America, and, we may well 
believe, puzzled by the complex forms which even his comparatively 
small collection of willows presented. He sent to Barratt all his 
North American specimens to be named and invited him to contri- 
bute the treatment of the genus to his flora. This Barratt declined 
to do in detail, but he did present a synopsis of sections which Hooker 
used and notes on the species from which Hooker published three 
new species and two varieties ascribed to Barratt as author. Later, 
in 1840, Barratt himself published a title page and set of printed 
labels with introduction and notes intended to go with bound volumes 
of exsiccatae such as were fashionable in those days. The specimens 
which were to accompany them were, with one exception, all of his 
own collecting and from the vicinity of Middletown. 

Since all of Barratt's publications are rare, a somewhat detailed 


1 The earliest known collection of this is by Merrill Hitchcock, May 4, 1878, 25 
days before that of H. L. Osborn cited in the Catalogue of Connecticut Plants. 


1921] Weatherby,—Old Time Connecticut Botanists 173 


account of them may not be out of place. Among the willows, he 
recognizes 29 species (fourteen or fifteen more than current manuals 
admit in his region), four of them indicated as new though only three 
are properly published, and fourteen varieties, two unnamed, eleven 
with nomina nuda and one with a brief description. This one, Salix 
tristis, var. monadelphia, is an apparently teratological form in which 
the filaments are united, as they normally are in S. purpurea. Bar- 
ratt distributed his 29 species among eight sections, using as diagnostic 
characters the time of appearance of the aments, whether before or 
after the leaves, the point on the ament, apex, middle, or base, at 
which the staminate flowers first appear, shape of leaves and type 
of pubescence on them, color of scales, ete. A vast deal of patient 
labor and observation went into this work and though the sections 
are in some cases separated by what are now regarded as no more 
than specific differences and some of the species are either hybrids 
or divided by finer lines than later students have been able to draw, 
yet the grouping is essentially that now in use in our current manuals. 

Barratt issued similar exsiccatae sets with printed title-page and 
label-sheets, of the local Carices and Eupatoriums of the E. purpureum 
group. The former contains 67 species, mostly recognized now, and 
some dozen varieties, only two of which, C. vulpinoidea, vars. glomer- 
ata and ainbigua,' are described. Some of the varietal nomina nuda 
are appliel to segregates now recognized—the plants, for instance, 
now known as Carex virescens, var. Swanii and C. vesicaria, var. 
jejuna. Others seem to be based on wholly trivial and superficial 
characters. A case in point is that of C. squarrosa and C. typhina, 
related species which grow together in the flood-plain of the Connect- 
icut River. Barratt entirely overlooked, or thought of no account, 
the characters of leaves, scales, form of spike and achene by which 
they are separated, lumped both together under one species and 
divided the aggregate into five unnamed varieties based entirely on 
the number of fruiting spikes. 

In his work on the Eupatoria, he anticipates our latest treatment 
by dividing the group of E. purpureum into four species, one new—to 
which he adds three varieties. The new species, E. fistulosum, is 

! The former is a state of C. vulpinoidea with short, thick inflorescence; the latter 


is, of course, C. setacea, var. ambigua of Gray's Manual, C. zanthocarpa and C. an- 
nectens of Bicknell, 


174 Rhodora [Jury 


separated on the basis of its glaucous, hollow stems, which he says, 
the workmen in the brownstone quarries were wont to fill with powder 
and use as fuses. The two recent attempts to unravel the synonymy 
of this group agree that Barratt was here redescribing a Linnaean 
species;! but, as they flatly disagree as to what Linnaean species, 
Barratt’s name may yet bring peace by taking possession of the field. 
In the other species recognized, the stem is described as solid and 
glabrous in E. purpureum, hispid or pubescent and glandular in Æ. 
maculatum and E. ternifolium. 

Barratt planned other, more pretentious botanical works—the 
monograph of willows already mentioned and a local flora of Middle- 
town which should be “creditable to this place and myself." How 
far the latter may have proceeded in manuscript there is now no 
means of telling: local botanists may well be sorry it was never 
brought to completion. For some reason Barratt never got anything 
into Silliman's Journal; and the three sets of exsiccatae label-sheets, 
with their accompanying notes, and a brief article on White Moun- 
tain plants collected by one of his pupils, E. W. Southwick, in 1841, 
make up the sum of. his published botanical work. 

Barratt's herbarium is preserved at Wesleyan University. Like 
so much of his work, it is a thing half-finished. Not more than half 
of his American plants and none of his European ones are mounted; 
numérous duplicates were left to lie precariously in folders with loose 
labels. The collection was no doubt neglected in Barratt’s later 
years, and for a long time the University was not in a position to give 
it needed attention. The herbarium beetle is ubiquitous and not 
in the habit of letting opportunity knock in vain. So it has happened 
that the greater part of Barratt’s flowering material of the willows 
and a good many specimens in Compositae and other groups which 
appeal to larval appetites are utterly ruined, and others damaged. 
There remain, however, somewhat less than 10,000 sheets which, in 
spite of everything, still constitute a valuable collection, not alto- 
gether unworthy of the pride which Barratt once took in it. For that 
time, the specimens are unusually ample. One very tall plant of 
Solidago altissima is cut into sections and mounted on a series of sheets 
duly indicated—a method with which few contemporary botanists 
would have troubled themselves. The specimens are carefully 


! See Ruopora, xxii, 57ff. and 1571T. 


1921] Weatherby,—Old Time Connecticut Botanists 175 


made and mounted, when at all, with equal care—attached with glue 
in the modern way to paper corresponding to the ledger paper of 
today in sheets cut 1024 by 1514 inches. Barratt was particular about 
this paper and speaks of having it made to order for him. Like most 
botanists of his time, he was not so particular about data. However, 
a good proportion of his plants are fully labelled with date and place 
of collection and collector’s name. Others have a place without a 
date or a date without a place, and too many only the name of 
the plant and some references to literature. But in respect to 
data his herbarium is a model compared to that of Brace.! There 
are specimens from many American botanists of the period. S. B. 
Buckley, once his pupil, sent him numerous plants from the 
central and southern United States, in particular a fine set of southern 
Rynchospora. There is original material of Cyperus diandrus from 
Torrey, Euphorbia Darlingtonii from Darlington and Carex Barrattii 
from Knieskern. ‘There are a number of duplicates of Hooker’s 
willows from the collections of Drummond in the Rocky Mountains 
and of Richardson and Morison in arctic North America. Chap- 
man, Le Conte, Sartwell, Boykin, Short, J. Hale, Schweinitz, Dewey, 
Carey, Sullivant, Lapham, Boott and Oakes are among the names 
which appear on his labels. From Europe he has plants from H. 
Shepard of the Liverpool Botanic Garden, John Ball, J. S. Henslow, 
De Candolle, Jacquin, ete. Of his own collecting there are a good 
many plants from near Philipstown, a few from the White Mountains 
and central New York and a representation of the local flora about 
Middletovn which is very fair throughout and excellent in the 
groups which he especially studied. With some assistance from 
later collections it would still serve as a good basis for a catalogue 
of the local plants. 

I am indebted for generous aid in the preparation of this paper to 
Miss Laura Philbrook, formerly of the Middletown Public Library; 
Professor William North Rice of Wesleyan University; Dr. John 
Hendley Farnhart of the New York Botanical Garden; and especially 
to Mr. John H. Sage of Portland, Conn., without whose interest and 
co-operation I could hardly have secured many needed facts, and Mr. 
C. H. Bissell of Southington, Conn., who first suggested the writing 
of such a paper and who had so large a part in the preliminary work 


! See REorona, xvi. 83ff. 


176 Rhodora t [Jury 


on it that, except for its phrasing and its faults, he is as much its 
author as I. 


The following lists may perhaps be of service. 


I 


Species and varieties published by Barratt, or by others from his 
notes and over his name, of which there is original material in his 
herbarium. 


Carex vulpinoidea, var. ambigua, Suppl. N. Am. Carices, no. 62 
(1841). 

Carex vulpinoidea, var. glomerata, l. c. no. 61 (1841). 

Eupatorium fistulosum, Eupatoria Verticillata no. 1 (1841). 

Salix balsamifera in Anderss. Oefvers. Vet. Akad. Foerhandl. xv. 

125 (1858) (a single leaf only). 

Salix crassa, Sal. Am. no. 7 (1840). 

Salix Drummondiana in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 144 (1840). 

Salix pameachiana, Sal. Am. no. 16 (1840). 

Salix Scouleriana in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 144 (1840) (probably 

this species, though labelled by mistake S. Hookeriana). 

Salix Torreyana, Sal. Am. no. 29 (1840). 

Salix tristis, var. monadelphia, l. c. no. 2. 

Other material of Barratt’s willows may be found in the Torrey 
Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden, and the Gray Her- 
barium and, no doubt, at Kew. "The identity of most of his species 
not already well understood has been worked out by Mr. Camillo 
Schneider in his recent series of notes on North American Willows 
in the Botanical Gazette and the Journal of the Arnold Arboretum. 


II 


Barratt’s publications, so far as known to me, exclusive of letters 
and other articles in newspapers, of which there are a considerable 
number in the one complete file extant of the Middletown Sentinel 
and Witness. All items here listed, except as otherwise noted, were 
published at Middletown and bear the imprint of C. H. Pelton. Nos. 
2, 3, 4, and 5 are label-sheets, printed on one side of the paper only. 
An official acknowledgment from the Linnaean Society of London of 
a gift of pamphlets, etec., from Barratt, dated March 5, 1842, mentions 
another publication which I have not seen—' ‘Remarks on the Canker 
Worm Moth.” 


1. Plan of Main St., Middletown, showing the buildings and occu- 
pants, from about 1770 to 1775. In J. W. Barber, Connecti- 


1921] Ashe,—Notes on Rhododendron 177 


bo 


10. 


cut Historical Collections, 508. New Haven and Hartford. 
1868. 

Salices Americanae. North American. Willows Disposed in 
Sections or Natural Groups. 1840. Spp. qto. 


. North American Carices. 1840. 4 octavo pages. 
. Supplement to the North American Carices. 1841. 1 Svo 


page. 


. Eupatoria Verticillata: specimens to illustrate the North Ameri- 


can verticillate species and varieties of the genus Eupatorium. 
1841. 1 folio page. 


. List of Plants collected by Mr. E. W. Southwick on the White 


Mountains of New Hampshire, July 15, 1841. The Classic 
ii. 182-185. 1842. Also reprinted, with changed pagination, 
together with Southwick's Notes of a 'Tour to the White Hills 
of N. H., to which it is in the nature of an appendix. 


. Table to show the period and continuance of Flowering of the 


Apricot, Peach, Cherry and Apple at Middletown, Connect- 
icut. . . Ann. Report of the Regents of the University 
of the State of New York Iviii. 218-129. 1845. 


. Report on the Season of 1846. 1846. 14 pp. Gives tables of 


the time of flowering of fruit trees from 1837 to 1846 and of 
dates of late spring and early fall frosts, etc. 

Key to the Indian Language of New England in the Etchemin 
or Passamaquoddy Language. . derived and written from 
the Indian Nicola Tenesles. 1850. Spp. 

Indian Proprietors of Mattabeseck and their descendants whose 
names appear in the town Records from 1673 to 1749. — In 
Addresses delivered at the Dedication of the Indian Hill 
Cemetery, 47 - 50, Middletown, 1850. Reprinted in Indian 
Hill Cemetery: By laws, Regulations, ete. 1873. 

The :ndian of New England and the northeastern Provinces 
Lo. derived from Nicola Tenesles. 1851. 24pp. 

Fossil Wonders of a former World. 1874. 7pp. 


East HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT. 


NOTES ON RHODODENDRON. 
W. W. ASHE. 


RHODODENDRON CAROLINIANUM margarettae n. var. A-shrub in 


habit resembling the type. Flowers pure white, except for pale 
yellow spots on the upper lobe of corolla and anthers, appearing be- 


! Rhod. 14: 97 (1912). 


178 Rhodora [JuLy 


fore the new leaves from April 10 to May 15 in erect compact 6- to 
12-flowered clusters which are from 4 to 6 cm. long; corolla rotate, 
scarcely two lipped, about 3 cm. wide, the narrow slightly glandular- 
viscid tube about 5 mm. long, outside of the lobes sparingly lepidote 
with 3-7 rows of scales; filaments exserted, from 1.6 to 2.6 cm. long, 
hairy below the middle, the tips upcurved and capped by bright rose 
colored anthers; style with clavate stigma, much shorter than the 
stamens, recurved after anthesis; calyx lobes green, semicircular, 
fringed with scattered 2 to 3 mm. long, weak mostly caducous cilia; 
pedicels .5 to 2 cm. long, sparingly glandular-viscid; capsule .8 to 
1.2 em. long, lanceolate, truncate. Leaves oblong, 5 to 10 em. 
long, 2 to 3 em. wide, pointed at each end or rarely obtuse at base, 
dark green above, pale as if glaucous and gray lepidote beneath, 
petioles green or at length bright red or orange, 1 to 1.5 cm. long. 
This form differs from the type in its pure white flowers, filaments 
often villous nearly to the middle, stamens longer than the corolla, 
the style much shorter than the stamens and the lower surface of the 
leaves which as a rule are acute at both ends, usually pale and gray- 
ish or silvery lepidote. 

The variety occurs in rocky woods and on cliffs, especially near 
small streams, between 1500 and 4000 feet altitude along the Blue 
Ridge in North Carolina, in McDowell and Buncombe Counties, 
especially above Old Fort along Curtis, Jarrett and Mill Creeks; in 
Rutherford County in Hickorynut Gap where abundantly associated 
with R. minus; and in Polk and Henderson Counties above Tryon. 
Type material collected by W. W. A., May 16, 1905, on the head- 
waters of Mill Creek and since been in cultivation. A specimen 
cited by Rehder as belonging to R. carolinianum, No. 4463, Biltmore 
Herbarium, was collected near Tryon. Two trips have been made 
to study this Rhododendron in this section where it is not uncommon 
and many plants were found in full flower. All of these had pure 
white flowers and this seems to be the color of all of the early flower- 
ing plants in this section and in the collection cited above. 

The original station for the rose-purple form now in cultivation is 
the eastern face of Grandfather Mountain, North Carolina, at an 
altitude of about 5000 feet. It was studied there in April, 1914, 
when in full flower and since that date other specimens of this form 
have been collected at various stations in this general vicinity and a 
plant of it cultivated. The rose-purple form along the Blue Ridge, 


1921] Nelson,—Deam's Trees of Indiana (Review) 179 


which is the only section where it has been possible to work out the 
detailed cistribution, is confined to the higher altitudes above 4000 
feet, growing on exposed rocks and cliffs and on such sites is frequent 
around the rim of the great amphitheater, which begins at Table 
Rock Mountain and ends at the cliffs beneath Blowing Rock embrac- 
ing the rocky slopes of Grandfather Mountain. The white flowered 
form is not known to grow within this zone. 

Beginn ng on Buck Creek above Marion, N. C., and from thence 
southward along the Blue Ridge to the headwaters of the Pacolet 
River the white-flowered form is common and seemingly the only 
early flowering form between altitudes of 1500 and 3500 feet. The 
white flowered form by its definite distribution and its restriction to 
lower altitudes seems to be sufficiently well marked to justify separ- 
ating it as a variety from the rose purple-flowered plant. 

RHODODENDRON ATLANTICUM Rehd. (Azalea atlantica Ashe) was 
described from material collected near Georgetown, S. C., in 1916. 
Specimens of this have recently been found in a package of plants 
collected near New Berne, N. C., in 1896, and also specimens of R. 
neglectum n. c. (Azalea neglecta Ashe, Bul. Tor. Bot. Cl. 47: 581, 
1920). These early flowering azaleas which have undoubtedly been 
confused with Rhododendron viscosum should be looked for at other 
points along the Atlantic Coastal plains. Both of them grow well 
in cultivation at Washington, D. C. R. atlanticum has a white 
corolla rarely purplish in the bud and sometimes becoming purplish 
as it wilts, its divisions much shorter than the very viscid-pubescent 
funnelform tube. R. neglectum has a violet rose-colored corolla be- 
coming whitish as it wilts, the narrow wide-spreading divisions as 
long as tae villous, cylindrous tube, which is not glandular viscid. 


Dxaw's TREES OF INDIANA (Reviskp EprrioN).'— The popular de- 
mand for Mr. Deam's first revision, which appeared in March, 1919,? 
was so great that the edition of 1000 copies was exhausted within 
five days after its publication. 'The Conservation Commission has 


1 Deam, Chas. C. The trees of Indiana. First Revised Edition. Publication No. 
13, Department of Conservation, State of Indiana, Apr. 1921. Pp 317, 134 plates. 
2 Revieved in Ruopora 21: 188-191. 1919. 


180 Rhodora [Joy 


accordingly authorized another revision, which has been entirely re- 
written along the general lines of the original edition. The most 
noteworthy changes observed are (1) the use of the International 
Code of nomenclature in place of the “American” (2) the substitu- 
tion in the plates of photographs for drawings. Unfortunately these 
photographs are of (often fragmentary) herbarium specimens rather 
than of living plants, and have been executed with a very inferior 
lens and an inadequate background. 

The present edition includes 131 species, 19 varieties, and 3 hy- 
brids, representing 47 genera in 26 families. Crataegus under Eggles- 
ton’s treatment continues to head the list in number of species (22), 
but several of these are not “trees” in the sense in which that term 
is restricted elsewhere in the book. The author has included a num- 
ber of varieties recently proposed by Sargent, but without any great 
degree of enthusiasm, seeming inclined to regard most of these as 
not clearly distinguished. The most notable additions to the list 
of species presented in the former edition are perhaps Salix discolor, 
Prunus hortulana, Oxydendrum arboreum and Fraxinus lanceolata. 
Other additions are mostly the result of new views as to specific lim- 
its. 

Considerable semi-popular material has found its way into the 
sections headed “Remarks,” as seems inevitable in a work that must 
run the gauntlet of legislative approval. The key continues to be 
constructed without regard to floral characters. The many typo- 
graphical errors of the previous edition have been in great part elim- 
inated, and the attempt to indicate derivation of generic names has 
been wisely abandoned. The book will be of great service to all 
students of forestry, and is well adapted to the use of pupils in the 
public schools.—JAMEs C. NELson, Salem, Oregon. 


Vol. 23, no. 270, including pages 121 to 152 and plate 131, was issued 
26 August, 1921. 


Apodora 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER ? Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. 


August, 1921 No. 272. 


CON'TENTS: 
Lincoln Ware Riddle. Roland Thaxter . . . . . . e e . 181 


Expedition to Nova Scotia (continued). M. L.Fernald . . . . 184 


A new Station for Pogonia affinis. E. J. Grimes . . . + + + 195 


Rare Plants from Knox County, Maine. C. A. E. Long . . . 198 


Panicum virgatum, var. cubense in Michigan. J. H. Ehlers . . 200 


Boston, Mass. Providence, R. F. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 


Address manuscripts and proofs to 
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 


Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 
Single copies may be had from 
E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club, 
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass. 
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN CoLLINs an 
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
nr ada of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
cards. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 

Vol. L Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


Rhodora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. August. 1921. No. 272. 


LINCOLN WARE RIDDLE. 


(Born in Jamaica Plain, October 17, 1880 
Died in Cambridge, January 16, 1921.) 


RoLAND THAXTER. 


Tae death of Dr. Riddle, in the prime of life and with everything 
to live for, will not only be mourned by the many friends to whom 
his lovable nature and winning personality had endeared him; but 
has also brought keen regret to those who have at heart the advance- 
ment of the less cultivated botanical fields to which he had turned 
his attention. With the prospect of many years of productive activ- 
ity before him, he had but just realized the height of his professional 
ambition, through his Harvard appointment, which had brought 
with it almost ideal conditions for the accomplishment of the work 
which he wished to do. 

With reference to his early choice of a profession, it is somewhat 
remarkable that this was made when, at the age of twelve, he was 
a pupil at the Roxbury Latin School. Having occasion to use for 
the first time certain botanical books, he became so interested in 
their contents that he determined to devote his life to the study of 
this subject—a purpose from which he is said never to have wavered 
until his desire to become a professional botanist was an accomplished 
fact. 

Graduating at Harvard in the class of 1902, he took the degree of 
A. M. in 1904 and of Ph. D. in 1906. In June of this year he was 
married to Miss Gertrude Hollister Paine and in the autumn they 
made their home in Wellesley, where he had been appointed Instruc- 


182 Rhodora [AvavsT 


tor in Botany, taking the place of Professor Clara E. Cummings 
during her absence on leave. After the death of Miss Cummings, 
which occurred in the spring of 1907, he continued his service in 
Wellesley College, and was advanced, until in 1917, he was made 
full professor. 

On leaving Harvard, where his interest had led him to specialize, 
and to write his thesis, in Cryptogamic Botany, he wisely resolved 
not to suffer his scientific activity to be submerged by the routine 
of teaching in a woman's college, and to avoid this danger at the very 
outset by making himself an expert in some special field of botanical 
research. 

His selection of this special field, in which he later won distinction, 
. was determined by the presence at Wellesley of the important Lichen 
Herbarium which had been accumulated by Miss Cummings, and 
which came under his charge after her death. Having this her- 
barium at hand for constant reference, and the unique collection at 
Harvard within easy reach, he had an unusual opportunity of which 
he took every advantage; so that, at the t'me of his death, he and 
his work were well known to lichenologists both in this country and 
in Europe. 

In everything to which he turned his attention, he was careful and 
methodical, systematizing his activities so as to make the most com- 
plete use of his time. Always keeping in mind the necessity for 
counteracting the narrowing influence of intensive application to a 
single specialty, he was deliberate in his cultivation of other and 
varied interests: civic activities in the Wellesley Community: col- 
lege administration and student interests: extensive and varied 
reading of general literature, especially in History and the English 
Classics, the thoroughness of which is attested by the copious " mem- 
oranda from books read” which he has left. 

In addition to these and other factors, his horizon was further 
broadened by a trip to Europe, during a year’s leave of absence in 
1913, where he made special studies in the lichen collections at Lon- 
don, Paris, Geneva, Upsala, Helsingfors, etc., and became personally 
acquainted with various European botanists. 

In the spring of 1919 he received the appointment of 
Assistant Professor of Cryptogamic Botany and Associate Cur- 
ator of the Cryptogamic Herbarium at Harvard, and had served 


1921] Thaxter,—Lincoln Ware Riddle 183 
but a single year when he was attacked by the long illness which 
terminated fatally on the 16th of January last. 

Dr. Riddle always took an active interest in the affairs of the 
New England Botanical Club, and was its Cryptogamic Curator 
from 1910 to 1917; its President from 1917 to 1920, and shortly before 
he was teken ill, had been chosen an associate editor of Rhodora, 
to fill the vacancy left by the death of Mr F. S. Collins. He was 
also associate editor of the Bryologist from 1911, a Fellow of the 
American Academy of Arts and Sciences and member of the Botanical 
Society of America. 

His published work deals almost entirely with systematic Lichen- 
ology, although, in his last published paper on Acrospermum, he had 
begun to carry out his purpose of turning his attention to other 
fields. The list of his publications is as follows: 

1906. Contributions to the Cytology of the Entomophthoraceae: 
Preliminary Communication. Ruopora 8: 67-68. 
On the Cytology of the Entomophthoraceae. Proc. Am. 
Acad. Arts & Sci. 42: 177, Plates 1-3. 
1907. Notothylas orbicularis in Massachusetts. Ruopona 9: 219. 
1909. Notes on some Lichens from the Gaspé Peninsula. Ruo- 
DORA 11: 100. 
A Key to the Species and Principal Varieties of C adonia 
occurring in New England. Ruopora 11: 212. 
Check-list of New England Cladoniaceae. Ruopora 11: 
215. 
1910. The North American Species of Stereocaulon. Bot. Gazette 
50: 285. 
Review of Fink's Lichens of Minnesota. Bryologist 13: 97. 
1911. The Rediscovery of Parmelia lophyrea Ach. Bryologist 
14: 55. 
Review of Herre's Lichen-Flora of the Santa Cruz Peninsula. 
Bryologist 14: 6. 
Geographical Distribution of Lichens in Maine [Abstract] 
Bull. Josselyn Bot. Soc. Maine 4: 9-10. 
1912. An Enumeration of Lichens Collected by Clara Eaton Cum- 
mings in Jamaica. Mycologia 4: 125. 
Review A Recent Contribution to the Ecology of Mosses. 
Bryologist 15: 67. 


184 Rhodora [AvavsT 


1915. Report on the Lichens in N. L. Britton: The Vegetation of 
Mona Island. Ann. Mo. Bot. Garden 2: 35 and 51. 
An Undescribed Species of Cetraria. Bryologist 18: 27. 
1916. The Lichens of Bermuda. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 43: 145. 
Report on the Lichens in N. L. Britton: The Vegetation of 
Anegada Island. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Garden 6: 579. 
1917. Some Noteworthy Lichens from Jamaica. Bull. Torrey 
Bot. Club 44: 321. 
The Genus Parmeliopsis of Nylander. Bryologist 20: 69; 


plate & fig. 
Pyrenothrix nigra gen. et sp. nov. Botanical Gazette 64: 513. 
figs. 


1918. Some Extensions of Ranges.  Bryologist 21: 50. 
Report on the Lichens in N. L. Britton: The Flora of the 
American Virgin Islands. Mem. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. 1: 
109 with text figures. 
Chapter on Lichens in N. L. Britton: The Flora of Bermuda, 
p. 470. 
1920. William Gilson Farlow. Ruopora 22: 1. 
Observations on the Genus Acrospermum. Mycologia 12: 
Treatment of the Lichens in N. L. Britton & C. F. Mills- 
paugh: The Bahama Flora, pp. 522-553. 


THE GRAY HERBARIUM EXPEDITION TO NOVA SCOTIA 
1920. 


M. L. FERNALD. 
(Continued from p. 171) 


Parr 11. NOTEWORTHY VASCULAR PLANTS COLLECTED IN Nova 
ScorrA, 1920. 


Tue published lists of Nova Scotian plants contain so very few 
records from Digby, Yarmouth, Shelburne, and Queens Counties 
that it is desirable to make our records from these western counties 
rather detailed and to enumerate all species which seem to be char- 
acteristic of this region as contrasted with the northern and eastern 
counties. Many species which abound from Digby Neck and An- 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 185 


napolis County to Cape Breton, in the regions of caleareous or sweet 
solls, are very rare in the acid western and southwestern counties 
and, consequently, so far as our limited and somewhat negative 
observations allow, special note is made of these plants. A large 
number seen wherever we went, from Yarmouth to Cape Breton— 
such species as Polypodium vulgare L., Polystichum acrostichoides 
(Michx.) Schott, Onoclea sensibilis L., Osmunda cinnamomea L., 
Taxus canadensis Willd., Pinus Strobus L., etc.—are not here specially 
noted, although species belonging to recently revised genera are 


freely enumerated. In the following enumerations, the 110 species 
of plants marked ** are new to the flora of Canada, while the addi- 
tional 122 marked * are here recorded for the first time, apparently, 
from Nova Scotia. "The names of introduced species are in italics. 
The International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature are followed. 


WooDVARDIA VIRGINICA (L.) Sm. Swampy spruce woods, boggy 
margins of lakes, savannahs and cobbly lake-shores, rather general 
in Yarmouth and Queens Cos. See pp. 109, 147, 150, 166, 170. 
Earlier records eastward to Halifax Co. 

** W, AREOLATA (L.) Moore. Very locally in YanMovrH Co.: 
upper border of cobble-beach of Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton; 
wet thicket at border of west shore of Randel Lake, Argyle. See 
pp. 149, :66, 170. 

ATHYRIUM ACROSTICHOIDES (Sw.) Diels. Asplenium acrostichoides 
Sw. Rich or calcareous woods. Hants Co.: Five-Mile River. 
Care Breton Co.: George River. Various ealirer records from 
Hants and Halifax Cos. to Inverness. See pp. 136, 165. 

A. ANCUSTUM (Willd.) Presl.! Apparently less common south- 
westward than var. rubellum. Collected at Port Mouton (Queens) 
and at George River (Cape Breton Co.). 

** A. ANGUSTUM, var. ELATIUS (Link) Butters, RHODORA, xix. 
191 (1917). YaARMovTH Co.: swampy woods by Eel Lake. Pre- 
viously known to extend eastward to south-central Maine—see 
RHopora, xxii. 84 (1920). 

A. ANGUSTUM, var RUBELLUM (Gilbert) Butters, 1. c. 193 (1917). 
The common form of the species at least from Yarmouth Co. to 
Queens Co. 

PotysticHuM Braunt (Spenner) Fée. To the several records 
from rich or calcareous areas from Kings Co. to Cape Breton may be 
added Folleigh, Colchester Co. (see p. 136) and George River, Cape 
Breton Co. 


! For disc ission of Athyrium angustum (Asplenium Filix-femina of eastern America, 
in great part) see Butters, Ruopora xix. 190 (1917). 


186 Rhodora [AuGusT 


** THELYPTERIS PALUSTRIS Schmidel, forma SUAVEOLENS (Clute) 
Fernald, Ruopona, xxiii. 165 (1921). Open spruce and fir thickets 
along brook at head of Baddeck Bay, Baddeck. 

** T. SIMULATA (Davenp.) Niewl., Am. Midl. Nat. i. 226 (1910). 
Aspidium simulatum Davenp. Local, probably somewhat general, 
Yarmouth Co. to Queens Co. YArMouTH Co.: boggy swales and 
thickets bordering Lily Lake (near Yarmouth); wet alder thicket at 
southwest corner of Salmon (Greenville) Lake; bushy knolls in wet 
peaty barrens, Lower Argyle. QukkENs Co.: knolls in wet sphagnous 
spruce bog near Louis Lake, Port Joli; knolls in springy sphagnous 
bog in spruce woods, near mouth of Broad River. See pp. 104, 154, 
156, 158. 

T. MaRnGINALIS (L.) Nieuwl, |. c. (1910). Aspidium marginale 
(L.) Sw. Although common eastward, apparently rare in the south- 
western counties. Seen by us in Yarmouth Co. only near Randel 
Lake, Argyle. 

T. Finrx-mas (L.) Nieuwl., l. e. (1910). To the numerous stations 
on Cape Breton Island may be added the region about the limestone 
quarry, George River. See pp. 165, 170. 

T. Boorri (Tuckerm.) Nieuwl., l. e. Frequent in swampy woods 
and thickets of Yarmouth Co. See pp. 104. Jack records it from 
Halifax Co. . 

CYSTOPTERIS BULBIFERA (L.) Bernh. Abundant in open woods 
about limestone and gypsum outcrops; Five-Mile River (Hants), 
Port Bevis (Victoria) and George River (Cape Breton). See pp. 
136, 164, 170. Previously recorded from other calcareous areas from 
Hants to Cape Breton. 

C. rRAGILIS (L.) Bernh., var. Mackavt Lawson, Fern Flora of 
Canada, 233 (1899). Our only collection was from the vicinity of 
the limestone quarry at George River (Cape Breton). See p. 165. 

PrkRETIS NopULOSA (Michx.) Nieuwl. Onoclea Struthiopteris of 
American authors. Alluvial woods and about limestone or gypsum 
outcrops, Hants, Victoria and Cape Breton Cos. See pp. 136, 164, 
170. 

SCHIZAEA PUSILLA Pursh. At various stations in Digby, Yar- 
mouth, Queens and Halifax Cos. DiGBv Co.: apparently rare and 
local in wet peaty hollows in savannahs along Little River east of 
Tiddville. Yarmoutu Co.: sphagnous bog at outlet of Porcupine 
Lake, Arcadia; sandy and peaty bog, Sand Pond, Argyle; wet peaty 
sloughs and quagmire-pools or even in depressions of dryish Cladonia- 
covered barrens west of Goose Lake, Lower Argyle. QuEENS Co.: 
sphagnous springy bog in spruce woods near mouth of Broad River. 
HaurrAx Co.: slaty ledges and cobbly upper beach of Shubenacadie 
Grand Lake, near Mrs. Britton’s station. See pp. 91, 99, 103, 134, 
135, 148, 153, 161, 168, 170. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 187 


OPHIOGLOSSUM VULGATUM L. Frequent in damp sandy and cobbly 
beaches of lakes or in sterile meadows, Digby and Yarmouth Cos. 
Varying from large plants to the smallest extreme (Var. minus 
Moore, O. arenarium E. G. Britton) in different portions of individual 
colonies. See pp. 141, 142. 

BorryCHIuM SIMPLEX E. Hitche. Rare: a small colony of ex- 
tremely dwarf plants, sandy and gravelly beach of Cedar Lake, 
Yarmouth Co. See p. 102. 

B. ramosum (Roth) Aschers. Rare: a solitary plant in mixed 
woods, southern slope of North Mt., Middleton; previously recorded 
from Blomidon northward and eastward. 

B. pissECTUM Spreng. and forma oBLIquuM (Muhl.) Fernald, 
Huopona, xxi. 151 (1921). Frequent or common in sandy or 
gravelly, either open or turfy soils.of Digby, Yarmouth and Shel- 
burne Cos. Recorded by others eastward to Halifax Co. See pp. 
141, 151. 

B. rERNATUM (Thunb.) Sw., var. RUTAEFOLIUM (A. Br.) DC. 
Apparently rare in or absent from the southwestern section: seen 
only at Cedar Lake, Digby Co. 

* EQUISETUM LITORALE Kuehl. Very abundant on the wet lower 
gravelly beach of Shubenacadie Grand Lake (Halifax Co.). 

* E. L:MosuM L., forma POLYSTACHIUM (Brueckn.) Doell; Fernald 
& Weatherby, Rnopoma, xxiii. 47 (1921). Boggy thicket, Hecta- 
nooga. See p. 97. 

E. HYEMALE L., var. AFFINE (Englm.) A. A. Eaton. Light sandy 
or gravelly banks, railroad embankments, etc., through the northern 
and northwestern counties, west to banks of Sissiboo River, Digby 
Co. 

E. scrrporpes Michx. Rich wooded banks and mossy slopes, 
Cape Breton to the North Mt., Annapolis Co. See pp. 133, 139, 170. 
Lycopopium INUNDATUM L. Common throughout the province. 

L. iNUNDATUM L., var. BrGELOvH Tuckerm. Sandy and peaty 
beaches of lakes and in boggy savannahs, common in Digby and 
Yarmouth Cos. To be expected eastward. Reported in Macoun's 
Catalogue from Grand Lake, Halifax Co. and from North Sydney 
and Louisburg, Cape Breton; but the only specimens we have seen 
of Macoun’s material from North Sydney are not characteristic. 
See pp. 99, 100, 161, 169. 

L. ANNOTINUM L., var. ACRIFOLIUM Fernald, Rnopona, xvii. 124 
(1915). Less common than typical L. annotinum. Seen by us only 
in spruce and maple swamps by Clement Pond, Barrington (Shel- 
burne Co.) and on a dry bank at Hectanooga (Yarmouth Co.). 

L. cLavATUM L., var. MEGASTACHYON Fernald & Bissell, RHODORA, 
xii. 53 (1910). Frequent throughout the province. 

L. OBSCURUM L. The current descriptions of the two well defined 


188 Rhodora [AvatsT 


varieties of this species are often misinterpreted, with the result that 
much of typical L. obscurum is passing as var. dendroideum. 'The 
two varieties may ordinarily be distinguished as follows: 


Branches gpreading or recurving, flattened or concave be- 

neath: the linear-lanceolate leaves about 1 mm. broad; the 

lower (and often the upper) series usually appressed; the 

lateral spreading: spikes 1.5-4 cm. long, 4-6 mm. thick. 

L. obscurum (typical). 

Branches erect and crowded, not obviously flattened: the 

linear-attenuate leaves decidedly less than 1 mm. broad, all 

incurved-ascending: spikes 2-5 em. long, 3.5-4.5 mm. thick. 
Var. dendroideum. 


L. opscurum L. The typical form of the plant is common in 
Nova Scotia. 

* L. OBSCURUM, var. DENDROIDEUM (Michx.) D. C. Eaton. Fre- 
quent in dry open woods and pastures or clearings, Yarmouth Co. 
to Lunenburg Co. 

* L. coMPLANATUM L. Decidedly rare as compared with the 
common var. FLABELLIFORME Fernald. Seen only in CAPE BRETON 
Co.: spruce woods on hill across the river from the quarry, George 
River. 

L. TristacHyuM Pursh. Dry barrens, sandy woods and gravelly 
embankments, apparently frequent throughout. See p. 130. 

Isorres TuckERMANI A. Br. The abundant species everywhere 
in the margins of ponds in the silicious regions of the province. In 
argillaceous regions passing to the stouter but otherwise hardly dis- 
tinguishable vars. borealis A. A. Eaton and Harveyi (A. A. Eaton) 
Clute. 

Pinus Banxkstana Lamb. According to Fernow (Forest Cond. 
N. S. 11) "Jack Pine (Pinus divaricata) is found only in special 
localities on poorest sites in Colchester county." In Cumberland 
Co. it 1s seen from the train to be abundant, mixed with P. resinosa, 
on the hills between Thomson and Atkinson Siding, and in less 
abundance about Springhill Junction; both regions composed of 
sterile Carboniferous sandstone. See p. 130. The conservatism of 
Fernow’s statement is further indicated by Fowler’s reference to this 
as “The most common species of pine" in the region of Canso.— 
Fowler, Ann. Rep. Dept. Mar. and Fish., xxxix. 59 (1907). 

* ABIES BALSAMEA (L.) Mill, var. PHANEROLEPIS Fernald, Ruo- 
DORA, xi. 203 (1909). With the typical form of the species, boggy 
barrens west of Goose Lake, Argyle. 

THUJA OCCIDENTALIS L. To the rather few stations for White 
Cedar in Nova Scotia should be added Cedar Lake, Digby and Yar- 
mouth Cos. (near Port Maitland). It is doubtless also at Cedar 
Lake, east of Corberrie. See pp. 100, 102. 

JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS L., var. DEPRESSA Pursh. In Nova Scotia 


1921] Fernald,— Expedition to Nova Scotia 189 


as on Priace Edward Island as often in wet boggy barrens as on drier 
habitats. 

J. HORIZONTALIS Moench. J. sabina, var. procumbens Pursh. Al- 
though s:ated by Macoun to be “abundant on exposed slopes and 
river banss from Anticosti, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick" westward, 
this species was not once met by our party in the southwestern coun- 
ties. It s cn headlands of the Bay of Fundy and Northumberland 
Strait and on Sable Island and Cape Breton. 

SPARGANIUM AMERICANUM Nutt. Common throughout the prov- 
ince, passing freely to var. ANDROCLADUM (Engelm.) Fernald & Eames. 
See p. 142. 

S. DIVERSIFOLIUM Graebn. Apparently common thoughout the 
province. 

S. DIVFRSIFOLIUM, var. ACAULE (Beeby) Fernald & Eames. Fre- 
quent. 

S. FLUCTUANS (Morong) Robinson. Deep water of Trefry’s Lake, 
Arcadia, Yarmouth Co. See p. 145. 

*S. MINIMUM Fries. Apparently local: quiet pools in Little River 
east of Tiddville, Digby Co. Previously collected by Nichols in a 
brook, mountains west of Ingonish, Victoria Co. 

POTAMOGETON NATANS L. Frequent from Digby Neck to Cape 
Breton. " 

*P. OakeEsIANus Robbins. Frequent in shallow peat- or sand- 
bottomed lakes and pools of Digby and Yarmouth Cos. See pp. 
146, 148, 68. Formerly collected at margin of Taylor's Lake, Sunny 
Brae, Pictou Co. (/T. St. John, no. 1373). 

P. auprvus Balbis. Seen by us only at Truro and Baddeck. See 
p. 164. 

**P. PULCHER Tuckerm. Muddy cove in Lily Lake, Sandy Cove, 
Digby Co. See p. 164. 

P. AMPLIFOLIUS Tuckerm. Abundant in Sloane Lake, Pleasant 
Valley, Yarmouth Co. 

P. GRAMINEUS L., var. GRAMINIFOLIUS Fries. Nov. FI. Suec. ed. 2, 
36 (1828). Robbins in Gray, Man. ed. 5, 487 (1867); Freyer, Journ. 
Bot. xxx. 33, tt. 317, 318 (18902). P. gramineus, proles a. gramini- 
folius (Fries) Aschers & Graebn. in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 11: 
86 (1907). P. gramineus, Q. gramineus Laestad. Vet. Acad. Handl. 
(1825) 152, ace. to Fries., not P. gramineum[us] L. Sp. Pl. i. 127 
(1753) which, according to Freyer (lot. Brit. Isl. 65), is P. hetero- 
phyllus Schreb. P. gramineus, var. (?) myriophyllus Robbins in 
Gray, Man. ed. 5, 487 (1867). P. heterophyllus, var, graminifolius 
(Fries) Wats. & Coult. in Gray, Man. ed. 6, 561 (1890). P. hetero- 
. phyllus of most recent American authors, not Schreb. P. gramini- 

folius (Fries) Freyer, Pot. Brit. Isl. 64, t. 36 (1915).—Ponds, pools, 
and streams, frequent. 

There has always been confusion as to the identity of the common 


190 Rhodora [AUGUST 


and highly variable American plant which is here called P. gramineus, 
var. graminifolius. In Freyer’s Potamogetons of the British Isles 
typical P. gramineus L. (= P. heterophyllus Schreb.) is figured and 
described as having the upper stipules strongly divergent and the 
short peduncles conspicuously thickened at summit, while P. gramini- 
folius is illustrated with more appressed-ascending stipules and 
elongate barely club-shaped peduncles. All American material in 
the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botan- 
ical Club, altogether about 300 sheets, agrees with P. graminifolius 
in these characters, and typical P. gramineus or P. heterophyllus is 
rare if not quite unknown in North America. Freyer indicates 
differences in the fruit, although it is significant that in his description 
he was obliged to quote from Morong the supposed distinctive char- 
acters of the fruit of P. graminifolius. These differences, however, 
do not appear constant and it is noteworthy that many. American 
plants, otherwise good P. graminifolius as treated by Freyer, have 
the fruits quite like his illustrations under P. gramineus. It seems 
best, therefore, to consider P. graminifolius a strong variety of the 
complex P. gramineus, as has been so generally the practice for a 
full century by students of the Pondweeds. 

** P. GRAMINEUS, var. SPATHULAEFORMIS Robbins in Gray, Man. 
ed. 5, 487 (1867). P. spathaeformis Tuckerm. ex Robbins, l. c. 
(1867); Bennett, Journ. Bot. xxxviii. 130 (1900); Fernald, RHODORA, 
viii. 224 (1906): Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 74 (1908). 
P. varians Morong ex Freyer, Journ. Bot. xxv. 308 (1887), xxvil. 
33, t. 287 (1889); Freyer, Pot. Brit. Isl. 67, t. 41 (1915). P. spathulae- 
formis (Robbins) Morong, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. iii. pt. 2, 26 (1893), 
but hardly t. 35 (with attenuate and therefore quite uncharacteristic 
submersed leaves). P. Zizii x gramineus Aschers. & Graebn. 
Synop. Mitteleur. Fl. i. 327, in part (1897). P. spathuliformis Asch. 
& Graebn. in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 11:91 (1907).—A pparently 
local, collected only once in DtaBy Co.: brook with muddy bottom, 
outlet of Midway (Centreville) Lake. 

Var. spathulaeformis was proposed by Robbins with doubt as to 
its exact affinity because his material from Mystic Pond in Middle- 
sex Co., Massachusetts, was sterile. Newfoundland material from 
two stations closely matches the original Mystic Pond collections 
and the material from Grand Falls, Newfoundland (Fernald & Wie- 
gand, no. 4475) might well have formed the basis of the plate of P. 
varians in Freyer’s Potamogetons of the British Isles. Both New- 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 191 


foundland collections are sparingly fruiting, while the Nova Scotia 
plant is sterile, but exactly similar material from the Magdalen Is- 
lands as well as from southern Maine has good fruit which is quite 
like that of var. graminifolius. In fact, a large series of specimens of 
var. spathulacformis (from Newfoundland, Anticosti Island, the Mag- 
dalen Islands, Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts and Connecticut) 
seems to be separable from var. graminifolius only by its round- 
tipped or decidedly obtuse submersed leaves. It has been generally 
surmised that P. spathaeformis or P. varians is a hybrid of P. gram- 
ineus or its var. graminifolius with P. angustifolius Berchtold & Presl; 
but since the latter species is unknown northeast of Massachusetts, 
while the supposed hybrid extends as a fertile plant to eastern New- 
foundland, its hybrid nature is certainly extremely doubtful. Fur- 
thermore, the fertile obtuse-leaved plant of Newfoundland, the Mag- 
dalen Islands and Maine has the characteristic small fruit of P. 
gramineus and its var. graminifolius. 

P. BUPLEUROIDES Fernald. Frequent in brackish waters. Rare 
in fresh water: seen only in Midway (Centreville) Lake, Centreville, 
Digby Co. See p. 163. 

The characters originally pointed out seem consistently to dis- 
tinguish P. bupleuroides from the European and northern P. per- 
foliatus L. — the less puckered leaf, fewer nerves, slender stem, 
almost filiform peduncle without much spongy thickening, and 
smaller, firm and olive-brown fruit. Dr. St. John and I have re- 
viewed the material and find no specimens to match old world P. 
perfoliatus from south of Labrador. 

* P. Fries Rupr. Seen only in COLCHESTER and CUMBERLAND 
Cos.: quiet waters of Salmon River, Truro; spring-pools and ditches 
south of Amherst. 

* P. CONFERVOIDES Reichenb. Deep or shallow water of lakes, 
small ponds and bog-pools, frequent in YArMouTH Co.: deep water 
of Trefry’s Lake, Arcadia; peaty and muddy pond-hole near head 
of St. John Lake, Springhaven; water-holes in sphagnous bog by the 
station, Argyle; drifted ashore from deep water of Great Pubnico 
Lake. See pp. 145, 149. 

*P. pimorpHuS Raf. Shallow water on tidal flats of Tusket 
River, Tusket Falls, Yarmouth Co. 

* P. FILIFORMIS, var. BOREALIS (Raf.) St. John, RHODORA, xviii. 
134 (1916). Fresh to brackish swale at head of Baddeck Bay, Bad- 
deck. 

* P. vaaINATUS Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, xi. 102 (1838); 
St. John, Hnoponma, xx. 191 (1918). P. moniliformis St. John, 


192 Rhodora [Avaust 


Ruopora, xviii. 130 (1916). Cold, shallow brook in woods at head 
of Baddeck Bay, Baddeck. See p. 164. 

P. pectinatus L. Brackish or salt water at various stations from 
Yarmouth Co. to Cape Breton. See p. 141. 

Ruppia MARITIMA L., var. LONGIPES Hagström, Botaniska Notiser 
(1911) 138; Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopona, xvi. 125 (1914). Brack- 
ish water at various points throughout the province. See p. 141. 

R. MARITIMA, var. ROSTRATA Agardh in Physiogr. Sällsk. Arsbetr. 
6 Maj (1823) 37; Fernald & Wiegand, l. ¢. Brackish pools in the 
marshes below Truro. 

ZANNICHELLIA PALUSTRIS L., var. MAJOR (Boenningh.) Koch. See 
p. 110. Apparently frequent in brackish or saline waters or on saline 
mud. 

*ZOSTERA MARINA L., var. STENOPHYLLA Aschers. & Graebn. This 
very slender extreme of the species abounds in Great Bras d’Or 
Lake in the gravel about Kidstone Island. 

Nasas FLEXILIS (Willd.) Rostk. & Schmidt. Not seen in Yar- 
mouth, Shelburne and Queens Cos. Occasional elsewhere. See p. 
146. 

TRIGLOCHIN PALUSTRIS L. Characteristic of the fresh to brackish 
springy inner borders of salt marshes or on brackish sand-flats, 
throughout. Also in open peaty spots in a spring-fed bog south of 
Amherst. 

*SAGITTARIA CUNEATA Sheldon. S. arifolia Nutt. Probably 
somewhat general in the argillaceous regions. Hants Co.: pond- 
hole near Five-mile River. CUMBERLAND Co.: spring-pools and 
ditches south of Amherst. See pp. 131, 137. 

S. GRAMINEA Michx. Margins of ponds and on fresh tidal mud at 
various stations from Yarmouth Co. to Cape Breton. See p. 146. 

** PANICUM DICHOTOMIFLORUM Michx. Seen only in the Tusket 
Valley, YarmMoutH Co.: sandy and gravelly shores and borders of 
savannahs, Tusket (Vaughan) Lake and Butler’s (Gavelton) L., 
Gavelton. See p. 166. 

*P. capillare L., var. occidentale Rydb. See Ruopora, xxi. 111 
(1919). Seen only about railroad yards; obviously introduced. 

**P. VIRGATUM L., var. CUBENSE of many authors, not Griseb. 
Gravelly beaches or peaty borders of lakes of Yarmourta Co.: Sal- 
mon (Greenville) Lake; St John L., Springhaven; Butler's (Gavel- 
ton) L., Gavelton; Great Pubnieo L. See p. 156. 

**P, LONGIFOLIUM Torr., var tusketense, n. var., planta dense 
cespitosa 2-7 dm. alta; foliis 3-6 mm. latis glabris; paniculis coarcta- 
tis 0.3-1.5 dm. longis ramis plerumque valde adscendentibus; spiculis 
2.7-3.4 mm. longis; gluma superiore lemma sterile non aequante 
'aryopsibus ellipsoideis obtusis 1.6-1.8 mm. longis 0.8-0.9 mm latis. 

Densely cespitose, 2-7 dm. high: leaves 3-6 mm. wide, glabrous: 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 193 


panicles contracted, 0.3-1.5 dm. long, mostly with strongly ascending 
branches: spikelets 2.7-3.4 mm. long; upper glume shorter than the 
sterile lemma: caryopsis ellipsoid, obtuse, 1.6-1.8 mm. long, 0.8- 
0.9 mm. wide.—Valley of the Tusket River, Nova Scoria: gravelly 
margin (northwest side) of Tusket (Vaughan) Lake, August 20, 
1920, Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long & Linder, no. 19,759; sandy and 
gravelly beach of Butler’s (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton, September 4, 
1920, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 19,763; wet peaty margin of But- 
ler’s Lake, Gavelton, September 4, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 
19,764 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); wet peaty shore, East Branch of Tusket 
River, Gavelton, September 4, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 19,765; 
sandy and gravelly margin of Pearl Lake, Kemptville, October 7, 
1920, Fernald & Linder, no. 19,761; peaty margin of Kegeshook 
Lake, October 8, 1920, Fernald & Linder, no. 19,762. See pp. 160, 168. 

Differing from typical P. longifolium as it occurs from Texas and 
Florida to New Jersey in its low stature, glabrous and rather broader 
leaves, very contracted and short panicle, longer spikelets, short 
upper glume and broad and bluntish grain; the southern plant being 
mostly 6-8 dm. high, with the usually pilose-based leaves 2-5 mm. 


wide, the panicle 1-2.5 dm. long and with loosely ascending branches, 
the spikelets 2.4-2.7 mm. long, the upper glume equaling or longer 
than the lemma and the slender and acute grain 0.4-0.7 mm. wide. 
If the material from the South alone were accessible for comparison 
the Nova Scotian plant would seem a distinct species; but some 
specimens from New Jersey, Connecticut and Rhode Island show 
spikelets up to 3 mm. long and grains quite as broad as in the Nova 
Scotian material, but with the elongate glume and looser panicle of 
the southern plant; while specimens from Lake Werden, Rhode 
Island have the panicle as contracted as in the Tusket Valley plant. 

P. DEPAUPERATUM Muhl., var. psilophyllum, n. var., foliis utrinque 
glabris vel vaginis sparsissime setulosis. 

Leaves wholly glabrous or the sheaths very sparsely setulose. 
Nova Scotia to Megantic Co., Quebec, Wisconsin and Virginia. 
Type: extremely sterile land, Canton, Maine, July 7, 1906, J. C. 
Parlin, no. 1957 (Gray Herb.). In Nova Scotia known only from 
Queens, Annapolis and Kings Cos. Macoun records it from King- 
ston. We collected it in a sandy and gravelly railroad yard at 
Middleton (Annapolis) and in gravelly soil near the mouth of Broad 
River (Queens). 

The characteristic plant about Middleton, in the undisturbed soi! 
of the dry plains and open woods, completely lacks the large primary 
panicles on elongate culms and bears only reduced basal panicles of 
1-4 spikelets. This extreme form may be called 


194 Rhodora [AuavsT 


** P. DEPAUPERATUM, var. PSILOPHYLLUM, forma cryptostachys, 
n. f, paniculis omnino reductis basilaribus, spiculis 1-4.—Nova 
Scotia: dryish open sandy plains, Middleton, July 20, 1920, Fernald 
Pease & Long, no. 19,769 (typ in Gray Herb.); dry sandy thickets 
and borders of woods, Middleton, July 21, Fernald & Pease, no. 
19,770. See p. 138. 

Var. psilophyllum is the common plant with sheaths sparsely pilose 
or quite glabrous. "This extreme and the plant with copiously pilose 
sheaths were both included by Muhlenberg in his P. depauperatum 
but by Hitchcock & Chase “a specimen with pilose sheaths . 
has been chosen as the type." Whereas var. psilophyllum is the 
dominant plant of the North, the more pilose extreme is commoner 
in the southern and central states. Thus, of the 173 sheets of speci- 
mens examined from Nova Scotia, Quebec and New England, 152 
are var. psilophyllum and only 21 the plant with copiously pilose 
sheaths. Conversely, all the material examined from North Caro- 
lina, and Georgia to Arkansas, Missouri and Illinois is typical P. 
depauperatum.! 

Recently Mr. F. T. Hubbard (Ruopora, xiv. 169) has taken up 
the name P. strictum Pursh (1814) to displace P. depauperatum Muhl. 
(1817) in spite of the earlier P. strictum R. Br. (1810); Hubbard cit- 
ing as à basis for his change Articles 37 and 50 of the International 
Rules. But the application of Art. 37 (rejecting names published 
without diagnoses or merely cited in synonymy) is not apparent, for 
Robert Brown published P. strictum as a valid species with careful 
description. Art. 50 was applied by Hubbard to the case of P. stric- 
tum Pursh through an obvious misapprehension, for, although P. 
strictum R. Br. is treated in Index Kewensis as a synonym of P. 
marginatum, it is not so treated by those who know the plants; 
Bentham, F. M. Bailey and other students of the Australian flora 
all maintaining it as at least a good variety, which rests directly 

lIn its greater abundance northward P. depauperatum, var. psilophyllum is com- 
parable with 

P. LINEARIFOLIUM Seribn., var. Werneri (Scribn.), n. comb. P. Werneri 
Scribn. in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. iii. 501, fig. 268b (1898). 

Typical P. linearifolium has copiously pilose sheaths, var. Werneri gla- 
brous sheaths. The very minute difference in spikelets relied upon by 
Hitchcock & Chase is very inconstant and wholly unsatisfactory and the 
only usable distinction is in the sheath. Of 103 sheets examined from Que- 
bee and northern and central New England 76 are var. Werneri, 27 the typ- 
ical form of P. linearifolium. Conversely, of 28 sheets examined from Mis- 
souri 26 are typical P. linearifolium and only 2 var. Werneri. 


1921] Grimes,—A new Station for Pogonia affinis 195 


upon P. strictum R. Br. The general recognition of P. strictum R. 
Br. as the nomenclatorial basis of a variety does not, as Hubbard 
seems to infer, render that name “an earlier homonym which is 
universally regarded as nonvalid” (Art. 50). 

P. BoREALE Nash. Abundant in damp or dryish situations through- 
out the province. 

** P. SPRETUM Schultes. Boggy savannahs and peaty, sandy or 
gravelly upper borders of lake-beaches, eastward to Halifax Co.; 
sixteen collections from the following stations. Diapy Co.: Cedar 
Lake. Yarmoutu Co.: Cedar L.; Beaver L.; Porcupine L., Arcadia; 
large lake north of Saller L., Kemptville; Fanning L., Carleton; Tusket 
(Vaughan) L.; Butler’s (Gavelton) L., Gavelton; St. John L., Spring- 
haven; Kegeshook L.; Sand Pond. Argyle; Great Pubnico L.  Har- 
IFAX Co.: Shubenacadie Grand Lake. See pp. 99, 101, 102, 141. 


(To be continued.) 


A NEW STATION FOR POGONIA AFFINIS. 
E. JEROME GRIMES. 


June Ist, 1920, I was lucky enough to find three flowering speci- 
mens of that rare, interesting, and much discussed orchid, Pogonia 
affinis Austin, while making a hurried trip through some woods west 
of Williamsburg, which is situated on the coastal plain about 30 
miles west of Norfolk, Virginia. This year the same station was 
visited the beginning of the second week in May and, by diligent 
searching throughout the afternoon, fifteen plants each consisting of 
a flowering shoot were observed. The difference in flowering dates 
is due to the season, which was three weeks to a month earlier in 
1921. 

The habitat is a flat dry hardwood on a gently undulating inter- 
stream area. "The soil is a well drained gray fine sandy loam over a 
yellowish sandy clay or clay. The vegetation consists chiefly of 
white oak, beech, tulip and chestnut with a few scattering Loblolly 
pines, and an abundance of flowering dogwood. The undergrowth 
is very sparse and the Pogonias were found scattered over an area 
of about ten acres, occurring either singly or in open groups of two 
to four plants. 

A composite soil sample of the habitat was tested and found to be 
practically neutral to Brom Thymol Blue, and soil shaken from the 


196 Rhodora [AucusT - 


roots of the orchids gave approximately the same reaction. "The 
Pogonias were found in more or less clear spaces in the woods and 
their roots were always intertwined with decaying organic matter in 
which the fibres of the plant remains were distinguishable. 

Out of the fifteen plants observed, five bore two flowers each, and 
two plants with solitary flowers had two capsules on the old stem 
persisting from last year. The maximum and minimum dimensions 
of the various organs were measured in thirteen plants and are as 
follows: 


Organ Dimension Maximum Minimum Mean 
Stem: from root — Height 20.0 em. 9.5 em. 17 em. 
to leaves. 
Leaves Length 5.8 em. 2.7 cm. 4.4 cm- 
Width 3.0 em. 1.1 em. 2.1 cm. 
Ovary and Total 
Pedunele Length 2.0 em. 1.4 em. 1.6 em. 
Peduncle of 
old capsule Length 1.3 em. 0.8 em. 1.0 em. 
Capsule Length 2.7 cm. 1.7 em. 2.0 em. 
Width 1.0 em. 0.8 em. 0.9 em. 
Sepals Length 2.3 em. 1.7 em. 2.0 em. 
Petals Length 1.7 cm. 1.3 em. 1.6 em. 


The orchid is very distinct from the larger whorled Pogonia, P. 
verticillata. | Pogonia affinis is more delicate in habit and of a much 
paler green. One of its most noticeable features in the field is the 
fine bloom which covers the stem and leaves but rubs off very easily 
when the plant is handled. A slight bloom has been observed on 
the stem of P. verticillata but not on the leaves. The whorl of five 
leaves in P. affinis is close to the base of the ovary so that the short 
peduncle is not distinguishable to the eye, and all the leaves assume 
a slightly drooping position, making an angle of about 45 degrees 
with the stem. All the leaves observed tapered at the apex consider- 
ably more than is indicated by the drawing in the Illustrated Flora. 
No plants were observed to bear a sterile whorl of leaves as is com- 
mon with P. verticillata. The flowers of Pogonia affinis are a pale 
yellowish green when young and some quite yellow when fully ma- 
ture. The lip however, is almost white and is crested over the whole 
face and lobes with pale green. After fertil zation the short peduncle 


1921] Grimes,—A new Station for Pogonia affinis 197 


elongates to about one centimetre. "The young ovary is distinctly 
ribbed, while the ripe capsule is six angled and three ribbed and de- 
hisces by lateral longitudinal splits on either side of the ribs. At 
the base of the stem at soil level there are four to five small pointed 
brown membranous bracts. Time did not permit of prolonged 
observation and no insect visitors were observed. 

In this station P. affinis is associated with two other orchids, 
Liparis liliifolia and Microstylis unifolia. The flowering period of 
the former pretty well coincides with that of the Pogonia, as it was 
found in flower June 1, 1920, and by May 5, 1921. The flowering 
period of the Microstyls is slightly later and this plant is found also 
in pine woods on acid soils. 

There is no possibility of confusing the two species of Pogonia and 
there are no intergrading forms, they are not even associated in the 
field. P. verticillata is the larger and more robust orchid, the plant 
has a reddish tinge and the leaves stand out approximately at right 
angles to the stem, they are also thicker. Further, the long purplish 
brown sepals of the Whorled Pogonia are very striking and distinc- 
tive. 

It is certain that, time permitting a more continued search would 
have revealed many more plants of this rare orchid in the same area, 
as those observed all seemed well established and several bore last 
year’s fruiting capsule on a dead shoot. So far no trace of the plant 
has been found in any other part of this region although the closely 
related P. verticillata is common here and widely distributed, but it 
does not occur in the P. affinis area. P. verticillata prefers soils that 
are medium acid to methyl red, and although it occurs on the borders 
of flat, dry, pine-oak woods, it does best on the lower edge of wooded 
slopes bordering the flood plains of streams, and in this habitat it is 
often associated with Medeola virginiana, the young plants of which 
might at first be mistaken for the orchid. 


CoLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND Mary, Williamsburg, Virginia. 


198 Rhodora |Aucusr 


SOME RARE PLANTS FROM KNOX COUNTY, MAINE. 
C. A. E. Lona. 


IN addition to the noteworthy Matinicus plants which I have 
previously listed in Ruopora, the following, collected during 1920, 
will be of interest. 

AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS (L.) Medic. This is the true A. cana- 
densis according to Wiegand's treatment.! Common in New York 
and southward and southwestward, but very rare in Maine and 
eastern New England. It is frequent here on the island. I find it 
growing as a low irregular shrub along old stonewalls and on rocky 
hillsides, and in a more arborescent form where the soil is deeper 
and richer. Our other shadbushes are A. oblongifolia (T. & G.) 
Roem. and A. laevis Wiegand, as well as hybrids between the two. 

CAREX OkpERI Retz. The typical form of the species. Rare in 
Maine. Quite abundant in one locality. 

JuNcus BUFONIUS L., var. coNGEsTUS Wahlb. Rare in Maine. 
Growing at sandy edge of seashore. 

Potyconum Fow ert Robinson. A northern species, very rare 
in Maine. Gravelly beach. 

SAGINA NODOSA (L.) Fenzl. The typical smooth form. Another 
northern plant, which reaches its s uthernmost known station here. 
Its previous southern limit was at Cutler, Maine. 

HELIANTHUS SCABERRIMUS Ell. A western sunflower probably 
escaped from cultivation and long established in a waste corner. 

HELIANTHUS PETIOLARIS Nutt. A few vigorous plants in an 
abandoned chicken-run. Probably introduced in so-called “scratch 
feed." 

TRAGOPOGON PoRRIFOLIUS L. Established for many years, and 
thoroughly naturalized in grassland. 


On a few collecting trips in other parts of the county, notably 
Rockland and Rockport, I made some interesting collections. These 
towns contain many lime quarries, and while the soil may not be as 
fertile as in some other limestone districts of the state, there is an 
attractive flora, as the following list will show. 


! Ruopona xiv. 150 (1921.) 


1921] Long,—Rare Plants from Knox County, Maine 199 


CORONILLA VARIA L. A rare introduction, growing profusely by 
the side of the old road to Thomaston. 

SALIX PURPUREA L. A rare willow in Maine. Established and pro- 
lifically spreading, at roadside in Rockport. 

Lemna TRISULCA L. In “Lily Pond" and brook running there- 
from in Rockport. Second station in Maine. Formerly known 
from Houlton, where it was collected by Fernald and B. Long. 

XyYRIS MONTANA Ries. Found growing in “Meadow Bog," an 
extensive peat bog near Rockland. A northern species, very rare in 
Maine. 

SCIRPUS cESPITOSUS L., var. caALLosus Bigelow. Another far 
northern plant growing abundantly in “Meadow Bog.” This is a 
coastwise south-western extension of range from the Mount Desert 
region. The above named bog needs further exploration. 

CAREX AUREA Nutt. Wet meadow near “Lily Pond,” Rockport. 
Also abundant in another meadow in Rockland near lime quarries. 
Rare near the coast, indicating lime. 

CAREX GRANULARIS Muh'., var. HALEANA (Olney) Porter. Shaded 
banks near “Lily Pond.” Another calciphile which is rare near the 
coast. 

CAREX TRICHOCARPA Muhl., var. artsTaTA (R. Br.) Bailey. Pro- 
fessor Fernald writes: “First east of western New York. A really 
startling find, for it is so conspicuous that if it occurs between the 
Knox Co. limestone region and western New York someone ought to 
have seen it." I find it plentiful on the banks of a brook flowing 
through a meadow, in a valley between two ranges of hills, in Rock- 
land. 

RUPPIA MARITIMA L., var. SUBCAPITATA Fernald & Wiegand. Near 
the railroad station at Damariscotta Mills in Lincoln Co., not far 
from Knox Co. Growing abundantly in a small brackish pond 
where the tide flows and ebbs. First station in Maine, but known 
both east and west. On the edges of the same pond there is a thick 
stand of Typha angustifolia L., a somewhat northern station for this 
cat-tail. 

I am indebted to Prof. Fernald for verifying the determinations of 
the above named plants. 

Matinicus, MAINE. 


200 Rhodora [AvavsT 


PANICUM VIRGATUM VAR. CUBENSE IN MicniGAN.—In August of 
1920, while engaged in field work for the Michigan Geological and 
Biological Survey in the Jack Pine Plains south of Burt Lake, Che- 
boygan County, Michigan, the writer found an interesting Panicum 
which was later identified as Panicum virgatum L. var. cubense Griseb. 
Panicum virgatum L. has been reported from several stations in Mich- 
igan; it is listed in Beal's Michigan Flora as infrequent. Var. cu- 
bense Griseb., however, has not, so far as the writer is aware, been 
reported from the state, nor from any inland station. According to 
Hitchcock and Chase (The North American Species of Panicum, 
Cont. Nat. Herb. vol. 15, p. 92) its range of distribution is the At- 
lantic Coastal Plain from Connecticut to Florida; also in the Ber- 
mudas and Cuba. It seemed so far out of range in northern Michigan 
that I submitted a specimen of the material to Professor A. S. Hitch- 
cock, who verified my determination. 

The plant was found in one locality only, namely in a depression 
where the sandy soil was considerably more moist than the soil 
typical of the Jack Pine Plains. In this locality it was fairly abun- 
dant and exhibited a vigorous growth.—J. H. Enters, University of 
Michigan. 


Vol. 23, no. 270, including pages 153 lo 180, was issued 24 October, 1921. 


Hovova 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors. 


‘WILLIAM PENN RICH 


EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 
Vol. 23. September, 1921 No. 273. 
CONTENTS: 
Cimicifuga racemosa in Massachusetts. J. R. Churchill . . . 201 


A Critical Revision of Hydrangea arborescens. Harold St. John 203 


Third Report of Committee on Floral Areas . . . . . . . 209 


Boston, Mass. Providence, R. I. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODOR A.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 

Address manuscripts and proofs to 

B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 

W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 
Single copies may be had from 

E. L. RAND, Corresponding Sec'y N. E. Botanical Club, 
1052 Exchange Building, Boston, Mass. 

Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an 
Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rovunps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
cards, 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b 
M. A. Dax. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each: 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 8-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


TRbooora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. September, 1921. No. 273. 


CIMICIFUGA RACEMOSA IN MASSACHUSETTS. 


J. R. CHURCHILL. 
(Plate 132) 


In October, 1919, I found in Sheffield, Berkshire County, Massa- 
chusetts, the withered stalk of a plant which I identified as Cimici- 
fuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. It was in wild, steep rocky woods, across 
the river, and about two miles from the village. In the following 
year, on July 19, I came upon the plant about a mile from the first 
station growing scattered in beautiful open woods which sloped 
steeply down to a brook. It was then in full bloom, and the tall 
slender plants with the long spikes of white flowers lit up the sombre 
landscape and were very attractive. Ten days later I visited the 
first station, where I found the plants now growing vigorously and 
in great profusion. A photograph here reproduced illustrates the 
extent of the colony, the height of the plants and their environment. 
Both localities are quite remote from habitations and the plants 
appear to be indigenous. 

Cimicifuga racemosa has rarely, if ever, been found in New England 
north of Connecticut, except in cultivation or as a garden escape. 
It is not in the Flora of Vermont (1915). In the Catalogue of Plants 
of Connecticut (1910) its occurrence is mentioned at “ Norfolk, 
plentiful at one locality but probably introduced; at Oxford common; 
and frequent throughout the southwestern part of the state.” The 
Sheffield stations are about five miles north of the Connecticut state 
line. 


202 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 


In the Gray Manual (1908) the range given is “s. N.E. to Wisc. 
and s.w., cultivated and escaped eastw." In his Report on the Her- 
baceous Plants of Massachusetts (1840) the Rev. Chester Dewey 
describes and mentions Cimicifuga racemosa, but only as "cultivated 
in the gardens of the Shakers." 

It is natural that a plant so conspicuous and ornamental should 
be transplanted into gardens and thence in time again have run wild 
beyond its normal range. ‘Two extralimital collections in the her- 
barium of the New England Botanical Club are probably of this 
class, viz: one by Parlin, Sept. 6, 1899, from “N. Berwick, Me.; 
growing in an orchard spreading from planted roots;" the other by 
John Murdoch, Jr., July 22, 1913, from “ Bernardston, Mass., woods 
in E. part of town." A collection by R. Hoffmann from New Marl- 
boro, Mass., a town adjoining Sheffield, and also on the Connecticut 
state line, may be indigenous, though found “persisting for years 
under a hedge-row."  Bernardston, on the other hand, is in Franklin 
County, sixty miles northeast of Sheffield, on the Vermont line. 
Mr. Murdoch died in 1915, and his herbarium, with a duplicate 
plant and label, is now in the Field Museum of Natural History at 
Chicago. 

In the catalogue of plants growing without cultivation in the 
vicinity of Amherst College, published by Prof. Edward Hitchcock 
in 1829, our plant is recorded, on his authority, from Goshen, Mass.; 
and this record is repeated as late as 1913 by Prof. George E. Stone 
of the Massachusetts Agricultural College at Amherst in his “ List 
of Plants growing without cultivation in Franklin, Hampshire and 
Hampden Counties." Goshen is a small town in Hampshire County, 
southwest of Bernardston. Seeking to confirm so definite, though 
ancient a record as this I wrote to Prof. Alfred S. Goodale, who 
kindly reported to me that “a careful inspection of our plant collec- 
tion at Amherst College fails to show a specimen from our vicinity. 
I have also examined what is left of Hitchcock’s own collection and 
if it was originally there, it has disappeared from it." He adds, 
“I have not collected it myself in this region.” 

In the brief search which I have made, with results stated above, 
there is little to show the presence of the " Bugbane" or “Black 
Snakeroot" as a native of Massachusetts, except the stations at 

Sheffield. Possibly however, this note may be productive of infor. 


1921] St. John, —Critical Revision of Hydrangea arborescens — 203 


mation of other collections, either in the field or from herbaria, with 
data which may verify not only its occurrence here but may deter- 
mine its status as indigenous or as "cultivated and escaped east- 
ward." 

DORCHESTER, MASSACHUSETTS. 


A CRITICAL REVISION OF HYDRANGEA ARBORESCENS. 
HanorD Sr. Jonn. 


''unovaH the discriminating field observations of Mr. Charles C. 
Deam, the writer has had his attention directed to the conspicuously 
different plants that are now treated as Hydrangea arborescens L. 
The tendency of the present day authors is to withhold any recogni- 
tion of these various forms. On the other hand, the writers of the 
early floras of eastern North America were familiar with some of 
them and gave them names. Rafinesque, for instance, made eight 
species out of the plant now considered to be H. arborescens. The 
others were more conservative. As was the case in a previous study 
of the variations of a polymorphic species,! a treatment very similar 
to that here presented is found in Torrey and Gray’s Flora of North 
America. Within the species itself are recognized several subdivi- 
sions, which in most cases are clearly distinguishable by definite 
characters and by having different ranges, but they are shown to 
be of less than specific value by the existence of specimens having 
intermediate characters, and by the fact that their ranges overlap. 

Linnaeus in founding H. arborescens? based it solely on HYDRAN- 
GEA. Anonymos floribus albis parvis, ete. of Gronovius. This 
description was drawn from the Clayton specimen, no. 79, from 
Virginia. It is a low shrub with large cordate acuminate glabrous 
leaves. By using a hand lens it appears that the leaves of this shrub 
of the stream-banks of Virginia are essentially but not absolutely 
glabrous, for the principal nerves bear on the lower surface a short 
puberulence. This same character holds throughout the species 
and its varieties; in all cases the leaves are puberulent on the prin- 

1 Lathyrus venosus Muhl., see Butters and St. John, RHODORA xix. 156 (1917). 


2 Sp. P1. i. 397 (1753). : 
3 Fl. Virginica i. 50 (1739). ; 


204 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 


cipal nerves of the under surface. Just such a plant as that described 
by Linnaeus occurs from New York southward to Georgia and west- 
ward to Illinois, Missouri, and Oklahoma. 

Another //ydrangea has flowers, fruit, and the pubescence of the 
leaves identical with those of /I. arborescens L., but differs from it in 
having lance-ovate or lance-elliptic leaves that are oblique at base. 
This is exactly the plant separated as Y oblonga by Torrey and Gray.! 
{ts range is somewhat more extensive than that of H. arborescens, 
reaching from New York southward to Georgia and Alabama and 
westward to Illinois, Missouri, Oklahoma, and Louisiana. In most 
"ases this plant is strikingly different from M. arborescens, but there 
are frequent intermediate specimens. These show in some cases 
the lance-elliptic leaves oblique at base on the lower part of the 
plant, while the upper one or two pairs of leaves may be cordate- 
ovate exactly as in M. arborescens. In other cases the leaves of the 
entire plant are intermediate in shape between the two just described. 
In other cases the leaves show a pubescence on the lower surface on 
the secondary as well as the primary nerves. Because of the ex- 
istence of these intermediate specimens it is felt that Torrey and 
Gray were quite right in maintaining the plant with narrow lance- 
elliptic leaves as a variety of the species. It should be known as H. 
arborescens L., var. oblonga T. & G. 

Another variant of the species, though strikingly different from the 
others, has never received a name. It has often been collected, but 
it has always been identified either as H. arborescens L. or as H. cinerea 
Small? Identical flowers and fruits clearly show that its true re- 

! Fl. N. Am. i. 591 (1838-1840). 

? By studying the original material the author has determined that H. cinerea 
Small is a mixture. Dr. Small cites five specimens in the original publication but 
does not indicate at this place that any particular one was designated as the typo. 
One of these was of his own collection and on that sheet in the Columbia College 
Herbarium is written, “Type”. This is a vigorous specimen with large cordato, 
acuminate leaves well coated on the lower surface with a dense gray short puberu- 
lence. This specimen represents exactly what is described here as Hydrangea arbores- 
cens L., var. Deamii St. John. The F. L. Scribner specimen from White Cliff Springs, 
Tennessee, has the same short crisp puberulence on the under surface of the leaves, 
but they differ in shape and size, being smaller and oblong-lanceolate. This is one 
of the specimens considered to be intermediate between var. oblonga 'T. & G. and var. 
Deamii St. John of Hydrangea arborescens L. In the original description of H. cinerea 
Small, the leaves are said to be "gray tomentose * *  * beneath." Two of the 
cited specimens, both from the same region, Chilhowee Mountains and Chilhowee 


Gap, Tennessee, A. H. Curtiss, no. 833, and Kearney, June 24, 1893, have this gray 
tomentose pubescence. It is exactly like the heavy coat of fine white tomentose 


1921] St. John,—Critical Revision of Hydrangea arborescens 205 


lationship is with H. arborescens L. It also has the large cordate- 
ovate acuminate leaves of that species, but they are more coriaceous 
and are densely puberulent beneath owing to the fact that all of the 
nerves, even the smallest secondary ones, bear puberulence. This 
variant is not found in the northern Appalachians, occurring only 
from Ohio to Illinois and southward to Oklahoma, Tennessee, and 
Georgia. As in the previous case there are intermediate specimens. 
Such a one as that from Kennesaw Mt., Georgia, May T6, 1885, 
R. N. Larrabee has the leaf form of var. oblonga but the pubescence 
of the more western pubescent plant. Then there are plants with 
the pubescence so sparse on the secondary nerves, that it becomes a 
matter of fine judgment whether or not the plant should be con- 
sidered H. arborescens L., or the pubescent plant under discussion. 
Again, this plant seems to be properly treated as a variety of HM. 
arborescens L. Mr. Charles C. Deam, who has recently collected this 
variety in Indiana, has noticed that it differed from the essentially: 
glabrous J. arborescens L., and has called my attention to it. Con- 
sequently I take pleasure in dedicating this new variety to him. 
There is a sterile or radiant form of each one of these three plants, 
although they have been found but a few times in the wild state. 
Their rarity is well brought out by a note on a specimen of H. arbor- 
escens L., var. oblonga 'T. & G. in the Gray Herbarium collected at 
Bedford, Virginia, June 25, 1871, by A. H. Curtiss. He writes, “I 
have for seven years in N. & S. Va. searched for radiant flowers on 
this sp[ecies] but never till this year found them & these on a single 
bush. So I conclude they are of very rare occurrence.” This speci- 
men has only a few of its marginal flowers radiant and would not in 
the present classification be considered as of the radiant form, which 
has all of its flowers sterile and radiant. In classifying these showy 
forms it is necessary to give one new name and to make one new 
combination. 
pubescence characteristic of H. radiata Walt., except for the color. A careful exam- 
ination of these two sheets shows that the leaves seen from above have the great 
blotches of brownish or blackish color which are characteristic of poorly dried speci- 
mens or those dried under unfavorable conditions. Also both specimens have been 
poisoned with a solution of corrosive sublimate as is shown by the yellowish stains on 
the sheets. Consequently, it seems evident to the writer that the gray color of the 
pubescence is due to the poor drying and the poisoning and that these two specimens 
are without question H. radiata Walt. The remaining one, Scribner, July, 1894, 


of the five specimens on which H. cinerea Small was based has not been seen by the 
author. 


206 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 


In the course of this study the author has used the collections of 
the Gray Herbarium, the Arnold Arboretum, Columbia College 
Herbarium, the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, the 
California Academy of Sciences, and the private herbaria of Mr. C. 
C. Deam, Mr. Walter Deane, and Mr. F. W. Hunnewell. To Dr. 
B. L. Robinson, Dr. J. K. Small, Mr. C. C. Deam, and Mr. J. C. Nel- 
son, he is ‘ndebted for extended loans of specimens or books. Speci- 
mens are cited from each state where they have been collected, but 
in most cases only one from each state is listed. 

The following notation is used to indicate the location of a cited 
specimen: 

(C) = Columbia College Herbarium 

(Cal) = California Academy of Sciences 

(D) = Herbarium of Mr. C. C. Deam 

(G) = Gray Herbarium of Harvard University 

(N) = Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden 


Ky To HYDRANGEA ARBORESCENS AND ITS VARIATIONS, 


A. Leaves nearly glabrous beneath, the scanty puberulence 
confined to the principal nerves. 
B. Leaves cordate or rounded at base, broadly ovate or 
suborbicular with an acuminate tip. 


C. Some or all of the flowers fertile............... 1. H. arborescens L. 

C’. All of the flowers sterile and radiant......2. f. grandiflora Rehder. 
B’. Leaves oblique at base, lance-ovate or lance-elliptic. 

D. Some or all of the flowers fertile........... 3. var. oblonga T. & G. 


D’. All of the flowers sterile and radiant. ..4. f. sterilis (T. & G.) St. John 
A'. Leaves closely short-puberulent beneath, all of the secon- 
dary nerves bearing hairs, cordate or rounded at base, 
broadly ovate or suborbicular, acuminate at tip. 
E. Some or all of the flowers fertile. .......... 5. var. Deamii Xt John 
E’. Most all of the flowers sterile and radiant.......6. f. acarpa St. John 


|. HYDRANGEA ARBORESCENS L., Sp. Pl. i. 397 (1753); H. vulgaris 
Michx., Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 268 (1803); H. cordata Pursh, Fl. Am. 
Sept. i. 309 (1816); H. vulgaris Michx., @ cordata. (Pursh) Torr., 
Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ii. 205 (1827); H. arborescens L., var. vulgaris (Michx.) 
Ser., DC. Prodr. iv. 14 (1830); H. arborescens L., & cordata (Pursh) 
T. & G., Fl. N. Am. i. 591 (1838-1840); H. arborescens L., f. typica 
Schneider, Ill. Handb. d. Laubholzk. i. 387 (1905); H. arborescens L., 
f. vulgaris (Michx.) Schneider, 1. c. 387; H. arborescens L., var. typica 
Schneider, Ill. Handb. d. Laubholzk. ii. 943 (1912). 

DisrRIBUTION: New York: Wellsburg Narrows, Chemung Co., 
July 2, 1896, September 17, 1897, T. F. Lucy, no. 5,490 (N). Peny- 
SYLVANIA: Nescopec, Luzerne Co., July 2, 1889, A. A. Heller (G.). 


\ 


1921] St. John,—Critical Revision of Hydrangea arborescens — 207 


District of CoruMBIA: in silvis frequens prope Washington, July 
15, 1888, Th. Holm (Cal). West VrnaiNIA4: Banks of Blackwater 
River, Hendricks, Tucker Co., J. M. Greenman, no. 213 (G). Nortn 
CAROLINA: Blowing Rock, August 9, 1893, B. L. Robinson, no. 134 
(G). GeroraGia: ravines, Madison Springs, September, H. W. 
R[avenel] (G). Inptana: rocky wooded ravine just west of Aurora, 
C. C. Deam, no. 6,842 (D). Kentucky: Big Black Mountains, 
Harlan Co., T. H. Kearney, Jr., no. 154 (G). TENNESSEE: bluffs 
along Tennessee River, Knoxville, A. Ruth, no. 336 (G). ALABAMA: 
riverbank, Montgomery, June 1, 1897, C. F. Baker (N). lurtNOoIs: 
shady rocks, St. Clair Co., June 29, 1877, H. Eggert (G).  Missount: 
along bluffs, Noel, B. F. Bush, no. 4,987 (G). OKLAHOMA: in ravine, 
north side Rich Mt., near Page, Leflore Co., G. W. Stevens, no. 2,749 


(G). 


2. H. ARBORESCENS L., f. GRANDIFLORA Rehder, Mitt. Deutsche 
Dendrolog. Gesell. 71 (1907). 

DisrRiBUTION: Found wild in Ohio and introduced into cultiva- 
tion. Onro: specimen from this source cultivated at the Arnold 
Arboretum, June, 1907, Alfred Rehder (G). TENNESSEE: Nash- 
ville, Wilkinson (G). 


3. H. ARBORESCENS L., var. ogLonGa T. & G., Fl. N. Am. i. 591 
(1838-1840); H. cinerea Small, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club xxv. 148 
(1898), in part; H. arborescens L., f. oblonga (T. & G.) Schneider, 
Ill. Handb. d. Laubholzk. i. 387 (1905). 

DISTRIBUTION: New York: near Painted Post, Steuben Co., 
July 24, 1884, Miss I. S. Arnold (G). New Jersey: rocky woods, 
Phillipsburg, August 15, 1909, K. K. Mackenzie, no. 4,281 (D). 
PENNSYLVANIA: near Smithville, Lancaster Co., Heller & Halbach, 
no. 541 (G). District or Corumbia: Herb. A. Gray (Tyre G). 
West VIRGINIA: rocky woods, White Sulphur Springs, Greenbrier 
Co., K. K. Mackenzie, no. 412 (D). VriRGINIA: on Round Top 
Mountain, west of Seven Mile Ford, Smyth Co., July 2, 1892, J. K. 
Small (G). Nortan CanoLiNA: rich shady woods, Biltmore, June 
21, & September 28, 1897, Biltmore Herbarium, no. 1,339 b (G). 
GEoRGIA: rich shady woods, Athens, June 25, 1900, R. M. Harper, 
no. 35 (G. & N.). Inptana: on a wooded hillside about three miles 
west of New Albany, Floyd Co., C. C. Deam, no. 9,374 (D). ALa- 
BAMA: Greensboro, 1857, S. Watson (G). Kentucky: Kuttawa, 
Lyon Co., June 2-18, 1909, W. W. Eggleston, no. 4,756 (N). Tenn- 
ESSEE: rich woods, Knoxville, A. Ruth, no. 2,025 (N). ALABAMA: 
Auburn, Lee Co., August 2, 1897, Earle & Baker (N). MISSISSIPPI: 
Waynesboro, Wayne Co., C. L. Pollard, no. 1,244 (G). Irriwors: 
rocky banks, Athens, Menard Co., 1861, E. Hall (G). Muissourt: 
Meramec Heights, Æ. E. Sherf, no. 69 (G). Arkansas: ' Benton 


208 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 


Co., 1899, E. N. Plank (N). LouisiANA: deciduous woodland, 
Baines, West Felicia Parish, August 23, 1912, F. W. Pennell (N). 
OKLAHOMA: at edge of thicket, near Mannsville, Johnston Co., 
Florence Griffith, distributed by G. W. Stevens, no. 3,447 (G). 


4. H. ARBORESCENS L., var. OBLONGA T. & G., f. sterilis (T.&G.) 
comb. nov., H. arborescens L., 8 sterilis T. & G., Fl. N. Am. i. 591 
(1838-1840); not H. arborescens L., var. oblonga 'T. & G., f. sterilis 
(Rehd.) Schneider, Ill. Handb. d. Laubholzk. ii. 943 (1912). Torrey 
& Gray's var. sterilis differs from the var. oblonga only in having the 
“flowers all sterile and radiate.” It is then better treated as a form 
under that variety than as of equal rank. Although the original 
collection was made before 1840, no subsequent ones have been seen. 

DISTRIBUTION: PENNSYLVANIA: Wysox, J. Carey (Type in G). 


5. H. ARBORESCENS L., var. Deamii var. nov., /T. vulgaris Nutt., 
Gen. N. Am. Pl. i. 284 (1818), not Michx.; H. cinerea Small, Bull. 
Torrey Bot. Club xxv. 148 (1898), as to type specimen, not as to 
description and cotypes; H. cinerea Gray’s Man. ed. 7, 450 (1908), 
in part, ab forma typica differt foliis grandis cordato-ovatis acumin- 
atis coriaceis, subtus valde puberulentis, nervis primariis secundariis- 
que etiam locis inter nervos pilos ferentibus. 

Differing from H. arborescens L., in having its large cordate-ovate 
acuminate leaves more coriaceous and with the under surface clothed 
with a dense puberulence borne from the primary and secondary 
veins and even from the spaces between veins. 

DISTRIBUTION: GEORGIA: rich shady woods, Whitfield Co., 
R. M. Harper, no. 243 (G). Omio: Cincinnati, R. Buchanan, no. 
832 (N). INDIANA: on an exposed place of the rocky slope of White 
River, one mile east of Sparksville, Jackson Co., July 15, 1919, 
Charles C. Deam, no. 28,122. (Tyrer in G). TENNESSEE: rocky 
hillsides, altitude 2,300 feet, Lookout Mountain, July 1903, M. A. 
Gleason (G). Ituinots: shaded bluff, Homer, Champaign Co., A. 
5. Pease, no. 13,028. Mtssourt: limestone bluffs, Neosho, K. J. 
Palmer, no. 3,999 (G). ARKANSAS: Benton Co., 1899, E. N. Plank 
(N). OkranoMa: along streams, Page, Leflore Co., E. J. Palmer, 
no. 12,640 (Cal). 


6. H. ARBORESCENS L., var. Drami St. John, f. acarpa forma 
nova, praecedenti similis sed differt floribus omnibus infertilibus 
radiatisque. 

Differs from M. arborescens L., var. Deamii St. John by having all 
of its flowers sterile and radiant. 

DisrRIBUTION: Missouri: woods, Monteer, August 6, 1910, 
B. F. Bush, no. 6,116 (Tyre in G). 


STATE COLLEGE OF WASHINGTON, PuLLMAN, Wasan. 


1921] Third Report on Floral Areas 209 


THIRD REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON FLORAL AREAS. 


The present report, covering all the families of the Fern Allies 
except Isoetaceae follows the lines of its two predecessors,! giving a 
check list of the New England species and a geographic grouping of 
them according to their ranges within our area. In the check-list 
are included all varieties recognized in Gray's Manual and nearly 
all proposed in subsequent revisions; some of these, which appear to 
‘be mere forms without distinctive or significant ranges are, however, 
omitted in the geographic treatment. The nomenclature is that of 
the Manual somewhat modified by the studies mentioned. The 
principal changes are: the restoration of the old sixth edition name 
Equisetum limosum in place of E. fluviatile, a change which proves to 
be required by the International Rules?; and the substitution of 
Botrychium dissectum for B. obliquum, the former being the earliest 
name in the group.* One of the Manual varieties calls for a new 
combination under B. dissectum: in making the transfer, this variety 
is here reduced to a form, since that appears to be its correct taxo- 
nomic status.* 


PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND PLANTS— 


XXVIII. 
[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has been seen; 
the sign — that a reliable printed record has been found. | 
o 2 p. - " 8 
OPHIOGLOSSACEA E < 7 £ = pe e! 
Botrychium angustisegmentum (Pease 
& Moore) Fernald . +/+ ]+]4 {4 + 
= disseetum Spreng. . . +I+i+Iit+ti+|+ 
u E f. elongatum | 
(Gilbert & 
Haberer) 
Weatherby | + + — 


1 Ruopora xx. 181-185; 193-197 (Oct., Nov., 1918): xxii. 80-89 (May, 1920). 

? Rnopona xxiii. 43-47 (Apr., 1921). 

3 See Clute, Fern Bull. x. 76 (1902). 

^BorRvceuriUuM prissECTUM Spreng., f. elongatum (Gilbert & Haberer) Weatherby, 
n. comb. B. obliquum elongatum Gilbert & Haberer, Fern Bull. xi. 89 (July, 1903). 


210 Rhodora 


[SEPTEMBER 


OPHIOGLOSSACEAE 


Me. 


Vt. 


Mass. 


E 


Conn. 


Botrychium dissectum Spreng. 

" d f. obliquum 
(Muhl.) Fer- 
nald . 

f. oneidense 
(Gilbert) 
Clute . 

7 Lunaria (L.) Sw. 

ramosum (Roth) Aschers. 

" simplex E. Hitchcock . 

ui " — var. compositum 

(Lasch) Milde 

" ternatum (Thunb.) Sw. 
var. inter- 
medium D. 
C. Eaton . 

var. rutaefol- 
ium (A. Br.) 
D. C. Eaton 

virginianum (L.) Sw.. 

T i var. euro- 
paeum 
Angstróm 

var. inter- 
medium 
Butters 

var. lauren- 
tianum 
Butters 

Ophioglossum vulgatum L. . 

“ i var. minus 

Moore . 


MARSILEACEAE 


Marsilea quadrifolia L. 


SALVINIACEAE 


Azolla caroliniana Willd. 


— 


+ +444 


++ 


+ ++ 4 


++ 


+ +++] 


— 


++ 


++ 


++ 


1921] Third Report on Floral Areas 211 
.| HR Ü 1518 
EQUISETACEAE Sale | eo T Em 
Equisetum arvense L. . . . +) +)+]+/+/+ 
y hyemale L., var. affine 
(Engelm.) A. A. Eaton ti +} +] +] c4 l| c4 
Equisetum hyemale L., var. inter- 
medium A. A. Eaton + + 
E limosum L. Pd +/+]+]/+]+] + 
à litorale Kühlewein . +/+] +] 4+ 
i palustre L. TI EDSE t 
a pratense Ehrh. + eet 4 + 
A scirpoides Michx. +i +i] ++ + 
di sylvaticum L., var. pauci- 
ramosum 
Milde. Lope WI ea + 
2] a pauciramosum 
f. multira- 
mosum 
Fernald +/+] +] +] +i]+ 
i variegatum Schleich. +} +] 4+] + + 
p * var. Jesupi A. 
A. Eaton. + + + 
LYCOPODIACEAE 
Lycopodium annotinum L. . ; tct il +] + + 
2: * var. acrifol- 
ium Fernald| + | + | + ] + + 
ur » var. alpestre 
Hartm. + 
K $ var. pungens 
Desv. «o cr 
clavatum L. Tepic qa E 
» " var. megas- 
tachyon Fer- 
nald & Bis- 
sell Tp ote bebe ee E 
a " var. monos- 
tachyon 
Grev. & Hook. + 
in complanatum L. T 
rs “ — war. flabelli- 
forme Fernald| + | + +! +! + 


212 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 


© m E "A E 
LYCOPODIACEAE siz|leglsie | 8 
Lycopodium complanatum L. . . 
d “ — var. Wibbei 
Haberer . + 
3j inundatum L.. . . | +] +] +] +] +7] + 
i 7 var. alope- 
curoides (L.) 
Tuckerm. 4- 
" " var. Bigelovii 
Tuckerm. eee see 
Lycopodium lucidulum Michx.. . a oe ee ee ee 
3 $ var. porophil- 
um (Lloyd 
& Underw.) 
Clute. . + — 
S obscurum L. PRE m 


[11 [1 


var. dendroi- 

deum(Michx.) 
D. C. Eaton. 

sabinaefolium Willd. . 

Selago L. 

" " — var. appressum 
Desv. 

var. patens 
(Beauv.) Desv. 

sitchense Rupr. . . 4 

tristachyum Pursh 


+ +++ 
+ +++ 


[21 “é 


+/+ + +++ 


- 
-= 


SELAGINELLACEAE 


Selaginella apoda (L.) Fernald . . | — | + 
di rupestris (L.) Spring : + 
" selaginoides (L.) Link + 


-— 


+| +] + 
+/+] + 


Two of the above species, Marsilea quadrifolia and Azolla carolin- 
iana, are, the latter certainly and the former in all probability, in- 
troduced. The Azolla seems to have been first collected in a pond 
in Forest Park, Springfield, Mass., in 1892, by Mrs. M. L. Owen 
and in 1896 was reported as spreading. From information kindly 
furnished us by Dr. W. H. Chapin, it now appears to be extinct. 
There is no other New England locality for it on record. 


1921] Third Report on Floral Areas 213 


Marsilea quadrifolia was first reported in the addenda to the fourth 
edition of Gray's Manual in 1863 from Bantam Lake, Litchfield, 
Conn., where it had been collected by Dr. T. F. Allen, and was long 
supposed to be native there. It does not appear, however, in J. P. 
Brace's comprehensive list of plants of Litchfield and vicinity pub- 
lished in 1822: very probably, as is surmised in the 7th edition of 
the Manual, it was “casually introduced" at some time between 
these two dates. Another Connécticut station, at Cromwell, is 
known to have existed for at least 45 years. The plant is easily 
established in still, shallow water and has been introduced at Maran- 
acook and Skowhegan, Maine; Boxford, Billerica, Concord, Salem, 
Malden, Cambridge, Jamaica Plain, West Roxbury, Needham and 
Dedham in eastern Massachusetts; and, besides the two stations 
above mentioned, at New Haven and Middlebury, Conn. 

The arrangement of the native species given below follows in gen- 
eral that of our last report: readers are referred to that report for 
definitions and explanation of groups there adopted. We have 
recognized here four new groups, for the reasons given under them 
and from the belief that better results can be obtained by creating 
"ategories as numerous as may be required to bring like ranges to- 
gether than by attempting to crowd all our plants, almost endlessly 
rarious in their distribution as they are, into a few generalized di- 
visions. Where possible, we have used, as titles for the groups, 
condensed statements of the ranges concerned and in so doing have 
employed more definitely than hitherto the Cape Cod region? and 
the upper St. John valley in northern Aroostook Co., Maine,' as, In 
some sort, index areas. These two regions—the former mainly of 
sandy, acid soils without rock outcrops and of oak and pitch. pine 
barrens, the latter with heavy, often calcareous soils, river cliffs and 
wide stretches of Canadian forest; one with the mildest climate in 
New England, the other with one of the most severe—are well-nigh 
complete antitheses of each other. One offers the extreme of austral 
conditions, the other, (except for the very limited alpine areas on 

^ Comprising southeastern Plymouth County and all of Barnstable, Dukes, and 
Nantucket Counties. "This region is not homogeneous, as the occurrence in certain 
localities within it of such woodland types as Botrychium ramosum and Lycopodium 
lucidulum testifies; but these boundaries seem sufficiently accurate for our present 
purpose. The region is referred to, for brevity, as Cape Cod. 


` ë Comprising that part of Aroostook County north and, west of the Aroostook 
Valley. Referred to as the upper St. John. 


214 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 


our mountain-tops) the extreme of boreal conditions within our 
territory. Species found in both may be expected to occur generally 
in New England elsewhere: and so much collecting has been done 
in both that the absence of any record of a given species from either 
may be accepted with little or no doubt as representing the facts. 

It is to be understood that species which are alike in being found 
throughout a given area may differ considerably in the frequency of 
their occurrence. The groups here defined are, of course, likely to 
require revision with increase of our knowledge. The committee 
will be grateful for any data which modify the ranges as stated. 


I. GENERALLY DISTRIBUTED. 


Botrychium ramosum Lycopodium complanatum, 
var. flabelliforme 
T virginianum Lycopodium lucidulum 
Equisetum arvense 6 obscurum 
[11 ce ce 


limosum 
rar. dendroideum 
Lycopodium tristachyum 


Although, at the present stage of our work, it is impossible to 
classify these species otherwise than as generally distributed and 
though they occur in all, or very nearly all, parts of New England, 
they differ somewhat in the details of their distribution. Only Equis- 
etum. arvense, Lycopodium obscurum and its var. dendroideum seem to 
occur quite evenly throughout. Botrychium ramosum, Lycopodium 
complanatum, var flabelliforme and L. tristachyum, though found in 
the Ft. Kent-Van Buren region, apparently become noticeably less 
common in northern Maine and were not observed by St. John and 
Nichols on their journey from Moosehead Lake to St. Francis via 
the upper reaches of the St. John River. Botrychium virginianum, 
though known from extreme southeastern Maine at Pembroke, con- 
spicuously avoids the vicinity of the coast between that point and 
the Kennebec valley. Lycopodium tristachyum has, curiously, not 
been reported from Rhode Island though occurring on all sides of that 
state. It seems altogether probable that it will eventually be found 
there. The two Botrychiums, Equisetum limosum, and Lycopodium 
lucidulum are very rare in the Cape Cod region; thereby, their ranges 
form a transition to the following group. 


1921] Third Report on Floral Areas 215 


II. GENERALLY DISTRIBUTED, EXCEPT IN CAPE Cop. 


Equisetum sylvaticum, 
var. pauciramosum? Lycopodium clavatum 
Lycopodium clavatum, var. megastachyon 


Species with this range (e. g., Cystopteris fragilis) occurred in the 
families previously reported upon, but were then included among 
the generally distributed species. It now seems to us, however, 
desirable to segregate them, since the absence of any plant from Cape 
Cod is likely to be significant of its preferences as to soil and habitat 
conditions. 

The species here included are inhabitants of moist or dry wood- 
lands or rarely meadows, in comparatively rich soils. Their absence 
from Cape Cod is doubtless due to lack of suitable habitats there. 


III. NEITHER THE UPPER ST. JOHN NOR CAPE COD; RATHER GENERAL 
ELSEWHERE. 


Botrychium simplex Botrychium ternatum, 
var. intermedium 
Equisetum hyemale, var. affine 


This group corresponds closely to the * Rich Soils" group of the 
last report. Botrychium simplex is not known to us from any 
point in Maine north of about the 45th parallel of latitude, except 
for a single outlying station at Bridgewater (Kate Furbish). B. 
ternatum, var. intermedium reaches slightly further north in central 
Maine and has similar outlying stations at Mars Hill and Limestone. 
These isolated occurrences are probably to be accounted for by the 
existence in eastern. Aroostook County of a large area characterized 
by a hardwood forest of a distinctly southern type. Equisetum 

‘Including, for our purposes, f. multiramosum. The stations for typical var. 
pauciramosum are all within the range of group III; but they are few and scattered 
and we doubt if their distribution indicates anything but accidents of collection. 

5 See Goodale in 6th Rep. Maine Board of Agric. 370ff. (1861). Prof. Goodale 
was struck by the contrast between the vegetation of this area and that of the upper 
St. John, from which he had just come. He had no opportunity to ascertain its 
extent. Prof. Fernald, to whom we are indebted for the reference to Goodale's work, 
informs us that it runs from the Aroostook Valley on the north to that of the Matta- 
wamkeag on the south, and west to about the 69th parallel of longitude. On the 


southwest a narrow arm connects it with the hardwood forest area of central Maine, 
forming an avenue of emigration for woodland species. 


216 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 


hyemale, var. affine, which prefers loose soils, especially on terraces 
and banks near streams, has about the same northern limit as B. 
simplex, but without the outlying station: though it occurs at Pem- 
broke in Washington Co., it has not been found near the coast be- 
tween that point and Wells. 


IV. NORTHERN. 


A 
čquisetum scirpoides Lycopodium annotinum 
Lycopodium annotinum, var. acrifolium 


B 
Botrychium ternatum, Lycopodium clavatum, 
var. rutaefolium var. monostachyon 
Botrychium virginianum, Lycopodium complanatum 
var. europaeum 
Botrychium virginianum, : Lycopodium sabinaefolium 


var. laurentianum 
Lycopodium annotinum, Lycopodium Selago 
var. alpestre 
Lycopodium annotinum, 
var. pungens var. patens 
Lycopodium sitchense 


[1j [1j 


This group corresponds exactly with that of the same name in 
our last report. Of the species in sub-division A, Equisetum scir- 
poides reaches its southern limits at Southbridge, Mass., and in 
northwestern Connecticut. "The two Lycopodiums reach Cape Ann, 
the central highland of Massachusetts and western Connecticut; 
L. annotinum var. acrifolium is found also at Union, in the eastern 
highland of Connecticut. It seems to be much less common in 
Maine than typical L. annotinum, and is not recorded by St. John 
and Nichols. 

Of sub-division B, Lycopodium annotinum, var. alpestre is known 
in our area only from Mt. Lafayette, L. clavatum, var. monostachyon 
only from Mt. Washington and L. Selago, var. patens only from Mt. 
Mansfield. Typical L. Selago® is chiefly confined to mountainous 


? Including var. appressum. 


1921] Third Report on Floral Areas 217 


regions, occurring on Mt. Katahdin, the Bigelow Range, and Sar- 
gent Mt. on Mt. Desert Island in Maine, the White Mountain region 
and Mt. Monadnock in New Hampshire, Mt. Mansfield in Vermont 
and Mt. Greylock in Massachusetts. But it occurs also at lower alti- 
tudes at East Dover, N. H., and Johnson, Vt., has a station at Mt. 
Holyoke in Massachusetts and descends nearly to sea level at Deer 
Isle, Me., and on trap ridges near New Haven, Conn. The other 
species and varieties are all, apparently, rather rare, occurring at com- 
paratively few and scattered stations in the three northern states. 
Only Lycopodium annotinum, var. pungens reaches the vicinity of the 
sea, at Lubec, Cutler and Wass Island on the cold eastern coast of 
Maine: only L. complanatum and L. sabinacfolium, which are both 
found at Hartland, Vt., extend further south than the White Moun- 
tain region. 


V. Carpe CoD AND RATHER GENERAL ELSEWHERE, BUT NOT THE 
UPPER ST. JOHN. 


Botrychium angustisegmentum Botrychium dissectum, 
f. obliquum 
Botrychium dissectum Ophioglossum vulgatum!” 


Lycopodium inundatum 


This group corresponds essentially to the Southern A of the last 
report. Botrychium angustisegmentum and B. dissectum, like their 
congeners in group III, have outlying stations at Bridgewater, in the 
deciduous woods region of northeastern Maine. "The former is not 
known from the Maine coast east of Boothbay. The four Ophio- 
glossaceae are all plants of comparatively southern range, having 
their northeastern limits in New England or the Maritime Provinces. 
Lycopodium inundatum, on the other hand, is of wide distribution in 
northern latitudes in America and Eurasia, reaching, in the eastern 
United States, no further south than Pennsylvania. In any analysis 
of the geographic elements of the New England flora based on gen- 
eral ranges it would have to be placed in a different group from the 
other species here included; but within New England its occurrences 
correspond in general with theirs, except for two stations on the 


10 Including var. minus, which appears to be only a starved and depauperate state 
growing in sand. See Stone, Plants of Southern N. J. 122 (1911). 


218 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 


upper course of the St. John River, just north of the Aroostook County 
line (St. John and Nichols). Its distribution may perhaps be ac- 
counted for by the fact that it is a plant of acid soils, in southern 
New England at least particularly partial to damp sand, and that 
such habitats are largely lacking in northern Maine. Conversely, 
it is, unlike most plants of northern range, common on Cape Cod, 
where such habitats are to be found in abundance. 


VI. CHIEFLY THE THREE SOUTHERN STATES 
Selaginella apoda 


This is the Southern B of the last report. S. apoda is not reported 
from Cape Cod, where suitable habitats for this plant of moist, 
grassy places are lacking It reaches its northern limits at New- 
fane, Vt., Hanover and Manchester, N. H., and Berwick, Me. 


: VII. CoasrAL PLAIN 
Lycopodium inundatum, var. alopecuroides 


[2j “ce [3j 


Bigelovii 

The former is a plant of the Piedmont and coastal plain southward, 
occurring in our region only on Nantucket. The latter, like the 
coastal plain species of the last report, penetrates further inland. It 
is, however, certainly known to us no farther from the coast than 
Woodstock, Conn., and Groton, Mass., and no farther north than 
Plum Island, Mass. It has been reported from Sunderland, Vt., 
and Mt. Desert Island, Me. The Mt. Desert plant and also speci- 
mens from Cumberland, Me., distributed as var. Bigelovit, appear to 
us no more than, at most, transitional forms. We have seen no 
specimens from the Vermont locality; it seems probable, however, 
that this report is based either on a misidentification or on the mis- 
application of Tuckerman’s name made by Lloyd and Underwood." 


VIII. CaLciPHILE SPECIES. 
Botrychium Lunaria 2quisetum variegatum, 
var. Jesupi 
Equisetum variegatum Selaginella selaginoides 
Botrychium Lunaria and Selaginella selaginoides are among our 


! See Ruopora xxiii. 100 (1921). 


1921] Third Report on Floral Areas 219 


rarest species. The latter is known only from Ft. Kent (A. A. Eaton) 
and from near the confluence of the St. John and Big Black Rivers 
(St. John and Nichols), the former from Ft. Kent (J. R. Churchill) 
and, in Vermont, Willoughby (C. H. Tilton) and St. Johnsbury 
Miss Inez Howe). Equisetum variegatum and its variety Jesupi 
occur at scattered stations in the larger calcareous areas of New 
‘ngland south to western Connecticut. It is a curious fact that, 
though their general ranges are the same, they have apparently never 
been collected at the same place nor nearer than 20 miles to each 
other. 


IX. RivER-VALLEY 


Equisetum litorale Equisetum palustre 
Equisetum pratense 


These three species show a discontinuous range, not matched in 
any group heretofore distinguished. They are chiefly, though not 
entirely, confined to the valleys of the larger rivers and to the Cham- 
plain Valley—a distribution perhaps due to a preference for alluvial 
soils, to which, however, they are by no means restricted. KE. litorale 
is known from the St. John, Penobscot, Kennebec and Androscoggin 
valleys in Maine; on the lower Merrimac; along the shores of Lake 
Champlain; and on the Connecticut at Stewartstown, Lebanon and 
Walpole, N. H., and Westminster, Vt. E. palustre occurs in the 
same valleys, except that of the Penobscot, extending south along 
the Connecticut to East Windsor and Lyme, Conn., and is found 
besides at Brandon, Willoughby Lake and near Lake Memphremagog 
in Vermont. FE. pratense has a somewhat more irregular distribution. 
It is known only from the St. John, Kennebec, Connecticut and 
Housatonic valleys, and from Newark and Brandon, Vt. 


X. WEsTERN NEW ENGLAND ONLY. 

Equisetum hyemale, var. intermedium 
This is referable to a small group to Which Trollius laxus and 
Hydrastis canadensis of our first report belong. They are species of 
more or less wide range in the central United States, touching our 


area only along its western border and but rarely there. They pen- 
etrate eastward no further than the central lowland of Connecticut. 


220 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 


Equisetum hyemale, var. intermedium is known from Hartford, Suf- 
field, Oxford and Norfolk in Connecticut and Pownal and Burling- 
ton, Vt. 


XI. MiscELLANEOUS. 


Botrychium virginianum, Lycopodium lucidulum, 
var. intermedium var. porophilum 
Selaginella rupestris 


Selaginella rupestris, the most widely distributed of these plants 
in New England, has a puzzling range Itis a species of dry ledges, 
of Alleghanian range outside of New England. With us, it has two 
stations in extreme northern Maine; but it is almost entirely absent 
from the White Mt. region, occurring only on the extreme fringes of 
the mountains at Moultonboro and Berlin, and apparently from 
northeastern Vermont. In Maine, its stations, except for the two 
mentioned, are all either near the coast or in the valleys of the An- 
droscoggin and Penobscot Rivers. It is fairly general southward, 
except on Cape Cod where it is not known—a circumstance readily 
accounted for by the absence of rock outcrops there. Recent taxo- 
nomic study of the group to which S. rupestris belongs has segregated 
a number of southern and western species formerly referred to it. 
The northeastern members of the group have not yet been critically 
studied; possibly we have to reckon with more than one species here. 

Botrychium virginianum, var. intermedium is known from four 
stations, one each in Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts and Connecti- 
cut. More data in regard to it are needed. Similarly the New 
England stations for Lycopodium lucidulum, var. porophilum (north- 
ern Maine and Clarendon, Vt.) are too few to give any sure indica- 
tion of the group to which it belongs. 

C. H. KNOWLTON 
W. S. RIPLEY, Jn. 
C. A. WEATHERBY 


The date of the August issue (unpublished as this goes to press,) will be an- 
nounced later. 


Plate 132 


Rhodora 


LD, MASSACHUSETTS. 


a 
» 


CIMICIFUGA INDIGENOUS AT SHEFFIE 


Hovova 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH ; 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. October, 1921. No. 274. 
CONTENTS: 

Croton glandulosus in New Jersey. Bayard Long.. . . + . 221 

Expedition to Nova Scotia (continued). M . L. Fernald . . . 223 

Lathyrus Nissolia in the State of Washington. C. S. Parker . . 246 


Boston, Mass. Providence, R. F. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 


Address manuscripts and proofs to 
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 


Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 


Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated, 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN CorutiNs and 
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- - 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
n of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
Caras. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


IRbodora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 
Vol. 23. October, 1921. No. 274. 


A STATION FOR CROTON GLANDULOSUS IN NEW JERSEY. 
BAYARD Lona. 


SOME years ago, during an examination of the private herbarium 
of Mr. W. H. Roper of Atco, New Jersey, I came unexpectedly upon 
local material of Croton glandulosus L.! Mr. Roper was quite familiar 
with the plant and informed me that it occurred along the railroad 
above Bishops Bridge—a flag-stop near Atco. This spot is along 
the steam line of the Pennsylvania Railroad to Atlantic City, about 
twenty miles out of Camden. 

Croton glandulosus is a tropical American species of sandy soils, 
extending northward in the Mississippi valley to Iowa and through 
the southeastern states to Virginia. In the northeastern United 
States it is best known historically, as one of the ballast-ground 
plants formerly found about certain of the Atlantic seaports. In 
Aubrey H. Smith’s paper on “On Colonies of Plants Observed near 
Philadelphia,"? published in 1867, it is reported to have occurred 
below the Navy Yard from 1864 to 1866, being “more abundant in 
the last of these years"—which is amply borne out by numerous 
specimens dated 1866 contained in various herbaria. There are 
collections from Kaighn's Point, Camden, New Jersey, opposite 
Philadelphia, made in the same year, as well as in 1865. It was ob- 
tained in 1866 at Newcastle, Delaware, not very far below Phila- 
delphia. A single plant only, however, was noted, according to the 
label-data with the extant material in the Commons Herbarium, 
and there is no evidence that the species occurred there subsequently. 

1 The northern, widely distributed phase of this very variable species known as 


C. glandulosus var. septentrionalis Muell. Arg. 
? Smith, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. xix. 22 (1807). 


222 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


The last collection appears to have been in 1879 from the ballast- 
grounds at Philadelphia. It is not possible to say whether the plants 
collected in the later years of this period were descendants of the 
first colonists, but it seems unlikely. Comparatively few of these 
ballast plants persisted, and collections of a species over a lengthy 
period frequently seem to represent repeated cases of colonization. 
There were periods of renewed interest in the ballast-grounds during 
more recent years, particularly in the late 90's, but the species was 
not found at this time. 

Mr. Roper's collection near Bishops Bridge show that 1t occurred 
there as early as 1913. Because of my interest expressed in the 
plant he visited the station again in 1918 and reported it in some 
abundance, fruiting copiously, and evidently mereasing. When, on 
October 5 of the past year, my long deferred visit was made, I was 
amply repaid by the sight of many hundreds of vigorous plants. 

The railroad at this spot extends across a low depression and has 
been laid upon a stone-and-cinder fill. On the long, sloping railroad 
bank the croton has found a favorable habitat, with numerous other 
weeds that like loose cinder railroad-ballast. For more than a hun- 
dred feet along this slope the croton is the most conspicuous, if not 
the dominant species. At the foot of the slope, among the weeds 
of ranker growth and the native vegetation encroaching from the 
low ground, the plants. were tall and slender, some approaching two 
feet in height; while at the crest of the bank those growing in the 
dry, sun-baked cinders, having had little growth-competition, were 
stout little “bushes” about a foot tall. At the time of my visit 
the somewhat shaded plants were still fresh and green; those in the 
open were in greater maturity and made really very handsome foliage- 
plants with their drooping, primary leaves turning a rich salmon 
color. All were fruiting profusely and apparently prepared to con- 
tinue flowering and fruiting indefinitely. Probably only killing 
frosts terminate its growing season in this latitude. The railroad 
company’s scythe that makes periodical raids upon the vegetation 
along the tracks seems not to have discouraged the plant. Those 
individuals that were cut down appeared to have suffered only a 
judicious pruning, resultant in a greater branching and increased 
fruiting. 

The presence of considerable paper and rubbish along the railroad 
bank suggests that car-sweepings may be dropped here. This is 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 223 


undoubtedly a fertile source of introduction of many railroad weeds. 
And possibly this colony of Croton glandulosus may have originated 
in such manner. 

Although the plant was not detected at any other station along the 
railroad, the vigorous manner in which the species is establishing 
itself at this spot leaves no doubt in the mind that it is only a ques- 
tion of time when it will have extended further along the railroad, 
or even out into the adjacent sand-barrens. 

It is said to be a weed in portions of its range, and like many cro- 
tons and allied species of the spurge family, to have an especial fond- 
ness for railroads. At least one of its stations in Virginia, the state 
usually given as the northern limit of the species, is “along the rail- 
road between Lynchburg and Danville" and probably other occur- 
rences on the outer edge of its range are of a similar character. It 
would thus appear that the plant at Bishops Bridge has found a very 
congenial habitat and it would not be surprising if what is now such 
an unfamiliar species to local collectors should ultimately become a 
familiar member of the New Jersey flora. 

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 


THE GRAY HERBARIUM EXPEDITION TO NOVA SCOTIA, 
1920. 


M. L. FERNALD. 
(Continued from p. 195.) 


Panicum LINDHEIMERI Nash. As already noted (p. 141) there is 
no constant character by which to distinguish from P. Lindheimeri 
the several plants subsequently published as species and separated 
by Hitchcock & Chase upon the minutest differences in size of spike- 
lets and varying degrees of pubescence on the foliage. These plants, 
P. tennesseense Ashe, P. huachucae Ashe, and P. implicatum Scribner, 
have for a quarter-century baffled those who, not restricting their 
studies to the grasses, are in the habit of looking in other plants for 
essentially constant characters in specles and who have long since 
learned that in other groups at least, fluctuating degrees of the same 
type of pubescence when unaccompanied by definite characters of 
the inflorescence give very unsatisfactory grounds for specific separa- 


224 Rhodora [OctoBER 


tion. More recently, further perplexity has been added to the group 
for those who are not intensive specialists on Panicum by the publica- 
tion of P. languidum Hitche. & Chase. The type collection was a 
clump growing in dry woods at South Berwick, Maine, with spike- 
lets unusually large (1.8-2.1 mm. long) but otherwise not different 
from lax shade-forms of P. huachucae, the individuals of rich or 
shaded habitats separated by Hitchcock & Chase as P. huachucae, 
var. silvicola. The authors of P. languidum cite five collections: 
South Berwick, Maine, Fernald, Parlin (from the same clump); 
Island Falls, Maine, Fernald; Mt. Desert Island, Fernald; Ashburn- 
ham, Massachusetts, Harris; and Platte Clove, New York, William- 
son. 

I have not seen the New York material, but the South Berwick 
clump was broken into several full-sized sheets, three of which are 
before me. Their spikelets range from 1.8-2.1 mm. long (not merely 
2 mm. as originally described) and the panicle is, as described by 
Hitchcock & Chase, “loosely flowered, the very flexuous branches 
finally spreading or drooping. . . the axis and branches sparsely 
long-pilose." The inflorescence is thus like the theoretical inflores- 
cence of P. implicatum but looser and with longer spikelets or quite 
like that of many specimens determined by Hitchcock & Chase as 
P. huachucae, var. silvicola, a plant which they describe as having 
spikelets 1.6-1.8 mm. long. The leaves of the South Berwick material 
are inseparable from those of the latter plant. The other Maine 
specimens of P. languidum are like the type as are more recent col- 
lections from Massachusetts, but the Harris collection from Ash- 
burnham, included with the original P. languidum, is quite different, 
having narrowly ellipsoid panicles with strongly spreading-ascending 
branches, the axis smooth and the sheaths pilose with ascending 
(not wide-spreading) hairs. This collection is represented by three 
sheets, thoroughly uniform and clearly a shade state of P. subvillosum 
Ashe. With the latter species eliminated from the complex, P. 
languidum is left as a series of specimens which in every character 
merge directly into P. huachucae. 

The original of P. Lindheimeri was a plant with the axis of the 
panicle glabrous and with the lower internodes and sheaths papillose- 
hirsute, the upper glabrous, and Hitchcock & Chase place it in their 
section Spreta because it has “Sheaths glabrous or only the lower- 
most sometimes pubescent.” P. huachucae, on the other hand, and 


1921] Fernald, —Expedition to Nova Scotia 225 


P. tennesseense are placed in the section Lanuginosa with “Sheaths 
strongly pubescent." "The spikelet-measurements as given by them 
are: P. Lindheimeri, 1.4-1.6 mm. long; P. huachucae 1.6-1.8 mm. 
and P. tennesseense, 1.6-1.7 mm.. The last, although placed in a 
group with “Sheaths strongly pubescent,” is described as having 
while in the “glabrous” 


1? 


"sheaths . . . rarely nearly glabrous, 
P. Lindheimeri “sometimes the pubescence extends nearly to the 
summit. These more pubescent specimens . . . resemble less 
pubescent specimens of P. tennesscense but can be distinguished by 
the smaller spikelets." If the difference between the extremes of 
the spikelets were positive, the latter assurance would carry convic- 
tion; but when, measuring the spikelets of specimens labelled (and 
often cited) by Hitchcock & Chase as P. tennesseense, it is found 
that several sheets (Framingham, Mass., E. C. Smith; Providence, 
R. L, Collins; East Hartford, Conn., Driggs; Washington, D. C., 
Steele; Monteer, Mo., Bush; ete.) shows mature spikelets only 1.4— 
1.6 mm. long, while this minimum is exhibited by a sheet specially 
collected by Mrs. Chase and distributed to show true P. tennesscense 
(Am. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 127); — when we find that P. fennesseense 
may have spikelets as small as in P. Lindheimeri, the effort to sepa- 


H 


rate the two as species becomes futile. This futility is further em- 
phasized by the plant of Yarmouth County, Nova Scotia, in habit 
so closely similar to the type-number of P. Lindheimert as at first 
to seem identical with it, but with spikelets even larger than in P. 
lennesscense, 1.8-2 mm. long. 

Panicum tennesseense, itself, as treated by Hitchcock & Chase, 
consists of two rather definite trends. Of the material in the Gray 
Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club 
so named by them 18 sheets have panicles with the lower internodes 
pilose as in P. huachucae, var. silvicola, which likewise has spikelets 
of the same size; while 25 have the axis of the panicle glabrous as in 
P. Lindheimeri. Some sheets of the latter plant from the St. John 
valley in northern Maine have been labeled by them P. Lindheimert; 
others of the same plant, P. tennesseense. One sheet from Massa- 
chusetts (Hubbard, no. 205) with the characteristic panicle, long 
spikelets and pilose axis of P. languidum was determined by Mrs. 
Chase in 1911 as the latter species, but, naturally enough, in 1912 
she changed the determination to P. tennesseense; naturally enough 
because, as the preceding discussion indicates, those species are 
merely phases of one polymorphous species, P. Lindheimert. 


226 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


Similarly with P. huachucae and P. implicatum, the lines between 
these and the others are vague, Hitchcock & Chase saying in a note 
upon the shade-state of the former (P. huachucae, var. silvicola), 
“The following specimens represent an extreme form with the upper 
surface of the blades nearly or quite glabrous, thus approaching P. 
tennesseense.” Then follows an enumeration of 19 specimens to 
which the more recent collections would surely add many more, 
but the citation of 19 confessed intermediates is sufficient indication 
of the weakness of the species. P. implicatum is the extreme of the 
series with longest pubescence on the leaves, in its best development 
well pronounced but, to quote Hitchcock & Chase's apt phrase: 
“More robust specimens of P. implicatum approach P. huachucae." 
In New England and eastern Canada the distinctions between the 
two are most unsatisfactory and at best P. implicatum seems to be 
of varietal rank, as Scribner, who first published it as a species in 
1898, regarded it in 1901. 

Others, like P. pacificum Hitch. & Chase, seem hardly separable 
as species. P. pacificum has spikelets tending to be minutely larger 
than in P. huachucae; and its authors reason that, although “It most 
nearly resembles P. huachucae," it cannot be included in that species 
because of “a distinct range." The type of P. huachucae came from 
Huachuca Mts., Arizona, and Hitchcock & Chase cite material from 
San Bernardino Mts., California, while they allow P. pacificum to 
occur also in the San Bernardino Mts. and to extend eastward into 
Arizona. The ranges of the two are thus overlapping, the habit, 
foliage and pubescence identical, and the spikelets with overlapping 
measurements. 

The variations above discussed seem better treated as a series of 
varieties of one wide-ranging and polymorphous species. as follows: 
Axis of panicle glabrous or at most with few appressed hairs: 

leaf-blades glabrous or very sparsely pilose and glabrate 
above, glabrous or minutely pubescent beneath; upper 
sheaths glabrous to somewhat pilose. 

nete 12-18-20. Loe. ......... eere rrr ET pe Var. typicum. 

Spikelets mostly 1.6-2 mm. long.................... Var. septentrionale. 
Axis of panicle spreading-pilose, at least on the lower inter- 

nodes: leaf-blades pilose to glabrous above, commonly 
pubescent beneath; upper sheaths mostly pilose. 
Spikelets mostly 1.6-2.1 mm. long: leaf-blades closely 
short-pilose, sparsely long-pilose or glabrous above.Var. fasciculatum. 


Spikelets mostly 1.3-1.5 mm. long: leaf-blades long-pilose 
above, with hairs mostly 3-6 mm. long............ Var. implicatum., 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 227 


P. LINDHEIMERI Nash, var. typicum. P. Lindheimeri Nash, Bull. 
Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 196 (1897); Hitchcock & Chase, Contrib. U. 5. 
Nat. Herb. xv. 203 (1910). P. Funstoni Scribn. & Merr. U. S. Dept. 
Agr. Div. Agrost. Cire. xxxv. 4 (1901).— California to Florida, north 
to Minnesota, southern Ontario and New England. 

** Var, septentrionale, n. var. Planta laxe vel dense cespitosa 
2-7 dm. alta; vaginis glabris vel plus minusve pilosis pilis divergen- 
tibus, laminis firmis utrinque glabris vel sparse breviterque pilosis; 
paniculis primariis ovoideis 2.5-7 cm. longis rhachi glabro; spiculis 
plerumque 1.6-2 mm. longis.—Nova Scotia and New Brunswick to 
Manitoba, south to Connecticut, New York, Indiana and Missouri. 
The following are representative of a series of about 100 sheets 
studied. Nova Scotia: wet sphagnous swale at border of Beaver 
Lake, Yarmouth Co., July 25, 1920, Long & Linder, no. 19,805, 
October 6, 1920, Fernald & Linder, no. 19,814 (unusually tall and 
little tufted from growing in a dense swale). New Brunswick: 
river-gravels and shingly border of thicket by the St. John River, 
Woodstock, July 14, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12,527 (rype in Gray 
Herb.); recent clearing, Ingleside, Westfield, August 7, 1909, Fernald, 
no. 1255; gravelly shore of the basin, Gorge of the Aroostook River, 
Fernald, no. 1250. Maine: St. John River at mouth of Little Black 
River, July 27, 1900, Collins & Williams; gravelly shores of St. 
John River, St. Francis, August 5, 1893, Fernald, no. 166a; Fort 
Kent, August 1, 1900, Collins & Williams; river-thicket, Fort Fair- 
field, August 10, 1909, Fernald, no. 1257; sandy river-bank (Penobscot 
River), Bradley, September 16, 1897, Fernald; sandy clearings and 
pastures, Fairfield, July 24, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 12,751; dry 
wooded slope of Mt. Megunticook, Camden, August 13, 1913, Fer- 
nald; in sand, Canton, July 7, 1906, Parlin, no. 1958; edge of cliff, 
Ogunquit, Wells, July 15, 1902, Parlin, no. 1577. NEw HAMPSHIRE: 
sandy pasture, Shelburne, July 21, 1913, Deane; roadside, Stewarts- 
town, July 19, 1917, Fernald & Pease, no. 16,826; railroad track, 
Stratford, July 18, 1917, Fernald & Pease, no. 16,810; dry soil, Nor- 
thumberland, Fernald & Pease, no. 16,811; gravelly bank of Pemige- 
wasset River, North Woodstock, July 7, 1915, Fernald, no. 11,515; 
sandy river-terraces above Plymouth, July 30, 1915, Fernald, no. 
11,516; Nashua, June 24, 1903, Robinson, no. 789. VERMONT: 
Willoughby Mt., Westmore, Horace Mann et al. (axis slightly pubes- 
cent, approaching that of var. fasciculatum). MASSACHUSETTS: 
gravel, Manchester, July 15, 1913, Hubbard, no. 655; Holbrook, 
June 18, 1899, Greenman, no. 3133; Rehoboth, June 22, 1914, Forbes; 
sand-plain, Springfield, June 8, 1913, Fernald, no. 8650; woodroad 
near Shaw Pond, Becket, July 28, 1916, Hoffmann; rocky roadside, 
Mt. Washington, August 11, 1914, Hoffmann; wet sandy roadside, 
Stockbridge, June 20, 1914, Hoffmann; dry clearings and open woods 
on sericite schist, near summit of Serpentine Ledge, Florida, June 
24, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 8620. RHODE ISLAND: sterile meadow, 


228 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


Warwick, June 25, 1910, Fernald. Connecticut: sandy soil, South 
Windsor, June 23, 1916, Driggs; dry soil, Manchester, July 9, 1904, 
Driggs, no. 2927; wet meadow, Southington, July 13, 1901, Andrews; 
moist roadside, Danbury, July 19-20, 1912, Harger. New York: 
bank of St. Regis River, Stockholm, July 1, 1916, O. P. Phelps, no. 
1450; swamp, Norfolk, June 30, 1915, Phelps, nos. 1100, 1101; dry 
rocks, Murray Island, Jefferson Co., July 4, 1902, Robinson & Maxon, 
no. 86; sandy fields, Albany, June 10, 1918, House; dry gravel, Ulysses, 
July 22, 1913, Wiegand & Palmer, no. S9. ONTARIO: Cache Lake, 
Algonquin Park, June 20, 1900, Macoun, no. 72,965 in part (mixed 
with P. boreale); Toronto, June 7, 1911, J. White, no. 8. INDIANA: 
sand ridges, Roby, September 2, 1907, Lansing, no. 2687; swale, 
Edgemoor, July 24, 1906, Lansing, no. 2606; sand ridges, East Chi- 
cago, August 10, 1910, Lansing, no. 2801. Mantiopa: Lake Winni- 
peg Valley, 1857, Bourgeau. MiNNESOTA: moist sand, Hubert, 
July 25, 1913, Bergman, no. 2879. Missovnr: barrens, Monteer, 
May 24, 1907, Bush, no. 4684. 

Var. fasciculatum (Torr.), n. comb. | P. d ichotomum, Q. fasciculatum 
Torr. Fl. No. and Mid. U. S. 145 (1824). P. nitidum a. ciliatum 
and 8. pilosum Torr. l. c. 146 (1824). P. huachucae Ashe, Journ. 
Elisha Mitchell Soc. xv. 51 (1898). P. tennesseense Ashe, l. c. 52 
(1898). P. unciphyllum, forma prostratum Scribn. & Merr. Ruo- 
DORA, iii. 124 (1901). P. languinosum, var. huachucae (Ashe) Hitehe. 
Ruopora, viii. 208 (1906). P. huachucae, var. silvicola Hitche. & 
Chase in Robinson, Ruopora, x. 64 (1908). P. pacificum. Hitche. 
& Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 229 (1910). P. languidum 
Hitche. & Chase, l. c., 232 (1910). P. huachucae, var. fasciculatum 
(Torr.) Hubbard, Ruopora, xiv. 171 (1912).—Southern California 
to Florida, north to southern British Columbia, Idaho, Montana, 
South Dakota, Minnesota, Ontario, Quebec and Newfoundland. 

In its typical form the variety has loosely spreading leaves. P. 
huachucae is a trivial form, of more open habitats and therefore with 
stiffer and more ascending foliage. P. unciphyllum, forma pros- 
tratum (basis of P. languidum) is a shade form with tendency to 
looser inflorescences and slightly longer spikelets. 

In Nova Scotia var. fasciculatum is common from Yarmouth to 
Sable Island and Pictou Co. 

Var. implicatum (Scribn.), n. comb. P. implicatum Scribn. U. S. 
Dept. Agric, Div. Agrost. Bull. 11: 43. fig. 2 (1898). P. unciphyllum 
implicatum Scribn. & Merrill, Ruopora, iii. 123 (1901).—New- 
foundland to southern New York, west to Ontario, Wisconsin and 
Iowa. 

Common in western Nova Scotia, often too close to the last. 

P. suBviLLosUM Ashe. Common on dry sandy or rocky open 
soil throughout the silicious regions from Yarmouth Co. to Halifax 
and Cumberland Cos., thence on into eastern New Brunswick and 
Prince Edward Island. See p. 103. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 229 


* Setaria viridis (L.) Beauv., var. Weinmanni (R^ & S.) Brand; 
Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopona, xii. 133 (1910). "This easily recog- 
nized variety, now widely dispersed as a weed in eastern Canada, 
occurs in the railroad yard at North Sydney and presumably else- 
where. 

** LkEnsIA ORYZOIDES (L.) Sw., forma CLANDESTINA E. H. Eames, 
Rnuopona, xviii. 239 (1916). This form seems to be more common in 
Nova Scotia than the typical form of the species, with exserted 
panicles. In all our Nova Scotian collections of both forms the 
spikelets are unusually long, 5-6 mm. 

** L. ORYZOIDES, forma GLABRA A. A. Eaton, RHODORA, v. 118 
(1903). In New England this form is characteristic of tidal flats, 
vut in Trefry's Lake, Arcadia (Yarmouth Co.) completely submersed 
colonies had the sheaths essentially as smooth as in Eaton's original 
material, thus suggesting that the smoothness is a result of sub- 
mergence. 

Minium ErFUSUM L. To the Cape Breton record should be added 
Hants Co.: alluvium of Five-Mile River. See pp. 136, 170. 

* ORYZOPSIS CANADENSIS (Poir.) Torr. Stipa canadensis Poir. Dry 
open barrens, Springhill Junction (Cumberland Co.); thence north- 
ward into New Brunswick and eastward to Prince Edward Island and 
Newfoundland. See p. 132. 

O. ASPERIFOLIA Michx. Common on peaty or sterile woodland 
soil, throughout. 

MUHLENBERGIA RACEMOSA (Michx.) B. S. P. Common in peaty 
swales and savannahs, apparently throughout. 

Alopecurus geniculatus L. Recorded by Macoun only from Halifax, 
but common in ditches and shallow pools near towns in Yarmouth 
and Shelburne Cos.; also Baddeck. See p. 95. 

** 4. geniculatus, var. microstachyus Uechtr. in Fiek, Fl. von 
Schlesien, 500 (1881). This variety with small panicles (mostly 
1-2 em. long) is abundant in some roadside ditches at Yarmouth. 

A. ARISTULATUS Michx. A. geniculatus, var. aristulatus (Michx.) 
Torr. CUMBERLAND Co.: spring-pools and ditches south of Am- 
herst. 

* SPOROBOLUS UNIFLORUS (Muhl.) Scribn. Not recorded in Ma- 
coun's Catalogue from Canada. Common in peat and wet sand from 
Yarmouth Co. eastward at least to Annapolis and Shelburne Cos.; 
also in Newfoundland. Recently collected about Georgian Bay, 
Ontario,—see J. M. Macoun, Ottawa Nat. xxiii. 192 (1910). 

** AGROSTIS HYEMALIS (Walt. B.S.P., var. elata (Pursh), n. 
comb. T'richodium elatum Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 61 (1814). A. 
elata (Pursh) Trin. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. sér. 6, vi. pt. 2, 317 
(1841). A. perennans elata (Pursh) Hitchc. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. 
Pl. Ind. Bull. no. 68: 50 (1905). For discussion see p. 155. 

Known northeast of Long Island and Nantucket only from barrens 
of Nova Scotia, the Magdalen Islands and Newfoundland. The 


230 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


following specimens, many of them distributed as A. hyemalis, var. 
geminata (Trin.) Hitche. into which var. elata seems to pass, are 
characteristic. NEWFOUNDLAND: swampy woods, Bell Island, Con- 
ception Bay, Howe & Lang, no. 1302 (awned form with panicles 3 
dm. long); serpentine tablelands, alt. 380 m., Bonne Bay, Fernald & 
Wiegand, no. 2514 (awned); open peat bogs, Birchy Cove (Curling), 
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2513 (awned). MaGpaLen IsrANDs: wet 
bogs among the sand ridges back of the Narrows, Alright Island, 
Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6850 (awnless); dry open woods and 
clearings and sphagnous bog near Étang du Nord village, Grindstone 
I., Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, nos. 6847, 6848 (awnless); 
wet bogs and mossy pond-margins among sandhills between East 
Cape and East Point, Coffin I., Fernald, Long, & St. John, no. 6851 
(awned); dunes de la Pointe-de-l' Est, Ile de la Grande-Entrée, Marie- 
Victorin & Rolland-Germain, no. 9018 (awnless); sur la Dune du Nord, 
Grand Étang, Marie-Victorin & Rolland-Germain, no. 9017; dry 
clearing, Brion Island, St. John, no. 1766 (awnless). Nova Scoria: 
Canso, J. Fowler (awned); Sable Island, St. John, nos. 1136, 1365 
(awnless); springy sphagnous bog near mouth of Broad River, Fernald 
& Bissell, no. 19,913 (awnless); wet peaty sloughs in barrens, Lower 
Argyle, Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long & Linder, no. 19,911 (awnless); 
swampy spruce woods, Belleville, Long & Linder, no. 19,900; sphag- 
nous swale bordering Salmon (Greenville) Lake, Yarmouth Co., 
Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long & Linder, no. 19,912 (awnless); dryish 
sphagnous swales and bogs by Harris's Lake, Tiddville, Digby Co., 
Fernald & Long, no. 19,914 (awnless). 

* A. PERENNANS (Walt.) Tuckerm. Common throughout, espe- 
cially in woodlands and thickets and on banks of streams. Highly 
variable and perhaps more than a single species. 

CALAMAGROSTRIS PrcKERINGII Gray. Boggy barrens, Digby and 
Yarmouth Cos. to Queens. Less common than the next. Previously 
recorded only from Cape Breton. See p. 161. 

CALAMAGROSTIS PrcKERINGII Gray, var. DEBILIS (Kearney) Fer- 
nald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xv. 135 (1913). Common on sphagnous 
bogs and peaty barrens, Digby and Yarmouth Cos. to Queens. 
Previously unknown between Massachusetts and Cape Breton. 
See pp. 99, 148. 

* C. NEGLECTA (Ehrh.) Gaertn., Meyer & Scherb. Springy swales 
south of Amherst, thence common northward in eastern New Bruns- 
wick, Prince Edward Island and the Magdalen Islands. See p. 131. 

AMMOPHILA BREVILIGULATA Fernald, Rnopoma, xxii. 71 (1920). 
Common throughout, on sandy shores and dunes. 

* SPHENOPHOLIS PALLENS (Spreng.) Seribn. Talus and crevices of 
gypsum cliffs, Port Bevis (Victoria Co.) and Five-Mile River (Hants 
Co.). See pp. 164, 170. 

* Avena fatua L. Waste places, Yarmouth. See p. 136. 

* DANTHONIA COMPRESSA Aust. Dry thickets and borders of 
woods, Yarmouth to Annapolis and Halifax Cos. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 231 


In Nova Scotia as elsewhere Danthonia 1s amazingly variable and 
it is impossible to draw lines with the definiteness of current treat- 
ments. The plant here treated as D. compressa is a good match for 
Austin's original material and may so pass until the genus can be 
satisfactorily studied. 


** SPARTINA ALTERNIFLORA Loisel., var. PrLosA (Merr.) Fernald, 
Ruopora, xviii. 179 (1916). Marshes along Sissiboo River, Wey- 
mouth. 


** SrEGLINGIA DECUMBENS (L.) Bernh. Peaty or wet sandy soils, 
Yarmoutu Co.: Cedar Lake; Yarmouth; Lily Lake; Arcadia; Tre- 
fry's Lake; Tusket. Possibly indigenous, but growing in half-culti- 
vated areas. See pp. 95, 143, 151. 

DISTICHLIS SPICATA (L.) Greene. Borders of salt marshes. YAR- 
MOUTH Co.: Sand Beach. Vicrorta Co.: Baddeck Bay. Recorded 
by Nichols from northern Cape Breton. See p. 164. 

** Poa cosrATA Schumacher, Enum. Pl. Saell. i. 28 (1801). See 
pp. 133,139, 164. Mossy woods and glades. ANNAPOLIS Co.:southern 
slope of North Mt., near Middleton. Hants Co.: Truro. VICTORIA 
Co.: Port Bevis. 

P. TRIVIALIS L. Spruce swamps and springy ditches, Yarmouth 
and Shelburne Cos., often seeming like an indigenous plant as it does 
on Cape Cod and in Newfoundland. 

P. sALTUENSIS Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA, xx. 122 (1918). 
To the Cape Breton stations cited in the original description should 
be added Hants Co.: woods along Five-Mile River. CUMBERLAND 
Co.: swampy woods, Springhill Junction. 

* GLYCERIA OBTUSA (Muhl.) Trin. Common in peaty swales and 
bogs of Yarmouth Co. and southern Digby Co. 

G. LAXA Scribn. Common in swales and borders of spruce swamps, 
Digby and Yarmouth Cos. to Queens. Reported by Nichols from 
Cape Breton. Common on Prince Edward Island. 

** G. GRANDIS Watson, forma pallescens, n. f., spiculis flaves- 
centibus. 

Spikelets yellowish.—NovaA Scotia: brooksides and wet meadows, 
Yarmouth, July 4, 1920, Bissell, Pease, Long & Linder, no. 20,026 
(TYPE in Gray Herb.). Marne: Dover, September 1, 1894, Fernald, 
no. 564; Greenvale, 1894, Kate Furbish. 

* G. PALLIDA (Torr.) Trin. Boggy swales and savannahs of the 
Tusket River, Yarmouth Co. Previous records from Nova Scotia 
rest on the common G. FEnNarpm (Hitche.) St. John, RHODORA, 
xix. 76 (1917). See p. 166. 

PUCCINELLIA MARITIMA (Huds.) Parl. Common on salt marshes 
and sea-strands from Shelburne and Yarmouth Cos. to Hants. See 
pp. 94, 102. 

P. PAuPERCULA (Holm.) Fernald & Weatherby, var. ALASKANA 
(Seribn. & Merrill) Fernald & Weatherby, Ruopora, xviii. 18 (1916). 
Common on saline shores throughout the province. 


232 Rhodora [OcTOBER 


FESTUCA RUBRA L., var. GLAUCESCENS (Hegetschw. & Heer) Rich- 
ter. Sand dunes, Villagedale (Shelburne). Hecorded by St. John 
from Sable Island. 

* F. capillata Lam. Dry open soil, Shelburne and Yarmouth 
Cos. to Cumberland Co. Perhaps indigenous. 

F. NuTANS Spreng. Alluvial woods, Five-Mile River (Hants). 
The old record from Halifax needs verification as the species belongs 
in rich alluvium or limy woodlands. See pp. 136, 170. 

Bromus secalinus L. Railroad gravel along Five-Mile River 
(Hants). 

* B. commutatus Schrad. Common in waste ground and about 
wharves or railroad yards, Yarmouth to Weymouth. 

* B. inermis Leyss. Waste ground near wharf, Yarmouth. 

AGROPYRON PUNGENS (Pers. R. & S. Gravel beaches of Great 
Bras d'Or Lake, clearly passing into the next. 

A. PUNGENS, var. acadiense (Hubbard), n. comb. A. acadiense 
Hubbard, Ruopona, xix. 15 (1917). Collected at the original sta- 
tion, gravel beach of Great Bras d'Or, Grand Narrows; also beaches 
of Kidstone Island and saline shore near mouth of George River. 
See p. 165. 

A. REPENS (L.) Beauv., var. PrLosuM Scribn., Bull. U. S. Div. 
Agrost. no. 4, 36 (1897). A characteristic indigenous variety of the 
coast of New England and eastern Canada. Seen at various stations 
on the coast of Yarmouth Co. 

** A. CANINUM (L.) Beauv., forma GLAUCUM Pease & Moore, Rro- 
DORA, xii. 71 (1910). Thicket at upper border of gravel beach of 
Great Bras d'Or, Kidstone Island (Vietoria Co.). 

* A. CANINUM, var. TENERUM (Vasey) Pease & Moore, RHODORA, 
(1910). A. tenerum Vasey. Thickets bordering sea-beaches and 
borders of brackish marshes or on limy talus. YaAmnMovmH Co.: 
beach of Eel Lake; marsh at head of Abram River. SHELBURNE 
Co.: Villagedale. Qurens Co.: Port Mouton. Hawrs Co.: gyp- 
sum cliffs, Five-Mile River. Capre BnEToN Co.: Grand Narrows. 

** ELYMUS VIRGINICUS L., var. HIRSUTIGLUMIS (Scribn.) Hitchc. 
Barrier beach, Sand Beach (Yarmouth Co.). See p. 151. 

E. ARENARIUS L., var. vILLosus E. Meyer. Gravelly strands of 
Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. See p. 99. 

* ASPERELLA HYSTRIX (L. Humb. Hystrix patula Moench. 
Alluvial woods along Five-Mile River (Hants). See pp. 136, 170. 

** CYPERUS DENTATUS Torr. Sandy and gravelly beaches of many 
lakes in Yarmouth Co. See p. 142. 

* Ergocuagnirs Rossinsi Oakes. Lake-margins and bog-pools. 
Diapy Co.: Tiddville. Yarmourn Co.: Argyle; Great Pubnico 
Lake. Collected by Howe & Lang at Windsor Junction, Halifax 
Co. See pp. 99, 149, 162. 

* E. otivAcEA Torr. Margin of pond-hole in the savannah along 
Little River, east of Tiddville, Digby Co. See p. 162. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 233 


E. optusa (Willd.) Schultes. Seen in the southwestern counties 
only at Springhaven, Yarmouth Co. Frequent from Annapolis 
Co. eastward. 

E. uNIGLUMIS Schultes. E. palustris, var. glaucescens of American 
authors. Brackish and saline shores, common. 

** E. TUBERCULOSA (Michx.) R. & S., var. pubnicoensis, n. var., 
a forma typica differt squamis castaneis; setis perianthii laevibus; 
achaeniis superne evidenter constrictis pallide viridibus; tuberculo 
viridiscenti deltoideo-ovato vix inflato achaeniis minore. 

Differing from the typical form in its castaneous scales: perianth- 
bristles smooth: achenes definitely constricted to a thick neck, pale 
green: tubercle greenish, deltoid-ovate, scarcely inflated, smaller 
than the achene.—Nova Scoria: boggy savannah and sandy beach 
by Great Pubnico Lake, Yarmouth Co., September 6, 1920, Fernald, 
Long & Linder, nos. 20,163 (TYPE in Gray Herb.), 20,164. See pp. 
167, 169. 

In typical E. tuberculosa of the coastal plain the scales are paler, 
often whitish; the bristles barbed; the achene rarely with a definite 
neck and in maturity deeper colored or even olive and the whitish 
almost inflated tubercle closely sessile and usually as large as or 
larger than the achene. 

** E. ROSTELLATA Torr. Saline or brackish marshes and swales of 
Yarmoutu Co.: Sand Beach, Chebogue, Tusket, Argyle. See pp. 
103, 105, 110, 149. 

SCIRPUS NANUS Spreng. Recorded by Macoun and by Nichols 
from Cape Breton, and by St. John from Sable Island. On several 
marshes of Digby and Yarmouth Cos. 

*S. PAUCIFLORUS Lightf. Springy border of salt marsh at head of 
Baddeck Bay, Victoria Co. See p. 164. 

S. cESPITOSUS L., var. cALLosuS Bigel.; Fernald, Rropona, xxiii. 
24 (1921). Abundant on dryish peaty barrens of Digby, Yarmouth 
and Shelburne Cos. and on Cape Breton. Doubtless general on the 
Atlantie slope of the peninsula. See pp. 99, 148. 

S. HUDSONIANUS (Michx.) Fernald. Frequent from Cape Breton 
to Digby Neck and Cumberland and Lunenburg Cos. See p. 131. 

S. SUBTERMINALIS Torr. Sandy and peaty pools and lake-margins, 
Yarmouth Co. to Hants, and presumably general. Recorded by 
Macoun and by Nichols from northern Cape Breton. See p. 148. 

S. RUFUS (Huds.) Schrad. Brackish or saline marsh, Sand Beach, 
Yarmouth Co. See p. 103. Recorded by Nichols from northern 
Cape Breton. 

** S, OLNEYI Gray. Salt and brackish marshes and swales of 
YanMovTH Co.: Sand Beach, Chebogue, Arcadia, Tusket, Eel Lake. 
See pp. 103, 110, 142. 

S. VALIDUS Vahl. Brackish or calcareous pools, frequent through- 
out, 


234 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


S. acutus Muhl. S. occidentalis (Watson) Chase. Lake-margins, 
swales and brackish marshes, frequent throughout. See pp. 101, 
110, 131. 

*S. campestris Britton, var. FERNALDH (Bicknell) Bartlett. 
Salt marsh at head of Baddeck Bay. Frequent on the eastern coast 
of New Brunswick and on Prince Edward Island. 

S. ATROVIRENS Muhl., var. GEoRGIANUS (Harper) Fernald, RHODORA, 
xxiii. 134 (1921). Swales and damp thickets, occasional eastward 
to Halifax Co. 

** S. cypERINUS (L.) Kunth. Peaty and cobbly beach of a large 
lake north of Saller Lake, Kemptville (Yarmouth Co.). The com- 
mon plant of Nova Scotia is var. PELIUS Fernald. 

*S. pEDICELLATUS Fernald. Wooded bank of Sissiboo River, 
Weymouth. 

* ERIOPHORUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Roth, var. MAJUS Schultes. Boggy 
savannah bordering Great Pubnico Lake, Yarmouth Co. Typical 
E. ANGUSTIFOLIUM is very common throughout the province. 

E. viRIDI-CARINATUM (Engelm.) Fernald. Common on Cape 
Breton. Not seen west or southwest of Hants Co. 

Ryncuospora Fusca (L.) Ait. Wet peaty and sandy bogs and 
shores, very common in Digby and Yarmouth Cos.; also Cape Bre- 
ton. 

* R. CAPITELLATA (Michx.) Vahl. See Blake, RHODORA, xx. 27 
(1918). Frequent on lake-shores, savannahs and peaty openings in 
the western counties. YaARMOoUuTH Co.: common in the Tusket 
Valley; Salmon (Greenville) Lake. Queens Co.: Port Mouton and 
Broad River. Harnrax Co.: Shubenacadie Grand Lake. See p. 
134. 

** R. CAPITELLATA, Var. DISCUTIENS (Clarke) Blake, l. c. 28 (1918). 
Local in Yarmouru Co.: gravelly margin of Tusket (Vaughan) Lake; 
wet mossy brook-side by small pond near Argyle Head; sandy shore 
of Great Pubnico Lake. See pp. 149, 160. 

** CLADIUM MARISCOIDES (Muhl.) Torr., forma congestum, n. f., 
inflorescentiis congestis radiis suppressis vel brevissimis, glomerulis 
plerumque e spiculis 15-30 compositis. 

Inflorescences congested, the rays suppressed or very short; glomer- 
ules mostly with 15-30 spikelets—Nova Scoria: with the typical 
form of the species at peaty margin of Harris's Lake, Tiddville, Digby 
Co., August 22, 1920, Fernald & Long, no. 20,286 (TYPE in Gray 
Herb.). 

** CAREX SCOPARIA Schkuhr, forma peracuta, n. f., spicis approx- 
imatis anguste rhomboideis apice valde attenuatis vel subcaudatis. 

Spikes approximate, narrowly rhomboid, strongly attentuate or 
subeaudate at apex.—Nova Scoria: springy ditch, Sand Beach, 
Yarmouth County, July 14, 1920, Fernald & Long, no. 20,206 (TYPE 
in Gray Herb.) ; damp roadside, east of Rockville, Yarmouth County, 
July 14, 1920, Pease & Linder, no. 20,289. See p. 107. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 235 


C. SCOPARIA, var. SUBTURBINATA Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA, 
xiv. 116 (1912). Collected by us at one of the original stations, 
Meteghan; also at Deerfield, Yarmouth Co. 

** C. SCOPARIA, var. TESSELLATA Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA, 
xí. 135 (1910). Wet sandy and gravelly swales and roadsides, 
Belleville, Yarmouth Co. (scales almost black, darker than in the 
original material). 

* C. Cnawronpnu Fernald. Swales and damp peaty barrens, 
Cumberland Co. to Cape Breton, west to Annapolis and Queens Cos. 

C. PROJECTA Mackenzie. C. tribuloides, var. reducta Bailey. 
Meadows and damp thickets, apparently throughout the province. 
This includes the Nova Scotia material recorded by Macoun as C. 
cristata. l 

* C. ALBOLUTESCENS Schwein., var. CUMULATA Bailey. Dry or 
moist open barrens, frequent from Yarmouth to Lunenburg and 
Cumberland Cos., thence into New Brunswick and Prince Edward 
Island. Perhaps specifically distinct. See pp. 132, 138, 150. Or- 
dinarily, the round-based spikes are densely crowded but in one col- 
lection (no. 20,311 from Broad River, Queens) a single tuft shows 
both crowded and moniliform inflorescences; the latter 1 dm. long, 
with 7 remote spikes. 

** C. albolutescens var. cumulata x scoparia, n. hybr., C. sco- 
pariam simulans, sed foliis latioribus; spicis brunneis late obovoideis 
apice truncatis; perigyniis ovatis vel obovatis plerumque vacuis. 

Similar to C. scoparia but with broader leaves: spikes brown, 
broadly obovoid, truncate at summit: perigynia ovate or obovate, 
mostly empty.—Nova Scorra: with the parents but more abundant 
than either, damp Polytrichum-covered sandy plains, Middleton, 
Annapolis Co., July 20, 1920, Fernald, Pease & Long, no. 20,327 
(TYPE in Gray Herb.). See p. 138. 

"* C. sTRAMINEA Willd. Rare. YanMourH Co.: low woods 
and thickets by Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton. SHELBURNE 
Co.: thicket bordering salt marsh, Villagedale; moist Polytrichum- 
covered barrens near Clement Pond, Barrington. 

This is C. straminea as interpreted by Mackenzie (Bull. Torr. 
Bot. Cl. xlii. 605), a coastal plain species recognized by Mackenzie 
as extending from Louisiana to southern New York. Subsequently, 
Bicknell (Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xliv. 377) has reported it from Nan- 
tucket, Mr. F. C. Seymour has found it on Martha's Vineyard and 
I have collected it in swampy thickets on Cape Cod. "The plant 
called C. straminea in Gray's Manual, ed. 7, is C. tenera Dewey. 

C. HORMATHODES Fernald. Brackish or fresh marshes not far 
from the sea, common throughout the province. Macoun's report 
of C. straminea, var. festucacea from Baddeck was based on material 
of C. hormathodes. 


236 Rhodora [OMTOBER 


C. siLICEA. Olney. Sands, barrier, beaches and rocks of the outer 
coast, from Yarmouth Co. to Cape Breton. See pp. 141, 150, 158. 

* C. Bess Olney. Seen only in Care Breton Co.: boggy 
swale on hillside near limestone quarry, George River. See p. 165. 

* C. FOENEA Willd., var. PERPLEXA Bailey. Sandy thicket, Middle- 
ton, Annapolis Co. See p. 138. 

C. leporina L. Common in springy or seepy fields and road- 
sides, Digby, Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. See p. 95. 

*C. AENEA Fernald. Apparently rare in Nova Scotia. YAR- 
MOUTH Co.: dry Polytrichum-covered barrens near head of Abram 
River. CUMBERLAND Co.: dry open barrens, Springhill Junction. 
See pp. 132, 142. Collected by Macoun at Point Pleasant, Halifax, 
this plant erroneously referred by me in Proc. Am. Acad. xxxvii. 
471 (1902) to C. pratensis Drej. 

C. exis Dewey. Bogs and peaty barrens, throughout the 
province. See pp. 96, 161. 

C. ATLANTICA Bailey. C. sterilis of Gray's Man. ed. 7. Common 
on bogs and peaty barrens from Yarmouth to Annapolis Co. and 
southeastern. Guysboro Co. (Canso, Fowler). See pp. 96, 99, 104, 
138. 

** C. Hower Mackenzie, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvii. 245 (1910). 
C. scirpoides, var. capillacea (Bailey) Fernald. Wet woods and 
thickets and boggy swales, abundant in Digby and Yarmouth Cos. 
See pp. 96, 104. 

C. DEwWEYANA Schwein. Rich woods, Annapolis Co. to Victoria 
Co. See p. 136. 

C. TRISPERMA Dewey, var. Bintincsi Knight. Characteristic of 
dryish knolls in bogs and peaty barrens throughout the province; 
typical C. TRISPERMA being characteristic of mossy woods and wet 
thickets. See p. 99. 

C. NonvEGICA Willd. "To the few recorded stations may be added: 
salt marshes at Sand Beach and Chebogue (Yarmouth Co.) and 
marshes along George River (Cape Breton Co.). See p. 103. 

C. TENELLA Schkuhr. Mossy woods, Hants and Halifax Cos. to 
Cape Breton. 

C. noskA Schkuhr. To the very few recorded stations should be 
added: alluvial woods along Five-Mile River, Hants Co. See pp. 
136, 170. 

* C. ROSEA, var. RADIATA Dewey. Rich woods near gypsum cliffs 
along Five-Mile River, Hants Co. 

* C. vuLPINODEA Michx. Roadside ditch, Middleton, Annapolis 
Co. 

C. pIANDRA Schrank. Springy bogs and swales, Cumberland and 
Hants Cos. to Cape Breton. See p. 131. 

C. crintra Lam. Frequent in the western Counties. The eastern- 
most specimens seen are from Pictou Co. 

* C. CRINITA, var. GYNANDRA (Schwein.) Schwein. & Torr. Gen. 
erally distributed from Yarmouth Co. to Cape Breton. 


1921] l'ernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 237 


* C. LENTICULARIS Michx. Gravelly and sandy lake-margins, 
Yarmouth Co. to Halifax Co., and probably eastward. See p. 102. 

C. GoopENowrr J. Gay, var. srRICTIFORMIS (Bailey) Kükenthal in 
?ngler, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 20: 316 (1909). This is the most extreme 
variation we have of C. Goodenowii; being usually cespitose, with 
tall culms and conspicuously stipitate perigynia. Widely distributed 
in brackish or fresh soils in Nova Scotia. See p. 157. 

C. AUREA Nutt. Damp calcareous or argillaceous soil, Annapolis 
Co. to Cape Breton. See pp. 133, 165, 170. 

C. PAUCIFLORA Lightf. One of the most characteristic species of 
sphagnous bogs. See pp. 96, 99. 

C. PoLYGAMA Schkuhr. Occasional thrcughout the province in 
peaty or gravelly soils. See pp. 101, 135. 

C. VIRESCENS Muhl., var. Swani Fernald. Local in YARMOUTH 
Co.: dryish peaty barrens, Yarmouth; boggy pasture, Centre Che- 
bogue. 

C. GRACILLIMA Schwein. Dry or moist woods and thickets, Cum- 
berland Co. to Digby Co. and Cape Breton. 

* C, UMBELLATA Schkuhr., var. TONSA Fernald. Dry open soil, 
Yarmouth Co. to Lunenburg and Annapolis Cos. See p. 130. 

C. vanrA Muhl. Abundant in dry or moist peaty soil, even on 
knolls in sphagnous bogs, Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. 

* C. PENNSYLVANICA Lam., var. LUCoRUM (Willd.) Fernald. Dry 
rocky and gravelly soil by railroad, west of Bridgewater, Lunenburg 
Co. See p. 130. 

C. panicea L. On damp argillaceous grassy or peaty slopes, 
local, perhaps introduced but now thoroughly naturalized. YAR- 
MOUTH Co.: Yarmouth; Chebogue; Lower Argyle. SHELBURNE 
Co.: Shag Harbor. See pp. 95. 

C. EBURNEA Boott. Characteristic of dry crevices of gypsum 
outerops. Recorded by Nichols from northern Cape Breton. Seen 
by us on gypsum at Five-Mile River (Hants) and Port Bevis (Vic- 
toria). See pp. 136, 164, 170. 

C. LEPTONERVIA Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 214 (1914). Rich woods 
and thickets, generally distributed through the province, but rare 
southwestward. Macoun’s record of C. laxiflora, var. patulifolia 
was based on this species. 

C. coNorDEA Schkuhr. Sterile or peaty fields and meadows, fre- 
quent from Yarmouth to Halifax and Pictou Cos. 

C. FLAVA L. Frequent or common throughout. 

*C. CRYPTOLEPIS Mackenzie, Torreya, xiv. 157 (1914). Less 
common than C. flava. Seen by us only in Hants Co.: swaley 
border of pond near Five-Mile River. 

C. OEpDERI Retz. YamMovurH Co.: sphagnous swale bordering 
Beaver Lake; gravelly and rocky shore of Lake Annis. ANNAPOLIS 
Co.: swales and low pastures near Bay of Fundy, Margaretville, 
the long-spiked ** forma ELATIOR (N. J. Anders.) Kükenth. Col- 


238 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


lected in typical form at Baddeck, July 11, 1898, by John Macoun 
(no. 20,810; distributed as C. extensa). 

C. OEDERI, var. PUMILA (Coss. & Germ.) Fernald. Common, and 
apparently freely hybridizing with C. flava. 

C. arcrata Boott. Woods and rich thickets, Cumberland Co. to 
Digby Co. and Cape Breton. 

C. scABRATA Schwein. Alluvial woods, Annapolis Co. to Col- 
chester Co.; Victoria Co. See pp. 136, 140. 

C. oL1GosPpeRMA Michx. Boggy swales and barrens, locally abun- 
dant. YaRMovrH Co.: Argyle; Kegeshook Lake. Queens Co.: 
Port Mouton. See pp. 99, 148, 167, 169. 

* C. pipariA W. Curtis, var. LACUSTRIS (Willd.) Kükenthal. 
Local. Yarmouru Co.: border of brackish marsh, Sand Beach. 
Hants Co.: pond-hole near Five-Mile River. See p. 137. 

C. Psrupo-Cyrerus L. Frequent in boggy swales from Annapolis 
and Queens Cos. to Cape Breton. 

C. nETRORSA Schwein. Alluvial woods and swales, Annapolis 
Co. to Cape Breton. See p. 164. 

C. LUPULINA Muhl. Seen in western Nova Scotia only in a swale 
at Carleton, Yarmouth Co. 

* C. INTUMESCENS Rudge, var. FkRNALpm Bailey. Occasional 
throughout the province. 

C. roLLICULATA L. Recorded by Macoun from Halifax, by Ni- 
chols from northern Cape Breton. Characteristic of swales, boggy 
thickets and wet woods throughout the silicious regions of Digby 
and Yarmouth Cos. 

C. VESICARIA, var. JEJUNA. Fernald. Diapy Co.: sandy beach of 
Lily Lake, Sandy Cove. 

** C. BULLATA Schwein., var. GREENE! (Boeckl.) Fernald. Swales, 
boggy meadows, and wet woods, abundant from Digby, Yarmouth 
and Shelburne Cos. to Queens. See pp. 97, 99, 104, 150. 

ARISAEMA TRIPHYLLUM (L.) Schott, var. Srewarpsonit (Britton) 
Stevens. The only material of A. triphyllum seen by us in Nova 
Scotia belonged to var. Stewardson. See p. 136. 

CALLA PALUSTRIS L. Rare in western Nova Scotia. Seen only 
at the quaking margin of Trefry’s Lake, Arcadia, Yarmouth Co. 
See p. 145. 

SympLocarpus FoETIDUS (L.) Nutt. Springy swales, open bogs 
and boggy woods and thickets, frequent in Yarmouth and southern 
Digby Cos. 

Lemna TRIsULCA L. CUMBERLAND Co.: spring-pools and ditches 
south of Amherst. Collected by me in 1902 at Sheffield’s Mills, 
Kings Co. and reported by Macoun from Windsor. See p. 131. 

L. MINOR L. CUMBERLAND Co.: pools south of Amherst.  Vic- 
TORIA Co.: Port Bevis and Iona. Recorded by Macoun from sta- 
tions from Pictou Co. to Hants Co. and collected by me in 1902 at 


Sheffield’s Mills, Kings Co. See p. 131. 


1921] l'ernald, —Expedition to Nova Scotia 239 


XYRIS MONTANA Ries. Diapy Co.: wet peaty hollows in savan- 
nahs along Little River, east of Tiddville. Yarmourn Co.: peaty 
sloughs and boggy barrens, many parts of Argyle. SHELBURNE Co.: 
damp sand-flats, Villagedale. Earlier records of X. flexuosa prob- 
ably belong here. See pp. 99, 148, 149, 150, 161. 

X. CAROLINIANA Walt. Wet sandy, gravelly or peaty borders of 
lakes, sloughs in boggy barrens, ete., common in Digby and Yar- 
mouth Cos. and locally eastward at least to Halifax Co. Records of 
X. bulbosa probably belong here. See pp. 99, 104, 134, 157, 161. 

JUNCUS BUFONIUS L., var. HALOPHILUS Buchenau & Fernald. YAR- 
MOUTH Co.: sandy border of salt marsh, Pubnico. Qurens Co.: 
damp sand-flats, Central Port Mouton and at mouth of Broad River. 
See p. 158. 

* J. TENUIS Willd., var. WrrLrAMsIE Fernald. Open grassy road- 
side, T'usket Falls, Yarmouth Co. 

* J. DupLeyt Wiegand. Swale at southern base of North Moun- 
tain, Middleton, Annapolis Co. See pp. 140, 170. 

* J. Greener Oakes & Tuckerm. Sand dunes, Villagedale, Shel- 
burne Co. See p. 150. 

J. EFFUsUS L., var. compactrus Lejeune & Courtois. Common 
throughout the province. 

** J. EFFUSUS, var. costulatusn. var., caulibus gracilibus 0.4-1.2 
m. altis basi 1.5-4 mm. diametro valde costulatis; cataphyllis basil- 
ariis chartaceis purpurascentibus vel fulvescentibus supremis griseo- 
stramineis basi purpurascentibus 0.5-2 dm. longis; inflorescentia 
laxa vel subcongesta 1-7.5 cm. diametro; sepalis petalisque sub- 
aequalibus 2.2-3 mm. longis subrigidis lanceolato-attenuatis stram- 
ineis; capsulis fulvis vel olivaceis retusis perianthium aequantibus 
vel eo paulo brevioribus. 

Culms slender, 0.4-1.2 m. high, 1.5-4 mm. in diameter at base, 
strongly costulate: basal sheaths papery, purplish or reddish-brown; 
the upper grayish-stramineous, purplish at base, 0.5-2 dm. long: 
inflorescence lax or somewhat crowded, 1-7.5 em. in diameter: sepals 
and petals subequal, 2.2-3 mm. long, rather rigid, lance-attenuate, 
stramineous: capsule reddish or olivaceous, retuse, equaling or but 
slightly shorter than the perianth.—Quebec, Prince Edward Island 
and Nova Scotia to South Carolina. The following, of many num- 
bers examined, are characteristic. QUEBEC: vicinity of Cap à L'Aigle, 
August 18, 1905, J. Macoun, no. 68,858. Prince EDWARD ISLAND: 
fresh or slightly brackish reclaimed marshes along Hillsborough 
River, Mt. Stewart, July 30, 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. 
John, no. 7164; damp border of heath-barren, Lot 40, August 8, 
1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,985. Nova Scorta: low ground, 
Sydney, August 17, 1902, Fernald; wet sphagnous spruce bog near 
Louis Lake, Port Joli, August 17, 1920, Fernald, Long & Linder, 
no. 20,661; boggy barrens near Clement Pond, Barrington, August 
9, 1920, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 20,654 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); 


240 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


spruce and red maple swamps by Trefry's Lake, Arcadia, July 29, 
1920, Fernald & Long, no. 20,053. Maine: border of salt marsh, 
Wells, August 8, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 13,192. New Hamr- 
SHIRE: by brook, East Andover, August 13, 1903, M. A. Day. Mas- 
SACHUSETTS: swale near Zion's Hill, Winchester, July 15, 1913, 
Fernald, no. 9173; sandy shore of Clear Pond, Lakeville, August 
26, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 9180; thin sphagnous peat overlying 
sand, Wareham, October 2, 1913, Fernald & Long, no. 9187; small 
quagmire in woods south of Sparrow Young's Pond, Chatham, 
July 15, 1918, Fernald, no. 16,538; boggy swale, Orleans, July 22, 
1919, Fernald & Long, no. 18,202; border of cattail marsh, South 
Truro, August 10, 1919, Fernald & Long, no. 18,203; along Look's 
Brook, West Tisbury, Martha's Vineyard, July 26, 1916, F. C. Sey- 
mour, no. 1146; gutters in slightly sandy soil, Worthington, August 
12, 1912, B. L. Robinson, no. 516. RuopE IsLanp: wet open sphag- 
nous thickets, southwest of Harbor Pond, Block Island, August 19, 
1913, Fernald & Long, nos. 9176, 9177. New Jersey: Bear Swamp, 
Lawrenceville Sta., Mercer Co., June 20, 1913, Bartram. PENNSYL- 
VANIA: Bush Hill Falls, Monroe Co., July 10-14, 1903, Stone, no. 
5392. SovrH CanRoLiNA: Florence, May 18, 1912, Bartram. 

The coastal plain representative of the usually more northern var. 
Pylaci (Laharpe) Fernald & Wiegand, the latter plant having usually 
strongly costulate culms, but larger flowers (3-4.3 mm. long), with 
the sepals definitely exceeding the petals. In the Cape Cod region 
var. costulatus is the most abundant variety of J. effusus and in a 
letter concerning its occurrence in New Jersey Mr. E. B. Bartram 
wrote, under date of November 9, 1913: “ When I first collected the 
New Jersey plant in June I was strongly impressed with the appear- 
ance it made in the field as compared with var. solutus. The two 
plants were common in the same marsh but they formed large col- 
onies that could readily be distinguished from each other at a con- 
siderable distance. "The darker colored and more compact inflores- 
cences of the unnamed variety contrasted strongly with the lighter 
colored and more open inflorescences of var. solutus. In travelling 
to and from New York across the northern portion of the New Jersey 
coastal plain I was able to distinguish the two forms quite clearly 
from the train. From these observations I should say that the var. 
solutus is decidedly in the minority throughout the region between 
Trenton and New Brunswick. . . . We turned up the same 
thing in lower Delaware along the Indian River." See p. 145. 

J. EFFUSUS, var. soLUTUS Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA, xii. 
90 (1910). Common throughout the province. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 241 


* J. EFFUSUS, var. PvrAri (Laharpe) Fernald & Wiegand, Ruo- 
DORA, xii. 92 (1910). Open swampy thickets, Baddeck. 

J. CANADENSIS J. Gay. Abundant in wet sandy or peaty soils, 
Yarmouth Co. to Annapolis and Queens Cos. 

** J. CANADENSIS J. Gay, var. sparsiflorus, n. var., dense cespitosus 
robustus 6-8 dm. altus; inflorescentiis 0.7-2 dm. longis, ramis erectis 
vel valde adscendentibus rigidis; capitulis discretis plerumque 3-7- 
floris; perianthiis 3.5-4 mm. longis. 

Densely cespitose, robust, 6-8 dm. high: inflorescences 0.7-2 
dm. long, with erect or strongly ascending rigid branches: heads 
scattered, mostly 2-7-flowered: perianths 3.5-4 mm. long.—Nova 
SCOTIA: boggy savannah bordering Butler’s (Gavelton) Lake, Sep- 
tember 2, 1920, Fernald & Long, no. 20,685, September 4, Fernald, 
Long & Linder, no. 20,686 (rype in Gray Herb.); boggy savannah 
bordering St. John Lake, Springhaven, October 8, 1920, Fernald & 
Linder, no. 20,687. MassacHUsETTS: sandy and peaty margin of 
pond between Grassy and Lower Simmons Ponds, Dennis, August 
22, 1918, Fernald & Long, no. 16,549. See p. 166. 

In typical J. canadensis the branches are less erect, the flowers 
very numerous in the glomerules and the perianths 2.5—rarely 3.5 
mm. long. 

** J. suBCAUDATUS (Engelm.) Coville & Blake, var. planisepalus, n. 
var., a forma typica differt perianthiis 2-3 mm. longis; sepalis petalis- 
que lanceolatis planis dorso viridibus; capsulis maturis valde exsertis. 

Differing from the typical southern form in having the perianth 
2-3 mm. long: sepals and petals lanceolate, flat and green on the 
back: mature capsule conspicuously exserted.—Savannahs, bogs 
and spruce swamps of Nova Scotia. DiaBy Co.: thickets bordering 
savannahs by Little River, east of Tiddville, August 22, 1920, Fer- 
nald & Long, no. 20,671 (ryPE in Gray Herb.) Yarmoutu Co.: 
sphagnous bog at edge of spruce swamp, Belleville, July 27, Long & 
 Linder, no. 20,665; springy sphagnous spot at border of spruce woods 
near Randel Lake, Argyle, August 4, Long & Linder, no. 20,666; 
sphagnous swales bordering Salmon (Greenville) Lake, August 13, 
Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long & Linder, no. 20,668; open grassy 
roadside, Tusket Falls, August 20, Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long & 
Linder, no. 20,670; spruce and alder swamp, Pembroke Shore, October 
6, Fernald & Linder, no. 20,723; boggy margin, East Branch of Tus- 
ket River, Quinan, October 8, Fernald & Linder, no. 20,672. SHEL- 
BURNE Co.: spruce swamp, Villagedale, August 7, Fernald, Long & 
Linder, no. 20,667. QukENs Co.: springy sphagnous bog in spruce 
woods near mouth of Broad River, August 16, Fernald & Bissell, 
no. 20,669. 

In the southern form of the species the perianths are 3-4 mm. long; 
the sepals and petals lance-linear and conspicuously ribbed or cor- 


rugated and the capsule commonly but little exserted. Some speci- 


242 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


mens from southeastern Connecticut seem to be transitional. See 
pp. 142, 149, 156, 158. 


J. rELocARPUs Meyer. Although not recognized in Macoun’s 
Catalogue, J. pelocarpus is characteristic of wet sandy shores through- 
out Nova Scotia. 

J. miuiraris Bigel. Typical of sandy and peaty lake-margins 
throughout the silicious regions of the province. 

* J. ACUMINATUS Michx. Local in YanwovrH Co.: clayey road- 
side ditch, Yarmouth; springy ditches near Trefry's Lake, Arcadia; 
sandy and muddy tidal flats of Tusket River, Tusket Falls; springy 
ditches and wet roadsides, Abram River. Included in Lindsay's 
Catalogue, but apparently through error of determination. See pp. 
105, 142. 

J. ARTICULATUS L., var. oprusatus Engelm. Common especially 
in brackish soil where it largely replaces the typical form of the spe- 
cies. See p. 142. 

J. ARTICULATUS X BREVICAUDATUS. Abundant in peaty swales at 
Yarmouth. Less abundant on savannah near Tiddville, Digby Co. 
See p. 152. 

J. ARTICULATUS X CANADENSIS. Dryish sphagnous swale, Tidd- 
ville, Digby Co.; sphagnous swale, Lower Argyle, Yarmouth Co. 

J. ARTICULATUS X NODOSUS. Sterile plants with J. articulatus L. 
and J. nodosus L. in a brackish swale at Baddeck (Fernald & Long, 
nos. 20,721 and 20,722) seem to be of this origin. 

J. MARGINATUS Rostk. Local in YanMovTH Co.: springy ditches 
and wet roadsides, Abram River; wet clayey brookside, Argyle Head. 
Reported by Lindsay as collected by Sommers at Halifax. See pp. 
142, 149. 

* Ornithogalum umbellatum L. Thoroughly naturalized with Leu- 
cojum aestivum and considered a troublesome weed in an old field, 
Yarmouth. 

SMILACINA RACEMOSA (L.) Desf. Not seen southwest of Annapolis 
Co. 

STREPTOPUS AMPLEXIFOLIUS (L.) DC. Not seen in the south- 
western counties. 

POLYGONATUM BIFLORUM (Walt.) Ell. Not seen in Yarmouth 
and Shelburne Cos 

Convallaria majalis L. Somewhat established in woods near Yar- 
mouth. See p. 95. 

TRILLIUM ERECTUM L. Not seen west of Annapolis Co. See p. 
140. 

T. cernuum L. Not seen in the southwestern counties where 7. 
undulatum Willd. is common. 

SMILAX ROTUNDIFOLIA L. Thickets bordering lakes and rivers, 
frequent in Digby and Yarmouth Cos.; also seen along Sable River, 
Shelburne Co. See pp. 109, 145, 147. 


1921] Fernald, —Expedition to Nova Scotia 243 


** S. ROTUNDIFOLIA, Var. QUADRANGULARIS (Muhl.) Wood. Fre- 
quent with the typical form or in separate colonies, Yarmouth Co. 
See pp. 144, 147. 

LornioLa septentrionalis, n. sp. Planta RIDE caulibus 
solitariis vel laxe cespitosis 4-5.5 dm. altis; foliis linearibus imis 
usque 3 dm. longis 1.5-3.5 mm. latis plerumque 8-nerviis margine 
hyalinis basi deinde fulvis; inflorescentiis laxis paniculato-corymbi- 
formibus 0.6-1.8 dm. altis 0.6-1.2 dm. latis, rhachi ramibusque 
imis valde. adscendentibus sparse villosis vel glabratis, pedicellis 
adscendentibus albido-tomentosis plerumque 0.7-1.5 cm. longis; 
bracteis oblongo-lanceolatis scariosis fulvis; perianthiis 1.2-1.5 cm. 
diametro, segmentis patentibus vel reflexis lanceolatis subtus villoso- 
tomentosis supra fulvis apice glabris basi medioque longe villoso- 
barbatis pilis aureis deinde flavescentibus; filamentis 3 mm. longis, 
antheris oblongis 1.2 mm. longis; capsulis rufescentibus vel fulvis 
conico-ovoideis rostratis fere basi liberis 4-4.5 mm. longis 3 mm. 
latis; seminibus fusiformi-obovatis vel clavatis vel semi-obovatis 
stramineis longitudinaliter obscure corrugatis 1-1.4 mm. longis apice 
rotundatis brunneo-tinctis basi plerumque caudatis. 

Plant stoloniferous; the stems solitary or loosely cespitose (often 
with 2 or 3 flowering stems and many crowded le: fy tufts), 4-5.5 dm. 
high: leaves linear; the lower up to 3 dm. long, 1.5-3.5 mm. wide, 
mostly 8-nerved, hyaline at margin, finally fulvous at base: inflores- 
cences lax, paniculate- corymbiform, 0.5-1.8 dm. high, 0.6-1.2 dm. 
broad, the rhachis and strongly ascending lower branches sparingly 
villous or glabrate; the ascending pedicels white-tomentose, mostly 
0.7-1.5 cm. long: bracts oblong-lanceolate, scarious, fulvous: peri- 
anths 1.2-1.5 em. in diameter; the segments spreading or reflexed, 
lanceolate, villous-tomentous beneath, fulvous above and glabrous at 
tip but with the basal half or two-thirds villous-bearded with golden 
or finally only yellowish long crinkled hairs: filaments 3 mm. long; 
anthers oblong, 1.2 mm. long: capsules reddish or fulvous, conic- 
ovoid, beaked, free almost to the base, 4—4.5 mm. long (including 
the beak), 3 mm. broad: seeds fusiform-obovate, clavate or semi- 
ovate, straw-colored, longitudinally but obscurely corrugated, 1-1.4 
iim. long, rounded and brown-tinged at apex, usually tailed at base. 

— Nova Scotia: wet savannahs along Little River east of Tiddville, 
Digby Co., August 22, 1920, Fernald & Long, no. 20,784 (TYPE in 
Gray Herb.), October 13, 1920, R. W. Sypher, no. 20,785. 

Differing from both L. aurea Ker, which extends from Mississippi 
to Florida and locally to South Carolina, and L. americana (Pursh) 
Wood of the New Jersey pine-barrens in its fulvous capsule free 
nearly to base and in its caudate-based seeds, both the more southern 
species having the green capsules adnate at least half their length 


to the perianth and the seeds rounded at both ends. L. aurea has 


244 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


much coarser leaves, commonly 5-8 mm. wide with 10-14 nerves; 
very many more flowers on shorter pedicels, and smaller perianth 
with narrowly oblong segments with the shorter beard only at base. 
L. americana is usually lower and the splendid representation gener- 
ously loaned me by the New York Botanical Garden, Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, United States National Museum 
and Missouri Botanical Garden shows no tendency to the cespitose 
or subcespitose habit of L. septentrionalis. L. americana, furthermore, 
has the much denser inflorescences heavily tomentose and with short 
pedicels. See further discussion on pp. 160-163, 168. 

** Leucojum aestivum L. The Summer Snowflake of gardens is 


thoroughly naturalized with Ornithogalum umbellatum and considered 
a troublesome weed in an old field at Yarmouth. 

“Thoroughly and abundantly established... in a brook whence 
it is rapidly spreading, Brunswick," Maine,—now established for 
about 40 years.—See Fernald, Proc. Portl. Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. 133 
(1897). 

Iris serosa Pall., var. CANADENSIS Foster. Apparently not com- 
mon west of Cape Breton. GuvsmBonovan Co.: Canso, Fowler. 
QUEENS Co.: upper border of the beach, Central Port Mouton. 
ANNAPOLIS Co.: crests of basalt cliffs by Bay of Fundy, Margaret- 
ville. See p. 139. 

Iris pseudacorus L. Well naturalized about pools and ditches, 
Yarmouth. See p. 95. 

SISYRINCHIUM GRAMINEUM Curtis. Common in damp grassy, 
peaty or gravelly open places, Yarmouth Co. to Halifax Co. See 
pp. 95, 134, 147. 

** S. ATLANTICUM Bicknell. Common in damp peaty, sandy or 
gravelly soil, Yarmouth Co. to Queens Co. See pp. 95, 99. 

** 5. ARENICOLA Bicknell. YArmMourn Co.: dry sandy bank, 
Yarmouth. ANNAPOLIS Co.: damp  Polytrichum-covered | sandy 
plains, Middleton. See pp. 96, 138. 

HABENARIA Viripis (L.) R. Br., var. BRACTEATA. (Muhl.) Gray. 
I. bracteata (Muhl.) R. Br. Rich woods, Folleigh, Colchester Co. 
See p. 136. 

** H. rrava (L.) Spreng. YanMourH Co.: peaty and cobbly 
beach of Salmon (Greenville) Lake; wet peaty margin of Butler's 
(Gavelton) L., Gavelton; gravelly margin of Tusket (Vaughan) L.; 
sandy and cobbly beach of Fanning Lake, Carleton. Not known 
nearer than Trenton, New Jersey (see pp. 147, 148, 160, 168). The 
planst of eastern Nova Scotia (Boylston, C. 4. Hamilton) is var. 
VIRECENS (Muhl.) Fernald, p. 148. 

H. HYPERBOREA (L.) R. Br. Not seen west of Annapolis and 
Queens Cos. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 245 


H. oBrUsATA (Pursh) Richards. Not seen west of Colchester and 
Queens Cos. 

H. Hookeri Torr. Not seen west of Queens Co. 

H. mAcnoPHYLLA Goldie. CorcnEsTER Co.: rich woods, Folleigh. 
Care Breton Co.: mixed woods, North Sydney. See p. 136. 

H. sLEPHARIGLOTTIS (Willd.) Torr. Abundant on boggy barrens 
and even in dryish barrens and spruce thickets, Yarmouth Co.; seen 
only in peat overlying the gold-bearing series in southern Shelburne 
and Queens Cos. and not observed on the granitic areas. See pp. 
90, 110, 142, 148, 157. 

** POGONIA oPHIOGLOSSOIDES (L.) Ker, var. brachypogon, n. var., 
barba labii obsolescente; segmentis perianthii vix divergentibus; planta 
plerumque subcespitosa. 

Beard of the lip obsolescent, represented by short knobs: segments 
of the perianth scarcely divergent: plant usually subcespitose.— 
Nova Scotia: forming dense colonies, sandy and gravelly beach of 
Cedar Lake, Yarmouth Co., July 11, 1920, Fernald, Bissell, Pease, 
Long & Linder, no. 20,888 (rype in Gray Herb.); Cedar Lake, Digby 
Co., July 25, Fernald, Bean & White, no. 20,889; dryish upper cobbly 
' beach of Jassy Lake, Lake Annis, July 29, Bean, White & Linder, 
no. 20,891; wet sandy and peaty pockets in cobble-beach of Trefry’s 
Lake, Arcadia, July 29, Fernald & Long, no. 20,892. 

Other material from Trefry’s Lake (no. 20,881) and from Clear- 
water Lake, Belleville (no. 20,890) is transitional to the typical form 
of the plant with long beard on the lip. Some specimens from New- 
foundland and the Magdalen Islands are also transitional. For 
further discussion see pp. 102, 140. 


** CALOPOGON PULCHELLUS (Sw.) R. Br., forma albiflorus (Britton), 
n. comb. C. tuberosus, forma albiflorus Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. 
Cl. xvii. 125 (1890). YanwovTH Co.: a single plant, sandy and 
peaty margin of Lake Annis. 

For note on generic and specific names see p. 132. 

SPIRANTHES CERNUA (L.) Richard. Boggy meadows and clearings 
and sandy shores, Yarmouth Co. to Halifax Co. 

** S. CERNUA, var. OCHROLEUCA (Rydb.) Ames. YaRMovrH Co.: 
sandy fields and dry rocky barrens, Pubnico. See p. 167. 

Liparts LoksELu (L.) Richard. Occasional in peaty meadows 
and peaty and cobbly lake-shores, Yarmouth and Digby Cos. See 
p. 141. 

SALIX CORDATA Muhl. Not seen in Yarmouth, Shelburne, and 
Queens Cos., nor in southwestern Digby Co. 

S. PYRIFOLIA Anderss. S. balsamifera Barratt. Swampy thickets 
throughout the province. 


(To be continued.) 


246 Rhodora [OCTOBER 


LATHYRUS NISSOLIA, A RECENT INTRODUCTION IN THE STATE OF 
WasHINGTON:—Early in May I observed on the Western slope of the 
dry hillside leading to the campus of the State College of Washington, 
Pullman, what appeared to be a grass, different from that commonly 
grown in this section. The shade of green was distinctly more vivid 
than that of the other plants by which it was surrounded. Several 
times during the month of May this spot was visited and attention 
was attracted to the rapid and very vigorous growth which this little 
plant was making. On June 6th, 1921, the first brilliant, crimson, 
papilionaceous flowers appeared and at the end of three weeks the 
plants were blooming in great profusion. In this new garb the grass- 
like appearance of the plant was altered by the bright flowers which 
showed it to be a member of the Leguminosae. 

A single plant carelessly removed from the very shallow soil, where 
it was growing so well, revealed thickly noduled rootlets. In the 
immediate vicinity there was growing very sparsely Lathyrus Sand- 
bergii Howell. This was also in flower. The resemblance be- 
tween the two was so great that the attempt was made to identify 
the former by aid of Piper and Beattie's Flora of Southeastern Wash- 
ington and Adjacent Idaho, as a member of the same genus. No 
description in this flora covered this legume. The specimen was then 
given to Dr. Harold St. John, Professor of Botany in the State College 
of Washington, who identified it as Lathyrus Nissolia L. 

An effort to account for the presence of this little pea growing in 
Pullman has resulted in failure. There is no record of this species ever 
having been planted here and a search through the literature fails to 
reveal any record of its introduction in North America. Pressed 
specimens have been placed in the herbarium of the State College of 
Washington and the Gray Herbarium, Cambridge, Mass.—CHARLES 
S. Parker, Pullman, Washington. 


Vol. 23, no. 272, including pages 181 to 200, was issued 15 December, 1921. 
The date of no. 273, still in press, will be announced later. 


Dodora 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief, 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER ! Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. November, 1921. No. 275. 
CONTENTS: 
Gray Pine and Arbor Vitae. A.S. Pease . . e + s esoo’ 247 


Notes from the Woods Hole Laboratory,— 1921. 
I. F. Lewis and W. R. Taylor 249 


Expedition to Nova Scotia (continued). M. L. Fernald . . . 257 


Boston, Mass. Providence, R. F. 


1052 Exchange Building Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be sup- 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 

Address manuscripts and proofs to 
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 


Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mase. 


Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated, 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN CoLLINS and 
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
centers of botanieal activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
cards. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collectors 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 

Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


TRbooora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. November, 1921. No. 275. 


GRAY PINE AND ARBOR-VITAE. 
ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE. 


IN an interesting article in Ruopora, xxi. 41-67 (1919), Professor 
Fernald has stated that Pinus Banksiana is confined to acid soils, 
Thuja occidentalis chiefly to basic soils, reaching its maximum develop- 
ment and its outlying stations only in positively calcareous areas. A 
railway trip taken in June, 1921, in a region not very well known 
botanically, gave the writer an opportunity to make from the car 
windows some observations upon these two conspicuous species, and 
his notes may be worth concise presentation as evidence supplemen- 
tary to that offered by Professor Fernald. * 

Across the southern part of the upper peninsula of Michigan, from 
Gladstone to Manistique, barrens with Pinus Banksiana (and scattered 
Pinus resinosa) were seen, but there was no Thuja near these species. 
Along the line of the Algoma Central and Hudson Bay Railway, from 
Sault Ste. Marie, Ont., northward for nearly three hundred miles I 
made the following notes, the mileages given being those from Sault 
Ste. Marie. Near Frater (mile 102) Gray Pine was reported to me by 
an old resident as being very scarce; he had seen but two trees of it in 
an experience of many years. Near O’Connor (mile 126) the first 
trees of the species visible from the railroad began to appear; beyond 
Agawa (mile 131) they became common, continuing near Tabor (mile 
141), and largely found as a second growth after fires. Beyond Limer 
(mile 156) there are barrens with Vaccinium pennsylvanicum and its 
var. nigrum and Gray Pine. During all these observations of Gray 
Pine which I have mentioned no Thuja was seen anywhere in the 
neighborhood. Near Hawk Jc. (mile 165), however, both are found, 


248 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


Thuja in bogs, Pinus Banksiana on dry ridges, sometimes not more 
than two hundred feet from the Thuja, and north of Alden (mile 173) 
the two were seen within twenty-five feet of one another, but it was 
noteworthy that the cedars were on a shore, close to water, and the 
pine on a gravelly ridge. Beyond Dreany (mile 182) the pine de- 
scends into bogs, in company with Larix, but the character of the soil 
in these is betrayed by the abundant presence of Ledum groenlandicum 
and no Thuja was seen in them. A little farther north the pine forms 
thick stands upon the drier ground, but soon after disappears. Be- 
tween Franz (mile 195) and Hearst (mile 296) there are large calcareous 
areas, for example at Gray (mile 229) and Akron (mile 233), with such 
characteristic plants as Valeriana uliginosa and Lonicera involucrata 
and, of course, Thuja, and along this stretch, as well as from Hearst 
eastward for one hundred and thirty miles to Cochrane, I saw no 
Gray Pine. East of Cochrane, however, on the line of the National 
Transcontinental Railway, I was able to make some further obser- 
vations (the mileages being this time those from Quebec). East of 
Norembega (mile 559) the first Gray Pine appeared, and near Lake 
Abitibi (about mile 531) young trees of it grew infrequently by the 
railroad track, as though adventive. Thuja was also seen, but in 
bogs, and the two were not seen together. East of Balkam (about 
mile 515) was Gray Pine unaccompanied by Thuja; east of Authier 
(mile 470) it was found in company with much Kalmia angustifolia; 
about Amos (mile 433) it was abundant, but always without cedars. 
Its presence or absence in a distance of two hundred miles which I 
passed after dark I cannot describe, but the next day I saw it near 
Ferguson (mile 181), and near La Tuque (mile 129) it and Pinus 
resinosa were seen on ridges, with Thuja in low swampy ground. 
Naturally these observations lose much of their value without the 
control of careful soil tests, which in a trip of this sort were obviously 
impossible. Yet it may be safely be stated, so far as my observations 
go, that whenever Pinus Banksiana and Thuja were both present at 
one locality there was visible, even at a hasty glance from the train, 
some decided difference in their habitats. That this difference, as I 
have described it at Hawk Je. and Alden, depended upon something 
more than a mere question of moisture may also be inferred from the 
fact that the pine was by no means limited to dry ridges, as the station 
which I have described near Dreany wellshowed. Pinus Banksiana will 
apparently grow either upon dry sandy (or rocky) barrens or in wet 


1921] Lewis & Taylor,—Notes from Woods Hole—1921 249 


peat bogs, but not in the soil conditions necessary for Thuja,and Thuja, 
as Professor Fernald well remarks in his article, will grow in habitats 
either boggy or well drained, but not in the soil conditions, whatever 
these may be, required by Pinus Banksiana. To this extent, then, 
my observations appear to corroborate the conclusions of Professor 
l'ernald. 


URBANA, ILLINOIS. 


NOTES FROM THE WOODS HOLE LABORATORY, —1921. 
I. F. Lewis AND W. R. TAYLOR. 
(Plate 133) 


PLATYMONAS SUBCORDIFORMIS (Wille) Hazen.—In the summer of 
1917 a unicellular green organism was found in a small tide pool on 
Black Rock, near the entrance to New Bedford Harbor. It was 
considered to be a new American species of the genus Platymonas 
West! until Dr. Tracy E. Hazen established and called attention to 
the fact that it is identical with Wille's Carteria subcordiformis.? Dr. 
Hazen’s account is reproduced at the end of this note. 

The organism has been found in each succeeding summer in the 
same locality, and Dr. Hazen records its occurrence elsewhere in 
Massachusetts and in New York, as well as in England and Norway. 
At the Black Rock station it has been consistently abundant in certain 
pools. The rock is a haunt of gulls, and the water containing the 
Platymonas is at times so fouled with excrement as to give off a 
decidedly unpleasant .odor. It seems, like certain other Chlamy- 
domonads, to flourish best in the presence of organic pollution. It 
can endure a range of salinity from that of almost fresh, or quite 
fresh (Wille), water to that of sea water. | 

The cells are small, varying in length from 13 to 17 u, in breadth 
from 7 to 8 y, in thickness from 4 to 5 y. In surface view (pl. 133, figs. 
1-3) the cells are oval and flattened. One face is convex, while the 
other is nearly flat (fig. 4). 

The usual vegetative phase is actively motile with the anterior end 

1 West, G. S. Algologicalnotes XVIII-X XIII. Journal of Botany 54:1—10. 1916. 


? Wille, N. Algologische Notizen IX. Ueber eine Art der Gattung Carteria 
Diesing. Nyt. Mag. Naturvid. 41: 89—94, Taf. 3. 1903, 


250 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


directed forward. There are four cilia, which are inserted close 
together in a pit on the anterior end. One lip of the pit is higher 
than the other. A large stigma occurs in the posterior third of the 
cell and on its flat face. The chloroplast is single and is usually 
cup-shaped or sometimes cylindrical. At times it is seen to be two 
or four lobed anteriorly, but posterior lobes similar to those of P. 
tetrathele West were not observed. The four mammillate anterior 
projections of the cell of tetrathele are also usually lacking, though 
in cells which have ceased to move the end view may sometimes be 
quadrate. 

The pyrenoid in face view is cup-shaped, though it seems spherical 
when viewed from the side. Starch grains are found around the 
pyrenoid and at times elsewhere within the chloroplast. The single 
nucleus occurs in the cavity of the chloroplast. 

The cell wall is a delicate membrane of cellulose, visible with 
difficulty in the motile cell, though easily observed in fixed material 
or in reproducing individuals. 

Reproduction (figs. 5-19) is exclusively asexual. A vegetative 
cell loses its cilia and the contents divide into two by constriction. 
Division may be either longitudinal, oblique, or transverse. The 
first indication of division is an increase in the size of the cell followed 
by the splitting of the chloroplast. The stigma then divides unequally, 
the two parts soon separating. After this the protoplast divides and 
last the pyrenoid. "The peculiar shape of the pyrenoid seems to be 
due to its mode of division. Fission into equal halves takes place, 
from which result two shallow cups. The edge of each cup grows 
upward and inward as if to form a hollow sphere, but the process is 
incomplete and a deep cup with a narrow opening results. 

In its structure and mode of division Platymonas subcordiformis 
shows a remarkably close resemblance to the zoospores of Prasino- 
cladus subsalsa (Davis) Wille. The resemblance is so striking as to 
amount almost to identity. It would be difficult to distinguish 
between the two if they were mounted in the same drop. The size, 
the thin membrane-like wall, the four cilia of the same length as the 
cell, the conspicuous stigma, the plane of division varying from longi- 
tudinal to oblique or transverse, the peculiar cup-shaped pyrenoid are 
all identical. The zoospore of Prasinocladus has not been described 
as flattened, but this point is not easily observed and may have been 
overlooked as it was when Wille described Carteria subcordiformis. 


/ 
/ 


, 


1921] Lewis & Taylor,—Notes from Woods Hole—1921 251 


The chloroplast may be either lobed or a continuous cylinder in both 
forms. Furthermore, bothare catharobic, requiring organic adjuvants 
to the brackish water in which they live. There are two notable 
differences. First, Prasinocladus has been found only in late fall or 
winter in this locality, while Platymonas has been observed only in 
summer. Second, Platymonas is free swimming, while the cells of 
Prasinocladus are united to form a gelatinous colony. 

There is here a problem still to be solved, but to the writer the 
probabilities strongly favor the view that Platymonas is the motile 
stage, Prasinocladus the * Palmella" stage of the same organism. 

Opposed to this view is the negative result of culture. Platy- 
monas was isolated on agar and kept for over twelve months under 
continuous observation. Samples were removed and cultivated in 
sea water under varying conditions. The unicellular condition was 
persistently maintained and the pseudofilamentous habit of Prasino- 
cladus was never assumed. Observations under natural conditions 
will be required before a final judgment can be given.—I. F. Lewis. 


PrATYMONAS subcordiformis (Wille) Hazen, comb. nov. — Carteria 
subcordiformis Wille, Nyt. Mag. f. Naturvid. 41: 93, 94. 1903. It 
may be worth while to record briefly the history of the identification 
of this species. During a visit to Woods Hole in August 1919 Dr. 
Lewis conducted me to his station for Platymonas at Black Rock, 
where abundant material was secured. Later in the season I found 
the same species in less amount at Twin Island, Pelham Bay, New 
York. Early in the summer of 1920, while spending a week at Aale- 
sund, Norway, where Professor Wille had discovered several interesting 
Chlamydomonads in 1902, I collected a form which was at once 
recognized as very similar to, if not identical with, that to which Dr. 
Lewis had introduced me. I was also struck with the resemblance 
of this form to Carteria  subcordiformis, especially when comparison 
was made with the original drawings of the latter a few days later. 
Upon examination of my freshly collected material, Professor Wille 
readily identified it with his species, which appears not to have been 
reported since the original discovery. I later found the same species 
at Cullercoats, near Newcastle-upon-Tyne, and at Plymouth, Eng- 
land. In September 1920 I again collected the species at Nahant, 
Mass., and also at Fort Phoenix, Fair Haven, Mass., not far distant 
from the station on Black Rock, and again at Pelham Bay. I have 


252 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


had living material from these four stations and from the three 
European stations for simultaneous examination, and after careful 
study am convinced that it all belongs to one species. I had hoped to 
find at Plymouth the type species, Platymonas | tetrathele West, but I 
could only discover there P. subcordiformis and a new species, quite 
different from either, which I had also found at Aalesund. 

It may appear strange that the compressed form of the cell, which 
is the chief character upon which this species is to be placed in the 
genus Platymonas rather than in Carteria, was overlooked by Wille. 
But at certain times the narrower diameter of the cells is so little 
presented to view as to be very inconspicuous. My own first im- 
pression was that this species exhibited hardly sufficient differences 
to warrant its removal from the genus Carteria, but extended observa- 
tion during more than a year has convinced me that it is very distinct, 
and that it is very desirable to maintain the genus Platymonas West. 
Wille has also recorded Carteria subcordiformis as a freshwater species, 
while in all the seven stations where I have collected it the water has 
been brackish; but in these small rock hollows on the shore the salinity 
of the water undoubtedly varies considerably. I have found that 
cells may be transferred successfully to fresh water or to clean sea 

yater.—Tracy E. Hazen. 


ASTEROCOCCUS SUPERBUS (Cienk.) Scherf.—This beautiful member 
of the Protococcales was found in abundance in 1920 and 1921 among 
sphagnum along the shores of Sheep Pond, Cuttyhunk Island. This 
is its first recorded occurrence for North America, though Smith! has 
found Asterococcus limneticus in Wisconsin. 

The method of escape of the spores, not hitherto noted, is indicated 
infig.26. The lamellae at a point opposite the clear spot which is the 
point of origin of the cilia soften and swell, finally dissolving. The 
outermost layer is first involved, then the others progressively until the 
spore is free to escape.—I. F. LEWIS. 


ANABAENA SPIROIDES VAR. CRASSA LEMM.— On July 30, 1920, the 
writer noted a considerable *bloom" on North Head of Hummock 
Pond, Nantucket, Massachusetts. This on examination proved to be 
a mixture of Clathrocystis aeruginosa (Kütz) Henfr., and an Anabaena 
notable for the regularity of its spiral trichome, and for having round 


! Smith, G. M. Phytoplankton of theinlandlakesof Wisconsin. Madison. 1920. 


1921] Lewis & Taylor,—Notes from Woods Hole—1921 253 


spores. Considerable material was obtained by the kindness of Dr. 
Alice M. Russell, and some was sent to Dr. Gilbert M. Smith, who 
identified the form as Anabaena spiroides var. crassa Lemm., noting 


— A MIA 


Fic. 1. Anateana spiroides var. crassa. A, Trichome showing three heterocysts 
but no spores. X300. B, C, D, Portions of trichome showing spores and heterocyst. 
X 650. 
however that the spores of the Nantucket material are round, whereas 
those of this variety of Anabaena spiroides are typically elongate. 
The measurements of the Nantucket form are: trichome 11.55 average 
diameter, heterocysts 135 diameter, and spores thick and smooth- 
walled, diameter 224. Dr. Smith has reported Anabaena spiroides 
var. crassa, as occurring in Wisconsin lakes.—W. R. TAYLOR. 

Mougeotia tenuis (Cleve) Wittrock. This distinct form was found 
with zygospores in a small pond on Pasque Island July 6, 1921. 

Mougeotia parvula Hassall. Abundant material of this species in 
all stages of conjugation appeared in a drinking fountain in Woods 
Hole, July 1921. 


BRYOPSIS HYPNOIDES Lamx.—In a specimen of Bryopsis hypnoides 
Lamx., collected from a float in the harbor near the laboratory, a great 
many of the branches were found to contain gametes. All of the 
protoplasm of the branch goes into the formation of the gametes, which 
escape through several pores in the cell walls. The passage out was 
moderately rapid. On the slide under the microscope, the female 
gametes soon settle down and become motionless, whether fertiliza- 
tion occurs or not. The males are more active, settling down later. 
Some branches contained both male and female gametes. In such 
cases the number of female gametes is greater. Other branches ap- 
parently produce only one kind. 

The male gametes are very small and biciliate, the cilia being of 
equal or possibly subequal length. The chloroplast is massed in the 


254 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


posterior part of the cell and is slightly orange in color, the rest of the 
cell being colorless. Cilia are directed forward in swimming. 


FIG. 2. Bryopsis hypnoides. X 650. A, Male and female gametes in portion of 
branch. B, Exit pores in side of branch. C. Male and female gametes. D. Ger- 
minating zygote. 


+ 


The female gametes are more egg-shaped and much larger than the 
males. In structure they are similar save for a slight yellowish cast to 
the chloroplast. 

On fusion the pair settle down and zygotes of irregular shape are 
formed, which show some metabolic movements. - 

The phenomena of germination were not observed except for an 
increase in the size of the zygote. 

The Bryopsidaceae are prevailingly dioecious, so that the mon- 
oecism observed in Bryopsis hypnoides is exceptional in the family. 
The length of the cilia is also exceptional in this species. It varies 
from slightly longer than, to more than twice as long as, the cell.—J. 
B. LACKEY. 


ECTOCARPUS MITCHELLAE HARV. VAR. parva N. var. Thallus 
caespitose, attached, 8-12 mm. tall. Interlacing decumbent basal 
filaments giving rise to the primary erect filaments (of 22 u average 
diameter) seldom branched. The few lateral secondary branches 
scattered, largely on the distal half of the primary, with average 
diameter 16 y. at the base, and produced into short hairlike tips. Plu- 
rilocular sporangia sessile, erect on the upper side of the second- 
ary branches, cylindrical, obtuse, composed of a few large cells each 
producing one round orslightly oval motionless megaspore. Sporangia 
average 60 u long by 16 u broad, and spores 12 y. in diameter. 

During the last week of July, 1919, the collectors of the U. S. Fish- 


1921] Lewis & Taylor,—Notes from Woods Hole—1921 255 


eries Commission brought into the laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass- 
achusetts, a specimen of the Loggerhead Turtle, TAalassochelys 
caretta from Vineyard Sound. Tufts of an alga on the carapace were 


referred to the writer for study. He is much indebted to the late 
Mr. F. S. Collins for helpful suggestions with regard to its relation- 
ships. 


The form was found to be closely related to Ectocarpus Mitchellae 
Harv. (E. virescens Thuret) as indicated by its sporangial characters 
and certain striking features of its vegetative habit. It differs mainly 
in having the primary erect filaments sub-simple, not abundantly 
branched, and in the smaller size of the vegetative filaments and the 
sporangia. The fresh material showed abundant stages in the 
development of the sporangia, the extrusion of the spores and their 
germination and growth. The decumbent filaments produced lobed 
haptera, and the cells of the erect filaments occasionally sent out 
corticating down-growths which sometimes reached to the substratum. 
The filaments and branches have a limited apical growth soon suc- 
ceeded by intercalary growth from near the base. In all these growth 
characters it resembles E. virescens Thuret as described by Sauvageau 
(Jour. de Bot. Vol. 10, 1896). "The non-motile spores showed a very 
distinct wall, and no evidence could be found that they had the power 
of movement at any time. 

On July 19th, 1921, Dr. I. F. Lewis collected tufts of a brown alga 
from a piece of timber washed ashore on the island of Cuttyhunk, 
Massachusetts, which on examination proved to be the same variety 
as that obtained two years before. This material also showed 
abundant sporangia and sporelings and was in more luxuriant condi- 
tion than the first lot. The fact that both collections of the alga were 
from drifted objects makes it impossible to tell the source of the 
material, but the unworn appearance of the timber would seem to 
indicate that it had not travelled very far and that this Ectocarpus 
might be expected along the eastern seaboard at no great distance 
south of Cape Cod.—W. R. TAYLOR. 


BAPTISIA BRACTEATA (Mvnr.) ELL. is listed in the floras as having 
a western distribution, coming east only to Michigan. About the end 
of July 1919 one of the botanical students at the Marine Biological 
Laboratory brought in to the department a specimen which proved to 
be this plant. Investigation showed that 1t had appeared along the 


256 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


railroad north of Woods Hole, between there and Falmouth. It seems 
probable that it was a quite recent introduction and the vigor of the 
plants and the large racemes of hairy pods seemed to point to its 
establishment in this neighborhood, but the present season shows none 
of the original colony remaining. 

Search in the Herbarium of the University of Pennsylvania pro- 
duced no specimen from the East, and in that of the Philadelphia 
Academy of Natural Sciences material from the Southern States and 
one specimen from Illinois were the nearest records. An inquiry at 
the Gray Herbarium at Harvard University brought the information 
that the nearest localities which they had represented were Illinois 
and South Carolina, and the New York Botanical Garden reported 
nothing from the Central Atlantic or New England States. As there 
seems to be no published record of this plant from New England, this 
locality then supported the most northeasterly colony of the species 
yet reported. 

Specimens showing immature pods have been placed in the Herbaria 
of the Marine Biological Laboratory and the University of Pennsyl- 
vania.—W. R. TAYLOR. : 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 133 


Figs. 1-19, Platymonas subcordiformis, X 800. 

Figs. 1-3, Vegetative cells, face view. 

Fig. 4, Side view. 

Figs. 5-7, Stages in cell division. 

Figs. 8-17, Longitudinal and oblique divisions. 

Fig. 18, Longitudinal division, end view showing lobed chloroplast. 
Fig. 19, Transverse division. 

Figs. 20-24, Ectocarpus Mitchellae var. parva. 

Fig. 20, Spores from living material showing chromatophores. x 730. 
Fig. 21, Vegetative cell from primary filament. Xx 730. 

Fig. 22, Main filament and branch with sporangia and sporelings. — x 235. 
Fig. 23, Branch showing mature sporangium discharging spores, x 235. 
Fig. 24, Main filament and branches with maturing sporangia. x 235. 
Fig. 25, Asterococcus superbus, vegetative colony. x 365. 

Fig. 20, Asterococcus zoospore, showing mode of release. x 365. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 257 


THE GRAY HERBARIUM EXPEDITION TO NOVA SCOTIA, 
1920. 


M. L. FERNALD. 
(Continued from p. 247.) 


S. SERICEA Marsh. Apparently rare in western Nova Scotia. 
Yarmoutu Co.: sandy and cobbly beach of Fanning Lake, Carleton. 

* S. ROSTRATA Richardson, var. CAPREIFOLIA Fernald, RHODORA, 
xvi. 177 (1914). Diapy Co.: small trees in woods and thickets at 
margin of Lily Lake, Sandy Cove. 

** S. HUMILIS Marsh., var. KEWEENAWENSIS Farwell, Mich. Acad. 
Sci. Ann. Rep. vi. 206 (1904). Most if not all material from the 
Maritime Provinces and Newfoundland belongs to this northern 
variety, characterized by broadish often obovate leaves with a 
satiny or lustrous velvety pubescence. It is widely dispersed in 
Nova Scotia in both dry and wet habitats. 

** S, Smithiana Willd. See Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA, xii. 
104, 137 (1910). Naturalized on clay bank by the sea, Baddeck. 

* S. purpurea L. Very abundantly naturalized by wet roadsides 
about Yarmouth. See p. 95. 

Myrica CAROLINENSIS Mill. Abundant in the silicious regions, 
but rare or perhaps largely absent from Digby to Truro. 

* BETULA LUTEA Michx. f., var. ALLEGHANIENSIS (Britton) Ashe, 
Bull. Charleston Mus. xiv. 11 (1918). Wooded lake-margins of 
Yarmouth and Digby Cos. apparently as common as typical B. lutea. 
Macoun's records of B. lenta may be based on var. alleghaniensis. 

* B. PAPYRIFERA Marsh., var. CORDIFOLIA (Regel) Fernald. Occa- 
sional in Yarmouth Co. 

OsTRYA VIRGINIANA (Mill.) K. Koch. Not seen west of Annapolis 
Co. See pp. 137, 170. 

** ALNUS INCANA (L.) Moench, var. HYPOCHLORA Call. Jahresb. 
Schles. Ges. Ixix. pt. 2: 79 (1891). Leaves green beneath, slightly 
pubescent or glabrate. YAmRMouTH Co.: thicket bordering Sloane 
Lake, Pleasant Valley. 

Urtica dioica L. Waste ground about towns; occasional in. Yar- 
mouth and Shelburne Cos. 

LAPORTEA CANADENSIS L. Hants Co.: alluvial woods along Five- 
Mile River. See pp. 137, 170. 

ARCEUTHOBIUM PUSILLUM Peck. Apparently common throughout 
the province. See p. 97. 

** Rumex alpinus L. YanMovurH Co.: abundantly naturalized in 
a springy field, Rockville. See p. 107. 

R. rALLIDUS Bigel. Gravelly sea-beaches, Yarmouth and Shel- 
burne Cos. See p. 155. 


258 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 


** R, obtusifolius L., var. sylvestris (Lam.) Koch. Lower leaves 
oblong-lanceolate, acute. DrGBv Co.: roadside ditches, Sandy Cove. 
Naturalized also about Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, and 
Bay of Islands, Newfoundland. 

R. MARITIMUS L., var. FUEGINUS (Phil.) Dusén. See St. John, 
Ruopora, xvii. 81 (1915). Queens Co.: brackish sands, scarce, 
Central Port Mouton and at mouth of Broad River. See p. 158. 

R. Acetosa L. Thoroughly naturalized in damp fields and swales, 
Yarmouth and Digby Cos. and occasional elsewhere. See pp. 95, 
107. 

Polygonum lapathifolium L. Sp. Pl. i. 360 (1753) as to name-bring- 
ing synonym. P. pennsylvanicum, var. Curt. Fl. Lond. i. t. 25 (1777). 
P. lapathifolium, var. pecticale Stokes in With., Bot. Arr. ed. 2, 1. 
412 (1787). P. lapath., var. maculatum Sibth. Fl. Oxon. 129 (1794). 
P. nodosum Pers. Syn. i. 440 (1805). Persicaria maculata (Sibth.) 
S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. ii. 270 (1821). Peutalis nodosa (Pers.) 
Raf. Fl. Tell. iii. 14 (1836). Pol.-lapath., var. nodosum (Pers.) Wein. 
Enum. Petrop. 42 (1837). Persicaria nodosa (Pers.) Opiz, Sezn. 
72 (1852). Pol. lapath., subsp. maculatum (Sibth.) Dyer & Trimen, 
Journ. Bot. ix. 36 (1871). Pol. maculatum (Sibth.) Babington, Man. 
ed. 7, 301 (1874).—Local weed in cultivated land, Yarmouth. 

I see no reason to restrict the name P. lapathifolium L. to P. sca- 
brum Moench, as is done by some European authors. Admitting 
that the Linnean species was a mixture of that and the purplish- 
flowered plant separated as P. nodosum Pers., we have two essential 
facts which lead to the retention of P. lapathifolium for P. nodosum. 


Linnaeus's account was as follows: 
“ Lapathifolium. 6. POLYGONUM floribus pentandris semidigynis, 
staminibus corollae regulari aequalibus. 
Persicaria floribus pentandris digynis, corolla regu- 
lari staminibus aequali. Wach. ultr. 257. 
Persicaria florum staminibus quinis semidygnis, 
stylo bifido corollae regulari aequantibus. Hort. 
cliff. 42. 
Persicaria major, lapathi folis, calyce floris pur- 
pureo. Tournef. inst. 510. Raj. suppl. 119. 
Persicaria Hydropiper. Lob, ic. 315. 
Habitat in Gallia." 

From this it should be quite clear that Linnaeus derived his specific 
name from Persicaria major, lapathi foliis, calyce floris purpureo of 
Tournefort and of Ray. On reference to Tournefort we find nothing 
but the brief description above quoted, but Ray in his full account 
says “Calix purpurascens lineam "unam longus est," which better 
describes the shorter perianth of P. nodosum than the longer, usually 


1921] Fernald,— Expedition to Nova Scotia 259 


greenish perianth of P. scabrum; for in P. nodosum, the achene of 
which about equals the perianth, the achene is correctly described 
by Rouy as “petits (2 mm. sur 115)" while the green-flowered P. 
scabrum has "achaines trés grands (3 mill. de long sur 212)". In 
other words, Persicaria major, lapathi foliis, calyce floris purpureo of 
Tournefort and of Ray, the plant from which Linnaeus directly took 
the specific name, has not only the purple flowers but the small calyx 
of P. nodosum Pers. 

Again in the splitting up of the complex P. lapathifolium of Lin- 
naeus the first element described under a new name was P. Persicaria 
* tomentosum Schrank (1789) or P. scabrum Moench (1794) or P. 
pallidum With. (1796). These all antedated by many years P. 
nodosum Pers. (1805) and by the very sound “doctrine of residues" 
the removal from the complex first of P. scabrum left as P. lapathi- 
folium the plant with small purplish flowers, the Persicaria major, 
lapathi foliis of Tournefort and of Ray. Thus by both these prin- 
ciples we arrive at the same conclusion, that the name P. lapathi- 
folium belongs to P. nodosum Pers. not to P. scabrum Moench. 

P. LAPATHIFOLIUM, var. SALICIFOLIUM Sibth. Fl. Oxon. 129 (1794). 
P. incanum Willd. Enum. Pl. Berol. 429 (1809), not F. W. Schmidt, 
Fl. Boem. iv. 90 (1794). Persicaria salicifolia (Sibth.) S. F. Gray, 
Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. ii. 270 (1821). Pol. lapathifolium, var. incanum 
(Willd.) Koch, Syn. 617 (1837). Pol. nodosum, Q. incanum (Willd.) 
Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iti. 521 (1849-51). Pol. tomentosum, var. incanum 
Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 360 (1908), mostly, not P. 
tomentosum, var. incanum (Schmidt) Gurke, Pl. Eur. ii. 121 (1897) 
which is apparently only a minor form of P. scabrum Moench = P. 
tomentosum (Schrank) Gurke. Pol. nodosum, forma salicifolium 
(Sibth.) Moss, Cambr. Brit. Fl. ii. 117 (1914).—Damp sands and 
pond-margins, frequent in Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. 

P. scaBRUM Moench, Meth. 629 (1794). P. lapathifolium L. Sp. 
Pl. i. 360 (1753), in part. P. pennsylvanicum Huds. Fl. Angl. 148 
(1762); Curtis Fl. Lond. i. t. 24 (1777); not L. P. Persicaria *tomen- 
tosum Schrank, Baier. Fl. i. 669 (1789). P. incanum F. W. Schmidt, 
Fl. Boem. iv. 90 (1794). P. pallidum With. Bot. Arr. ed. 3, ii. 381 
(1796). P. tomentosum (Schrank) Gurke, Pl. Eur. i. 121 (1897); 
Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 360 (1908); not Willd. 
P. tomentosum, var. incanum (Schmidt) Gurke, Pl. Eur. ii. 121 (1897). 
Persicaria tomentosa (Schrank) Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvi. 
453 (1909).—Damp sandy and gravelly shores where seemingly 
indigenous, and cultivated land as a weed. 

* P. MunrENBERGII (Meisn.) Watson. Yarmoutu Co.: domin- 


ant on à wet savannah bordering Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavel- 
ton. See p. 1606. 


260 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 


* P. acre HBK. Including var. leptostachyum Meisn. Common, 
apparently throughout the province. 

** P. RoBUsTIUS (Small) Fernald, p. 147. Yarmouru Co.: cold 
brook in sphagnous swale by Salmon (Greenville) Lake; boggy swale 
by Tusket (Vaughan) Lake, Gavelton; peaty and muddy dried-out 
pond-hole near head of St. John Lake, Springhaven; in running 
water, thicket at margin of Randel Lake, Argyle. See pp. 146, 
147, 149, 155, 166, 168. 

* P. HyDROPIPEROIDES Michx. Swales, savannahs and peaty 
shores, valleys of the Salmon and Tusket Rivers, Yarmouth Co. 

** P. nypRoPIPEROIDES Michx., var. digitatum, n. var., planta 
1-1.5 m. alta; foliis lineari-lanceolatis attenuatis plerumque 1.3-2 
dm. longis; spicis densis 0.5-1 cm. crassis ad apices ramulorum 
plerumque aggregatis. 

Plant 1-1.5 m. high; leaves linear-lanceolate, attenuate, mostly 
1.3-2 dm. long: spikes densely flowered, 0.5-1 cm. thick, mostly 
crowded at the tips of the branches.—Nova Scoria: boggy savannah 
bordering St. John Lake, Springhaven, Yarmouth Co., October 8, 
1920, Fernald & Linder, no. 21,093 (rype in Gray Herb.). 

Differing from typical P. hydropiperoides in its great height, very 
elongate leaves, thick crowded spikes and very late flowering. For 
further notes see p. 168. 


P. Ratt Babington. See Fernald, Ruopora, xv. 72 (1913). Damp 
sands and gravels of the coast from Shelburne Co. to Cape Breton. 
See pp. 150, 158, 165. 

P. ACADIENSE Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 188 (1914). To the original 
station at Grand Narrows should be added: gravelly beach of Great 
Bras d’Or, Kidstone Island, very scarce. See pp. 134, 165. 

* P. FownERr Robinson, Ruopora, iv. 67 (1902). P. buxifolium 
Nutt. in Bong. Veg. Ins. Sitcha, 161 (1832), nomen seminudum, as 
to Sitka plant only, not as to synonymy nor apparently as to refer- 
ence to Nuttall’s specimen; not Bieb. P. aviculare, e. buxifolium 
Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iii. 532 (1849-51) as to Sitka plant only. P. lit- 
torale, @. buxifolium Meisner in DC. Prodr. xiv. 98 (1856) as to de- 
scription and plant. P. maritimum Fowler, Prelim. List Pl. N. B. 
53 (1885), not L. (1753). P. littorale sitchense Small, Mem. Dept. 
Bot. Columbia Col. i. 102 (1895).—QukkNs Co.: with P. allocarpum 
on damp sand-flats, Central Port Mouton. Vicrorta Co.: gravelly 
beaches of Great Bras d'Or, Baddeck and Kidstone Island. Previ- 
ously collected by J. R. Churchill on the beach at Aspy Bay. 


The name P. Fowleri is here retained as the first adequately de- 
fined specific name, the name P. buxifolium Nutt. being open to very 
serious doubt. In the first place Nuttall did not publish his P. buxi- 
folium, a species which Bongard ascribed to him as if it had been 
published. Bongard’s publication was as follows: 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 261 


“133. Polygonum buaifolium Nutt.! P. aviculare Q latifolium 
Michx. Fl. Bor. am. I. p. 237. 
Polygono aviculari simillimum; sed floribus semper pen- 
tandris distinctum. Specimina Nuttalliana exacte cum 
Sitchensibus conveniunt." 


From this it is evident that Bongard had a plant from Sitka which 
he thought to be like Nuttall material which had been called P. 
buaifolium and which was identified with P. aviculare Q. latifolium 
Michx., and it is noteworthy that Bongard's descriptive note was 
borrowed directly from Nuttall and the name buxifolium from Mi- 
chaux's description of P. aviculare B. latifolium. Thus, in the or- 
iginal publication of Q. latifolium from “Kentucky et regione Illi- 
noensi," a plant which seems to have been P. erectum L., Michaux 
said “foliis lato-ovalibus, obtusis: quasi buxifolium |italicis mine].” 
—Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 237 (1803). Later, in 1818, in his Genera, 
i. 254, Nuttall described P. aviculare as having “flowers octandrous”’ 
and maintained 8. latifolium [= ? P. erectum] with “leaves broad 
oval, obtuse, flowers pentandrous, stem adscendent." As a matter 
of fact, however, the stamens of P. aviculare vary from 5-8, so that 
Bongard's descriptive phrase, *Polygono aviculari simillimum; sed 
floribus semper pentandris distinctum," borrowed directly from Nut- 
tall's description of a plant of Kentucky and Illinois and applied to 
a maritime plant of Sitka, does not differentiate the Sitkan plant and 
the name P. buxifoliwm at best is a nomen seminudum based upon a 
complete misconception. The Sitka material, called by Bongard 
P. buxifolium, has little in common with P. erectum or any other 
species of “Kentucky et regione Illinoensi"" but, as shown by a sheet 
preserved in the Prodromus herbarium at Geneva, is exactly P. Fow- 
leri, a maritime plant of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Nova Scotia and 
eastern Newfoundland and of the shores of the North Pacific from 
Siberia and Alaska to Washington. The first real description of 
this Sitka plant was that of Meisner in DeCandolle’s Prodromus, 
where a definite characterization was given—a diagnosis which ap- 
plies equally well to the eastern material of P. Fowleri. Meisner's 
description, published in 1856, was as follows: 


P. LITTORALE, “8. buxifolium (Ledeb.! fl. ross. 3, p. 532, sub P. 
aviculari), caulibus abbreviatis, foliis lineari-oblongis obtusis atten- 
uato-subpetiolatis subeveniis, axillis 1—2-floris, achaenio calycem 
paulo superante subnitido minute punctato obsolete striato. In 


ins. Sitka (Eschscholtz!).” 


262 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


This diagnosis of Meisner's, as stated, was based upon the Sitka 
material and accurately deseribes it, the earlier published phrases 
under the names P. buvifolium and P. aviculare, var. buxifolium 
having been borrowed without change from Michaux's and Nuttall's 
descriptions of P. aviculare, B. latifolium from Kentucky and Illinois, 
a plant which is certainly not conspecific with Eschscholtz's Sitkan 
plant. It is, therefore, quite clear that the latter plant was not truly 
characterized until Meisner's publication of it as a variety and that 
the first specific name clearly belonging to the plant is P. Fowleri. 

* P. ALLOCARPUM Blake, Ruopora, xix. 234 (1917). Character- 
istic of sea-beaches and tidal sand-flats from Digby Co. to Queens 
Co. See pp. 151, 163. 

* P. cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc. Roadsides and waste ground, 
Yarmouth and Halifax. 

** P. polystachyum Wall. A tall perennial of the gardens, with 
very long caudate-tipped and truncate-based leaves. Beginning to 
spread to waste lands about Yarmouth. 

** ATRIPLEX GLABRIUSCULA Edmonston, Fl. Shetl. 39 (1845). 
A. Babingtonii. Woods, Tourists Fl. 316 (1850). For detailed 
synonymy see Moss, Camb. Brit. Fl. ii. 177 (1914). 

A. glabriuscula, a species of northwestern Europe—Scandinavia, 
Denmark, north Germany and France to the Faeróes and Iceland— 
recognized (usually as 4. Babingtonii) by such conservative European 
systematists as Britten & Rendle, Druce, Moss, Hartman, Rouy 
and Ascherson & Graebner, is abundant on the sandy and gravelly 
sea-shores from Newfoundland to Maine and very locally to Rhode 
Island, and casual on ballast southward. — It is one of the maze of 
plants passing as A. patula and A. hastata. The latter, probably 
best considered as variations of one species, have the spiciform 
branches of the inflorescence naked except at base, the freely tuber- 
culate bracteoles 1-5 mm. long (except in the rare A. patula, var. 
bracteata with bracteoles 1-1.5 em. long), and the seeds 1-2 mm. in 
diameter. A. glabriuscula, on the other hand, has leafy-bracted 
inflorescences, large and less tuberculate fruiting bracteoles (0.5-1.2 
em. long) and seeds 2-4 mm. in diameter. In America A. glabrius- 
cula is so clearly restricted to the region from Newfoundland to New 
England, where so many identities with the flora of north-western 
Europe are known, while the semi-cosmopolitan A. patula crosses 
the continent, that there is little question that we should recognize 
it as a distinet species. A few immature herbarium-specimens can- 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 263 


not be satisfactorily placed but all fully mature specimens seem to be 
clearly either A. patula (including A. hastata) or A. glabriuscula. 
A. glabriuscula, at least in Nova Scotia, matures much earlier than 
A. patula and its var. hastata. The following American specimens 


are referred to 

A. GLABRIUSCULA Edmonston. NEWFOUNDLAND: sea-beach, Mid- 
dle Arm, Bay of Islands, August 22, 1896, Waghorne, no. 49; damp 
sandy shores, St. George's, August 13, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 
3318. QUEBEC: marshy shore, Pointe au Maurier, Charnay, Sague- 
nay Co., August 27, 1915, St. John, no. 90,408; sea-strand, Ile Herbée, 
Archipel du Vieux-Fort, July 24, 1915, Sf. John, no. 90,409; Anticosti, 
August 1, 1861, Hyatt, Shaler & Verrill; Anse au Sanatorium, Anti- 
costi, August 20, 1917, Fr. Marie-Victorin. MAGDALEN ISLANDS: 
Brion Island, August 13, 1914, St. John, no. 1863; rivages, Ile du 
Hávre-aux-Maisons, August 15, 1919, FF. Marie-Victorin & Rolland- 
Germain. Nova Scotia: gravelly beach of Great Bras d'Or, Kid- 
stone Island, August 28, 1920, Fernald & Long, nos. 21,149, 21,151; 
pebbly shore, Purcell’s Cove, Halifax, September 2-6, 1901, Howe & 
Lang, no. 1503; damp sand-flats, Central Port Mouton, Fernald, 
Bissell, Graves, Long & Linder, no. 21,444; upper border of gravelly 
strand, Villagedale, August 7, 1920, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 
21,141; damp sand-flat back of beach, Sand Beach, Yarmouth Co., 
August 10 and September 7, 1920, Fernald, Long & Linder, nos. 
21,142, 21,152; cobbly barrier beach, Pembroke Shore, July 5, 1920, 
Long & Linder, no. 21,140, October 6, Fernald & Linder, nos. 21,155, 
21,156, 21,157. Maine: railroad yard (introduced), Fort Fair- 
field, September 19, 1900, Fernald; strand, Pleasant Point, Perry, 
August 16, 1909, Fernald; strand, Carlow Island, Passamaquoddy 
Bay, August 16, 1909, Fernald; Cutler, August 27, 1902, Kate Fur- 
bish; Cross Island, August, 1892, F. L. Harvey; sandy beach, Great 
Wass Island, Jonesport, August 5, 1907, Cushman & Sanford, no. 
1471; beach, Great Cranberry Isle, September 5, 1891, Rand; east 
shore of Little Cranberry Isle, August 6, 1889, Redfield; Sorrento, 
1891, Kate Furbish; Swan's Island, August, 1911, Kate Furbish; 
Matinicus, 1918, C. A. E. Long, no. 64; open sand, sea-shore, Pema- 
quid Beach, Bristol, September 9, 1898, Chamberlain; gravelly shore, 
Southport, August 3, 1894, Fernald; Fort Popham, Phippsburg, 
September 7, 1907, Kate Furbish; Wells, 1898, Kate Furbish. Mas- 
SACHUSETTS: beach, Nahant, September 16, 1894, Walliams; salt 
marsh, Seaview, October 4, 1896, Williams; beach near Eel River, 
Plymouth, September 23, 1853, Wm. Boott; southwestern section 
of Barnstable, September 16-17, 1918, Bean, Bird & Knowlton. 
Ruopk Istawp: Tiverton, September 27, 1903, Walliams; sea- 
shore, Middletown, August 24, M. B. Simmons. PENNSYLVANIA: 
ballast, Greenwich Point, Philadelphia, August 25-October 1, 1874, 
C. F. Parker. 


264 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 


** A. PATULA L., var. BRACTEATA Westlund, Sveriges Atripl. 57 
(1861); Moss, Cambr. Brit. Fl. ii. 174, t. 176 (1914). An extreme 
variation of northern Europe, with elongate bracteoles up to 1-1.5 
cm. long, evea longer than in A. glabriuscula, but with nearly naked 
inflorescence and small seed. Known in North America only from 
a single specimen collected in brackish or saline marsh near mouth 
of George River, Cape Breton. 

SPERGULARIA SALINA J. & C. Presl.; Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA, 
xii. 162 (1910). Occasional on saline shores. 

8. LEIOSPERMA (Kindb.) F. Schmidt; Fernald & Wiegand, l. c. 
Occasional on saline shores. 

SAGINA NODOSA (L.) Fenzl, var. PUBESCENS Mert. & Koch. Sand- 
flats, Queens and Shelburne Cos. See pp. 150, 158. 

ARENARIA PEPLOIDES L., var. ROBUSTA Fernald, RHODORA, xi. 
114 (1909). *So far as we observed, on many beaches from Yar- 
mouth to Cape Breton, this is the only variety of the species in the 
province. 

STELLARIA ULIGINOSA Murr. Wet sand and springy spots at var- 
ious stations in Digby and Victoria Cos. 

S. LoNGIFOLIA Muhl. CorcuEsTER Co.: wet sandy margin of 
pool in flood-plain of Salmon River, Truro. Macoun reports the 
species as common but his records were based largely on the intro- 
duced weed, S. graminea. 

* Lychnis Flos-cuculi L. Swale, Yarmouth. 

** Silene gallica L. Railroad yard, Digby. Collected in the 
same locality in August, 1902, by the late Geo. E. Morris. See p. 
94. 

* Dianthus Armeria L. Diasy Co.: rather scarce, on a clayey 
roadside bank, Sandy Cove. 

* NYMPHOZANTHUS RUBRODISCUS (Morong) Fernald, RHODORA, 
xxi. 187 (1919). Lakes and quiet streams, Yarmouth Co. to Hants 
Co. Collected by Howe & Lang in Pictou Co. See p. 137. 

* NYMPHAEA ODORATA Ait., var. ROSEA Pursh. See p. 161. Bog-pools 
and lake-margins, Digby and Yarmouth Cos. 

BRASENIA SHREBERI Gmel. In various lakes of Yarmouth Co. 

Ranuncutus Pumsumu Richardson. Shallow water and open 
swamps, Cumberland Co. to Cape Breton and Hants Co. See pp. 
131, 133, 164, 170. 

* R. FrAMMULA L.; Fernald, Ruopora, xix. 135 (1917). YARMOUTH 
Co.: in a cold spring-brook, Tusket. See p. 157. 

R. ABoRTIVUS L. Not seen west of Hants Co. See p. 133. 

R. recurvatus Poir. Rich woods, Cumberland Co. to Cape Bre- 
ton and Annapolis Co. See pp. 136, 164, 170. 

Chelidonium majus L. About an old cellar-hole, Arcadia, Yar- 
mouth Co. 

Lepidium campestre (L.) R. Br. Waste land, Yarmouth. 

* L. Draba L.  Roadsides, waste places and ballast lands, Yar- 
mouth, scarce. See p. 140. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 265 


Coronopus didymus (L.) Sm. Waste ground, railroad yards, etc., 
Digby, Yarmouth and Sand Beach (Yarmouth Co.). See p. 140. 

* SUBULARIA AQUATICA L. Sandy and gravelly bottoms of lakes. 
Yarmoutu Co.: Jassy Lake, Lake Annis; Salmon (Greenville) L.; 
Clearwater L., Belleville; Frost L., Argyle; Great Pubnico L. SHEL- 
BURNE Co.: Clement Pond, Barrington. Vicrorta Co.: Warren 
L., Ingonish, J. R. Churchill. See pp. 142, 1453, 151, 156. 

* Camelina microcarpa Andrz. Casual weed of railroad yards. 

* Neslia paniculata (L.) Desv. Casual weed of railroad yards and 
waste places, nowhere abundant but often seen in small quantity. 

* Conringia orientalis (L.) Dumort. Casual in railroad yards. 

* Sisymbrium. officinale (L.) Scop. Occasional weed in Digby, 
Yarmouth and Queens Cos. Var. levocarpum DC. was not seen. 
See p. 140. 

* Erisymum parviflorum Nutt. CUMBERLAND Co.: gravelly rail- 
road yard, Springhill Junction. See p. 132. 

DENTARIA DIPHYLLA Michx. ANNAPOLIS Co.: brookside in mixed 
woods, southern slope of North Mt., near Middleton. Hants Co.: 
rich woods near gypsum cliffs along Five-Mile River. See pp. 137, 
140, 170. 

DmoskRA LONGIFOLIA L. D. intermedia Hayne. The great 
abundance of this species in wet peaty and sandy soils from Yar- 
mouth to Annapolis Co. makes it difficult to understand Dr. C. B. 
Robinson's belief that. in Nova Scotia this species is restricted to 
Cape Breton (see p. 90). 

** Drosera longifolia x rotundifolia, n. hybr., petiolis sparse 
pilosis, laminis late obovatis. 

Petioles sparingly pilose; blades broadly obovate.—Nova SCOTIA: 
with the two parents and exactly intermediate between them, on a 
knoll in wet peaty slough in barrens, Lower Argyle, August 11, 1920, 
Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long & Linder, no. 21,349 (TYPE in Gray 
Herb.). See p. 155. 

TILLAEA AQUATICA L. SHELBURNE Co.: damp sand-flats back of 
Leach, Villagedale. See p. 150. 

Sedum acre L. SHELBURNE Co.: ledgy roadside, Barrington. 

S. stoloniferum Gmel. Spreading to rocky or gravelly roadsides 
at many points in Digby, Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. See p. 
94. 

S. nosEUM (L.) Scop. Diasy Co.: basaltic cliffs by Bay of Fundy, 
Sandy Cove. See p. 163. 

** HAMAMELIS VIRGINIANA L., var. PARVIFOLIA (Nutt.) T. & G. 
Fl. i. 597 (1840). A very striking extreme of the species with the 
comparatively small and thick leaves densely stellate-hirsute and 
usually rufescent beneath. Described by Nuttall from Pennsyl- 
vania, and cited by Torrey & Gray from Louisiana, but the shrub 
occurs northward into New England and Nova Scotia. "The follow- 
ing are characteristic specimens. Nova Scotia: thickets bordering 


266 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


Great Pubnico Lake, September 6, 1920, Fernald, Long & Linder, 
no. 21,395; bank of East Branch of Tusket River, Quinan, October 
8, 1920, Fernald & Linder, no. 21,396. MatNE: damp woods, Orono, 
September, 1887, Fernald; South Poland, October, 1893, Furbish; 
Brunswick, August 26, 1913, Furbish. Vermont: Rutland, October 
3, 1898, Eggleston. MassAcuusETTS: Georgetown, C. N. S. Horner; 
damp rocky woods, West Roxbury, October 10, 1896, W. P. Rich; 
low woods, Montague, May 11, 1912, Wheeler & Wiegand. 

* RIBES HIRTELLUM Michx., var. CALCICOLA Fernald, RHODORA, 
xiii. 76 (1911). Commoner in Nova Scotia than the typical form of 
the species. The varietal designation a misnomer. 

R. LACUSTRE (Pers.) Poir. Swampy woods, Cumberland Co. to 
Hants Co. and Cape Breton. 

R. TRISTE Pallas, var. ALBINERVIUM (Michx.) Fernald. Rich low 
woods, Cumberland Co. to Hants Co. and Cape Breton. 

** PYRUS ARBUTIFOLIA (L.) L. f. Frequent in Yarmoura Co.: 
sterile meadows, Arcadia; gravelly thicket’ by Salmon (Greenville) 
Lake; thicket by Butler’s (Gavelton) L.; thicket by Great Pubnico 
L. Fruit cherry-red, maturing later than that of the commoner P. 
ARBUTIFOLIA, var. ATROPURPUREA (Britton) Robinson. See p. 156. 

P. dumosa (Greene) n. comb. Sorbus Aucuparia, B. Michx. Fl. 
Bor.-Am. i. 290 (1803). P. sambucifolia of Eastern American records, 
not C. & S. P. americana, var. decora Sarg. Silva, xiv. 101 (1892). 
S. dumosa Greene, Pittonia, iv. 129 (1900). S. scopulina Greene, 
l. c. 130 (1900). S. subvestita Greene, |. c. (1900). Pyrus sitchensis 
Piper, Mazama, ii. 107 (1901) in part, not Sorbus sitchensis Roem. 
S. decora. (Sarg.) Schneider, Bull. Herb. Boiss. sér. 2, vi. 313 (19006). 
—Apparently throughout, but less common than P. americana. 

Sorbus sitchensis Roem. Syn. Mon. iii. 139 (1847), the nomencla- 
torial basis of Pyrus sitchensis (Roem.) Piper, with which our shrub 
and small tree has been recently identified, proves, according to 
Rehder, to be the S. pumila Raf. which was later described as P. 
occidentalis Watson. This species certainly has little to do with our 
large-fruited tree and shrub; but there seems to be no specific distinc- 
tion between the common Rocky Mountain species and ours. 

Frére Arséne has collected on Miquelon a hybrid of P. americana 
with P. arbutifolia, var. atropurpurea. Similar hybrids of P. ameri- 
cana or the introduced P. Aucuparia with P. arbutifolia and P. 
melanocarpa are occasionally found in New England. Such frequent 
occurrences of natural hybrids between these species, which are con- 
sidered by many authors as distinct genera (Sorbus and Aronia) 
would seem to weaken the line of separation between these “ genera.” 

** AMELANCHIER STOLONIFERA Wiegand, RHODORA, xiv. 144 
(1912). Apparently not common in the province. ANNAPOLIS Co.: 
boggy depressions and moist thickets on sandy plains, Middleton. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 267 

** A. STOLONIFERA Wiegand, var. lucida, n. var., foliis crassis 
supra atroviridibus lucidis; ovario ad apicem glabro vel sparse pu- 
bescente. 

Leaves thick, dark green and lustrous above: ovary glabrous at 
apex or only ‘sparsely pubescent—Nova Scoria: dry rocky and 
gravelly railroad right-of-way, west of Bridgewater, July 17, 1920, 
Fernald, Bissell, Pease, Long & Linder, no. 21,432; slaty ledges and 
cobbly upper beach of Shubenacadie Grand Lake, July 19, Fernald 
& Bissell, no. 21,433; dry open barrens, Springhill Junction, July 
18, Pease & Long, no. 21,434; dryish open sandy plain, Middleton, 
July 20, Fernald, Pease & Long, no. 21,435, Bean & White, no. 21,436; 
moist woods and thickets, Middleton, July 21, Fernald & Pease, 
no. 21,437 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); boggy barrens west of Goose Lake, 
Argyle, August 4, Fernald & White, no. 21,438; boggy barrens near 
Clement Pond, Barrington, August 9, Fernald, Long & Linder, 
no. 21,439. For further discussion see pp. 130, 135, 138. 

** A. CANADENSIS (L.) Medic.; Wiegand, Ruopora, xiv. 150 (1912). 
Hants Co.: talus of gypsum cliffs, Five-Mile River. See pp. 136, 
170. 

** A. LAEVIS Wiegand, var. nitida (Wiegand), n. comb. A. laevis, 
forma nitida Wiegand, Ruopora, xiv. 155 (1912). 

This green- and lustrous-leaved extreme is so characteristic and 
uniform on the wooded terraces of Sissiboo River, Weymouth (nos. 
21,441, 21,442) that it seemed to all members of the party who saw 
it a very distinct shrub. Also collected in mixed woods on the south- 
ern slope of North Mountain, Middleton, Long, no. 21,447. 

** A. INTERMEDIA Spach; Wiegand, RHopora, xxii. 147 (1920). 
Wet or dry open soil, thickets, borders of woods, etc. Common, at 
least from Yarmouth to Hants and Queens Cos. See p. 103. 

** CRATAEGUS JONESAE Sargent. QuEENs Co.: hillside pasture, 
Bell Point, Port Mouton. See p. 159. 

FRAGARIA VESCA L., var. AMERICANA Porter. Hants Co.: talus 
of gypsum cliffs near Five-Mile River. Vicrorta Co.: rock faces 
and crevices of gypsum cliffs, Port Bevis. See pp. 136, 170. 

* Potentilla recta L. Dicey Co.: dry open fields, Digby. 

P. rruticosa L. YamMourH Co.: open spruce bog near Cedar 
Lake. Diapy Co.: wet savannah along Little River east of Tidd- 
ville; dry clayey roadside, Sandy Cove. Hants Co.: talus of gyp- 
sum cliffs near Five-Mile River. See p. 101. 

* P. Anserina L., var. sericea Hayne. See Fernald, RHODORA, 
xi. 8 (1909). Naturalized in waste ground about wharves at Yar- 
mouth. 

P. procumbens Sibth. Yarmoutu Co.: along path in spruce and 
alder thicket, Lower Argyle. Vicrorta Co.: grassy road through 
spruce and fir woods, Baddeck. See p. 155. 

** Filipendula hexapetala Gilib. Roadside thicket, Yarmouth. 


268 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


* F. Ulmaria (L.) Maxim. Abundantly naturalized by roadsides 
about Yarmouth. 

GEUM CANADENSE Jacq. Frequent in rich soil about towns, often 
appearing like an introduced weed. See p. 137. 

G. VIRGINIANUM L. Not seen west of Annapolis Co. See pp. 137, 
170. 

G. srRICTUM Ait. Frequent from Annapolis Co. eastward. See 
p. 137. 

Rubus idaeus L. See Fernald, Ruopora, xxi. 96 (1919). Well 
established as a garden escape about Yarmouth. 

R. IDAEUS, var. srTRIGOSUS (Michx.) Maxim.; Fernald, |. c. Fer- 
quent but apparently less common than the next. 

R. IDAEUS, var CANADENSIS Richardson; Fernald, l. c. 97. Fre- 
quent. 

R. CHAMAEMORUS L. Common on boggy barrens of the Atlantic 
slope, rare elsewhere. . Dicsv Co.: Tiddville. 

R. ALLEGHENIENSIS Porter. Common in dry thickets and clear- 
ings eastward at least to Halifax and Pictou Cos. 

** R, GLANDICAULIS Blanchard, var. neoscoticus, n. var., a forma 
typica recedit caulibus crassioribus; foliis supra breviter villosis, 
subtus densissime subvelutinis; pedicellis crassioribus rectis. 

Differing from the typical form of the species in its stouter canes: 
leaves short-villous above, very densely almost velvety beneath: ped- 
icels stouter, straight.—Yarmouth County, Nova SCOTIA: re- 
cently burned clearing near Beaver Lake, July 11, 1920, Fernald, 
Bissell, Pease, Long & Linder, no. 21,600; roadside thicket, Welling- 
ton, July 11, 1920, Fernald, Bissell, Pease, Long & Linder, no. 21,569 
(TYPE in Gray Herb.); rocky roadside thicket, Yarmouth, Septem- 
ker 7, 1920, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 21,603; abundant in and 
around Yarmouth, July 25, 1909, W. H. Blanchard, nos. 718, 719; 
dryish thickets, Sand Beach, July 12, 1920, Fernald & Linder, no. 
21,543; dry thickets and borders of woods, Belleville, July 27, 1920, 
Long & Linder, no. 21,549; rocky clearing west of Eel Lake, July 27, 
1920, Fernald, Bean & White, no. 21,579. 

In its best development var. neoscotica has grayish foliage dull 
above, lustrous beneath, and the leaflets, especially of the new canes 
so full as to appear puckered or strongly rugose. Typical R. GLANDI- 
CAULIS, which was collected by Blanchard at Granville, Annapolis 
Co. (no. 717), and which is frequent in southern New Brunswick and 
on Prince Edward Island, is a more slender plant, with the leaves gla- 
brous and shining above, pubescent but hardly lustrous beneath, 
and its pedicels almost capillary and usually upwardly arching. 
Material from Canso (Fowler) is somewhat transitional. 

** R. onanrus Blanchard, Rropona, viii. 169 (1906). Frequent 
in damp thickets of Digby, Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. Markedly 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 269 


less pubescent than R. allegheniensis, though with the lower leaf- 
surfaces thinly velvety; the racemes (except at tip of cane) copiously 
leafy-bracted, and the sparingly glandular pedicels more often with 
scattered bristles; in these characters closely matching the series of 
Blanchard's Cape Porpoise specimens designated by him as the type. 
Heretofore known from York Co., Maine and from Cape Cod, Mas- 
sachusetts. Dıesy Co.: rich moist open thicket by brook, Sandy 
Cove, Fernald & Long, mos. 21,589, 21,592, 21,602. YARMovrTH Co.: 
gravelly shore of Lake Annis, Bissell, Pease & Linder, no. 21,568; 
open woods and thickets near Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton, 
Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 21,609; damp rocky thicket, Pubnico, 
Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 21,613. SHELBURNE Co.: rocky spruce 
and alder thickets, and dry gravelly slopes, Shag Harbor, Fernald, 
Bissell & Linder, nos. 21,581, 21,617 and 21,628. 

R. AwNpnEWsIANUS Blanchard. YamMovrH Co.: open rocky 
woods and thickets near Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton, Fern- 
ald, Long & Linder, no. 21,540; moist clearing in spruce woods near 
Randel Lake, Argyle, Long & Linder, no. 21,624. 

** R, AMNICOLA Blanchard, Ruopora, viii. 170 (1906) as R. amni- 
colus. The type collection is well matched by our material from 
Dicsy Co.: gravelly railroad bank, Digby, Bissell, Pease, Long & 
Linder, no. 21,625. 

Brainerd & Peitersen treat R. amnicola as a hybrid of R. argutus 
and R. canadensis. As yet no typical R. argutus has been found in 
Nova Scotia, the nearest approach to it being R. Andrewsianus 
which they consider a hybrid of R. allegheniensis and R. argutus. 

R. CANADENSIS L. Common throughout the province. 

R. muutirormis Blanchard. Blanchard included different plants 
under this name. The typical species is a very distinct low-arching 
or trailing, freely branching and “tipping” shrub, with remotely 
prickly coarse canes, glabrous leaves with caudate-tipped leaflets 
and very lax and elongate racemes (suggesting those of R. elegantulus), 
the filiform pedicels not bristly. The following Nova Scotia mater- 
ial closely matches Blanchard’s type series. KiNcGs Co.: Kentville, 
Blanchard, no. 726. ANNApoLis Co.: Annapolis, Blanchard, no. 
727. Diesy Co.: thickets bordering savannahs by Little River, 
Tiddville, Fernald & Long, no. 21,576; thickets and steep wooded 
banks along Sissiboo River, Weymouth, Fernald, Bissell, Graves, 
Long & Linder, no. 21,537; moist mixed woods and thickets, Mete- 
ghan, Fernald & Long, no. 21,560; clearings in wet spruce woods, 
Meteghan, Fernald & Long, no. 21,562. YAnMourH Co.: low woods 
and thickets by Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton, Fernald, Long 
& Linder, no. 21,590; boggy clearings and borders of spruce woods, 
Pubnico, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 21,611; thicket bordering Great 
Pubnico Lake, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 21,539. QuvkkNs Co.: 
gravelly thicket near mouth of Broad River, Fernald & Bissell, no. 
21,621. 


270 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 


This species may prove to be an extreme of R. elegantulus. 

** R. BIFORMISPINUS Blanchard. SHELBURNE Co.: rocky spruce 
and alder thickets, Shag Harbor, Fernald, Bissell & Linder, no. 
21,618. 

** R. RECURVANS Blanchard. Yarmouru Co.: upper border of 
cobbly beach of Tusket (Vaughan) Lake, Gavelton, Fernald, Long & 
Linder, no. 21,618; rocky clearing west of Eel Lake, Fernald, Bean & 
White, no. 21,578. 

R. RECURVICAULIS Blanchard, Ruopora, viii. 153 (1906). Ap- 
parently throughout the province. The following are referred here. 
Vicrorta Co.: fencerows, thickets and borders of woods, Baddeck, 
Fernald & Long, no. 21,573. GuysBoroucH Co.: Boylston, Hamil- 
ton, no. 19,985 (Geol. Surv. Can. as R. canadensis). Hatirax Co.: 
Purcell’s Cove, Halifax Harbor, Howe & Lang, no. 1578 (as R. Ran- 
dii); Dartmouth, Blanchard, nos. 735, 736. QuEENS Co.: dry bor- 
der of woods, Port Mouton, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 21,601. 
SHELBURNE Co.: spruce and maple swamp by Clement Pond, Bar- 
rington, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 21,6023. YArmoutH Co.: grav- 
elly thicket bordering Salmon (Greenville) Lake, Fernald, Long & 
Linder, no. 21,620; gravelly railroad embankment, Yarmouth, Fer- 
nald, Long & Linder, no. 21,005.  DiGBv Co.: dry open field, Digby, 
Bissell, Pease, Long & Linder, no. 21,626. ANNAPOLIS Co.: dryish 
open sandy plains, Middleton, Fernald, Pease & Long, nos. 21,547, 
21,597, 21,598. 

Rydberg in the North American Flora (xxii. 474, 475) assigns R. 
procumbens Muhl. a range from “ Maine to Virginia,” etc., but treats 
R. recurvicaulis, which is common in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, 
as R. pergratus X procumbens. In view of the fact that neither R. 
pergratus nor R. procumbens is known in either Nova Scotia or New- 
foundland R. recurvicaulis would seem, by Rydberg's interpretation, 
to be one of the absent treatment hybrids so popular with many stu- 
dents of Rubus. Rydberg includes other such supposed hybrids on 
the same page (in view of the fact that R. procumbens is unknown 
from east of southern Maine): “R. canadensis X procumbens . 
Nova Scotia and Maine" and “R. hispidus X procumbens . 

Nova Scotia to Vermont and Long Island, New York." 

I have been unable to separate from KR. recurvicaulis, Blanchard's 
R. arenicola, Ruopora, viii. 151 (1906) as R. arenicolus. See p. 138. 

R. PLICATIFOLIUS Blanchard, Ruopora, viii. 149 (1906). Yan- 
MOUTH Co.: swampy woods and wet thickets by Eel Lake, Fernald, 
Bean & White, no 21,580. 

* R. gunceus Blanchard. YamgMovrH Co.: sphagnous swale 
bordering Beaver Lake, Fernald, Bissell, Pease, Long & Linder, no. 
21,556. 


1921] Fern: ‘a Scotia 271 


R. vERMONTANUS Blanchard, Am. Bot. vii. 1 (1904). Diapy Co.: 
moist thicket, Sandy Cove, Fernald & Long, no. 21,591; open sphag- 
nous bog and moist thickets, Meteghan, Fernald & Long, nos. 21,550, 
21,561; dry banks along railroad, Hectanooga, Bissell, Pease & Lin- 
der, no. 21,588. YamRMovTH Co.: peat bog, Pembroke Shore, Long 
& Linder, no. 21,627; dryish thickets, Sand Beach, Fernald & Linder, 
no. 21,544. SHELBURNE Co.: rocky spruce and alder thickets, 
Shag Harbor, and rocky railroad bank, Wood Harbor, Fernald, Bis- 
sell & Linder, nos. 21,582, 21,6161, and 21,639. 

This material is a perfect match for Blanchard’s original specimens 
from York County, Maine, of /t. peculiaris, a plant which is rightly 
referred by Brainerd & Peitersen to R. vermontanus. Rydberg (No. 
Am. Fl. xxii. 477) treats R. peculiaris as a hybrid of R. nigricans 
(apparently R. setosus Bigel.) and R. pergratus, but until R. pergratus 
is found in western Nova Scotia, where R. peculiaris (or R. vermon- 
lanus) is frequent, such a disposition of it there would seem hardly 
satisfactory. Incidentally, H. pergratus has the leaves velvety be- 
neath and coarse prickles, R. peculiaris glabrous leaves and fine al- 
most bristle-like prickles. 

R. rarpatus Blanchard. One of the most characteristic “ half- 
high” species of damp thickets. CUMBERLAND Co.: gravelly thick- 
ets south of Amherst, Fernald, no. 21,586. HarirAx Co.: thicket 
bordering ledgy and cobbly beach of Shubenacadie Grand Lake, 
Fernald & Bissell, nos. 21,553, 21,556. ANNaPoLIis Co.: Middle- 
ton, Blanchard, no. 732. Diasy Co.: clearings in wet spruce woods, 
Meteghan, Fernald & Long, no. 21,564. YAnMourH Co.: sphagnous 
swale bordering Beaver Lake, Fernald, Bissell, Pease, Long & Linder, 
no. 21,571; thicket at border of sandy and peaty beach, Trefry’s 
Lake, Arcadia, Fernald & Long, no. 21,606; low woods and thickets 
by Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton, Fernald, Long & Linder, 
no. 21,608; thicket bordering Great Pubnico Lake, Fernald, Long & 
Linder, no. 21,612. See p. 156. 


Since R. tardatus is a dominant and very constant species of boggy 
thickets and lake-margins of Nova Scotia and of Prince Edward 
Island, Brainerd & Peitersen's treatment of it as “ R. flagellaris x 
selosus" seems hardly satisfactory. R. flagellaris is unknown from 
east of southern Maine and R. setosus is not known from Prince Ed- 
ward Island (the material so referred in the 7th edition of Gray's 
Manual being wrongly determined) and the only plant we have from 
Nova Scotia which is possibly referable to it is wholly uncharacter- 
istic and may belong to another species. 

** R. ABBREVIANS Blanchard. YARMOUTH Co.: rocky roadsides 
and borders of woods, Yarmouth, Pease & Long, no. 21,585, Fernald, 
Bean & White, no. 21,545, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 21,557. 


272 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


More glandular and less bristly than the characteristic shrub of 
the upland region of New Hampshire and Vermont but seemingly 
referable to it. A plant of ANNAPOLIS Co.: moist woods and thick- 
ets, Middleton, Fernald & Pease, no. 21,541, is less characteristic 
but is temporarily referred here. 

* Rupus sETOsUs Bigel. Our only Nova Scotian material which 
is possibly referable to R. setosus is from Diagsy Co.: border of clear- 
ing in wet mixed woods, Hectanooga, Long & Linder, no. 21,577, a 
remarkably stout development, with long canes 7 mm. in diameter 
and with unusually firm and thickened bristles, perhaps not correctly 
referred to KR. setosus. 

R. ARCUANS Fernald & St. John, Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist. xxxvi. 
78, t. 2, fig. 7 (1921). To the Nova Scotia stations originally pub- 
lished should be added the following. AxNarours Co.: Granville, 
Blanchard, no. 728 (as R. biformispinus). Yarmouru Co.: gravelly 
bank, Yarmouth, Pease & Linder, no. 21,584; gravelly roadside near 
Saller Lake, Kemptville, Fernald & Linder, no. 21,538. 

** R. JAcENS Blanchard. Common in southern Digby and Yar- 
mouth Cos. Dicpy Co.: moist thicket, Meteghan, Fernald & Long, 
no. 21,551. Yarmouts Co.: rocky and gravelly woods and thickets 
bordering Cedar Lake, Fernald, Bissell, Pease, Long & Linder, no. 
21,599; damp to dryish roadside thickets, Yarmouth, Fernald, Bean 
& White, no. 21,546; gravelly railroad embankment, Yarmouth, 
Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 21,558; dry gravelly railroad embank- 
ment, Arcadia, Pease & Long, no. 21,542; gravelly thicket, Lower 
Argyle, Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long & Linder, no. 21,619. 

Treated by Brainerd & Peitersen as “ R. hispidus x setosus.” The 
abundance of characteristic R. jacens in western Nova Scotia, where 
R. setosus is excessively rare if not quite unknown, suggests that the 
former is now, at least, a well established species. 

R. nisprpus L. Common throughout. 

R. HISPIDUS, var. MAJOR Blanchard, Ruopora, viii. 213 (1906). 
YanMouTH Co.: rocky roadside thicket, Yarmouth, Fernald, Long 
& Linder, no. 21,604. 

Alchemilla vulgaris L.; Fernald & Wiegand, Rmoponma, xiv. 232 
(1912). A very abundant and rapidly spreading weed of fields and 
roadsides in Digby, Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos.; not eaten by 
browsing animals. See p. 94. 

AGRIMONIA GRYPOSEPALA Wallr. Less common than A. STRIATA 
Michx., but found in rich thickets and woods from Digby Co. to Cape 
Breton. See p. 146. 

** Rosa rugosa Thunb. This familiar hardy rose, now well natur- 
alized on the coast of New England, is likewise becoming established 
at Yarmouth. 

Prunus SEROTINA Ehrh. Frequent from Halifax Co. westward. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 273 


* Lupinus polyphyllus Lindl. See Fernald, RHODORA, xvi. 94 
(1914). Very abundantly naturalized on dry roadside banks, Che- 
bogue Point, and less abundantly at other places in Yarmouth Co. 
Well naturalized along gravel of Salmon River, Truro. Beginning 
to spread from cultivation at Baddeck. See p. 105. 

L. nootkatensis Donn. See Fernald, l. c. With the preceding in 
great abundance at Chebogue Point, Yarmouth Co. See p. 105. 

** Trifolium pratense L., var. frigidum Gaudin. YarMouTH Co.: 
seepy open peaty slopes, Yarmouth. See p. 95. 

** T. dubium Sibth. Yarmoutu Co.: roadsides, Darling Lake, 
Arcadia and Belleville. See p. 101. 

** Vicia angustifolia (L.) Reichard, var. uncinata (Desv.) Rouy & 
Foucaud; Fernald & Wiegand, Rnopoma, xi. 140 (1910). Waste 
places about Yarmouth. Becoming well naturalized also in eastern 
Maine, New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island and Newfoundland. 
See p. 95. 

LATHYRUS PALUSTRIS L. See Fernald, RHopora, xiii. 50 (1911). 
QukENS Co.: damp dune-thicket, Central Port Mouton. The 
plant generally passing as L. palustris is var. pILOsUS (Cham.) Ledeb. 

L. PALUSTRIS, var. MACRANTHUS (T. G. White) Fernald, RHODORA, 
l. c. ANNAPOLIS Co.: crests of basalt cliffs by Bay of Fundy, Mar- 
garetville. 

* L. pratensis L. CUMBERLAND Co.: border of boggy swale, 
Springhill Junction. See p. 132. 

APIOS TUBEROSA Moench. Yarmouth Co.: thickets bordering 
Salmon (Greenville) Lake; thicket bordering beach of Butler’s (Gav- 
elton) L., Gavelton. QuEENS Co.: damp thicket, Central Port 
Mouton. Hauitrax Co.: gravelly thicket bordering Shubenacadie 
Grand Lake. See p. 147. 

AMPHICARPA MONOICA (L.) Ell. HarrFAx Co.: thicket bordering 
beach of Shubenacadie Grand Lake. 

* Geranium pratense L. Waste ground, Yarmouth. Collected in 
1913 in dry fields, Springville, Pictou Co. (St. John, no. 1431). 

* Euphorbia hirsuta (Torr.) Wiegand. Railroad gravel, Wey- 
‘mouth and North Sydney. Doubtless more general along the rail- 
roads. 

CALLITRICHE HETEROPHYLLA Pursh. All our collections of 
Callitriche from Yarmouth Co. are of this species, no C. palustris 
being noted southwest of Annapolis Co. C. heterophylla was collected 
at various stations throughout the province. 

CorEMA Conrabit Torr. Already well known from dry plains 
and barrens of Halifax, Kings and Annapolis Cos. Frequent in 
appropriate habitats in Yarmouth, Shelburne and Queens Cos. 
See pp. 92, 137, 138, 142, 148, 150. 

[LEX VeRTICILLATA (L.) Gray. The Black Alder is so exceedingly 
variable that it often seems as if some definite specific lines should 


274 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 


be found in the group. I have spent much time in studying the 
seeds from all ripe fruit at hand in the hope that these would furnish 
sound characters, but, although the seeds show great diversity in 
size (2.8-4.5 mm. long) and outline, these variations seem to be in 
no way associable with other characters or with definite ranges. 
Besides the typical form of the species, which is common in Nova 
Scotia, the following recognizable varieties occur. 


**[. vERTICILLATA, var. PADIFOLIA (Willd.) T. & G. QUEENS 
Co.: wet boggy thickets near Louis Lake, Port Joli. See p. 159. 

I. VERTICILLATA, var. TENUIFOLIA (Torr.) Wats. YARMouTH Co.: 
moist, rocky wooded slope, Tusket. Harrrax Co.: cool damp 
woods, Windsor Junction, Howe & Lang, no. 415. 

** [. VERTICILLATA (L.) Gray, var. fastigiata (Bicknell), n. comb. 
I. fastigiata Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxix. 426 (1912).—Yar- 
MOUTH Co.: swampy spruce woods and thickets, southwest shore 
of Trefry’s Lake, Arcadia; gravelly thicket by Fanning Lake, Carle- 
ton; thicket bordering Great Pubnico Lake (less characteristic form). 
See p. 109. 

I. GLABRA (L.) Gray. Frequent or common, often dominant in 
spruce woods, bogs and on wet or dry barrens, Digby and Yarmouth 
Cos. to Halifax Co. See pp. 91, 97, 98, 105, 110, 142. 148, 158, 159, 
161. 

* ACER RUBRUM L., var. TRIDENS Wood. Occasional from Yar- 
mouth Co. to Queens Co. See pp. 102, 151. 

RHAMNUS ALNIFOLIA L'Hér. CUMBERLAND Co.: openings in 
swampy woods, Springhill Junction. 

HYPERICUM BOREALE (Britton) Bicknell. Common throughout 
the province. 

** H, DISSIMULATUM Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xl. 610 (1913). 
YARMOUTH Co.: boggy swale, Tusket Falls; wet moss, Argyle Head. 
Hauirax Co.: gravelly beach of Third Lake, Windsor Junction. 
See p. 149. 

** ELATINE MINIMA (Nutt.) Fisch. & Meyer; Fernald, RHODORA, 
xix. 13 (1917). Shallow water at sandy, muddy or gravelly margins 
of lakes, common in Digby, Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. In the 
tidal mud of the Tusket, fruiting when only 2-3 mm. high. 

Although here recorded for the first time in Canada, E. minima 
was collected by Fernald, Long & St. John (no. 7765) in 1912 in Lake 
Verde, Prince Edward Island. 

LECHEA INTERMEDIA Leggett. Common in dry open soil in most 
silicious regions. See p. 138. 

VIOLA CUCULLATA Ait., forma PRIONOSEPALA (Greene) Brainerd, 
RHODORA, xv. 112 (1913). Commoner than the glabrous form in 
Yarmouth Co. 

* V. cUCULLATA, var. MICROTITIS Brainerd, l. c. Diapy Co.: 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 215 
mixed woods, Hectanooga. YarmMouTH Co.: wet thickets and 
woods, Yarmouth. 

V. SEPTENTRIONALIS Greene. Common throughout the province. 

V. FIMBRIATULA Sm. Dry open soil, Yarmouth Co. to Annapolis 
and Halifax Cos. See p. 138. 

V. PRIMULIFOLIA L. Damp sand, gravel and peat, Yarmouth 
and Shelburne Cos. See p. 150. l 

V. INCOGNITA Brainerd. Common in wet woods and thickets. 

V. INCOGNITA, var. Forgesi Brainerd, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxviii. 
8 (1911). Common, usually in drier or upland woods. 

V. RENIFOLIA, var. BRAINERDII (Greene) Fernald, RHODORA, xiv. 
88 (1912). Rich or calcareous woods from Annapolis Co. to Cape 
Breton. 

V. ERIOCARPA Schwein., var. leiocarpa Fernald & Wiegand, n. 
var., ovariis capsulisque glabris. 

Ovaries and capsules glabrous.—Eastern Quebec to Minnesota, 
south to North Carolina, Tennessee, Missouri and Kansas. TYPE: 
Breezy Point, Warren, New Hampshire, July 21, 1907, E. F. Wil- 
liams in Gray Herb. 

In Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora, ed. 2, ii. 559, Brainerd 
takes up the name Viola eriocarpa Schwein. as the earliest. specific 
name for the plant he had formerly called V. scabriuscula Schwein. 


€ 


and describes it as having “capsule ovoid, woolly or sometimes 


This description of the fruit is certainly in accord with 


glabrous." 


the specific name but it is doubtful if most botanists of the northern- 
most states and adjacent Canada would recognize it as applying to 
the common yellow violet of rich woods, which they have been ac- 
customed to call V. scabriuscula. In the Maritime Provinces, Que- 
bec, New England and New York the authors have never seen V. 
eriocarpa except with glabrous ovary and capsule; but a single speci- 
men in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club from Hart- 
ford County, Connecticut (Tariffville, Winslow & Hill) shows that 
the plant with woolly capsule rarely occurs in the Northeast. We 
have examined 154 sheets of the species in which the ovary or cap- 
sule is displayed. In 12 sheets (1 from Connecticut, 2 from the same 
station in Maryland, 1 from southern Ontario, 2 from Indiana, 1 
from Illinois, 1 from Minnesota, 1 from Kansas, and 3 from Okla- 
homa) the ovary or capsule is woolly; in 2 sheets (1 from Indiana, 
1 from Wisconsin) some plants have woolly, some glabrous capsules; 
while 140 sheets (6 from Quebec, 2 from New Brunswick, 1 from 
Nova Scotia, 24 from Maine, 21 from New Hampshire, 14 from Ver- 
mont, 27 from Massachusetts, 1 from Rhode Island, 8 from Con- 


270 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 


necticut, 5 from New York, 9 from Pennsylvania, 2 from the Dis- 
trict of Columbia, 1 from West Virginia, 1 from Virginia, 1 from North 
Carolina, 1 from Indiana, 2 from Tennessee, 2 from Michigan, 1 
from Wisconsin, 3 from Illinois, 1 from Minnesota, 1 from Iowa, 
5 from Missouri, and 1 from Kansas) have the ovary or capsule 
strictly glabrous. Mr. Walter Deane informs us that in his extensive 
herbarium there is only one sheet of V. eriocarpa (and that a number 
from Oklahoma already checked in the Gray Herbarium) with 
pubescent capsules. It is thus apparent that the more widely dis- 
persed plant has glabrous capsules and, extending far to the north- 
east of the nomenclatorially typical V. eriocarpa, is worthy varietal 
separation.! 

Rather local in Nova Scotia; probably confined to the calcareous 
districts. Hants Co.: alluvial woods along Five-Mile River. Ni- 
chols’s report of V. canadensis (Veg. No. Cape Breton, 283) as char- 
acterizing the climax forest of Cape Breton was based on V. erio- 
carpa, var. leiocarpa. 

V. consPERSA Reichenb. Occasional from Digby Neck to Cape 
Breton. 

SHEPHERDIA CANADENSIS (L.) Nutt. To the already recorded 
stations on Cape Breton may be added: rock-faces and crevices of 
gypsum cliffs, Port Bevis. See pp. 164, 170. 

** DECODON VERTICILLATUS (L.) Ell., var. LAEvicATUS T. & G.; 
Fernald, Rnopoma, xix. 154 (1917). SHELBURNE Co.: quaking 
peaty margin of Clement Pond, Barrington. See p. 150. 

Lythrum Salicaria L. CoLcmesteR Co.: low ground by rail- 
road, Truro. 

* RHEXIA VIRGINICA L. YarmMoutu Co.: wet thicket-margin by 
Randel Lake, Argyle; sandy shore of Great Pubnico L.; peaty margin 
of Kegeshook L. See pp. 149, 167, 168. 

EPILOBIUM PALUSTRE L. Wet thickets and swamps, from Annap- 
olis and Queens Cos. eastward. 

E. PALUSTRE, var. MONTICOLA Haussk. Common throughout, in 
open bogs and damp peaty barrens. 

* E. GLANDULOSUM Lehm., var. OCCIDENTALE (Trel.) Fernald, Ruo- 
DORA, xx. 35 (1918). Qurens Co.: damp dune-thicket, Central 
Port Mouton, very scarce. 

CIRCAEA LATIFOLIA Hill; Fernald, Ruopora, xix. 87 (1917). C. 
Lutetiana of American authors, not L. Hants Co.: alluvial woods 
along Five-Mile River. See pp. 137, 170. 

C. CANADENSIS Hill; Fernald, Ruopora, |. c. C. intermedia Ehrh. 
Hants Co.: alluvial woods along Five-Mile River. See pp. 137, 170. 


! Since the above was written, Mr. C. A. Weatherby has reported to us the typi- 
cal woolly-podded V. eriocarpa from 2 additional stations in Connecticut. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 277 


MyYRIOPHYLLUM ALTERNIFLORUM DC. CoLcHEsTER Co.: shal- 
low pool, flood-plain of Salmon River, Truro. See p. 133. 

M. EXALBESCENS Fernald, Ruopora, xxi. 120 (1919). Brackish 
water, Cape Breton: Sydney Mines and Baddeck. 

M. vERTICILLATUM L., var. PECTINATUM Wallr. CUMBERLAND 
Co.: spring-pools south of Amherst. See p. 131. 

* M. FARWELL Morong. Dicspy Co.: muddy cove in Lily Lake, 
Sandy Cove. See p. 163. 

* M. nuMILE (Raf.) Morong. Valley of the Tusket River, YAR- 
MOUTH Co.: peaty, sandy and muddy shores, pond-hole near head 
of St. John Lake, Springhaven, passing in deep water to forma NA- 
TANS (DC.) Fernald; tidal flats, Tusket Falls. See p. 105. 

M. TENELLUM Bigel. Shallow water at sandy or peaty lake-mar- 
gins of Yarmouth and Digby Cos. Nichols’s record of M. humile 
from Cape Breton belongs here. See pp. 105, 141, 142, 143, 163. 

PROSPERPINACA PALUSTRIS L. YARMOUTH Co.: boggy swales 
and savannahs about Tusket (Vaughan) and Butler’s (Gavelton) 
Lakes. See p. 165. 

** x P. INTERMEDIA Mackenzie, Torreya, x. 250 (1910). YAR- 
MovTH Co.: boggy savannah by Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavel- 
ton. Here as at several stations in Massachusetts and Rhode Island 
growing with P. palustris and P. pectinata and obviously a fertile 
hybrid of them. See p. 166. 

** P. PECTINATA Lam. YARMOUTH Co.: wet savannah bordering 
Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton; boggy savannah bordering St. 
John Lake, Springhaven; peaty and muddy dried-out pond-hole 
near head of St. John Lake. See pp. 165, 168. 

HIPPURIS VULGARIS L. YARMOUTH Co.: shallow pool, Pembroke 
Shore. CUMBERLAND Co.: spring-pools south of Amherst. 

ARALIA RACEMOSA L. Rich or calcareous wooded slopes, Hants 
Co. to Cape Breton. See p. 170. 

SANICULA MARILANDICA L. Hants Co.: alluvial woods along 
Five-Mile River. CUMBERLAND Co.: swampy woods, Springhill 
Junction. 

* S. GREGARIA Bicknell. Hawrs Co.: alluvial woods along Five- 
Mile River. See pp. 137, 170. 

HYDROCOTYLE AMERICANA L. Common in Yarmouth Co. 

OsmoruizA CrAYTONI (Michx.) Clarke. Rich, alluvial or cal- 
careous woods, Annapolis Co. to Cape Breton. See p. 170. 

O. DIVARICATA Nutt. ANNAPOLIS Co.: brookside in mixed woods, 
southern slope of North Mountain, north of Middleton. VICTORIA 
Co.: open woods about bases of gypsum cliffs, Port Bevis. See 
pp. 140, 170. 

Conium maculatum. Waste ground, Digby. 

* Levisticum officinale (L.) Koch. Yarmouts Co.: railroad bank, 
Lake Annis. 

** LILAEOPSIS LINEATA (Michx.) Greene. YarmMoutTH Co.: rocky 
and muddy tidal banks of Tusket River, Tusket. See p. 110. 


278 Rhodora [NovEMBER 


CoELOPLEURUM LUCIDUM (L.) Fernald, Ruopora, xxi. 146 (1919). 
Apparently common on gravelly or rocky sea-shores. See p. 99. 

CONIOSELINUM CHINENSE (L.) BSP. Queens Co.: mossy spruce 
woods near mouth of Broad River. See p. 159. 

Cornus RUGOSA Lam. C. circinata L'Hér. See Rehder, Ruo- 
DORA, xii. 122 (1910). Open woods and talus about gypsum cliffs. 
Hants Co.: Five-Mile River. Vicrorta Co.: Port Bevis. 

C. STOLONIFERA Michx. Common from Hants Co. eastward. 

* C. Amomum Mill. Vicrorta Co.: thicket along cold brook in 
woods at head of Baddeck Bay, Baddeck. See p. 164. 

C. ALTERNIFOLIA L. f. Common from northern Digby Co. to 
Cape Breton. Rare in YanMovTH Co.: rocky woods near Eel Lake. 

CHIMAPHILA UMBELLATA (L.) Nutt., var. CISATLANTICA Blake, 
RHODORA, xix. 241 (1917). Rare and local in the western counties; 
only scattered sterile plants found. 

PYROLA SECUNDA L., var. oBrUsATA Turez. DicGnv Co.: sphag- 
nous spruce swamp, Hectanooga. See p. 146. 

P. CHLORANTHA Sw.; Fernald, Rriopona, xxii. 51 (1920). ANNAP- 
otis Co.: mixed woods, southern slope of North Mountain, north 
of Middleton. 

P. CHLORANTHA, var. PAUCIFOLIA Fernald, Ruopora, l. ce. With 
the last. 

** P. ROTUNDIFOLIA L., var. ARENARIA Mert & Koch; Fernald, 
RHODORA, xxii. 122 (1920). Infrequent in the silicious areas. YAR- 
MOUTH Co.: border of dry spruce woods, Belleville. DicBv Co.: 
open pasture, Hectanooga. ANNAPOLIS Co.: damp Polytrichum- 
covered sandy plains, Middleton. See pp. 97, 138. 

P. ROTUNDIFOLIA L., var. AMERICANA (Sweet) Fernald, RHODORA, 
xxi. 122 (1920). Rare in the western counties; seen only at one 
station in YanMouTH Co.: wooded knoll in barrens west of Goose 
Lake, Argyle. 

** RHODODENDRON CANADENSE (L.) Torr., forma VIRIDIFOLIUM 
Fernald in Wilson & Rehder, Mon. Azal. 122 (1921). YARMOUTH 
Co.: a few scattered colonies in boggy thickets bordering Trefry’s 
Lake, Arcadia. See p. 145. 

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Uva-urst (L.) Spreng., var. CoactiLtis Fernald 
& Macbride, Ruopora, xvi. 212 (1914). Noted in the western 
counties only on the silicious areas from Lunenburg Co. to southern 
Yarmouth Co. 

(To be continued.) 


Vol. 23, no. 273, including pages 201 to 220 and plate 132, was issued 9 
January, 1922. 
Vol. 23, no. 274, including pages 221 to 246, was issued 26th January, 1922. 


Rhodora Plate 133 


Figs. 1-19. PLATYMONAS SUBCORDIFORMIS. 
Figs: 20-24. EcTocARPUS MITCHELLAE var. PARVA 
Figs. 25-26. AsTEROCOCCUS SUPERBUS. 


Dodora 


JOURNAL OF THE 


NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Conducted and published for the Club, by 


BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief. 


MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD 


HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors. 


WILLIAM PENN RICH ! . 
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND Publication Committee. 


Vol. 23. December, 1921. No. 276. 
CONTENTS: 

Notes on New England Hepaticae,—XVI. A. W. Evans. . . . 281 

Expedition to Nova Scotia (concluded). M. L. Fernald . . ., 284 

Barratt, Torrey and Schweinitz. C. 4. Weatherby. . . . . . 300 

Errata c EMMAMEET I I a ee 

IANUE TE oue rv IL. accu une MEM NM 


Moston, Mass. Providence, R. J. 


1052 Exchange Building | Preston and Rounds Co. 


RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New 
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies 
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1.8 or single numbers from them can be supe 
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes 
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the Plants of the 
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the 
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance 
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies 
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered 
in advance, will be furnished at cost. 

Address manuscripts and proofs to 
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass. 


Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to 
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass. 


Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. 


KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated 
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS and 
Howard W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rouwps Co., 
Providence, R. I. 


CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF 
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. 


For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the 
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue 
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not 
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto- 
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub- 
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for 
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other 
— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 
cards. 
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. 


CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by 
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's 
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the 
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each. 
Ten copies $1.50. 


MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated 
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. 

Vol. L Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson 
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the 
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00. 

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 


Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien- 
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per 
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50. 


TRbooora 


JOURNAL OF 


THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB 


Vol. 23. December, 1921. ` No. 276. 


NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND HEPATICAE,—XVI.! 
ALEXANDER W. Evans. 


'Tu difficult genus Scapania continues to occupy the attention of 
European students of the Hepaticae, and many new species have been 
proposed during recent years. Some of these have been accepted 
without question, others are now regarded as “small” species, while 
still others have been reduced to synonymy or to varietal rank. In 
the present paper one of the most distinct of these recently described 
species, S. hyperborea, is recorded from New England for the first 
time, and it is probable that others will eventually be discovered. The 
paper records also another species of Nardia from New England 
(making eight in all), lists a series of additions to local state floras 
and concludes with a revised census of New England Hepaticae. 


1. NARDIA FOSSOMBRONIOIDES (Aust.) Lindb. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 
10: 530. 1875. Jungermannia fossombronioides Aust. Proc. Acad. 
Philadelphia for 1869: 220. On moist rocks along the Shepaug 
River, Washington, Connecticut, August 16, 1921 (4. W. E.). New 
to New England. In 1919 the writer published an illustrated ac- 
count of this rare species,’ citing specimens from New Jersey, West 
Virginia and Illinois. Its discovery in Connecticut extends its 
known range to the northward, and the following specimens re- 
ceived from Dr. Conklin extend its range to the southward: Winston- 
Salem, North Carolina, September 5, 1920, P. O. Schallert 36, 43. 
'The plants from the Shepaug River grew in situations which are 
clearly submerged at certain seasons. When fresh the leaves were 


1 Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory. 
? Bryologist 22: 59. f. 1-7. 1919. 


282 Rhodora [DECEMBER 


decidedly crispate, presenting much the appearance of a Fossombronia, 
and the purple rhizoids increased the resemblance. "The only accom- 
panying species was Marchantia polymorpha, although Pellia epiphylla 
grew in the near vicinity. 

2. SCAPANIA HYPERBOREA JOrgensen, Forh. Vidensk.-Selsk. Christi- 
ania 1894*:56. 1894. S. irrigua var. alpina Bryhn, Nyt Mag. Naturw. 
40: 6. 1902 (in part). Martinellia hyperborea Arnell & Jensen, 
Naturw. Unters. Sarekgebietes 3: 97. 1907. On rocks above timber 
line. Mt. Katahdin, Maine, August 27, 1908 (4. W. E.); Mt. Lafay- 
ette, New Hampshire, July, 1908 (4. Lorenz). New to the North 
American mainland but previously reported from Greenland by 
C. Jensen.” 

This interesting species was first described from male plants col- 
lected in Norway. It was overlooked by K. Müller, when he published 
his monograph of Scapania in 1905, but was redescribed two years 
later by Arnell and Jensen, as indicated in the synonymy. "They 
were able to add an account of the female plant and to cite the species 
from Sweden, as well as from Norway. In 1915 M üller? recognized 
the validity of 5. hyperborea as a “kleine Art" and published excellent 
figures of it. He considers it an arctic species but admits the possibil- 
ity of its being found on the high mountains of Central Europe. 
Through the kindness of Dr. Arnell, who has devoted much attention 
to the European and Siberian species of Scapania, the writer has been 
able to study three Scandinavian specimens of S. hyperborea, and 
these agree in all essential respects with the New England specimens 
listed above. 

The plants grow in dense mats, sometimes in admixture with other 
Hepaticae, and are distinguished by a brown or reddish brown 
pigmentation. The somewhat rigid leaves are imbricated and the 
two lobes, in typical cases at least, arch only slightly or not at all 
across the stem. The keel is relatively long and is straight or some- 
what arched, a narrow entire wing being sometimes present. The 
dorsal lobe tends to be convex but is sometimes reflexed; it is broadly 
ovate in outline and usually measures 0.8-1 mm. in length by 0.7-0.9 
mm. in width. The apex varies from rounded to bluntly pointed, the 
margin is entire or vaguely sinuate, and there is little or no decurrence 

! Listed by Miss Lorenz under the name S. curta, Bryologist 11: 114. 1908. 


? Meddel. om Grönland 43: 166. 1910. 
3 Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora 6°: 415. f. 121. 1915. 


19211 Evans,—Notes on New England Hepaticae,--XVI 283 


at the base. The ventral lobe is plane to slightly convex; it has much 
the same shape as the dorsal lobe but is somewhat larger, measuring 
(in well-developed leaves) 1.2-1.5 mm. in length by 1-1.2 mm. in 
width. The apex and margin are like those of the dorsal lobes but the 
decurrence tends to be somewhat more marked. "The median leaf 
cells of the lobes measure about 20 x 15u and are marked by large 
pigmented trigones, usually with bulging sides and often giving the 
cell-cavities a more or less stellate outline. "The cuticle is smooth or 
nearly so. The gemmae, first described and figured by Müller, are 
oval bodies, mostly 15-204 in length and 10-15y in width. They 
occur in dense claret-colored masses and are mostly two-celled, 
although one-celled gemmae also occur. The lobes of the male 
bracts are almost equal, and the mouth of the perianth is sparingly 
toothed; otherwise the sexual plants yield no additional characters of 
importance. 

Jórgensen compared his species with the European 5. crassiretis 
Bryhn, but later writers have shown that its true relationship is 
with S. irrigua (Nees) Dumort. and S. paludicola Loeske & K. Müll. 
In both of these species trigones are a characteristic feature of the 
leaf-cells but are much less conspicuous than in S. hyperborea. The 
species are further distinguished by their yellowish green color, pale 
gemmae and abruptly pointed leaves, although in S. irrigua at least 
rounded leaves also are of frequent occurrence. The keels of the 
leaves in S. irrigua are much like those of S. hyperborea, but those of 
S. paludicola are normally wingless and strongly arched. 

Although the distinctions emphasized will usually serve to separate 
these three species without difficulty, certain European forms have 
been described which seem to connect S. hyperborea with its allies. 
The most important of these are the following: S. remota Kaalaas 
(1898), S. irrigua var. alpina Bryhn (1902), and S. paludicola var. 
Kaalaasi K. Müll. (1915). Müller regards S. remota as a variety of 
S. irrigua and reduces the var. alpina to synonymy under it; and he 
includes under the var. Kaalaasi some of the Swedish plants which 
Arnell and Jensen referred to S. hyperborea. In a recent letter from 
Dr. Arnell he writes that he now regards the var. alpina as an aggre- 
gate, made up in part of S. hyperborea and in part of S. paludicola; S. 
remota he considers an unimportant form of S. irrigua and the var. 
Kaalaasi as a scarcely more important form of S. paludicola. These 
divergent views clearly indicate that the plants in question are in 


284 Rhodora [DECEMBER 


need of further study. In the writer's opinion, however, S. hyperborea 
is as worthy of recognition as certain other species of Scapania which 
are accepted without question. 


The additions to local state floras, not already mentioned in the 
preceding pages, are as follows:— 

For Maine: Lunularia cruciata, Bar Harbor, Mt. Desert (A. Lorenz); 
Calypogeia fissa, Seal Harbor, Mt. Desert (E. L. Rand); C. Sullivantii, 
Upper Hadlock Pond, Mt. Desert (A. Lorenz); Cephaloziella bifida, 
Mt. Katahdin (A. Lorenz); Radula obconica, Pemetic Mountain Trail, 
Mt. Desert (A. Lorenz); Scapania paludosa, Sunken Heath Brook, 
Mt. Desert (E. L. Rand). 

For Vermont: Fossombronia foveolata, Grand Isle (A. Lorenz); 
Cephaloziella bifida, Lunenberg (A. Lorenz); Nardia obovata, Smug- 
gler’s Notch (A. Lorenz)'; Plagiochila Austini, Brandon (D. L. 
Dutton); Anthoceros crispulus, Jerico (A. W. E.). The Vermont “+” 
record for A. punctatus (see RHopoRaA 7: 58, 1905) was based on 
this last material; A. punctatus should therefore be marked in the 
list with a “—” sign. 

The census of New England Hepaticae now stands as follows: total 
number of species recorded, 194; number recorded from Maine, 148; 
from New Hampshire, 153; from Vermont, 134; from Massachusetts, 
121; from Rhode Island, 79; from Connecticut, 146; from all six states, 
63. 

SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC ScHOOL, YALE UNIVERSITY. 


THE GRAY HERBARIUM EXPEDITION TO NOVA SCOTIA, 
1920. 


M. L. FERNALD. 


(Continued from p. 278.) 


GAYLUSSACIA DUMOSA (Andr.) T. & G., var. BrgeLoviana Fernald, 
Ruopora, xiii.99(1911). Commonin boggy barrens andin sphagnous 
bogs, Yarmouth Co. to Halifax Co.; Cumberland Co.; and collected 
by others on Cape Breton. See pp. 99, 132, 148. 


1 The earlier Vermont record for this species was based on N. obscura (see RHODORA 
21: 160. 1919). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 285 


In Newfoundland, Nova Scotia and New England, where G. du- 
mosa, var. Bigeloviana is distinctively a shrub of wet bogs and sphag- 
nous pond-margins, it seems specifically distinct from typical G. du- 
mosa which occurs from Virginia to the Gulf States, where the species 
is characteristic of dry barrens. In typical G. dumosa the upper 
surfaces of the leaves and of the bracts of the inflorescences are 
scarcely if at all glandular, the corolla is 5-7 mm. long and the an- 
thers are 2.8-3.5 mm. long, while in the more northern var. Bige- 
loviana the upper surfaces of leaves and bracts are copiously glandu- 
lar, the corollas are 8-9 mm. long, and the anthers 4-5 mm. long. 
In order to test these characters in an intermediate area I have bor- 
rowed, through the kindness of Mr. Bayard Long, the material of 
the Philadelphia Academy, including the remarkable collection of 
the Philadelphia Botanical Club. A careful study of this extensive 
collection (about 60 sheets) from New Jersey, Delaware and eastern 
Pennsylvania shows that, while in a large proportion of cases typical 
G. dumosa and its var. Bigeloviana are readily distinguished in New 
Jersey and the adjacent region, there are too many cases in which 
the characters break down to allow the elevation of var. Bigeloviana 
to specific rank. Thus material from New Texas, Lancaster Co., 
Pennsylvania, with the copious glandularity of the northern shrub, 
has the small corolla (6.5-7 mm. long) and the small anthers (about 
3 mm.) of the southern; or material from Speedwell, New Jersey, 
with almost no glands on the foliage, has the large corolla (8.3 mm. 
long) and the long anthers (4.7 mm.) of the northern very glandular 
shrub, while almost glandless material from Manchester, New Jer- 
sey, has the longest corolla seen (9 mm.). It is clear, then, that, 
although very definite from southern New England to Newfound- 
landgvar. Bigeloviana in New Jersey and eastern Pennsylvania passes 
by various transitions into typical G. dumosa. 


VACCINIUM VACILLANS Kalm. YanwovrH Co.: upper border of 
cobble-beach of Butler's (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton. See p. 160. 
Recorded with doubt by Lindsay. 

* V. coRYMBOSUM L., var. AMOENUM (Ait.) Gray. Boggy thickets, 
spruce swamps and lake- -margins, common in southern Digby and 
Yarmouth Cos.; the foliage commonly lustrous and glabrous except 
for being hirsute on the veins beneath, but sometimes strictly glab- 
rous and often as densely pubescent as in V. atrococcum and some- 
times as small as in V. pennsylvanicum. The berries are commonly 
blue with a bloom but occasionally as black as in V. atrococcum. 
‘See pp. 97, 98, 109. 


286 Rhodora [DECEMBER 


V. CORYMBOSUM, var. PALLIDUM (Ait.) Gray. DıcsBy Co.: wet 
woods and thickets, Meteghan; swampy thickets and woods by 
Little Doueette Lake, Hectanooga. YarmoutH Co.: boggy thick- 
ets bordering Trefry's Lake, Arcadia. 

PRIMULA FARINOSA L., var. MACROPODA Fernald. ANNAPOLIS 
Co.: crests of basalt cliffs by Bay of Fundy, near Margaretville. 
See p 139. 

*SAMOLUS FLORIBUNDUS HBK. YanwourH Co.: rocky and 
muddy tidal banks of Tusket River, extending up-stream to Tusket 
Falls; brackish muddy and gravelly margin of Eel Lake. See pp. 
105, 142. 

Lysimachia punctata L. Thoroughly naturalized by roadsides in 
most parts of the province. See p. 95. 

STEIRONEMA CILIATUM (L.) Raf. Seen in the western counties 
only at one station in YARMouTH Co.: alder thicket, Yarmouth. 

** SABATIA KENNEDYANA Fernald, Ruopora, xviii. 150, t. 121 
(1916). YanwourH Co.: apparently general in the Tusket Valley, 
above the lower tidal reaches: peaty margin of Kegeshook Lake; 
very abundant on boggy savannah bordering St. John L., Spring- 
haven; sandy and gravelly margin of Pearl L., Kemptville; wet 
pockets in sandy and cobbly beach of Fanning L., Carleton; peaty 
and gravelly border, northwest side of Tusket (Vaughan) L. (flow- 
ering plants wholly submerged by high water); wet savannah bor- 
dering Butler's (Gavelton) L., Gavelton. See pp. 158, 160, 165, 
167. 

Macoun recorded S. chloroides Pursh (a southern relative of S 
Kennedyana) as on Sable Island, but St. John states (Proc. Bost. 
Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxvi. 89) that Macoun's material is Centaurium 
umbellatum. 


BarTonia viRGINICA (L.) BSP. Common in western Nova Sco- 
tia. Our collections are as follows. YARMovTH Co.: cobbly beaches 
of East Branch of Tusket and of Butler's Lake, Gavelton ; open spot 
in rocky woods near Eel L.; sandy and peaty bog, Sand Pond, Ar- 
gyle; dry rocky open thickets near Randel L., Argyle; dryish peaty 
barrens, Lower Argyle. SHELBURNE Co.: dry rocky or gravelly 
barrens near Clement Pond, Barrington. Queens Co.: dry blue- 
berry barrens near Louis L., Port Joli; openings in dryish thickets, 
Port Mouton; boggy thickets and border of swale, Central Port 
Mouton. AxNwaPoLis Co.: damp Polytrichum-covered sandy plains, 
Middleton. Recorded by J. M. Macoun, Ottawa Nat. xxiii. 192 
(1910) from Lunenburg Co. See pp. 138, 148, 154, 157, 159. 

B. pantcuLata (Michx.) Robinson. As already stated (pp. 149, 
153,156), B. paniculata, as it occurs in Nova Scotia, is tremendously 
variable and clearly passes into plants which closely approach the 
Newfoundland B. iodandra. As a result of prolonged but not wholly 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 287 


satisfying study the following treatment is proposed as the best I 
can yet arrive at. 


Calyx cleft nearly or quite to base: corolla-lobes lanceolate to 
narrowly oblong, sharply acuminate or at least acute. 
Plant yellowish-green, rarely purplish: inflorescence thyrsoid 
or a simple raceme: leaves and calyx-lobes firm, subulate 
to linear-lanceolate, yellowish-green or at most purple- 
tipped: flowers 2.5-5 mm. long: corolla-lobes mostly 
creamy-white, lance-acuminate, 0.7-1.5 mm. broad: an- 
thers mostly yellowish.................susus. B. paniculata (typical) 
Plant purplish or fulvous: inflorescence a simple raceme, 
rarely subpaniculate: leaves and calyx-lobes fleshy or 
herbaceous; the latter deeper green to purple, lanceolate 
to oblong: flowers 3.8-6 mm. long: corolla-lobes often 
purple-tipped or watery-white, lance-oblong, 1.2-2 mm. 
broad: anthers mostly purple.................... Var. intermedia. 
Calyx cleft (at least on one side) only two-thirds or three- 
fourths to base; its lobes herbaceous, oblong to ovate: 
corolla-lobes petaloid, oblong to narrowly ovate, blunt 
or merely acutish, 1-2 mm. broad. 
Racemes simple or dichotomous: pedicels clavate: 2 or 3 
calyx-lobes distinct to base: corolla 3-5 mm. long, 
creamy-white: anthers mostly yellowish......... Var. sabulonensis. 
Racemes mostly simple: pedicels filiform: calyx-tube 1-2 
mm. long: corolla 4-7 mm. long, often purple-tinged: 
anthersemostlyspunples--: «2.95. 2 eee eee res Var. iodandra. 
** B. PANICULATA (typical). Wet bogs, sphagnous quagmires, 
peaty and wet cobbly shores. YarmMoutH Co.: Jassy Lake, Lake 
Annis; Pembroke Shore; Porcupine L. and Trefry's L., Arcadia; 
Butler's (Gavelton) L., Gavelton; Sand Pond, Randel L. and Goose 
L., Argyle; wet barrens, Lower Argyle; St. John L., Springhaven. 
QuEENs Co.: near Louis L., Port Joli; near mouth of Broad River. 
** B. PANICULATA, var. intermedia, n. var., plantis purpurascenti- 
bus vel fulvescentibus; racemis simplicibus laxis, pedicellis elongatis; 
folis calycibusque herbaceis fulvo-viridibus vel purpurascentibus; 
lobis calycis distinctis lanceolatis vel oblongis; floribus 3.8-6 mm. 
longis; lobis corollae ochroleucis purpureo-tinctis vel translucentibus 
lanceolato-oblongis 1.2-2 mm. latis; antheris purpurascentibus. 
Widely distributed in Nova Scotia. RicHuwowp Co.: L'Ardoise, 
August, 1892, Walter Faxon. DicBv Co.: wet peaty hollows in 
savannahs along Little River, Tiddville, August 22, 1920, Fernald 
& Long, no. 22,299 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). YarMovrH Co.: boggy 
wood-road, Pembroke Shore, October 6, Fernald & Linder, no. 22,973; 
boggy swale by Tusket River, Tusket Falls, August 20, Fernald, 
Bissell, Graves, Long & Linder, no. 22,298; cobble-beach of Butler’s 
(Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton, September 4, Fernald, Long & Linder, 
no. 22,303; sphagnous bog near Argyle station, August 4, Long & 
Linder, no. 22,285; quagmire-pools in barrens near Goose Lake, 
Argyle, August 4, Fernald & White, no. 22,282; wet peaty sloughs 
in barrens, Lower Argyle, August 11, Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long & 
Linder, no. 22,287; boggy roadside, Pubnico, September 6, Fernald, 


288 Rhodora | [DECEMBER 


w- 


Long & Linder, no. 22,306. QuEENS Co.: wet sphagnous spruce 
bog near Louis Lake, Port Joli, August 17, Fernald, Long & Linder, 
no. 22,296; springy sphagnous bog in spruce woods near mouth of 
Broad Hiver, August 16, Fernald & Bissell, no. 22,292. 

Several collections from eastern Massachusetts to New Jersey are 
closely similar but less fleshy or herbaceous and with the anthers 
only tending to purplish, or at first reddish then changing to yellow. 
These seem to be transitional to var. intermedia but not so well de- 


fined as the Nova Scotian material. 

Var. sabulonensis (Fernald), n. comb. B. iodandra, var. sabulon- 
ensis Fernald in St. John, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxvi. 89 
(1921). The plant of Sable Island is also on the mainland. We have 
the following collections. Yarmourn Co.: wet sandy and rocky 
shore of Lake Annis; wet lower peaty and cobbly beach and sphag- 
nous swales bordering Salmon (Greenville) Lake; boggy swale by 
Tusket River, Tusket Falls; cobbly margin of East Branch of Tusket, 
Gavelton (transitional to typical B. paniculata); wet sandy shore of 
Great Pubnico Lake. 

Var. iodandra (Robinson), n. comb. B. iodandra Robinson, Bot. 
Gaz. xxvi. 47 (1898).—Known only from Newfoundland. 

* APOCYNUM MEDIUM Greene. Hatrirax Co.: slaty ledges and 
cobbly upper beach of Shubenacadie Grand Lake. 

A. CANNABINUM L. Gravels along Shubenacadie R. and Five- 
Mile R. (Hants). 

** ASCLEPIAS INCARNATA L., var. neoscotica, n. var., caulibus 3-5 
dm. altis, glabris vel sparsissime pilosis; foliis 7-11-jugis ovato- 
oblongis obtusis vel subacutis glabris vel subtus ad nervos sparsis- 
sime setulosis, longioribus 4.5-6.5 em. longis—Nova Scotia: wet, 
lower, gravelly beach of Shubenacadie Grand Lake, July 19, 1920, 
Fernald & Bissell, no. 22,318 (ryrE in Gray Herb.); gravelly margin, ` 
northwest side of Tusket (Vaughan) Lake, August 20, 1920, Fer- 
nald, Bissell, Graves, Long & Linder, no. 22,319. 

Differing from A. incarnata in its very short and broad leaves; 
from var. pulchra (Ehrh.) Pers. in its few and short, glabrous or 
glabrate leaves; var. pulchra having 11-21 pairs of longer (the longest 
0.9-1.8 dm. long) leaves copiously hairy beneath. See pp. 135, 160. 

* Collomia linearis Nutt. Gilia linearis (Nutt.) Gray. Casual 
by the railroad, Truro; probably adventive from the Baie des Cha- 
leurs region where abundant and seemingly native. 

Lappula echinata Gilib. Waste land, railroad yards, etc., appar- 
ently frequent, but nowhere abundant. 

* Symphytum asperum Lepechin; Macbride, Rnopona, xviii. 23 
(1916). S. asperrimum Donn. Yarmoutu Co.: waste land, Yar- 
mouth. 

** MERTENSIA MARITIMA (L.) S. F. Gray, forma albiflora, n. f., 
corollis albidis. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 289 


Corollas whitish—Nova Scoria: gravelly barrier beach, Sand 
Beach, Yarmouth Co., July 12, 1920, Fernald & Linder, no. 22,349 
(TYPE in Gray Herb.). See p. 102. 

VERBENA HASTATA L. Not seen west of Hants Co. 

TEUCRIUM CANADENSE L., var. LITTORALE (Bickn.) Fernald. 
Gravelly coast of YanMourH Co.: Rockville; Eel Lake; Argyle. 
On Sable Island and the eastern coast of New Brunswick and south- 
western coast of Prince Edward Island. See p. 142. 

Nepeta hederacea (L.) Trevisan. We have two well-marked varie- 
ties of Nepeta hederacea introduced into North America. Typical 
N. hederacea with the corolla 1.6-2.2 em. long is apparently rare in 
eastern Canada. I have seen it from Charlottetown, Prince Edward 
Island and from a cellarhole at Arcadia, Nova Scotia (Pease & Long, 
no. 22,366). The commoner plant of eastern Canada has the corolla 
1-1.5 mm. long and its leaves are inclined to be red or reddish. "This 


1S 


N. hederacea, var. (parviflora Benth.) Druce, Brit. Pl. 57 (1908). 

Judging from the representation before me the two varieties are 
not uniformly distributed in northeastern America, the representa- 
tion of specimens from Newfoundland to New England being as 
follows. NEWFOUNDLAND: type, 0; var. parviflora, 2. QUEBEC: 
type, 0; var., 1. Prince Epwarp IsrAND: type, 1; var., 1. NEW 
BRUNSWICK: type, 0; var, 2. Nova Scotia: type, 1; var., 6. 
MAINE: type, 5; var. 11. New HAMPSHIRE: type, 3; var.,4. VER- 
MONT: type, 6; var.,2. MASSACHUSETTS: type, 27; var.,18. RHODE 
ISLAND: type, 0; var., 11. CONNECTICUT: type, 6; var., 2. 

Stachys palustris L. Roadside ditches, Sand Beach (Yarmouth) 
and Barrington and collected by others about various ports east- 
ward. 

True S: palustris of Europe is clearly only an introduced plant 
in eastern America, occurring about ports, on waste land, in ditches, 
etc. from southeastern Newfoundland and Gaspé Co., Quebec to 
Ottawa, south, chiefly near the coast, to New Jersey. In this intro- 
duced plant the calyx bears stipitate glands mixed with the long 
glandless hairs and the pubescence of the stem is short and appressed 
on the sides, longer on the angles. The indigenous plant of alluvial 
thickets, river terraces and other rich soil from the Penobscot Valley 
in Maine to Ontario and southward is var. homotricha Fernald, in 
which the calyx lacks stipitate glands and the pubescence of the sides 


of the stem is elongate, often as long as on the angles. 
** LYCOPUS UNIFLORUS Michx., forma flagellaris, n. f., apicibus caulis 
ramorumque valde elongatis flagelliformibus deinde radicantibus. 


290 Rhodora [DECEMBER 


Tips of the stem and branches much elongated, flagelliform, finally 
rooting.—Nova Scotia: sandy and cobbly margin of Pottle's Lake, 
North Sydney, August 30, 1920, Bissell & Linder, no. 22,387 (TYPE 
in Gray Herb.). 

L. UNIFLORUS, var. OVATUS Fernald & St. John, Proc. Bost. Soc. 
Nat. Hist. xxxvi. 92 (1921). YamMovuTH Co.: upper border of 
cobble-beach, Salmon (Greenville) Lake. See p. 156. 

** Linaria vulgaris L., forma leucantha, n. f., corollis palato luteo 
exceptio lacteis. 

Corollas, except for the yellow palate, whitish.—Nova SCOTIA: 
railroad embankment south of Amherst, July 18, 1920, Fernald, 
no. 22,407 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). See p. 131. 

L. minor (L.) Desf. A characteristic railroad weed, Springhill 
Junction to Elmsdale (Hants); also Sydney Mines. See p. 132. 

L. canadensis (L.) Dumont. Seen by us only as a railroad weed. 

LIMOSELLA SUBULATA Ives. YarMouTH Co.: rocky and muddy 
tidal banks of Tusket River, Tusket. SHELBURNE Co.: damp sand- 
flats back of beach, Villagedale. Care Breton Co.: brackish shore, 
Sydney Mines. See pp. 110, 150. 

GRATIOLA AUREA Pursh. Gravelly and sandy lake-shores and 
dryish savannahs, common in Yarmouth and southern Digby Cos. 
See pp. 102, 157. 

Veronica longifolia L. Abundantly naturalized in roadside- 
thickets about towns, Yarmouth, Digby and Annapolis Cos. See 
p. 95. 

AGALINIS NEOSCOTICA (Greene) Fernald, Rnmopoma, xxiii. 139 
(1921). Common in damp or exsiccated sandy or peaty opea sol, 
Yarmouth, Digby and Annapolis Cos. Nova Scotian records of 
Gerardia purpurea and G. paupercula belong here. See pp. 138, 139, 
161. | 

EuPHRASIA PURPUREA Reeks, var. RANpm (Robinson) Fernald & 
Wiegand, Rnuopona, xvii. 188 (1915). Frequent in turfy soil or on 
borders of thickets near the coast. Often the white-flowered forma 
ALBIFLORA Fernald & Wiegand, |. c. See pp. 99, 139. 

E. CANADENSIS Townsend; Fernald & Wiegand, |. c. 195. YAR- 
MouTH Co.: dry rocky open thickets near Randel Lake, Argyle; 
exsiccated roadside, Pubnico. SHELBURNE Co.: pastured open 
woods, Villagedale; recently burned clearing and grassy roadsides, 
Barrington. See p. 149. 

E. AMERICANA Wettst. Common throughout, on roadsides and 
in sterile fields. 

E. stricta Host; Fernald & Wiegand, |. c. 197. SHELBURNE Co.: 
pastured open woods, Villagedale; grassy roadside, Barrington. 

* UTRICULARIA GEMINISCAPA Benj. U. clandestina Nutt. Com- 
mon in bog-pools and peaty quagmires. Our stations are as follows. 
YanMovTH Co.: barrens near Goose Lake, Argyle; near head of 
Abram River; St. John Lake, Springhaven. Diapy Co.: Tiddville; 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 291 


Centerville. SHELBURNE Co.: Villagedale; Barrington. VICTORIA 
Co.: Kidstone Island, Great Bras d’Or Lake. See pp. 142, 161. 

* U. minor L. In shallow pools or films of water or in lake-mar- 
gins. YAnwovTH Co.: Beaver Lake; Tusket Falls. Dresy Co.: 
Little River, Tiddville. Hants Co.: Five-Mile River. HALIFAX 
Co.: Shubenacadie Grand Lake. 

* U, qippa L. Yarmouts Co.: shallow margin and small pools 
in beach of Jassy Lake, Lake Annis. See p. 143. 

U. INTERMEDIA Hayne. Apparently common, but rarely flower- 
ing. See p. 141. 

* U. PURPUREA Walt. Dicnav Co.: quiet pools in Little River and 
pond-holes in savannah east of Tiddville. YAnwourH Co.: deep 
water of Trefry's Lake, Arcadia; Butler's (Gavelton) L., Gavelton; 
Kegeshook L. See pp. 145, 161. 

* U. nEsuPINATA B. D. Greene. DriGBy Co.: muddy margin of 
Midway (Centerville) Lake, Centerville. See p. 163. 

** U, svBULATA L. Characteristic of wet sandy and peaty lake- 
margins of Yarmouth and southern Digby Cos. Our stations are as 
follows: Cedar Lake; Beaver L.; Jassy L., Lake Annis; Salmon 
(Greenville) L.; Trefry's L., Arcadia; Butler's (Gavelton) L., Gavel- 
ton; Clearwater L., Belleville; Randel L. and Sand Pond, Argyle; 
Great Pubnico L. Always growing with and clearly passing into 

** U, scBULATA L., forma cleistogama (Gray), n. comb. U. eub- 
ulata, var. cleistogama Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. ii. pt. 1. 317 (1878). U. 
cleistogama (Gray) Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. ix. 12 (1889). 
Setiscapella cleistogama (Gray) Barnhart in Britton & Brown, Ill. 
Fl. ed. 2, iii. 231 (1913). See pp. 100, 108, 142, 143, 169. 

GALIUM TRIFIDUM L. Springy and boggy spots, locally through- 
out, much less common than G. CrAvTONI Michx. and G. PALUSTRE 
L. 

* G. TRIFIDUM, var. HALOPHILUM Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA, 
xii. 78 (1910). Brackish shores and borders of salt marshes. YAR- 
MovTH Co.: Chebogue. Vicrorta Co.: Kidstone Island. CAPE 
Breton Co.: Sydney Mines. See p. 105. 

*G. TINCTORIUM L. YamwourH Co.: thickets and swales bor- 
dering Salmon (Greenville) Lake; boggy swale by Tusket River, 
Tusket Falls. See p. 104. 

Earlier records of G. tinctorium from Nova Scotia seem to belong 
to the common G. PALUSTRE L. 

** Lonicera Periclymenum L. The European Woodbine, one of 
the glories of Yarmouth arbors, is becoming naturalized in roadside 
fence-rows. 

VIBURNUM ALNIFOLIUM Marsh. Not seen south of Digby Neck. 
See pp. 134, 136. _ 

V. OrvLus L., var. AMERICANUM (Mill.) Ait. Occasional from 
Cumberland and Hants Counties to Cape Breton. See p. 137. 


292 Rhodora [DECEMBER 


Valeriana officinalis L. Occasional escape to roadsides. 

** EUPATORIUM VERTICILLATUM Lam. acc. to Wiegand, RHODORA, 
xxii. 62 (1920) = E. PURPUREUM L. ace. to Mackenzie, ibid. 165 
(1920). YanwovrnH Co.: cobbly or bushy borders of Salmon (Green- 
ville) Lake; sandy and rocky border of Tusket River, Tusket Falls; 
gravelly margin of Tusket (Vaughan) Lake; sandy and cobbly beach 
of Fanning L., Carleton. See p. 147. 

I do not undertake to settle which name should be applied to this 
coastal plain species. The very fact that two such students as 
Wiegand and Mackenzie, after prolonged and independent study of 
the literature, should arrive at such different conclusions is sufficient 
indication that the identity of the Linnean species cannot be finally 
settled without close comparisons by someone, who thoroughly under- 
stands the plants involved, of the various critical specimens in the 
Old World herbaria. 


E. MACULATUM L. acc. to Wiegand, |. c. 64 (1920) = E. BRUNERI 
Gray, acc. to Mackenzie, l. c. (1920). Rich thickets and swales, 
Digby Neck to Halifax Co. and Cape Breton. 

SOLIDAGO LATIFOLIA L, Locally in rich woods or on calcareous . 
slopes, Digby Neck to Cape Breton. See pp. 164, 170. 

S. BICOLOR L. Rare or wanting in the southwest; not seen in 
Shelburne, Yarmouth and southern Digby Cos. 

S. UNILIGULATA (DC.) Porter. Abundant on wet or dryish peaty 
barrens'. Macoun's records of S. uliginosa and S. racemosa (“S. 
humilis") belong here. There are other records of S. uliginosa but 
I have seen no material from Nova Scotia. See p. 157. 

S. JUNCEA Ait. Not seen in Queens, Shelburne and Yarmouth 
Cos. 

S. NEMORALIS Ait. Rare or wanting in the southwest; not seen in 
Queens and Shelburne Cos., and seen in Yarmouth Co. only at Carle- 
ton. Seeming to prefer argillaceous soil. 

** S, ELLIOTT T. & G. Abundant, often dominant, in boggy 
clearings, swales, damp thickets, spruce and maple swamps and 
lake shores, Yarmouth Co. eastward at least to Queens. See pp. 
144, 151, 157, 169. 

*G. RUGOSA Mill, var. vittosa (Pursh) Fernald. Apparently 
frequent throughout. 


Too much of the Nova Scotian material is intermediate between S. uniligulata 
and S. neglecta 'T. & G. In Massachusetts, too, these plants are not specifically 
separable and it seems that Gray was correct in treating them as varieties of one 
species. Since, however, S. uniligulata antedates S. neglecta they should be com- 
bined under the former not under the latter name, WIEN was retained by Gray. 
The varieties of S. uniligulata are as follows. 

S. vNiLIGULATA (DC.) Porter, var. terrae-novae (T. & G.), n. comb. S. Terrae- 
Novae T. & G. Fl. N. A. ii. 206 (1842). 
Var. neglecta (T. & G.), n. comb. S. neglecta T. & G. l. c. 213 (1842). 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 293 
** S. RUGOSA, var. SPHAGNOPHILA Graves. Occasional in spruce 
swamps and savannahs, Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. See p. 151. 
S. CANADENSIS L. Rare and local in Yarmouth, Shelburne and 
Queens Cos. Common farther east. See pp. 143, 151. 

* S. SEROTINA Ait. Vicrorta Co.: moist thicket near mouth of 
Bevis Brook, Port Bevis. See p. 170. 

S. SEROTINA, var. GIGANTEA (Ait.) Gray. YamwovrH Co.: grav- 
elly thicket by Fanning Lake, Carleton. ANnNapo.is Co.: railroad 
bank, Middleton. 

S. GRAMINIFOLIA (L.) Salisb. Sandy or gravelly shores and damp 
thickets, apparently throughout. Less common than var. NUTTALLII 
(Greene) Fernald. See p. 157. 

** S. TENUIFOLIA Pursh. YARMOUTH Co.: sandy roadside, Sloane 
Lake, Pleasant Valley. Hatirax Co.: gravelly beach of Third 
Lake, Windsor Junction. See p. 160. 

** S. TENUIFOLIA, var. pynocephala, n. var., caulibus simplicibus 
vel subsimplicibus superne vix ramosis 3-7 dm. altis; foliis crassis 
lineari-oblongis vel lineari-lanceolatis obtusis vel acutiusculis vix 
attenuatis valde adscendentibus nec patentibus nec revolutis, mediis 
2-5 em. longis 2-6 mm. latis; corymbis densissime glomerulatis vel 
glomerulis segregatis 1-5 cm. diametro; involucris valde glutinosis 
turbinato-hemisphaericis, bracteis apice viridibus glanduloso-ciliatis ; 
ligulis plerumque oblongis.—Peaty, gravelly or sandy margins of 
lakes, Yarmouth, Shelburne and Queens Counties, Nova Scotia. 
The following are characteristic. SHELBURNE Co.: shallow water 
at sandy and cobbly margin of Clement Pond, Barrington, August 
9, 1920, Fernald, Long & Linder, no. 22,736.  YanMovrH Co.: sandy 
and peaty margin of Great Pubnico Lake, September 6, Fernald, 
Long & Linder, no. 22,746; shallow water at rocky margin of Goose 
Lake, Argyle, August 4, Fernald & White, no. 22,735; rocky margin 
of Randel Lake, Argyle, August 4, Long & Linder, no. 22,734; wet 
gravelly margin of Butler’s (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton, September 
2, 1920, Fernald & Long, no. 22,744; cobbly margin of East Branch 
of Tusket River, Gavelton, September 4, Fernald, Long & Linder, 
no. 22,745; sandy and cobbly beach of Fanning L., Carleton, October 
7, Fernald & Linder, no. 22,741; boggy savannah bordering St. John 
Lake, Springhaven, October 8, Fernald & Linder, no. 22,742; peaty 
- and cobbly margin of Salmon (Greenville) Lake, July 31, Fernald & 
White, no. 22,733; wet lower peaty and cobbly beach of Salmon 
(Greenville) Lake, August 13, Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long & Lin- 
der, no. 22,743 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); sandy and peaty beach of 
Trefry's Lake, Arcadia, July 15, Fernald & Pease, no. 22,727, July 
29, Fernald & Long, no. 22,732; cobbly margin of Darling Lake, 
. October 6, Fernald & Linder, no. 22,738. 


Differing from typical S. tenuifolia in its simple habit; erect, very 
thick, firm, broad, short and obtuse or merely acutish leaves; its 


294 Rhodora [DECEMBER 


very compact and small inflorescence; and more glutinous involucre, 
with often broader bracts, the outer with dark-green summits and 
glandular-ciliate margins. In typical S. tenuifolia the stem is freely 
branched above, forming a loose corymb up to 4 dm. broad; the 
leaves linear-attenuate and sharply acute, thin and inclined to be- 
come revolute, the primary ones 4-9 cm. long, 1.5-4 mm. broad; 
the often only slightly glutinous, though sometimes extremely gummy, 
involucres commonly with slightly narrower bracts with less pro- 
nounced green tips and margins only slightly ciliolate; and the rays 
usually a little narrower. See pp. 143, 144, 170. 

Too many collections, however, show direct transitions in all these 
characters to allow the specific separation of the Nova Scotian plant. 
The material from Cedar Lake (nos. 22,726, 22,728, 22,729, and 
22,739), collected by different parties at remote points on the shore, 
has all the character of the heads of extreme var. pycnocephala; but 
the leaves, though firm and ascending, are slenderly attenuate, the 
primary ones 3.5-7 cm. long, and most of the material is freely branch- 
ing and with loose corymbs. Other collections (that from Darling 
Lake above cited, and from lakes at Kemptville), though simple or 
subsimple, have the leaves slenderly attenuate; while a large colony 
on dry sand at Sloane Lake, near Pleasant Valley (no. 22,748) is very 
typical S. tenuifolia. Farther south, much of the pond-margin and 
quagmire material from Cape Cod, though with the foliage of typical 
S. tenuifolia, has heads too close to those of var. pycnocephala; while 
the plants of the Saco valley in Maine and New Hampshire, as well 
as some from Cape Cod, are often simple or subsimple. 


** ASTER MACROPHYLLUS L., var. VELUTINUS Burgess. Frequent 
from Yarmouth Co. to Queens. 

A. RADULA Ait. One of the commonest plants of boggy barrens, 
peaty swales and damp thickets. 

* A. VIMINEUS Lam. Diıcsy Co.: thickets and steep wooded 
banks of Sissiboo River, Weymouth. 

* A. VIMINEUS, var. SAXATILIS Fernald. YamwovrH Co.: gravelly 
margin of Tusket (Vaughan) Lake; cobble-beach of Butler’s (Gavel- 
ton) L., Gavelton; boggy savannah bordering St. John L., Spring- 
haven. Diapy Co.: sandy beach of Lily L., Sandy Cove. 

A. JUNCEUS Ait. YARMOUTH Co.: wet savannah bordering But- 
ler’s (Gavelton) Lake, Gavelton. 

A. LONGIFOLIUS Lam. Frequent on shores of lakes and streams. 

* A. FOLIACEUS Lindl.; Fernald, RHoponma, xvii. 13 (1915). At 
scattered stations in Yarmouth and Digby Cos. Flowering earlier 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 295 


than A. longifolius and A. novi-belgit, our flowering material collected 
July 6-25. 

A. NEMORALIS Ait. Dominant on peaty barrens, bogs and lake- 
margins, Digby and Yarmouth Cos. to southern Guysborough Co. 
and Cape Breton. See p. 90. 

A. NEMORALIS, var. MAJOR Peck, N. Y. State Mus. Rep. xlvii. 
155—reprint, 29 (1894). Var. Blakei Porter, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxi. 
311 (July 20, 1894). See p. 156. Frequent in wet woods, thickets 
and moist clearings, of similar range to the last. 

On p. 156 I gave the date of publication of var. major as Jan., 
1894. Dr. H. D. House has since informed me that the date of pub- 
lication is very uncertain. “The State Printer records indicate 
that the report was received for printing March Ist. . . it is ex- 
tremely unlikely that the printing was accomplished before July 
Ist.” 

ERIGERON HYSSOPIFOLIUS Michx. Crevices and talus of gypsum- 
cliffs, Five-mile River (Hants) and Port Bevis (Victoria). See pp. 
64, 136, 170. 

* E. PHILADELPHICUS L. DrGBy Co.: damp roadside, Hectanooga. 

ANTENNARIA PETALOIDEA Fernald, var. SUBCORYMBOSA Fernald 
Ruopona, xvi. 133 (1914). Yarmoutu Co.: dry gravelly railroad 
embankment, Arcadia. ANNAPOLIS Co.: dry sandy thickets and 
borders of woods, Middleton. Hants Co.: dry open gravelly banks 
of Five-mile River. COLCHESTER Co.: seepy slope, Truro.' See 
p. 103. 


1 A close ally of A. petaloidea which demands recognition is 

ANTENNARIA appendiculata, n. sp. Planta laxe humifusa, stolonibus 
flagelliformibus ad 1 dm. elongatis apice foliatis; foliis basilaribus spathulato- 
obovatis 1.5-3 em. longis 0.5-1.1 em. latis, supra laxe canescento-tomentosis 
l-nerviis; caule florifero 1.5-2.5 dm. alto albido-tomentoso; foliis caulinis 
6-9 apice appendiculatis, appendicula scariosa plana colorata 3.5-5 mm. 
longa; capitulis femineis 1-6 corymbosis; involucro 8-11 mm. alto; bracteis 
3-4-seriatis, exterioribus 4-6 mm. longis oblongis obtusis vel subtruncatis 
plus minusve fulvo- vel purpureo-maculatis, interioribus lanceolato-attenuatis 
gilvis paulo fimbriatis; corollis 5.3-5.6 mm. longis; stylo flavescente ramibus 
0.5 mm. longis; achaeniis 1.2 mm. longis papillosis; setis pappi longioribus 
7-8 mm. longis; planta mascula ignota. 

Plant loosely humifuse; the stolons flagelliform, up to 1 dm. long, leafy 
at tip: rosette-leaves spatulate-obovate, 1.5-3 cm. long, 0.5-1.1 em. wide, 
loosely canescent-tomentose above, l-nerved: flowering stem 1.5-2.5 dm. 
high: cauline leaves 6-9, terminated by a flat scarious colored appendage 
3.5-5 mm. long: pistillate heads 1-6, corymbose: involuere 8-11 mm. high: 
bracts 3—4-seriate; the outer 4-6 mm. long, oblong, obtuse or subtruncate, 
more or less brown- or purple-blotched; inner lance-attenuate, creamy, a 
little fimbriate: corollas 5.8-5.6 mm. long; style yellowish, its branches 0.5 
mm. long: achenes 1.2 mm. long, papillose: longer pappus-bristles 7-8 mm. 
long: staminate plant unknown. QuEBEC: dry wooded knolls, banks of 
the Grand River, Gaspé Co., June 30-July 3, 1904, Fernald, distributed as 
A. petaloidea (TYPE in Gray Herb.). 


Quickly distinguished from the more southern and western A. petaloidea 
by the flat scarious appendages which terminate most of the cauline leaves. 


206 Rhodora [DECEMBER 


A. CANADENSIS Greene. Apparently frequent throughout. 

A. NEODIOICA Greene. Common, 

** A. NEODIOICA, var. GRANDIS Fernald. YanMwourH Co.: damp 
rocky barren north of Tusket (Vaughan) Lake. Dicpy Co.: dryish 
gravelly bank, Meteghan; dry open bank near Little River, east of 
Tiddville. Hants Co.: spruce woods along Five-mile River. See 
p. 98. 

** A. NEODIOICA, var. chlorophylla, n. var., a forma typica recedit 


A. petaloidea throughout its range has the middle and upper cauline leaves 
tipped by a firm subulate-aristate appendage, only the very uppermost or 
bracteal with the appendage flattened; and when well developed it is taller 
and with full corymbs of 5-15 heads. 

Typical A. petaloidea, which occurs from Rimouski Co., Quebec, westward 
and southward, has the basal leaves spatulate to spatulate-obovate and 
rounded at apex; the cauline leaves at regularly decreasing intervals up 
to the inflorescence; and the branches of the corymb or the pedicels mostly 
0.1-3 em. long. Var. subcorymbosa, which occurs from eastern Newfound- 
land, and Prince Edward Island to southeastern Maine and Nantucket, has 
the basal leaves oblanceolate and acute or acutish; the flowering stem nearly 
or quite without leaves for a distance of 0.7-1.7 dm. below the inflorescence 
and the branches of the corymb or the pedicels elongate (the lower often 0.5- 
1.7 dm. long). Professor Wiegand has called my attention to a characteris- 
tic plant of west-central New York which has the basal leaves of var. sub- 
corymbosa but the short flowering-stem and more approximate cauline leaves 
of typical A. petaloidea. This plant is so characteristic of much of New York 
state that it may be called 


A. PETALOIDEA, var. noveboracensis, n. var., foliis basilaribus oblanceo- 
latis vel anguste obovatis acutis 1.5-4 cm. longis 0.5-1.2 em. latis; caule 
florifero 0.4-2.3 dm. alto regulariter foliato; corymbo subconferto, ramibus 
pedicellisque brevibus; bracteis involucri petaloideis. 

Basal leaves oblanceolate or narrowly obovate, acute, 1.5-4 cm. long, 
0.5-1.2 em. broad: flowering stem 0.4-2.3 dm. high, regularly leafy: cor b 
rather crowded; its branches and pedicels short: involucral bracts petaloid. 
—New York: along Beaver Brook, south of McLean, Dryden, May 17, 
1918, Eames & Wiegand, no. 10,953; dry gravelly knolls around Malloryville 
bog, Dryden, May 16, 1919, Hames; dry bank along railroad northeast of 
Freeville, May 16, 1919, Hames; upper Cascadilla Creek, May 20, 1919, Eames; 
dry pasture, Caroline, May 18, 1918, Eames, no. 10,951; gravelly fields, Car- 
oline, May 20, 1918, Hames, nos. 10,946 and 10,950; dry fields, east of North 
Pinnacle, Caroline, May 8, 1919, Eames; field northeast of Fir-tree Swamp, 
Danby, May 18, 1918, Hames, nos. 10,952 and 10,954; Buttermilk Ont. 
May 13, 1919, Hames; pasture, east side of Michigan Hollow Swamp, Danby, 
May 30, 1919, Wiegand; dry fields near Key Hill Swamp, Newfield, May 
21, 1919, Eames & Wiegand (TYPE in Gray Herb.); sterile hill near Kennedy 
Pond, Mendon, June 2, 1917, Eames & Metcalf, no. 8936. 


On account of its narrow leaves and rather dense corymb var. novebora- 
censis is likely to be confused with undeveloped A. neglecta, but in that spe- 
cies the upper cauline leaves instead of having firm subulate-aristate tips, 
bear thin scarious though often involute appendages. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 297 


folis basilaribus anguste obovatis vel spathulato-oblanceolatis supra 
glabris viridibus lucidis. 

Differing from the typical form of the species in having the basal 
leaves narrowly obovate or spatulate-oblanceolate, glabrous, green 
and shining above.— Prince Edward Island and Nova Scotia to New 
York. Prince EDWARD IsLAND: open woods, Brackley Point, 
June 30, 1888, J. Macoun, no. 11,285; dry banks and open woods, 
O'Leary, July 3, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 11,199; dry sandy 
soil, Morell, June 29, 1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 11,198. Nova 
Scotia: pasture-fields, Yarmouth, May 28, 1910, J. Macoun, no. 
80,745; moist mixed woods and thickets, Meteghan, July 7, 1920, 
Fernald & Long, no. 22,832. Marxe: gravelly bank, Orono, June 
4, 1898, Fernald, no. 2364 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); slate ledges, Lead- 
better Falls, Township iv, Range 18, Somerset Co., July 6, 1917, 
St. John & Nichols, no. 2500; dry bank, Perry, July 9, 1909, Fernald, 
no. 2247; dry rocky banks, Cutler, July 4, 1902, Kennedy, Williams, 
Collins & Fernald; roadside north of Town Hill, Mt. Desert Island, 
July 3, 1897, Rand; Somesville, July 7, 1897, Rand; dry field, Bristol, 
May 26, 1898, Chamberlain, no. 565; North Berwick, May 30, 1899, 
Parlin, no. 1150. VERMONT: roadside, Willoughby, June 9, 1898, 
Williams; Proctor lot, Rutland, June 6, 1899, Eggleston; Bald Mt., 
Shrewsbury, June 6, 1899, Eggleston. MASSACHUSETTS: grassy 
bank, Leicester, May 30, 1912, Hunnewell & Wiegand; shaded road- 
side, Southbridge, May 25, 1900, Harper; Orange, May 11, 1912, 
Fernald, Hunnewell & Wiegand; rocks, Whatley Glen, Whatley, 
May 17, 1913, Harger & Fernald; old pasture, Chester, May 17, 
1913, Weatherby & Bean; wet ground, Savoy, May 31, 1901, Hoff- 
mann; rocky open bank, Sheffield, May 30, 1919, Bean & Fernald. 
RuopE IstANp: sheltered roadside banks and grassy clearings bor- 
dering thickets near Nayatt, Barrington, May 30, 1911, Fernald. 
Connecticut: bank, Burnside, May 3, 1903, Weatherby. NEw 
York: along roadside, high on the bluffs of West Canada Creek, 
East Herkimer, June 4, 1904, Haberer, no. 3079; in shade of arbor 
vitae, border of Hidden Lake, Litchfield, June 15, 1902, Haberer, 
no. 1717; hillside slopes in shade of arbor vitae, border of Cedar 
Lake, Litchfield, June 15, 1902, Haberer, no. 1718; sandy knolls, 
Deerfield, May 16, 1910, Haberer, no. 2014, in part. 


On account of the bright green upper surfaces of the basal leaves 
confused with A. canadensis Greene, under which name most speci- 
mens have been distributed. Var. chlorophylla, however, has the 
heads of A. neodioica and its cauline leaves are clearly of that species. 
In A. canadensis the upper cauline leaves are terminated by an elon- 
gate usually twisted thin scarious appendage; in A. neodioica and 
all its varieties the upper cauline leaves are merely subulate-tipped 
or mucronate. Macoun's no. 11,285 from Prince Edward Island was 


208 — Rhodora [DECEMBER 


cited by Greene as part of his A. canadensis, but the remaining speci- 
mens cited by him, including the first (from Lake Mistassini) are 
alike in having the characteristic flag-like appendage of the upper 
leaves and the longer and paler involucre so typical of A. canadensis. 


GNAPHALIUM SYLVATICUM L. Woodland paths, roadsides and 
pastured woods, perhaps introduced, Baddeck, Port Bevis and George 
River. See p. 164. 

* Ambrosia trifida L. Railroad gravel, Sydney Mines. 

* Rudbeckia laciniata L. Escaped from cultivation to roadside 
thicket, Barrington. 

** ConEOPsIS ROSEA Nutt. Sandy, gravelly or peaty beaches and 
margins of the Tusket system, YArMouTH Co.: Tusket (Vaughan) 
Lake; Butler's (Gavelton) Lake and East Branch of Tusket, Gavel- 
ton. See p. 160. 

BipENs CERNUA L. We saw no evidence of this generally common 
species in the western counties of Nova Scotia. 

B. connata Muhl., var. rETIOLATA (Nutt.) Farwell; Fernald, 
Ruopona, x. 200 (1908). YanwovrH Co.: boggy swale, Quinan. 

** B. coNNATA Muhl., var. inundata, n. var., foliis primariis infer- 
ioribus lobatis, lobis 2-4 basilaribus divergentibus decurrentibus, 
lobo terminali folisque superioribus lanceolato-attenuatis anguste 
serratis. vel incisis, petiolis gracilibus vix marginatis: achaeniis 
exterioribus 5.5 mm. longis, interioribus 7-8 mm. longis aristis 
marginalibus 3-3.5 mm. longis. 

Lower primary leaves lobed; the 2-4 basal lobes divergent and 
decurrent; the terminal lobe and the upper leaves lance-attenuate, 
slenderly serrate or incised; the petioles slender, scarcely margined: 
outer achenes 5.5 mm. long; the inner 7-8 mm. long, with marginal 
awns 3-3.5 mm. long.—Nova Scoria: wettest portion of a springy 
sphagnous bog, Sand Beach, September 7, 1920, Fernald, Long & 
Linder, nos. 22,869, 22,870, October 6, 1920, Fernald & Linder, no. 
22,871 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); sandy brooksides and springy ditches, 
Baddeck, August 27, 1920, Fernald & Long, no. 22,866; about pools 
at bases of gypsum cliffs, Port Bevis, August 27, 1920, Fernald & 
Long, no. 22,867. 

Closely simulating var. gracilipes Fernald, Ruopora, xxi. 103 
(1919) of the Cape Cod quagmires but with much larger achenes; 
var. gracilipes having the outer achenes 3-4 mm. long, the inner 4.5- 
5 mm. long and with awns only 2-2.5 mm. long. See p. 167. 

* Matricaria suaveolens (Pursh) Buchenau. A common roadside 
weed wherever we went. 

* Artemisia Stelleriana Bess. SHELBURNE Co.: upper border of 
gravelly strand, Villagedale. 

| Perasires PALMATUS (Ait.) Gray. CUMBERLAND Co.: swampy 
woods and thickets, Springhill Junction. See p. 132. 


1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 299 


Senecio sylvaticus L. Thoroughly naturalized, possibly indigenous. 

One of the characteristic plants of recently burned clearings, bor- 
ders of woods, or gravelly or rocky shores. Sometimes occurring as 
a railroad weed but more often found in semi-natural habitats, as 
on the coast of Maine (see Fernald & Wiegand, Rnopona, xii. 106). 

SENECIO PAUPERCULUS Michx., var. Balsamitae (Muhl.), n. comb. 
S. Balsamitae Muhl. ex Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1998 (1804). S. aureus, 
e. Balsamitae (Muhl.) T. & G. Fl. N. A. ii. 442 (1843), at least as to 
name-bringing synonym. S. obovatus, var. umbratilis Greenm. 
Monogr. Senecio. Teil 1: 24 (1901), in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. 20 
(1902) and Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 115 (1916), at least as to type 
specimen. S. gaspensis Greenm. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. id. 138 
(1916). 

Typical Senecio pauperculus, as shown by Michaux's type specimen 

and by a photograph of it secured by the writer in 1903, is the north- 
ern extreme of the plant with basal leaves 0.3-1 cm. broad; the 
lower and median cauline very slender, mostly 1-6 mm. wide; the 
upper very reduced, linear or subulate and mostly entire. This 
plant is abundant in Labrador and Newfoundland, thence to British 
Columbia where it passes as S. flavovirens Rydb. (such plants as 
Lyall, Lower Frazer River, and J. M. Macoun, no. 69,356 from Sim- 
ilkameen River, specimens cited by Greenman as S. flavovirens). 
Greenman distinguishes the two as follows: 
"aM NDÓOOR..... le leere s ehh hat 69. S. pauperculus. 
Master. speca... oeo ETE Ec Ets LEN Perte drei. 70. S. flavovirens” 
but without any morphological characters the two are not satisfac- 
torily separated. 

In its typical form S. pauperculus occasionally extends southward 
to northern Maine and northern Michigan, but southward it is 
chiefly represented by var. Balsamitae, in which the basal leaves 
are larger, mostly 0.8-3 em. broad; the lower and median cauline 
larger, the largest 0.6-2.5 em. broad; and the upper mostly well 
developed and pinnatifid. 

We saw var. Balsamitae in Nova Scotia on the faces and talus of 
gypsum-cliffs at Five-mile River (Hants) and at Port Bevis (Vic- 
toria). 

* Arctium nemorosum Lejeune; Fernald & Wiegand, RHODORA, 
xii. 45 (1910). Waste ground, Digby and Weymouth. 

** Centaurea nigrescens Willd. ANNAPOLIS Co.: roadsides and 
borders of fields, Middleton, growing with the common C. nigra. 

** Arnoseris, minima (L.) Dumort. A. pusilla Gaertn. YARMOUTH 


300 Rhodora [DECEMBER 


Co.: gravelly railroad bed near the station, Belleville. See p. 142. 

*Lacruca HIRSUTA Muhl. YanwovrH Co.: dry rocky clearing 
northwest of Tusket (Vaughan) Lake. 

PRENANTHES ALTISSIMA L. Rich woods, Digby Neck to Cape 
Breton. 

P. AvrISsIMA, forma hispidula (Fernald), n. comb. Var. hispidula 
Fernald in Brainerd, Jones & Eggletson, Fl. Vt. 89 (1900). Diapy 
Co.: rich moist woods, Sandy Cove. 

Hieracium Pilosella L. Too common along the line of the Can- 
adian National eastward. 

* H. pratense Tausch. Fields and railroad banks, Annapolis 
and Digby Cos. 

H. panicutatum L. Yarmoutu Co.: border of mixed woods by 
Randel Lake, Argyle. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 130. 


Fig. l. Northeastern Range of Carer Howei. 2. Southeastern Range 
of Empetrum nigrum. 3. Range of Ilex glabra. 4. Northern Range of Utri- 
cularia subulata. 5. Range of Poa costata. 6. Northeastern Range of Cysto- 
pteris bulbifera. 7. Range of Erigeron hyssopifolius. 8. Range of Amelanchier 
canadensis. 9. Portion of Range of Carex scabrata. 10. Eastern Range of 
Lilium canadense. 11. Range of Schizaea pusilla. 12. Ranges of Sabatia de- 
candra (solid) and S. Kennedyana (in ellipse). 13. Northeastern Range of 
Polygonum robustius. 14. Range of Eleocharis tuberculosa. 15. Northeastern 
Range of Potamogeton pulcher. 16. Northeastern Range of Panicum longi- 
folium (Var. Tusketense in ellipse). 17. Range of Genus Lophiola. 


BARRATT, TORREY AND SCHWEINITZ: A CORRECTION AND A Dis- 
CREPANCY.—Mr. C. L. Shear, one of the editors of the recently pub- 
lished correspondence of Schweinitz and Torrey (Mem. Torr. Bot. 
Club, xvi. no. 3, July, 1921) has called my attention to a discrepancy 
between a statement in my paper on Joseph Barratt (RHODORA 
xxiii. 123) and one of Torrey's letters. I said that Barratt, in com- 
pany with Torrey, visited Schweinitz at Bethlehem in the autumn 
of 1825. There is not only no mention of such a visit in the cor- 
respondence, but in a letter dated * December—1825,” Torrey writes 
to Schweinitz, “I am greatly rejoiced to hear, through our friend 
Mr. Halsey, of your safe return after so tedious an absence." The 
tedious absence was a trip to Europe which Schweinitz made in the 
spring and summer of 1825: Torrey could hardly have said in De- 
cember that he had learned of Schweinitz's return through a third 
person if he had seen him in the autumn. 

Through the kindness of Mr. John H. Sage, I have had the priv- 
ilege of re-examining Barratt's aatobiographical memoranda. These 
show that that part of my statement placing the meeting with 
Schweinitz at Bethlehem was based on a misreading of Barratt’s 
rather crabbed manuscript. He wrote, “Saw Mr. Schweinitz of 


1921] Weatherby,—Barratt, Torrey and Schweinitz 301 


Bethlehem;" I read it “Saw Mr. Schweinitz at Bethlehem." The 
meeting, it seems, actually took place at New York early in October, 
1825. Barratt was there on his way back to Philipstown after a 
visit to Middletown. Schweinitz had, no doubt, just reached New 
Yo-k on his return from Europe. They met, Barratt says, at the 
Moravian Church where * Mr. Schweinitz had been preaching that 
evening." He adds that “Dr. Torrey was introduced at the same 
time" and that he (Barratt) “afterwards went up the North River 
in company with Mr. Schweinitz." 

I see no obvious explanation of the contradiction between Bar- 
ratt's explicit statement that Torrey and Schweinitz met in October, 
1825, and the very plain implication of Torrey's letter that they 
did not. There is, however, nothing to show when Barratt’s memo- 
randa were written down: if long after the event, he may have 
confused two occasions in memory. Schweinitz did go up the North 
River to visit Torrey at West Point in March, 1827; it is just pos- 
sible that Barratt was along at that time, though so far as I know, 
there is no evidence to that effect. Unless we can suppose some 
such slip of memory on his part, the contradietion must remain, at 
least for the present, unexplained.—C. A. WEATHERBY, East Hart- 
ford, Connecticut. 


Vol. 23, no. 275, including pages 247 to 278 and plate 133, was issued 27 
February, 1922. 


302 , Rhodora [DECEMBER 


ERRATA 


Additional for vol. 22: 
Page 173, line 24, for 91817 read 90,817. 
“ 197, “ 2, for scientlfic read scientific. 


Vol. 23: 
Page 18, lines 7-8, for ‘formerly abundant but now very rare’ read 
‘now very rare but perhaps destined to become more abundant.’ 
Page 55, line 23, for crurisgalli read crusgalli. 
No. 269, first page of cover. for 118 read 113. 
No. 269, first page of cover, for 113 read 118. 
Page 103, line 25, for A. read Amelanchier. 
* 130, “ 22,for A. read Amelanchier. 
“ 136, “ 23, for retrosa read retrorsa. 
“ 137, “ 6, for Mowry read Morong. 
“ 138, “ 10, for Coremia read Corema. 
" 139, “ 19, for diagonistic read diagnostic. 
* 139, “ 31, for Primila read Primula. 
" 146, “ 32, for robustor read robustior. 
" 149, “6, for scape read scapes. 
" 151, “ 3, for Elliotii read Elliottiz. 
" 152, “5, for J. read Juncus. 
“ 159, “ 9, for Contoselinium read Conioselinum. 
" 159, “ 12. for pronoanced read pronounced. 
* 200, ‘ 21, for 270 read 271. 
" 244, “ 41, for planst read plants. 


1921] 


Index 


303 


INDEX TO VOLUME 23. 


New scientific names are printed in full face type. 


Abies balsamea, var. phanerolepis, 
188. 

Acer, 172; rubrum, var tridens, 102, 
151, 274. 

Achillea Millefolium, 95. 

Acrospermum, 183, 184. 

Additions to the Flora of Isle au 
Haut, 26; to the Flora of Mount 
Desert, Maine, 65. 

Afzelia 3. 

Agalinus, 138; neoscotica, 139, 
161, 290; paupercula, 139, var. 
neoscotica, 139. 

Agaries, 88. 

Agrimonia gryposepala, 146, 272; 
striata, 272. 

Agropyron, 102; acadiense, 165, 
232; caninum, forma glaucum, 
232, var. tenerum, 232; pungens, 
165, 232, var. acadiense, 232; 
repens, 102, var. pilosum, 232; 
tenerum, 232. 

Agrostis elata, 155, 229; hyemalis, 
155, var. elata, 229, 230, var. 
geminata, 155, 230; perennans, 
155, 230; perennans elata, 229. 

Alchemilla vulgaris, 94, 272. 

Alcott, Herbarium of Rev. W. P., 


47. 

Alder, Black, 109. 

Alga, 70. 

Alnus ineana, var. hypochlora, 257. 

Alopecurus aristulatus, 229; genic- 
ulatus, 95, 229, var. aristulatus, 
229, var. microstachyus, 229. 

Amaryllidaceae, 162. 

Ambrosia trifida, 298. 

Amelanchier 302; amabilis, 48, 
72, anew Name, 48, An extended 
Range for, 71; Bartramiana, 136; 
canadensis, 136, 170, 198, 267, 
300; grandiflora, 48, 71, 72; inter- 
media, 103, 267; laevis, 198, 
forma nitida, 267, var. nitida, 
267; oblongifolia, 103, 198; san- 
guinea, 72, stolonifera, 130, 135, 
138, 266, var. lucida, 267. 

American Elm, 91; Variations of 
Silene acaulis, 119. 

Ames, O., Notes on New England 
Orchids,—I. Spiranthes, 73. 


Ammophila breviligulata, 230. 

Amphicarpa monoica, 273. 

Anabaena, 252; spiroides, 253, var. 
crassa, 252, 253. 

Andromeda glaucophylla, 98. 

Ankistrodesmus falcatus, 66. 

Antennaria, 98; appendiculata, 
295; canadensis, 296, 297, 298; 
neglecta, 296; neodioica, 98, 
296, 297, var. chlorophylla, 296, 
297, var. grandis, 98, 105, 296; 
Parlinii, 98; petaloidea, 295, 296, 
var. noveboracensis, 296, var. 
subcorymbosa, 103, 295, 296. 

Anthoceros crispulus, 284; punct- 
atus, 284. 

Apios tuberosa, 147, 273. 

Aplostemon, 24; bracteatum, 24. 

Apocynum cannabinum, 288; medi- 
um, 27, 288. 

Aralia, 117; hispida, 117; nudi- 
caulis, 117, var. elongata, 117; 
racemosa, 117, 170, 277. 

Araliaceae, 117. 

Arbor-Vitae, Gray Pine and, 247. 

Arceuthobium pusillum, 97, 257. 

Arctium nemorosum, 299. 

Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, var. co- 
actilis, 278. 

Areas, Third Report of the Commit- 
tee on Floral, 209. 

Arenaria groenlandica, var. glabra, 
172; peploides, var. robusta, 264. 

Arethusa, 79, 159; bulbosa, 103, 
126, 132, 149. 

Arisaema pusillum, 136; quinata, 
136; triphyllum, 136, 238, var. 
pusillum, 136, var. Stewardsonii, 
136, 238. 

Arnoseris minima, 299; pusilla, 
142, 299. 

Aronia, 266. 

Artemisia Stelleriana, 298. 

Arum quinatum, 136. 

Asclepias incarnata, 135, 160, 288, 
var. neoscotica, 288, var. pul- 
chra, 135, 288; pulchra, 135. 

Ash, White, 91. 

Ashe, W. W., Notes on Rhododen- 
dron, 177. 

Aspidium marginale, 
LJ 


sim- 


186; 


304 


ulatum, 104, 186; Thelypteris, 
164. 

Asplenium acrostichoides, 185; Fi- 
lix-femina, 185. 

Asperella hystrix, 136, 170, 232. 

Aster, 172; foliaceus, 294; junceus, 
294; longifolius, 294, 295; macro- 
phy llus, var. velutinus, 294; ne- 
moralis, 90, 295, var. Blakei, 156, 
295, var. major, 156, 295; novi- 
belgii, 295; radula, 172, 294; 
vimineus, 294, var. saxatilis, 294. 

Asterococcus, 256; limneticus, 252; 
superbus, 252, 256. 

Astilbe biternata, 71. 

Athyrium acrostichoides, 136, 165, 
185; angustum, 185, var. elatius, 

185, var. rubellum, 185. 
Atriplex Babingtonii, 262; glab- 
riuscula, 262-264; hastata, 202, 
263; patula, 262, 263, var. brac- 
teata, 262, 264. 

Aulacomnium androgynum, 68. 

Avena fatua, 230. 

Azalea atlantica, 179; neglecta, 179. 

Azolla caroliniana, 210, 212. 


Bakeapple, 99, 148, 169. 

Baptisia bracteata, 255. 

Barratt, Joseph, 121, 171, Torrey 
and Schweinitz: a Correction and 
a Discrepancy, 300. 

Bartonia, 99, 103, 153, 168; iodan- 
dra, 149, 153, 154, 286, 288, var. 
sabulonensis, 288; paniculata, 
153, 154, 156, 286-288, var. in- 
termedia, 287, 288, var. io- 
dandra, 287, 288, var. sabulo- 
nensis, 287, 288; verna, 153; 
virginica, 138, 148, "149, 153, 157, 
159, 286. 

Beadlea Storeri, 84. 

Beech, 91, 195. 

Berchtoldia oplismenoides, 62. 

Betula lenta, 257, lutea, 257, var. 
alleghaniensis, '257; papyrifera, 
var. cordifolia, 257. 

Bidens, 129, 167; cernua, 298; 
connata, var. gracilipes, 167, 
298, var. inundata, 298, var. 
petiolata, 298; discoidea, 92; 
Eatoni, var. kennebecensis, 42. 

Birch, Canoe, 91. 

Black Alder, 109; Cohosh, 202; 
Huckleberry, 135. 

Bladderwort, 100. 

Blasia pusilla, 67. 

Bletia purpurea, 132. 


Rhodora 


.Botrychium 


[DECEMBER 


Blueberry, High-bush, 97, 98, 109; 
Low, 135. 
Bog Huckleberry, 99. 

Boston District, Reports on the 
Flora of the, —XX XIV. 113. 
Botanists and their Herbaria, Old- 
time Connecticut, —II. 121, 171. 
angustisegmentum, 
209, 217; dissectum, 151, 187, 
209, 217, forma elongatum, 209, 
forma obliquum, 151, 187, 210, 
217, forma oneidense, 210, var. 
obliquum, 141, 151; Lunaria, 210, 
218; obliquum, 151, 209; obliqu- 
um elongatum, 209; ramosum, 
187, 210, 213, 214; simplex, 102, 
187, 210, 215, 216, var. composi- 
tum, 210; ternatum, var. inter- 
medium, 210, 215, var. rutaefoli- 
um, 187, 210, 210; virginianum, 
210, var. eurpaeum, 210, 216, 
var. intermedium, 210, 290, var. 

laurentianum, 210, 216. 
Botrydium granulatum, 67. 

Botryococcus Braunii, 66. 
Botryopleuron, 4 
Brasenia, 169; Schreberi, 264. 
Brier, Cat, 109; Green, 109. 
Bromus commutatus, 232; inermis, 

232, secalinus, 232. 
Bryophytes, 69, 70. 

Bryopsis hypnoides, 253, 254. 
Buchnereae, 3. 

Bugbane, 202. 

Bullrush, 134. 
Butter-and-eggs, 131. 

Butter Dock, 107. 


Calamagrostis neglecta, 131, 230; 
Pickeringii, 161, 230, var. debilis; 
99, 148, 230. 

Calistachya, 6; alba, 6; 
lanceolata, 7. 

Callistachys, 6. 

Calla palustris, 145, 238. 

Callitriche, 273; heterophylla, 273; 
palustris, 273. 

Calopogon, 79; pulchellus, 132, 
forma albiflorus, 245; tuberosus, 
forma Pues 245. 

Calorhabdos, 4. 

lr ns fissa, 384; Sullivantii, 


virginica 


Camelina microcarpa, 265. 
Campanula rotundifolia, 131. 
Canadian Goldenrod, 151. 
Canoe Birch, 91. 

Capraria, 1. 


Cardamine Clematitis, 71; parvi- 
flora, 71; pennsylvanica, 172. 

Carduus acanthoides, 140. 

Carex, 138, 172; aenea, 132, 142, 
236; albolutescens, var. cumulata, 


132, 138, 150, 235; albolu- 
tescens, var. cumulata x 
Scoparia, 235; annectens, 173; 


arctata, 238; atlantica, 96, 99, 
104, 138, 236; aurea, 133, 165, 
170, 199, 237; Barrattn, 175; 
Bebbii, 165, 236; Bella-villa, 87, 
bullata, var. Greenei, 97, 99, 
104, 150, 238; conoidea, 237; 
Crawfordii, 235; crinita, 236, 
var. gynandra, 236; cristata, 235; 
cryptolepis, 237; Deweyana, 136, 
236; diandra, 131, 236; eburnea, 
136, 164, 170, 237; exilis, 96, 161, 
236; extensa 238; flava, 237, 238; 
foenea, var. perplexa, 138, 236; 
folliculata, 238; gigantea, 86, 87, 
forma minor, 87, var. grandis, 
87, var. lupulina, 87, var. lupulina 
forma Bella-villa, 87, var. lup- 
ulina forma pedunculata, 87; 
Goodenowii, 157, 169, 237, var. 
strictiformis, 157, 237; gracillima, 
237; grandis, 86, 87; granularis, 
var. Haleana, 199; Harti, var. 
Bradleyi, 87; hormathodes, 235; 
Howei, 96, 97, 104, 236, 300; in- 
terior, 25, 96; intumescens, var. 
Fernaldii, 238; laxiflora, var. 
patulifolia, 237; lentieularis, 102, 
237; leporina, 95, 236; lepto- 
nervia, 237; limosa, 131; lupuli- 
formis, 86, $87; lupulina, 86, 
238, var. gigantoides, 87, var. 
peduneulata, 87, var. polystachya, 
87; norvegica, 26,. 103, 236; 
Oederi, 198, 237, forma elatior, 
237, var. pumila, 238; oligosperma, 
99, 148, 167, 169, 238; panicea, 
95, 155, 237; pauciflora, 96, 98, 


99, 237; paupercula, 96, 98, 
109, var. irrigua, 96, var. pal- 
lens, 96; pennsylvanica, var. 


lucorum, 130, 237; polygama, 
101, 135, 237; pratensis, 236; 
projecta, 235; Pseudo-Cyperus, 
238; retrorsa, 136, 164, 238, 302, 
var. Bradleyi, 87, var. gigantoi- 
des, 87, var. Hartii, 87, var. 
Macounii, 87; riparia, var. la- 
custris, 137, 238; rosea, 136, 170, 
236, var. radiata, 236; scabrata, 
136, 140, 238, 300; scirpoides, 


Index 


305 


96, var. capillacea, 96, 236; 
scoparia, 107, 138, 235, forma 
peracuta, 234, var. subturbinata, 
235, var. tessellata, 235; setacea, 
var. ambigua, 173; silicea, 141, 
150, 158, 236; squarrosa, 173; 
sterilis, 96, 236; straminea, 235, 
var. festucacea, 235; subulata, 
172; tenella, 236; tenera, 235; 
tribuloides, var. 'reducta, 235; 
trichocarpa, 172, var. aristata, 
199; trisperma, 109, 230, var. 
Billingsii, 99, 236; typhina, 173; 
umbellata, var. tonsa, 130, 237: 
varia 237; vesicaria, var. jejuna, 
173, 238; virescens, var. Swanil, 
1v 237; vulpinoidea, 173, 236, 
var. ambigua, 173, 176, var. 
RIORUM 173, 176; xanthocarpa, 
173. 

Carteria, 252; subcordiformis, 249- 
251. 

Castalia odorata, forma rosea, 162. 

Cat Brier, 109. 

Catherinea, 70. 

Cat-tail, 199. 

Cedar, 101, 102; White, 100. 

Centaurea nigra, 299; nigrescens, 
299. 

Centaurium umbellatum, 286. 

Centrogenium setaceum, 84. 

Cephaloziella bifida, 284. 

Ceratiola, 92, 167, 168; cericoides, 
92; ericoides, 92. 

Cetraria, 184. 

Chaenorrhinum minus, 132. 

Chaetosphaeridium Pringsheimii, 


Chain Fern, 109, 145, 147. 
Chamaecyparis, 96, 101, 102, 115; 
thyoides, 92. 
Checkerberry, 98. 
Cheilanthes, 69. 
Chelidonium majus, 264. 
Chelone glabra, 157. 
Chestnut, 195. 
Chilosey phus fragilis, 67. 
Chimaphila umbellata, var. 
lantica, 278. 
Chlorococcum humicola, 66. 
Chokeberry, 156. 
Christmas Fern, 71. 
Chrysospenium, 70; 
71 


cisat- 


americanum, 


Churchill, J. R., Cimicifuga race- 
mosa in Massachusetts, 201. 

Cimicifuga americana, 71; race- 
mosa, 201, 202, in Massachusetts, 
201. 


306 


Circaea, 115; alpina, 115; canaden- 
sis, 137, 170, 276; intermedia, 
276; latifolia, 115, 137, 170, 276; 
Lutetiana, 276. 

Cirsium muticum, 157. 

Cistus, 92. 

Cladium mariscoides, 101, forma 
congestum, 234 

Cladonia, 148, 170, 183, 
rangiferina, 148. 

Cladoniaceae, 183. 

Clarkia, 115; pulchella, 115; rhom- 
boidea, 115. 

Clathrocystis seruginosa, 252. 

Cloudberry, 169. 

Clover, A freak Sweet, 25. 

Codiolum petrocelidis, 66. 

Coelopleurum lucidum, 99, 278. 

Cohosh, Black, 202. 

Collea calcarata, 84. 

Collins, J. F., Three Plants new to 
Rhode Island, 27. 

Collomia linearis, 288. 

Committee on Floral Areas, Third 
Report of the, 209. 

Compositae, 174. 

Conioselinum, 302; chinense, 159, 
278. 

Conium maculatum, 277. 

Connecticut Botanists and their 
Herbaria, Old-time,—II. 121, 
Laks 

Conringia orientalis, 265. 

Convalleta majalis, 95, 242. 

Corallorhiza maculata, 140. 

Cordula, 75; insignis, var. Sanderae, 


Corema, 137, 138, 142, 302; Con- 
radii, 92, 137, 148, 150, 273. 
Coreopsis discoidea, 92; rosea, 160, 

298. 

Cornus alternifolia, 278; Amomum, 
164, 278; canadensis, 109; cir- 
cinata, 278; rugosa, 278; stolon- 
ifera, 278. 

Coronilla varia, 199. 

Coronopus didymus, 140, 265. 

Correction and a Discrepancy, 
Barratt, Torrey and Schweinitz, 
A, 300. 

Corrections in Nomenclature, 86. 

Cotton Grass, 131. 

Crataegus, 158, 180; Jonesae, 159, 
267; monogyna, 95. 

Critical Revision of Hydrangea 
arborescens, A, 203. 

Croton glandulosus, 221, 223, in 
New Jersey, A station for, 221, 
var. septentrionalis, 221. 


186; 


Rhodora 


[DEcEMBER 


Crowberry, 98, 169. 

Crucifer, 132. 

Cuphea, 114; procumbens, 114. 

Cupressus thyoides, 92. 

Curly Grass, 91. 

Cyclopogon, 73, 83; cranichoides, 
84. 


Cynoctonum Mitreola, 40. 

Cyperaceae, 42, 90. 

Cyperus dentatus, 142, 232; dian- 
drus, 175. 

Cypress, 96, 101. 

Cypripedium, 75. 

Cystopteris bulbifera, 136, 164, 
170, 186, 300; fragilis, 165, 215, 
var. Mackayi, 186. 


Dalibarda, 109. 

Danthonia, 95, 231; compressa, 230, 
231. 

Daphne, 113; Mezereum, 113. 

Deam, C. C. [Notice of Work], 179. 

Deam's Trees of Indiana, 179. 

Deane, W., Reports on the Flora 
of the Boston District, — XXXIV. 
113. 

Decodon, 114; verticillatus, 114, 
var. laevigatus, 114, 150, 276. 
Dentaria diphylla, 137, 140, 170, 

265. 
Deschampsia caespitosa, 110. 
Desmodium, 172. 
Dianthus Armeria, 264. 
Dictyosphaerium pulchellum, 67. 
Digitaleae, 1. 
Digitalis, 1. 
Dirca, 114; palustris, 114. 
Discrepancy, Barratt, Torrey and 
Schweinitz, A Correction and a, 
300. 
Distichlis spicata, 164, 231. 
Dock, Butter, 107. 
Dogwood, Flowering, 195. 
Draba caroliniana, 172. 
Draparnaldia glomerata, 67. 
Drosera intermedia, 90, 265; longi- 
folia, 155, 265; longifolia Xx ro- 
tundifolia, 265;rotundifolia, 155. 
Dumortiera, 70. 
Dwarf Mistletoe, 97. 


Eames, E. A., An unusual Form of 
Habenaria clavellata, 126. 

Echinochloa, 49, 50, 56, 61, 63, 64; 
in North America, The Genus, 
49; colonum, 51, 53, 54, forma 
zonalis, 51, 53; crusgalli, 49, 54, 
55, 57, 60; crusgalli crus-pavonis 
60, 63; crusgalli edulis, 54; crus- 


1921] l Index 


um 


galli zelayensis, 54; crusgalli, 
forma longiseta, 55, forma vit- 
tata, 57, var. aristata, 55, 57, var. 
muricata, 57; echinata, 52, 60, 61, 
63, var. decipiens, 52, 60; 
frumentacea, 51, 54; gracilis, 51, 
forma longiseta, 51; guadelou- 
pensis, 53, 63, 64; holciformis, 
53, 62; longiaristata, 62; muricata 
49, 50, 52, 57, 59, 60, var. ludovi- 
ciana, 52, 58-60, var. micro- 
stachya, 52, 58-60,var. multi- 
flora, 52, 59, 60, var occiden- 
talis, 52, 58-60; oplismenoides, 
50, 52, 61, 62; paludigena, 53, 
64, var. soluta, 53, 64, 65; 
polystachya, 53, 63-65; pyrami- 
dalis, 63, 64; sabulicola, 60; 
spectabilis, 63, 64; Walteri, 49, 
50, 52, 56, 61, forma laevigata, 
52, 62; zelayensis, 50, 51, 54, var. 
macera, 51, 54, var. subaristata, 
51, 54; zonalis, 53. 

Ectocarpus, 255; Mitchellae, 255; 
Mitchellae parva, 256; Mitchel- 
lae Harv. var. parva n. var.,254; 
virescens, 255. 

Ehlers, J. H., Panicum virgatum 
var. cubense in Michigan, 200. 

Elatine minima, 274. 

Eleocharis capitata, 106; Engel- 
manni, var. detonsa, 42; geni- 
culata, 106; obtusa, 233; oliva- 
cea, 162, 232; palustris, var. 
glaucescens, 233; Robbinsu, 99, 
149, 162, 232; rostellata, 103, 
105, 110, 149, 233; tenuis, 106; 
tuberculosa, 167, 169, 233, 300, 
var. pubnicoensis, 233; uniglu- 
mis, 233. 

Elm, American, 91. 

Eltroplectris acuminata, 84. 

Elymus arenarius, var. villosus, 99, 
232; virginicus, 151, var. hirsuti- 
glumis, 151, 232. 

Empetraceae, 92. 

Empetrum, 98, 148; nigrum, 96, 98, 

' .. 99, 105, 148, 169, 300. 

Entomophthoraceae, 183. 

Epilobium, 115; angustifolium, 115, 
var. albiflorum, 115; coloratum, 
115; densum, 115; glandulosum, 
var. adenocaulon, 115, var. 
occidentale, 276; hirsutum, 115; 
molle, 115; palustre, 115, 276, var 
monticola, 115, 276. 

Equisetaceae, 211. 

Equisetum arvense, 


211, 214; 


307 


fluviatile, 43, 44, 46, 209, or 
E. limosum, 43; fluviatile inter- 
medium, 47; fluviatile, G. limo- 
sum, 45, * limosum, 45, a. praecox, 
45; fluviatile simplex, 45; fluvia- 
tile, var. polystachyum, 47, var. 
uliginosum, 46, var. verticillatum, 
46; Heleocharis, 44, 45, A. fluvia- 
tile, 46, forma polystachyum, 47, 
2. fluviatile, 46, B. limosum, 45, 
forma uliginosum, 46, forma limo- 
sum, 45, forma polystachyum, 47, 
forma uliginosum, 45; hyemale, 
var. affine, 187, 211, 215, 210, 
var. intermedium, 211, 219, 220; 
limosum, 43-45, 209, 211, 214; 
limosum fluviatile, 46; limosum 
polystachion, 47; limosum, 4%. 
aphyllum, 45, 8. Candelabrum, 
47, Equisetum fluviatile or E. 
limosum, 43; limosum, X. genui- 
num, 45, « Linnaeanum, subvar. 
minus, 46, 8. minus 45, Y. poly- 
stachyum, 47, B. ramosum, 46, 
forma brachycladon, 46, forma 
fluviatile, 46, forma fluviatile, 
subf. attenuata, 46, subf. brachy- 
clada, 46, subf. leptoclada, 46, 
subf. polystachya, 47, forma lep- 
tocladon, 46, forma Linnaeanum, 
45, forma  Linnaeanum, subf. 
minor, 46, forma minus, 45, forma 
polystachium, 45, 47, 97, 187, 
forma verticillatum, 45-47, var. 
attenuatum, 46, var. E. fluviatile, 
46, var. Linnaeanum, 45, var. 
simplex, 45, var. uliginosum, 45, 
var. verticillatum, 46; litorale, 
187, 211, 219, palustre, 211, 219; 
polystachium, 47; pratense, 211, 
219; scirpoides, 133, 139, 170, 
187, 211, 216; sylvaticum, var. 
pauciramosum, 211, 215, var. 

. pauciramosum, forma multiramo- 
sum, 211, 215; Telmateia, 44; 
uliginosum, 45, 46; variegatum, 
25, 211, 218, 219, var. Jesupi, 
211, 218, 219. 


Erigeron hyssopifolius, 136, 164, 
170, 295, 300; philadelphicus, 
295. 

Eriocaulon decangulare, 92; sept- 
angulare, 102. 

Eriophorum angustifolium, 98, 234, 
var. majus, 234; callitrix, 99; 
Chamissonis, forma albidum, 
131, var. albidum, 131; russeolum, 


308 


var. candidum, viridi- 
carinatum, 234. 


Erysimum parviflorum, 132, 265. 


131; 


Estuarian Variety of Scirpus 
Smithii, 41. 
Eupatorium Bruneri, 147, 292; 


fistulosum, 173, 176; maculatum, 
147, 174, 292; purpureum, 147, 
172, 173, 174, 292; ternifolium, 
174; verticillatum, 147, 292. 

Euphorbia Darlingtonii, 175; hir- 
suta, 273; polygonifolia, 158. 

Euphrasia americana, 290; cana- 
ensis, 149, 290; purpurea, var. 
Randii, 99, 139, 290, var. Randii, 
forma albiflora, 99, 290, stricta, 
290 


Eustachya, 6; alba, 6; oppositifolia, 
6, 7 


Eustachys, 6. 

Euthamia, 99, 143. 

Euveronica, 3, 4. 

Evans, A. W., Notes on New 
England Hepaticae,—XVI. 281 

Evonymus americanus, 71. 

Expedition to Nova Scotia, 1920, 
The Gray Herbarium, 89, 130, 
153, 184, 223, 257, 284. 

Extended Range for Amelanchier 
amabilis, 71. 


Farwell, O. A., Correciions in 
Nomenclature, 86. 
Fassett, N. C., An estuarian 


Variety of Scirpus Smithii, 41; 
Sium suave:a new and an old 
Form, 111. 

Fegatella, 70, 71. 

Fern, 70; Chain, 109, 145, 147; 
Christmas, 71; Marsh, 164; Os- 
trich, 151. 

Fernald, M. L., Eq isetum fluviatile 
or E. limosum?, 43; Scutellaria 
epilobiifolia, 85; The American 
Variations of Silene acaulis, 119; 
The Gray Herbarium Expedition 
of Nova Scotia, 1920, 89, 130, 
153, 184, 223, 257, 284; The 
North American Representatives 
of Scirpus cespitosus, 22. 

Festuca nutans, 136, 170, 232; 
rubra, var. glaucescens, 232; 
capillata, 232. 

Filices, 90. 

Filipendula hexapetala, 267; Ul- 
maria, 268. 

Fir, 91. 

Fissidens cristatus 67. 


Rhodora 


[DECEMBER 


Flora of the Boston District, 
Reports on the, — XXXIV. 113; 
of Isle au Haut, Additions to the, 
26; of Mount Desert, Maine, 
Additions to the, 65. 

Floral Areas, Third Report of the 
Committee on, 209. 

Flowering Dogwood, 195. 

Form of Ilex opaca, 118. 

Fossombronia, 282; foveolata, 67, 
284. 

Fragaria vesca, 
136, 170, 267. 

Fraxinus lanceolata, 180. 

Freak Sweet Clover, A, 25. 


Galium palustre, 291; tinctorium, 
104, 106, 146, 291; trifidum, 
104, 291, var. halophilum, 105, 
291. 

Gaultheria, 98; procumbens, 98. 

Gaura, 115; biennis, 115. 

Gaylussacia baccata, 135; dumosa, 
285, var. Bigeloviana, 99, 132, 
148, 284, 285. 

Gentian, Plymouth, 160. 

Gentiana saponaria, 129. 

Genus Echinochloa in North Amer- 
ica, 49. 

Geranium pratense, 273; Robert- 
ianum, 140, 170. 

Gerardia, 138; neoscotica, 138, 
139; paupercula, 290; purpurea, 
290. 


var. americana, 


Geum canadense, 137, 268; stric- 
tum, 137, 268; virginianum, 
137, 170, 268. 

Gilia linearis, 288. 

Glyceria Fernaldii, 231; grandis, 
forma pallescens, 231; laxa, 
23l; obtusa, 231; pallida, 166, 
231. 

Gnaphalium obtusifolium, 157; pur- 
pureum, 172; sylvaticum, 164, 
298. 

Golden Crest, 92. 

Goldenrod, 143; Canadian, 151. 

Goodyera, 81. 

Gramineae, 90. 

Grass, Cotton, 131; Curly, 91; 
Heath, 95; Vanilla, 164. 

Gratiola aurea, 102, 157, 290. 

Gratioleae, 1, 3. 

Gray Herbarium Expedition to 
Nova Scotia, 1920, 89, 130, 153, 
184, 223, 257, 284. 

Gray Pine and Arbor-Vitae, 247. 

Green Brier, 109. 


1921] 


Grimes, E. J., A new Station for 
Pogonia affinis, 195. 

Gyrostachys constricta, 74; lati- 
folia, 83, ochroleuca, 74; parvi- 
flora, 83; plantaginea, 83. 


Habenaria, 147; blephariglottis, 90, 
110, 142. 148, 157, 245; bracteata, 
136, 244; clavellata, 127, An 
unusual Form of, 126; fimbriata, 
68, flava, 147, 148, 160, 168, 244; 
var. virescens, 148, 244; Hook- 
eri, 245; hyperborea, 244; lacera, 
68; macrophylla, 136, 245; ob- 
tusata, 245; psycodes, 68, 151, 
157; viridis, var. bracteata, 244. 

Haemadoraceae, 162. 

Haloragidaceae, 117. 

Halorrhageae, 165. 

Hamamelis virginiana, var. parvi- 
folia, 265. 

Harebell, 131. 

Hazen, Tracy E. Platymonas 
subcordiformis (Wille) Hazen, 
comb. nov., 251. 

Heath Grass, 95. 

Hebe, 2-5, 38; blanda, 39; 
elliptica, 39; magellanica, 38, 40; 
salicifolia, 59. 

Hedeoma hispida, 27. 

Helianthus petiolaris, 
rimus, 198. 

Hepaticae, 70; Notes on New Eng- 
land,—XVlI. 281. 

Herbaria, Old-time Connecticut 
Botanists and their, —1I. 121, 171. 

Herbarium of Rev. W. P. Alcott, 
47 


198; scaber- 


Herposteiron vermiculoides, 67, 
Hieracium paniculatum, 300; Pil- 
. osella, 300; pratense, 300. 
Hierochloe odorata, 164. 
High-bush Blueberry, 97, 98, 109. 
Hippuris vulgaris, 277. 
Hobble-bush, 134. 

Holly, 118. 

Hop Hornbeam, 91. 

Hornbeam, Hop, 91. 

Huckleberry, Black, 135; Bog, 99. 

Hudsonia, 92. 

Hunnewell, F. W., An extended 
Range for Amelanchier amabilis, 
71. 

Hydrangea, 203, 204; arborescens, 
203-206, 208, A Critical Revision 
of, 203, var. cordata, 206, var. 
Deamii, 204, 206, 208, var. 
Deamii, forma acarpa, 206, 


Index 


309 


208; arborescens, forma grandi- 
flora, 206, 207, Y. oblonga, 204, 
forma oblonga, 206, var. oblonga, 
204-208, forma sterilis, 206, 
208, 8. sterilis, 208, forma typica 
206, var. typica, 206, forma 
vulgaris, 206, var. vulgaris, 206; 
cinerea, 204, 205, 207, 208; 
cordata, 206; radiata, 204; vul- 
garis, 206, 208, 8. cordata, 200. 
Hydrastis canadensis, 219. 
Hydrocaryaceae, 116. 
Hydrocotyle americana, 277. 
Hypericum boreale, 274; dissim- 
ulatum, 149, 274. 
Hystrix patula, 232. 


Iberis amara, 140. 
Ibidium, 74; cernuum, 74, 127; 
lucayanum, $84; plantagineum, 


83. 

Ilex, 97; Aquifolium, 118, 119, var. 
laurifolia, 119; fastigiata, 109, 
274; glabra, 91, 92, 97, 98, 105, 
109, 110, 142, 148, 158, 159, 161, 
274, 300; opaca, 92, 118, 119, 
167, a Form of, 118, forma 


subintegra, 119; verticillata, 
109, 159, 273, var. fastigiata, 
274, var. padifolia, 159, 274, 


var. tenuifolia, 274. 
Incorporation of the New England 
Botanical Club, 27. 
Indiana, Deam’s "Trees of, 179. 
Inkberry, 91, 98, 105, 109, 145, 169. 
Interesting Habitat, An, 69. 
Introduction in the State of Wash- 
ington, Lathyrus  Nissolia, a 
recent, 246. 
Iris Pseudacorus, 95, 244; 
var. canadensis, 139, 244. 
Isle au Haut, Additions to the 
Flora of, 26. 


setosa, 


Isoetaceae, 209. 

Isoetes, 102, 104, 146; Tuckermani, 
188, var. borealis, 188, var. 
Harveyi, 188. 


Isotria verticillata, 76. 


Jack Pine, 188, 200. 

Joe Pye Weed, 147. 

Juncus, 302; acuminatus, 105, 142, 
242; articulatus, 152, 242; arti- 


culatus x brevicaudatus, 242; 
articulatus X canadensis, 242; 
articulatus X nodosus, 242; 
articulatus, var. obtusatus, 142, 
242; brevicaudatus, 152, 166; 


310 


bufonius, 150, var. congestus, 
198, var. halophilus, 158, 239; 
canadensis, 142, 166, 241, var. 
sparsiflorus, 241; Dudleyi, 140, 
170, 239; effusus, 145, 240, var. 
compactus, 239, var. conglomera- 
tus, 145, var. costulatus, 239, 
240, var. Pylaei, 145, 240, 241, 
var. solutus, 240; flliformis, 169; 
Greenei, 150, 239; marginatus, 
92, 142, 149, 242; militaris, 242: 
nodosus, 242; pelocarpus, 242; 
subcaudatus, 142, 143, 149, 156, 
158, var. planisepalus, 241; 
tenuis, var. Williamsii, 239. 

Jungermannia ^ fossombronioides, 
281. 

Juniper, 101. 

Juniperus communis, var. depressa, 
188; horizontalis, 189; sabina, 
var. procumbens, 189. 


Kalmia angustifolia, 248; polifolia, 
98 


Kidder, N. T., Additions to the 
Flora of Isle au Haut, 26. 

Kirchneriella contorta, 66. 

Knowlton, C. H., Herbarium of Rev. 
W. P. Alcott, 47; Reports on the 
Flora of the Boston District, — 
XXXIV. 113; Report of the 
Committee on Floral Areas, 209. 

Knox County, Maine, Some rare 
Plants from, 198. 

Krieger, L. C. C. [Notice of Work], 
87, 88. 


Lackey, J. B., Bryopsis hypnoides, 
253. 


Lactuca hirsuta, 300. 

Ladies’ Mantle, 94. 

Ladies-tresses, 129. 

Laportea canadensis, 137, 170, 257. 

Lappula echinata, 288. 

Larch, 91, 109. 

Larix, 248. 

Lathyrus Nissolia, 246, a recent 
Introduction in the State of 
Washington, 246; palustris, 273, 
var. macranthus, 273, var. pilosus, 
273; pratensis, 132, 273; Sand- 
bergii, 246; venosus, 203. 

Lechea, intermedia, 130, 138, 274. 

Ledum, 159; groenlandicum, 159, 
169, 248. 

Leersia oryzoides, forma clandestina, 
229, forma glabra, 229. 

Leguminosae, 246. 


Rhodora 


[Deceme ER 


Lemna minor, 131, 238; trisulca, 
131, 199, 238. 

Lepidium campestre, 264; Draba, 
140, 264. 

Leptandra, 2, 6; alba, 6; purpurea, 
6; villosa, 6; virginica, 6; virginica 
purpurea, 6. 

Lespedeza, 172. 

Leucojum aestivum, 242, 244. 

Leucothoe, 109. 

Levisticum officinale, 277. 

Lewis, I. F., Asterococcus superbus, 
252; Notes from the Woods Hole 
Laboratory, —1921, 249; Plat- 
ymonas subcordiformis, 249. 

Lichens, 69, 183, 184. 

Lilaeopsis, 111; lineata, 110, 277. 

Lilium canadense, 136, 300. 

Limodorum altum, 132; tuberosum, 
132. 

Limosella aquatica, 110; subulata, 
110, 150, 290. 

Linaria canadensis, 290; minor, 
132, 290; vulgaris, 131, forma 
leucantha, 290. 

Linnaea, 109. 

Linum catharticum, 68. 

Liparis liliifolia, 197 Loeselii, 141, 
245. 

Listera australis, 126; convallarioi- 
des, 137, 170. 

Lists of New England Plants,— 
XXVIII., Preliminary, 209. 

Lithothamnion campactum, 67; 
glaciale, 67; polymorphum, 67. 

Littorella americana, 135; lacustris, 
135. 

Liverwort, 70. 

Lobelia Dortmanna, 102. 

Loblolly Pine, 195. 

Lolium perenne, 123. 

Long, B., A Station for Croton 
glandulosus in New Jersey, 221. 

Long, C. A. E., Some rare Plants 
from Knox County, Maine, 198. 

Lonicera involucrata, 248; Peri- 
clymenum, 291. 

Lophiola, 92, 160-163, 168, 300; 
americana, 163, 243, 244; aurea, 
162, 163, 243; septentrionalis, 


243, 244. 

Low Blueberry, 135. 

Ludvigia, 116; alternifolia, 116; 
palustris, 116; polycarpa, 116; 


sphaerocarpa, 116. 
Lungwort, Sea, 102. 
Lunularia cruciata, 284. 
Lupine, 105. 


1921] 


Lupinus nootkatensis, 105, 273; 
polyphyllus, 105, 273, 

Lychnis Flos-cuculi, 264. 

Lycopodiaceae, 90, 211, 212. 

Lycopodium adpressum, 99, 100, 
169; alopecuroides, 100; annoti- 
num, 187, 211, 216, var. acrifol- 
ium, 187, 211, 216, var. alpestre, 
211, 216, var. pungens, 21l, 
216, 217; carolinianum Y alo- 
pecuroides, 100; Chapmani, 100; 
clavatum, 211, 215, var. mega- 
stachyon, 187, 211, 215, var. mono- 
stachyon, 211, 216; complanatum, 
188, 211, 216, 217, var. flabelli- 
forme, 188, 211, 214, var. Wibbei, 
212; inundatum, 100, 187, 212, 
217; var. alopecuroides, 212, 
218, var. Bigelovii, 99, 100, 161, 
169, 187, 212, 218; lucidulum, 
212-214, var. porophilum, 212, 
220; obscurum, 187, 188, 212, 
214, var. dendroideum, 188, 
212, 214, sabinaefolium, 212, 
216, 2:7, Selago, 212, 216, var. 
appressum, 212, 216, var. patens, 
212, 216; sitchense, 212, 216; 
tristachyum, 130, 188, 212, 214. 

Lycopus uniflorus, 156, forma flag- 
ellaris, 289, var. ovatus, 156, 
290. 

Lysimachia punctata, 95, 286. 

Lythraceae, 114. 

Lythrum, 114; alatum, 114; Hys- 
sopifolia, 114; Salicaria, 114, 
276, var. tomentosum, 114; vir- 
gatum, 114. 


Maine, Additions to the Flora of 
Mount Desert, 65; Some rare 
Plants from Knox County, 198. 

Maple, Sugar, 91. 

Marchantia polymorpha, 282. 

Marsh Fern, 164. 

Marsilea quadrifolia, 210, 212, 213. 

Marsileaceae, 210. 

Martinellia hyperborea, 282. 

Massachusetts, Cimicifuga 
mosa in, 201. 

Matricaria suaveolens, 298. 

Medeola virginiana, 197. 

Melampyrum, 148. 

Melastomaceae, 114. 

Melilotus, 26; alba, 26. 

Mentzelia, 113. 

Mertensia maritima, 
albiflora, 288. 

Mesadenus lucayanus, 84. 


race- 


102, forma 


Index 


311 


Michigan, Panicum virgatum, var. 
cubense in, 200. 

Mierostylis, 197; monophylla, 126; 
unifolia, 197. 

Milium effusum, 136, 170, 229. 

Milkweed, 135. 

Mistletoe, Dwarf, 97. 

Mitella diphylla, 71. 

Mnium, 70; affine, 68; affine 
ciliare, 68; puncatum elatum, 


8. 

Monk's Rhubarb, 107. 

Monostroma undulatum Farlowii, 
67. 

Montia, 131; rivularis, 131. 

Moss, 70, 183. 

Mougeotia genuflexa, 66; parvula, 
253; tenuis, 253. 

Mount Desert, Maine, Additions 
to the Flora of, 65. 

Muhlenbergia racemosa, 229. 

Mushrooms, 87; Two recent Public- 
ations about, 87. 

Myosotis scorpioides, 95. 

Myrica carolinensis, 105, 257. 

Myriophyllum, 117; alterniflorum, 
117, 133, 277; exalbescens, 117, 
277; Farwellii, 163, 277; humile, 
105, 117, 277, forma capillaceum, 
117, forma natans, 117, 2/7; 
spicatum, 117; tenellum, 105, 
117, 141-143, 163, 277; verticil- 
latum, var. pectinatum, 131, 277. 


Najas flexilis, 146, 192. 

Nardia, 281; fossombronioides, 281; 
obovata, 284; obscura, 284. 

Nelson, J. C., Deam's Trees of 
Indiana, 179. ‘ 

Neottia calcarata, 84; lucida, 83; 
plantaginea, 83. 

Nepeta hederacea, 289, var. par- 
viflora, 289. 


Nephrodium Thelypteris, forma 
suaveolens, 165. 

Neslia paniculata, 265. 

New England Botanical Club, 


Incorporation of the, 27; Hep- 
aticae, Notes on,—XVI. 281; 
Orchids, Notes on,—l. Spiran- 
thes, 73; Plants, Preliminary Lists 
of—XXVIII. 209. 

New Jersey, A Station for Croton 
gladulosus in, 221. 

New Station for Pogonia affinis, 
A, 195. 

Nitella tenuissima, 67. 

Nomenclature, Corrections in, 86. 


312 


North America, The Genus Echi- 
nochloa in, 49. 

North American Representatives 
of Scirpus cespitosus, 22. 

North and South America, Veronica 
in, 1, 29. 

Notes from the Woods Hole Labora- 
tory,—1921, 249; on New Eng- 
land Hepaticae —XAVI. 281; 
on New ngland Orchids,—I. 
pe 73; on Rhododendron, 
177. 

Notothylas orbicularis, 183. 

Nova Scotia, The Gray Herb- 
arium Expedition to, 1920, 89, 
130, 153, 184, 223, 257, 284. 

Nymphaea’ minor, 162; odorata, 
var. minor, 162, var. ‘parviflora, 
162, var. rosea, 161, 162, 264; 
rosea, 162. 

Nymphoides, 169, 171. 

Nymphozanthus rubrodiscus, 137, 


264. 

Oak, Red, 91. 

Oakesia, 92. 

Oedogonium, 67. 

Oenothera, 116; biennis, 116; 
bistorta, 116; cruciata, 116; 
fruticosa, 116; grandiflora, 116; 
hybrida, var. ambigua, 116; 
laciniata, 116; muricata, 116; 
Oakesiana, 116; pratensis, 116; 
pumila, 116. 

Old-time Connecticut Botanists 
and their Herbaria,—II. 121, 
B. 

Onagraceae. 


Onoclea sensibilis, 185; Struthiop- 
teris, 186. 

Ophioglossaceae, 209, 210. 

Ophioglossum, 141; arenarium, 187; 
vulgatum, 141, 142, 187, 210, 217, 
var. minus, 187, 210, 217. 

Ophrydeae, 7T. 

Ophrydium, 66. 

Oplismenus crus-pavonis, 60, 61; 
holciformis, 62; jamaicensis, 63: 
polystachyus, 63; zelayensis, 54. 

Opuntia vulgaris, 113. 

Orchids, 90, 196, 197; 
New England,—I. 
73. 

Orchis flava, 148, var. virescens, 
148; virescens, 148; White-fring- 
ed, 90, 110. 

Ornithogalum 
244. 


Notes on 
’ Spiranthes, 


umbellatum, 242, 


Rhodora 


[DECEMBER 


Orontium, 171. 

Orthotrichum sordidum, 68. 

Oryzopsis asperifolia, 229; cana- 
densis, 132, 229. 


Osmorhiza Claytoni, 170, 277; 
divaricata, 140, 170, 277. 
Osmunda cinnamomea, 185; re- 


galis, 134. 
Ostrich Fern, 151. 
Ostrya virginiana, 137, 170, 257. 
Oxydendrum arboreum, 180. 
Oyster-plant, 102. 


Paederota, 3. 
Panax, 118; trifolium, 118. 
Panicum, 64, 141, 156, 224; aris- 
tatum, 63; boreale, 195, 22$; 
capillare, var. occidentale, 192; 
colonum, 53, var. zonale, 53; 
crusgalli, 55-57, 61, 302, a. 
aristatum, 57, X. brevisetum, 55, 
B. mite, 60, Y. purpureum, 60, 
var. hispidum, 62, var. longi- 
gum 55, 57; crus-pavonis, 
depauperatum, 138, 194, 
Si psilophyllum, 193, 194, 
var. psilophyllum, forma cryp- 
tostachys, 194; dichotomiflor- 
um, 166, 192; dichotomum, B. 
fasciculatum, 228; echinatum, 
57, 60, 61; frumentaceum, 54; 
Funstoni, 227; hispidum, 62; 
huachucae, 141, 223-226, 228, 
var. fasciculatum, 228, var. silvi- 
cola, 224-226, 228; Spi epit, 
223, 224, 226, 228; languidum, 
141, 224, 225, 228; lauginosum, 


var. huachucae, 298; Lindhei- 
meri, 141, 170, 223-225, 227, 
var. fasciculatum, 226-228, 


var. implicatum, 226, 228, var. 
septentrionale, 226, 297, var. 
typicum, 226, 227; linearifolium, 
194, var. Werneri, 194; longi- 
folium, 160, 168, 193, 300, var. 
tusketense, : 192, 300; longisetum, 
62; marginatum, 194; muricatum, 
57, 61; nitidum, 7. ciliatum, 228, 
8. 'pilosum, 228; pacificum, 220, 
228; plicatum, 64; pyramidale, 
63, 64; sabulicolum, 60, 61; 
Sect. Lanuginosa, 225; Sect. 
Spreta, 224; spectabile, 63, 64, 
var. guadeloupense, 63; spretum, 
99, 101, 102, 141, 195; strictum, 
194, 195; subvillosum, 103, 224, 
228; tennesseense, 141, 223, 
225, 226, 228; unciphyllum 


1921 


implieatum, 228; unciphyllum, 
forma prostratum, 228; virgatum, 
200, var. cubense, 156, 192, 200, 
in Michigan, 200; Walteri, 61; 
Werneri, 194; zonale, 53. 

Panoxys, 39. 

Parker, C. S., Lathyrus Nissolia, 
a recent Introduction in the 
State of Washington, 246. 

Parmelia lophyrea, 183. 

Parmeliopsis, 184. 

Parnassia, 111. 

Pease, A. S., Gray Pine and Arbor- 
Vitae, 247. 

Peattie, D. C, An 
Habitat, 69. 

Pra cranichoides, 84; setacea, 


interesting 


Pellia epiphylla, 282. 

Peltandra, 129. 

Pennell, F. W., Veronica in Nort 
and South America, 1, 29. : 
Persicaria maculata, 258; major, 
258, 259; nodosa, 258; robustior, 
147; salicifolia, 259; tomentosa, 

259. 

Petasites palmatus, 132, 298. 

Petrocelis, 66. 

Peutalis nodosa, 258. 

Phymatolithon compactum, 67. 

Pine, Gray, and Arbor-Vitae, 247; 
Jack, 200; Loblolly, 195; Red, 91; 
White, 91. 

Pinus Banksiana, 130, 188, 247- 
249; divaricata, 188; resinosa, 
131, 188, 247; Strobus, 185. 

Pinguicula, 111. 

Pitcher Plant, 148. 

Plagiochila Austini, 284. 

Plants, Preliminary Lists of New 
England, — XXVIII. 209; from 
Knox County, Maine, Some 
rare, 198; new to Rhode Island, 
Three, 27. 

Platymonas, 249, 251, 252; sub- 
cordiformis, 249, 252, 256; 
tetrathele, 250, 252, 

Plymouth Gentian, 160. 

Poa, 133; angustifolia, var. costata, 
133; costata, 133, 139, 164, 
231, 300; pratensis, 133, subsp. 
costata, 133, var. costata, 133, 
var. depauperata, 133; saltuensis, 
231; trivialis, 231. 

Pogonia, 141, 195-197; affinis, 
195-197, a new Station for, 195; 
ophioglossoides, 101, 102, 129, 
132, 140, var. brachypogon, 


Index 


313 


245; verticillata, 76, 196, 197; 
Whorled, 197. 

Polygonatum biflorum, 242. 

Polygonum, 165, 168; acadiense, 
134, 165, 260; acre, 146, 260, 
var. leptostachyum, 260; allo- 
carpum, 151, 163, 262; aviculare, 
261, £. buxifolium, 260, 262, 
B. latifolium, 261, 262; buxifol- 
ium, 260-262; cuspidatum, 262; 
erectum, 261; Fowleri, 198, 260- 
262; hydropiperoides, 168, 260, 
var. digitatum, 260; incanum, 
259; lapathifolium, 258, 259; 
subsp. maculatum, 258, var. 
incanum, 259, var. maculatum, 
258, var. nodosum, 258, var. 
peetieale, 258, var. salicifolium, 
259; littorale sitchense, 260; 
littorale, 8. buxifolium, 260, 261; 
maculatum, 258; maritimum, 260; 
Muhlenbergii, 166, 259; nodosum, 
258, 259, B. incanum, 259, forma 
salieifolium, 259; pallidum, 259; 
pennsylvanicum, 259, var., 
258; Persicaria * tomento- 
sum, 259; polystachyum, 262; 
punctatum, 146; punctatum ro- 
bustior, 147; punctatum, var. 
robustior, 146, 302; Rai, 150, 
158, 260; robustius, 147, 149, 
155, 166, 168, 260, 300; scabrum, 
258, 259; tomentosum, 259, var. 
incanum, 259. 

Polypodium, 69, 149; vulgare, 147, 
185. 


Polypremum procumbens, 40. : 

Polystichum  acrostichoides, 185; 
Braunii, 136, 185. 

Polytrichum, 110, 138, 142, 150, 
235, 236, 244, 278, 286. 

Pontederia, 142. 

Potamogeton alpinus, 164, 189; 
amplifolius, 189; angustifolius, 
191; bupleuroides, 163, 191; con- 
fervoides, 145, 149, 191; dimorph- 
us, 191; filiformis, var. borealis, 
191; Friesii, 191; gramineum, 189; 
gramineus, 189-191, 6 gramineus, 
189, 2. graminifolius, 189, var. 
graminifolius, 189-191, var. myrio- 
phyllus, 189, var. spathulaeformis, 
190, 191; graminifolius, 189, 
190; heterophyllus, 189, 190, 
var. graminifolius, 189; monili- 
formis, 191; natans, 189; Oak- 
esianus, 146, 148, 163, 189, 
pectinatus, 141, 192; perfoliatus; 


314 


191; pulcher, 164, 189, 300; 
spathaeformis, 190,191; spathulae- 
formis, 190; spathuliformis, 190; 
vaginatus, 164, 191; varians, 
190, 191; Zizii X gramineus, 191. 
Potentilla, 98; Anserina, var. seri- 
cea, 267; canadensis, var. simplex, 
98; fruticosa, 101, 267; procum- 
bens, 155, 167; recta, 267; triden- 
tata, 138, forma hirsutifolia, 27. 
Prasinocladus, 250, 251; subsalsa, 
250. 
Preliminary Lists of New England 
Plants, —XXVIII., 209. 
Prenanthes, 300; altissima, 
forma hispidula, 300, var. his- 
pidula, 300; trifoliolata, 157. 
Primula, 302; farinosa, var. macro- 
poda, 139, 286; mistassinica, 25. 
Proserpinaca, 117; intermedia, 117, 
166; X intermedia, 277; palustris, 
117, 165, 277; pectinata, 117, 
165, 168, 277. 
Prunus hortulana, 
272. 
Pteretis nodulosa, 136, 164, 170, 
186 


180; serotina, 


Puccinellia maritima, 94, 102, 
231; paupercula, var. alaskana, 
231 


Pyrenothrix nigra, 184. 

Pyrola chlorantha, 278, var. pauci- 
folia, 278; rotundifolia, var. 
americana, 278, var. arenaria, 
97, 138, 278; secunda, var. obtus- 
ata, 146, 278. 

Pyrus americana, 166, var. decora, 
266; arbutifolia, 156, 266, var. 
atropurpurea, 156, 266; Aucupa- 
ria, 266; dumosa, 266; melano- 
carpa, 266; occidentalis, 266; 
sambucifolia, 266; sitchensis, 266. 


Radula obconica, 284. 

Ranunculus, 131; abortivus, 133, 
264; Flammula, 157, 264; 
Purshii, 131, 133, 164, 170, 264; 
recurvatus, 136, 164, 170, 264; 
sceleratus, 71; septentrionalis, 71. 

Rare Plants from Knox County, 
Maine, Some, 198. 

Red Oak, 91; Pine, 91. 

Report of the Committee on 

loral Areas, Third, 209. 

Reports on the Flora of the Boston 
District, —X X XIV. 113. 

Revision of Hydrangea arborescens, 
A critical, 203. 


Rhodora 


r 
DECEMBER 


Rhamnus alnifolia, 274. 

Rhexia, 114; virginica, 114, 149, 
167, 168, 276. 

Rhode Island, Three Plants new to, 


27. 

Rhododendron atlanticum, 179; 
canadense, forma  viridifolium, 
145, 278; carolinianum, 178, 
var Inargarettae, 177; max- 
imum, 167; minus, 178; neg- 
lectum, 179; Notes on, 177; vis- 
cosum, 179. 

Rhodora, 145. 

Rhubarb, Monk's, 107. 

Rhus Toxicodendron, 135; typhina, 

» 105. 

Ribes hirtellum, var. calcicola, 
206; lacustre, 266; triste, var. 
albinervium, 266. 

Riccardia latifrons, 67; pinguis, 


67. 

Riddle, Lincoln Ware [Obituary 
Notices], 28, 181. 

Ripley, W. S., Jr., Third Report 
of the Committee on Floral 
Areas, 209. 

Rosa palustris, 
rugosa, 272. 

Rotala, 114; ramosior, 114. 

Rubus, 97, 101, 167, 270; abbrevi- 
ans, 271; allegheniensis, 268, 
269; amnicola, 269; Andrewsian- 
nus, 101, 269; arcuans, 272; 
arenicola, 138, 270;'arenicolus, 
270; argutus, 269; biformispinus, 
270, 272; canadensis, 269, 270; 
canadensis X procumbens, 270; 
Chamaemorus, 99, 148, 165, 
169, 268; elegantulus, 269, 270; 
flagellaris,271; flagellarisx setosus, 
271; glandicaulis, 268, var. neos- 
coticus, 268; hispidus, 272, var. 
major,272; hispidusx procumbens, 
270; hispidus X setosus, 272; 
idaeus, 268, var. canadensis, 
268, var. strigosus, 268; jacens, 
272; junceus, 270; multiformis, 
269; nigricans, 271; orarius, 268; 
peculiaris, 271; pergratus, 271; 
pergratus X procumbens, 270; 
plicatifolius, 270; procumbens, 
270; Randii, 270; recurvans, 270; 
recurvicaulis, 270; setosus, 271, 
272; tardatus, 156, 271; vermon- 
tanus, 271. 

Rudbeckia laciniata, 298. 

Rumex Acetosa, 95, 107, 258; 
alpinus, 107, 257; maritimus, 


104, 145, 147; 


[1921 


var. fueginus, 158, 258; obtusi- 
folius, var. sylvestris, 258; pallid- 
us, 155, 257. 

Ruppia maritima, var. longipes, 
141, 192, var. rostrata, 192, var. 
subcapitata, 199. 

Rynchospora, 175; capillacea, 25, 
var. leviseta, 42; capitellata, 134, 
234, var. discutiens, 42, 149, 
160, 234; fusca, 234; glomerata, 
134. 


Sabatia, 158, 160, 165; chloroides, 
286; decandra, 160, 300; Ken- 
nedyana, 158, 160, 165, 167, 286, 
300. 

Sagina nodosa, 150, 158, 198, var. 
pubescens, 264. 

Sagittaria arifolia, 131, 137, 192; 
cuneata, 131, 137, 192; graminea, 
146, 192; teres, 135. 

St. John, H., A critical Revision 
of Hydrangea arborescens, 203; 
A freak Sweet Clover, 25; The 
American Variations of Silene 
acaulis, 119. 

Salix, 172; balsamifera, 176, 245; 
coactilis, 26; cordata, 245; crassa, 
176; diseolor, 180; Drummondi- 
ana, 176; Hookeriana, 176; humi- 
lis, var. keweenawensis, 257, 
pameachiana, 176; pentandra, 
68; purpurea, 95, 173, 199, 257; 


pyrifolia, 245; rostrata, 257; 
Scouleriana, 176; sericea, 257; 
Smithiana, 257; tristis, var. 


monadelphia, 173; 176; Torrey- 
ana, 176. 

Salviniaceae, 210. 

Samolus floribundus, 105, 142, 286. 

Sanicula gregaria, 137, 170, 277; 
marilandica, 277. 

Sarracenia purpurea, 148. 

Satureja vulgaris, 165, 170. 

Sauroglossum cranichoides, 84. 

Saxifraga, 70; micranthidifolia, 71; 
virginiensis, 71. 

Seapania, 281, 282, 284; crassiretis, 
283; curta, 282; hyperborea, 
281-284; irrigua, 283, var. alpina, 
282, 283; paludicola, 283, var. 
Kaalaasi, 
remota, 283 

Scenedesmus abundans brevicauda, 
66; dimorphus, 66; quadricauda 

arvus, 66. 
Schiedeella, 73. 
Schizaea, 91, 97, 134, 135, 149, 153, 


Index 


283; paludosa, 284; 


315 


161; pusilla, 91, 92, 99, 103, 135, 
148, 158, 168, 170, 186, 300. 
Schweinitz, Barratt, Torrey and, 

a Correction and a Discrepancy, 


Scirpus, 24, 42; acutus, 101, 110, 
131, 234, forma congestus, 131; 
atrovirens, 134, var. georgianus, 
134, 234; bracteatus, 24; cam- 
pestris, var. Fernaldii, 234; capi- 
tatus, 106; cespitosus, 22-21; the 
North American Representatives 
of, 22, B. austriacus, 23, 24, B. ger- 
manicus, 23, B nemorosus, 23, var. 
austriacus, 24, var. callosus, 24, 25, 
99, 148, 199, 233, var. delicatulus, 
25, var. nemorosus, 23; Clintonii, 
25; cyperinus, 234, var. pelius, 
234; geniculatus, 106; georgian- 
us, 134; hudsonianus, 131, 233; 
nanus, 233; obtusus, 24; occiden- 
talis, 234, var. congestus, 131; 
Olneyi, 103, 110, 142, 233; 
pauciflorus, 164, 233; ; pedicellatus, 
234; rufus, 103, 233; Smithii, 41, 
42, 'An estuarian Variety of, 41, 
var. levisetus, 42, var. setosus, 
41, 42; subterminalis, 148, 233; 
validus, 181, 233. 

Scoparia, 1. 

Scrophulariaceae, 1-3. 

Sculleap, 85. 

Scutellaria  epilobiifolia, 85, 86, 
forma albiflora, 86, forma rosea, 
86; galericulata, 85, 86, forma 
albiflora, 86, forma rosea, 86; 
lateriflora, 86, forma albiflora, 
86, forma rhodantha, 86, var. 
albiflora, 86. 

Sea Lungwort, 102. 

Sedum acre, 265; roseum, 
265; stoloniferum, 94, 265. 

Selaginella apoda, 212, 218; rupes- 
S: 212, 220; selaginoides, 212, 

Selaginellaceae, 212. 

Senecio aureus, 97, €. Balsamitae, 
299; Balsamitae, 299; flavovi- 
rens, 299; gaspensis, 299; obovat- 
us, var. umbratilis, 299; pauper- 
culus, 299, var. Balsamitae, 299; 
Robbinsii, 97; sylvaticus, 299. 

Setaria viridis, var. Weinmanni, 229. 

Setiscapella subulata, 108; cleisto- 
gama, 108, 291. 

Shad Bush, 130, 198. 

Shepherdia canadensis, 
276. 


163, 


164, 170, 


316 Rhodora [DECEMBER 
Sibthorpia, 41. mum, 189. 
Sieglingia, 151; decumbens, 95, 143, Spartina alterniflora, 110, var. 
- 231. pilosa, 231. 


Silene, 119; acaulis, 119, 120, 
American Variations of, 119, à. 
parviflora, 120, forma subacaul- 
escens, 120, var. exscapa, 119, 120, 
var. subacaulescens, 120; ex- 
scapa, 120; gallica, 94, 264; poly- 
trichoides, 120. 

Sisymbrium officinale, 140, 265, 
var. leiocarpum, 140, 265. 

Sisyrinchium, 95; angustifolium, 
95, 96, 147; arenicola, 96, 138, 
244; atlanticum, 95-97, 99, 244; 
gramineum, 95, 96, 134, 147, 244. 

Sium Carsonii, 113; cicutaefolium, 
var. Carsonii, 113; suave, 112, 
113, a new and an old Form, 
111, forma Carsonii, 113, forma 
fasciculatum, 111, 112. 

Smilacina racemosa, 242; stellata, 
159; trifolia, 96. 

Smilax, 97, 144, 145; rotundifolia, 
97, 109, 144, 145, 147, 242, var. 
uadrangularis, 144, 147, 243. 
Soil Reactions of Spiranthes cernua 

and its Relatives, 127. 

Solidago, 99, 172; altissima, 174; 
bicolor, 292; canadensis, 143, 
151, 172, 293; Elliottii, 144, 151, 
157, 169, 292, 302: graminifolia, 
157, 293, var. Nuttallii, 293; 
humilis, 292; juncea, 292; lati- 
folia, 164, 170, 292; neglecta, 
292; nemoralis, 292; odora, 92; 
puberula, 157; racemosa, 292; 
rugosa, 157, var. sphagnophila, 
151, 293, var. villosa, 292; sem- 
pervirens, 157; serotina, 170, 293, 
var. gigantea, 293; tenuifolia, 99, 
144, 160, 169, 170, 293, 294, var. 
pycnocephala, 293, 294; Terrae- 
Novae, 292; uliginosa, 292; uni- 
ligulata, 157, 292, var. neglecta, 
292, var. terrae-novae, 292. 

Some rare Plants from Knox 
County, Maine, 198. 

Sorbus, 266; Aucuparia, 8. 266; 
decora, 266; dumosa, 266; pumila, 
266; scopulina, 266; sitchensis, 
266; subvestita, 266. 

South America, Veronica in North 
and, 1, 29. 

Sparganium, 145; americanum, 142, 
189, var. androcladum, 189; 
diversifolium, 189, var. acaule, 
189; fluctuans, 145, 189; mini- 


Spergularia leiosperma, 264; salina, 
264 


Spirantheae, 73, 82, 84. 

Spiranthes, 73, 75-77, 81-83; aesti- 
valis, 83; Amesiana, 82, 83; 
autumnalis, 81; Beckii, 77; cer- 
nua, 74-82, 84, 127-129, 157, 167, 
245, and its Relatives, The soil 
Reactions of, 127; cernua X 
gracilis, 80, 81, 84; cernua, var. 
latifolia, 83, var. ochroleuca, 74, 
77-79, 81, 84, 128, 129, 167, 245, 
var. parviflora, 83; cranichoides, 
73; eriophora, 73; gracilis, 75, 76, 
79-81, 85; X intermedia, 81; 
lucayana, 84; lucida, 83; latifolia, 
83; Notes on New England 
Orchids—I., 73; odorata, 74, 
128, 129; ovalis, 83; parviflora, 
83; plantaginea, 83; Romanzoffi- 
ana, 74; Smallii, 83; Storeri, 
84; tortilis, 82, 83; vernalis, 74, 
79-81. 

Sphagnum, 129. 

Spenopholis pallens, 136, 164, 170, 
230 


Sporobolus uniflorus, 229. 

Spruce, 91; White, 109. 

Stachys palustris, 289, var. homo- 
tricha, 289. 

Staghorn Sumach, 105. 

State of Washington, Lathyrus 
Nissolia, a recent Introduction in 
the, 246. 

Station for Croton glandulosus in 
New Jersey, A, 221; for Pogonia, 
affinis, A new, 195. 

Steironema ciliatum, 286. 

Stellaria graminea, 264; longifolia, 
264; pubera, 71; uliginosa, 264. 

Stenorrhynchus, 84. 

Stereocaulon, 183. 

Stipa canadensis, 132, 229. 

Streptopus amplexifolius, 242. 

Suaeda americana, 155. 

Subularia aquatica, 142, 143, 151, 
156, 265. 

Sugar Maple, 91. 

Sumach, Staghorn, 105. 

Sunflower, 198. 

Sweet Clover, A freak, 25. 

Symphytum — asperrimum, 
asperum, 288. 

Symplocarpus foetidus, 238. 

Synthyris, 40; major, 41; reniformis 


288; 


[1923 


major, 41. 


Taxus canadensis, 185. 

Tavlor, W. R., Additions to the 
Flora of Mount Desert, Maine, 
65; Anabaena spiroides, var. 
crassa, 252; Baptisia bracteata, 
255; Ectocarpus Mitchellae Harv. 
var. parva n. var., 254; Notes 
from the Woods Hole Laboratory, 
—1921, 249. 

Tetraspora lubrica, 66. 

Teucrium canadense, var. littorale, 
142, 289. 

Thalictrum clavatum, 71; dioicum, 


Thalassochelys caretta, 255. 

Thaxter, R., Lincoln Ware Riddle, 
181. 

Thelypteris Boottii, 104, 186; Filix- 
mas, 165, 170, 186; marginalis, 
186; alustris, 164, forma 
suaveolens, 165, 186; simulata, 
104, 154, 156, 158, 186. 

Third Report of the Committee 
on Floral Areas, 209. 

Three Plants new to Rhode Island, 
27. 

Thuidium abietinum, 68. 

Thuja, 101, 102, 247—249; occiden- 
talis, 100, 102, 188, 247. 

Thymelaceae, 113. 

Tillaea aquatica, 150, 265. 

Tofieldia glutinosa, 25. 

Torrey and Schweinitz, a Correc- 
tion and a Discrepancy, Barratt, 
300. 

Tragopogon porrifolius, 198. 

Trapa, 116; natans, 116. 

Trees of Indiana, Deam’s, 179. 

Trichodium elatum, 229. 

Trichophorum austriacum, 23, 24; 
germahicum, 23. 

Trifolium dubium, 101, 273; nivale, 
95; pratense, 95, Y. nivale, 95, 
var. frigidum, 95. 

Triglochin maritima, 101; palustris, 
26, 192. : 

Trillium cernuum, 242; erectum, 
71, 140, 242; grandiflorum, 71; 
undulatum, 242. 

Trisetum melicoides, 25. 

Trollius laxus, 219, 

Tulip, 195. 

Tupelo, 109. 

Two recent Publications 
Mushrooms, 87. 

Typha angustifolia, 199. 


about 


Index 


317 


Ulva, 70. 

Umbelliferae, 110. 

Unusual Form of Habenaria clavel- 
lata, 126. 

Urtica dioica 257. 

Urticularia, 143; clandestina, 142, 
290; cleistogama, 108, 291; cor- 
nuta, 132, 144, 148; geminiscapa, 
142, 161, 290; gibba, 143, 291; 
intermedia, 141, 291; juncea, 144, 
minor, 141, 291; purpurea, 145, 
161, 291; resupinata, 163, 291; 
subulata, 100, 108, 142, 143, 169, 
291, 300, forma cleistogama, 
291, var. cleistogama, 291. 


Vaccinium atrococcum, 285; cor- 
ymbosum, 97, var. amoenum, 
285, var. pallidum, 286; macro- 
carpon, 166; Oxycoccus, 96, 98; 
pennsylvanicum, 105, 135, 138, 
247, 285, var. nigrum, 138, 247; 
vacillans, 166, 285. 

Valeriana officinalis, 292; uliginosa, 
248. 

Vanilla Grass, 164. 

Verbena, 172; hastata, 289. 

Veronica, 1-3, 5, 7, 29, 41; acini- 
folia, 18; agrestis, 10, 19, 20; 
Allenii, 13, alpina, 4, 8, 13-15; 
alpina australis, 14; alpina cor- 
ymbosa, 14; alpina lapponica, 
14; alpina unalaschkensis, 15; 
alpina villosa, 15; alpina Worm- 
skjoldii, 15; alpina, var. lasi- 
ocarpa, 14; amabilis blanda, 39; 
americana, 30, 34, 35; americana 
crassula, 34; americana hirsuta, 
34; Anagallis latifolia, 36; Ana- 
gallis-aquatica, 5, 31, 35-37; 
Anagallis-aquatiea glandulosa, 
37;: Anagallis-aquatica Brittonii, 
31, 36; anagalloides, 37; aphylla, 
33; arvensis, 5, 9, 19, 22; Beccab- 
unga, 30, 34, 35; Beccabunga 
americana, 34; biloba, 10, 21, 22; 
Brittonii, 36; Buxbaumii, 21; 
byzantina, 21; campylopoda, 21, 
22; carnulosa, 18; caroliniana, 18, 
40; catenata, 31, 37; catenata 
glandulosa, 31, 36, 37; Cham- 
aedrys, 29, 32; chillensis, 19; cine- 
rea, 40; connata, 38; Copelandii, 4, 
8, 12; crenatifolia, 35; crenulata, 
20, 21; Cusigi 8, 12, 15, 105 
Cusickii Allenii, 13; Cusickii, 
forma Allenii, 13; decussata, 
40; didyma, 20; diffusa, 21; 


Missouri 


Lr 


elliptica, 39; filiformis, 21; flu- 
minensis, 40; Fonki, 39; Fonkii, 
39; fontana, 17; frutescens, 14; 
fruticans, 8, 13; fruticulosa, 13; 
funesta, 17; glandifera, 31, 36, 
37; grandiflora, 30, 33; hederae- 
folia, 7, 10, 22; humifusa, 16, 
in North and South America, 1, 
29; javanica, 30, 33; kamtchatica, 
33; latifolia, 4, 29, 32; lepida, 
35; litoralis, 40; longifolia, 10, 
11, 95, 290; marilandica, 40; 
maritima, 4, 7, 10-12; mexicana, 
4, 7, 12; micromera, 36; missurica, 
40; mollis, 15; nutans, 15; 
neglecta, 16; officinalis, 5, 19, 
29, 30, 33; oxycarpa, 37; oxy- 
lobula, 34; peregrina, 5, 9, 18, 19; 
peregrina xalapensis, 9, 19; per- 
egrina, var. xalapensis, 5, 18; per- 
foliata, 36; persica, 5, 10, 20, 21; 
polita, 10, 20; praecox, 20, 21; 
pumila, 13, 14; Purshii, 40; quin- 
quefolia, 6, forma alba, 6, forma 
incarnata, 6, reniformis, 22, 40, 
41; romana, 18; rotundifolia, 
21, 41; ruderalis, 17; salicifolia, 
39; salina, 37; saxatilis, 13, 14; 
scutellata, 31, 38; scutellata 
pilosa, 38; scutellata pubescens, 
38; scutellata villosa, 38; scutel- 
lata, forma villosa, 38; serpylli- 
folia, 5, 9, 16, 17; serpyllifolia 
alpina, 17; serpyllifolia borealis, 
17; serpyllifolia major, 17; ser- 
pyllifolia humifusa, 5, 9, 16, 17; 
serpyllifolia neomexicana, 17; 
serpyllifolia pubescens, 17; Simp- 
sonil, 40; sparsiflora, 41; spicata, 
7, 12; spuria, 11, 12; Stelleri, 
8, 14, 15; subg. Euveronica, 5, 
29; subg. Veronicella, 5, 7; 
Teucrium, 32; Tournefortii, 21; 
uliginosa, 38; undulata, 31, 37; 
urticaefolia, 32; versicolor, 20; 
villosa, 15; virginica, 6; Worm- 
skjoldii, 4, 9, 15, 16; Wormskjol- 
dii nutans, 8, 15; xalapensis, 
19. 


Veronicastrum, 2, 3, 5, 6; album, 
6; virginicum, 6, 7, forma villosa, 


Veronicella, 3, 4, 7. 


Viburnum alnifolium, 134, 136, 
291; Opulus, var. americanum, 
137, 291. 


Y 


Rhodora 


TRE 
00341 3439 


[DECEMBER 


Vicia angustifolia, 273; angusti- 
folia segetalis, 68; angustifolia, 
var. uncinata, 95. 

Viola canadensis, 276; conspersa, 
276; cucullata, forma priono- 
sepala, 274, var. microtitis, 274; 
eriocarpa, 275, 276, var. leio- 
carpa, 275, 276; fimbriatula, 138, 
275; incognita, 275, var. For- 
besii, 275; nephrophylla, 25; 
primulifolia, 150, 275; renifolia, 
var. Brainerdii, 275; scabriuscula, 
275; septentrionalis, 275. 

Violet, 135. 

Washington, Lathyrus Nissolia, a 
recent Introduction in the State 
of, 246. 

Weatherby, C. A., A Form of 
Ilex opaca, 118; Barratt, Torrey 
and Schweinitz: a Correction 
and a Discrepancy, 300; Equi- 
setum fluviatile or E. limosum? 
43; Old-Time Connecticut Botan- 
ists and their Herbaria, — II. 121, 
171; Third Report of the Commit- 
tee on Floral Areas, 209. 


Webster, H., Two recent Publi- 
cations about Mushrooms, 87. 

Wherry, E. T., The soil Reactions. 
of Spiranthes cernua and its 
Relatives, 127. 

White Ash, 91; Cedar, 100, 188; 
-fringed Orchis, 90, 110; Oak, 
195; Pine, 91; Spruce, 109. 

Whorled Pogonia, 197. 


Wiegand, K. M., Amelanchier 
amabilis, a new Name, 48; The 
Genus Echinochloa in North 


America, 49. 

Willow, 199. 

Woods Hole Laboratory, —1921, 
Notes from the, 249. 

Woodwardia, 149; areolata, 149, 
166, 170, 185; virginica, 92, 109, 
147, 150, 166, 170, 185. 

Xyris, 99, 149; bulbosa, 92, 239; 
caroliniana, 99, 104, 134, 157, 161, 
239; flexuosa, 239; montana, 99, 
148-150, 161, 199, 239; torta, 92. 

Zanichellia intermedia, 110; major, 
110; palustris, 110, Race Z. 
dentata, B. major, 110, var. 
major, 110, 192. 

Zizania, 129. 

Zoochlorella parasitica, 66 

Zostera marina, var. stenophylla, 
192.